Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline September 26 2016 | From:Sitsshow
The Aerospace technology giant Boeing is celebrating their centennial or 100-year anniversary in 2016. [Buckle up for this bohemoth]
A campaign was launched in late 2015 along with a 30-second advertisement that debuted in early 2016 with the title You just wait.
It features interplanetary spacecraft, solar energy technology, colonies on Mars, and claims to have taken the world "across the universe and beyond." For those who may not be aware, the narrative presented in the commercial sounds glaringly similar to the testimony of secret space program (SSP) insider and whistleblower Corey Goode. The researcher, writer, and presenter David Wilcock also brings forth information that lends credence to this narrative, but there are many others.
The following article provides an overview of the insider testimony that correlates with the Boeing advertisement as well as the partial disclosure agenda currently rolling out to the public. In addition, an analysis of the ad and its subtle influencing methods will be conducted suggesting that it is an effort to steer the collective consciousness of humanity into accepting a limited disclosure scenario.
Goode became aware of this deceptive disclosure effort as a result of his contacts in the SSP Alliance and is doing everything he can to alert the public. This is because an alliance within the higher level SSP - whom he is connected to - is seeking full disclosure.
Full Disclosure vs. Partial Disclosure
This full disclosure scenario, as proposed by the SSP Alliance, and their allies, calls for a complete end to slavery in all its forms (the Babylonian money-magic system), the release of all hidden information and suppressed technology, and a truth and reconciliation style tribunal of the Cabal and their underlings.
If the SSP Alliance gets their way, so much of the truth will be made public that attempting to institute a new form of slavery will be almost impossible. Clearly, the criminal syndicates operating on Earth and beyond want to do everything they can to stop this effort, including releasing advertisements that entice the public to accept a partial disclosure narrative.
But for those unaware of the insidious machinations of the Cabal (also known as the Illuminati, the New World Order, and so on) - those in power who have shaped the planet into a glorified form of modern day feudalism or slavery - the partial disclosure initiative will sound like a saving grace; because that's what it's designed to do.
It's designed to pacify the people who are the most aware while selling the unaware masses on a space-age style form of neo-enslavement.
Under this limited disclosure agenda, only some of the truth will be revealed to the public and even that will take 100 years. According to Goode and his contacts in the SSP Alliance, the Cabal-run groups, and their allies, have brokered an agreement with certain Earth-based alliances to begin this partial disclosure effort.
Apparently, this agreement was made in late 2015 and bolstered in 2016, but this plan was most likely developed much earlier.
In a report issued in June of 2015, Goode stated that he attended a Super-Federation Council meeting wherein the first public allusion of a limited disclosure plan was mentioned:
"The person at the podium then asked that there be no more Alliance Disclosures through myself or the people I am talking to including David Wilcock until after an agreed upon date in late November of 2015. They said that a well-known public servant would be sacrificed in the operation to implement their plan for an incremental disclosure."
Whether or not the "well-known public servant" was sacrificed remains unclear. On the other hand, partial disclosure efforts have continued to pour out into the public domain.
These take on the form of entertainment media, such as films, television shows, and video games, as well as innuendo from science related propaganda outlets, like NASA.
David Wilcock
Exoplanets
For example, the initial discovery of exoplanets several years ago was a complete paradigm shift in the way science deals with the search for extraterrestrial life.
Prior to this development, it was widely accepted in academia that humanity would most likely never find extraterrestrials - at least not anytime soon. Anyone searching for ETs with seriousness was quietly ridiculed and maligned - but not anymore. This is in part due to the discoveries of the Kepler Mission focusing on the search for habitable exoplanets.
Revised Drake Equation
To exemplify this shift, consider that the Drake Equation was "updated" recently.
This mathematical model from the mid 20th century was a boon for those unwilling to acknowledge the possibility of life evolving elsewhere in the cosmos.
In its original form, the equation asserted that it was a statistical certainty that life doesn't exist in the cosmos. But for those in the know, clearly, this isn't true. Earlier this year, a team of scientists proposed changes that completely shifted how we look at the universe.
"Adam Frank is a professor of physics and astronomy at the University of Rochester who helped co-author a paper proposing changes to the Drake Equation, which incorporate Kepler's exoplanet observations.
The team revised the framework of several factors so that instead of asking how likely is it that ET civilizations exist, it instead asks how likely is it that our civilization is the only one to have existed."
The new form of the Drake Equation suggests that it is nowa mathematical certainty that ancient ET cultures evolved and then went extinct many times over.
Isn't it interesting what changing some of the factors can do to shift the results?
This new conclusion is an almost an 180º shift from the previous view. Take a moment to appreciate that within 10 years time, humanity went from "we are totally alone in the universe" to "extinct ancient ET cultures probably existed everywhere."
And it just so happens that in the partial disclosure plan put forth by the Cabal, a central part is the admission of ancient ruins from ET cultures being found throughout the solar system and beyond.
To be clear, Goode and other insiders have confirmed that it is true ancient ruins have been found all throughout the solar system and local star cluster. However, there are also countless extraterrestrial civilizations that have made contact with humanity in the relatively short time the SSP has been active, within the past 100 years.
Goode states that there are at 40 to 60 extraterrestrial groups with longstanding outposts within the solar system, which have maintained a Super Federation alliance to ensure their agendas come to fruition.
This federation has been actively conducting 22 genetic, social, and spiritual experiments on Earth for thousands of years.
Corey Goode
The point being that the partial disclosure narrative only reveals extinct ancient ET cultures and makes no mention of contemporaneous non-terrestrial activities - a half-truth with the power to espouse many false impressions in the minds of the unaware masses.
Ceres Bright Spot
The Ceres bright spot is another point of soft disclosure laying the foundations for a limited disclosure event, as presented by David Wilcock. The planetoid captivated extraterrestrial enthusiasts when, in 2015, the Dawn spacecraft captured images of incredibly bright objects in one of the craters on the desolate surface.
Image Source. Ceres Bright Spot seen as it moves from the sun-facing side. Here the luminosity doesn't appear to be reduced as one would expect if it was reflecting sunlight off a surface, leading some to conclude these lights are artificial in nature.
Although mainstream science tells us these bright spots are nothing but reflective ice fields, certain analysts have suggested that the luminosity is too great to be a natural reflection.
The discovery of thousands of exoplanets, the revising of the Drake Equation, and the Ceres bright spot are each playing a part in preparing humanity for disclosure.
And while these items will certainly be a part of a disclosure event, without the whole truth, it may not be the full disclosure experience many have been waiting for. These the points alone provide a basis for the Cabal-run media to push the limited disclosure plan, and as was mentioned earlier, involves the devulgence of ancient ruins left by ET races.
Another element involves a narrative in which human beings were created from an ancient race of ET giants, known in the SSP as the progenitors or the Ancient Builder race.
To be clear, these elements are a part of the story, but not the whole truth. As such, gaining an understanding of what the whole picture looks like is essential to discerning the limited disclosure effort from the complete or full one.
What Would Partial Disclosure Look Like?
When the big push starts - which we are in the early stages of now - it will seem like the truth has finally been revealed: decades worth of banker fraud will be exposed, war criminals will be arrested, the 9/11 conspiracy will be unveiled, UFOs will be connected to black budget government projects (USAPs), and a financial reset or debt forgiveness will take place.
And for those unaware of the greater truths - especially those related to higher level SSP activity - this will seem like our prayers have finally been answered. And again, all these things will probably be part of a full disclosure event, and as such, the Cabal needs certain features to be present within the limited disclosure plan in order to gain support from the public.
The limited plan calls for releasing information about lower level secret space program activity only; nothing about the over 900 extraterrestrial groups we've been actively trading with; nothing about the over 60 million people who were enslaved by the programs during the Brain Drain era of the 1960's.
And nothing about hundreds of thousands of people who go missing every year disappearing into highly immoral human trafficking operations with extraterrestrial races; nothing about the true power of our collective consciousness and its ability to affect reality; nothing about the organic evolution timeline and the complete fraud of transhumanism; nothing about the malevolent AI (Artificial Intelligence) that has infected the minds of so many high ranking societal figures, and so on.
Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window
In short, the partial disclosure agenda is nothing more than a softer and more palatable form of mass mind control and slavery.
It is an attempt by despotic elites to regain control over the human population, which is presently showing signs of an organic mass awakening.
It will do this by enticing the unawakened and unaware masses to accept a technological leap in society, which will seem like it imparts more freedoms but in reality, causes greater dependency and reliance on the would-be masters of this world.
One of the justifications for this plan, on the part of some of these Earth-based alliance groups pushing for partial disclosure, is that because the West had their 100 years of financial dominance (the Federal Reserve System), the East wants their turn to be masters of humanity. But slavery is still slavery, even if the shackles are a little less heavy.
Introduction
The following is a compilation and summary of Goode's relevant high-level SSP testimony, the partial disclosure agenda, and how the Boeing Centennial advertisement is most likely a propaganda piece to entice the public into accepting limited disclosure.
The advertisement, You just wait, as we will discuss blow, has all the hallmarks of predictive programing and subtle influencing.
In order to fully comprehend the difference between partial and full disclosure, as well as understanding the events that have occurred behind the scenes leading up to the present, we must review the history of the secret space program, how it has developed in modern times, as well as a nefarious Cabal or Illuminati that has worked to enslave the planet. In the process, we'll make clear the logical fallacies of the partial disclosure plan, hopefully immunizing the reader's mind from the trappings of subtle manipulation.
By the end, it should hopefully be abundantly clear what we the people of this world can do to effect beneficial change for the future.
Let me say that I think we are at a crucial time in history, when the future of the planet will be decided by those who have spent so many years tirelessly investigating, researching, and coming to understand the greater truths of this world.
The truther movement or awakening community is uniquely empowered to act as catalyzing agents for an unparalleled age of light and life, the golden age prophesied in antiquity.
But this won't happen from the comfort of an armchair or behind a computer screen.
The planet has fallen into tyranny because the people have been enticed to forget their rightful place as custodians of truth, goodness and freedom for all. We've allowed ourselves to be indoctrinated into all manner of self-destructive beliefs based in selfishness that have kept us distracted and divided for eons.
Therefore, our task as a people seeking real change and an end to the paradigms of enslavement is to find the courage to set aside any idea, belief, or point of view that fuels unreasonable division and infighting, while at the same time developing compassion, tolerance and true healing for oneself and others.
The tools of abundance are the same methods used to heal oneself and the world, and these are the same tools we need to unite to spread the whole truth far and wide. This article is an effort to provide the reader with more of the whole truth so that they will be empowered to discern the false partial disclosure agenda.
It is this partial disclosure agenda that is so clearly revealed in the 30-second advertisement by Boeing.
Once the full disclosure narrative has been presented, we will analyze the Boeing video to demonstrate the subtle conditioning techniques employed. Hopefully by the end of this article, the reader will be able to recognize the tone of the video with ease.
PS: This article was originally written in March of 2016. Corey Goode was kind enough to review this writing and offer insights to enhance what is provided. I have since that time revised sections and added updated portions to include developments that have happened since that time.
The Early Secret Space Programs
The backstory to this partial disclosure agenda is important to understand. For those who are well versed with this history, feel free to skip ahead to the section entitled "Materially Disproving the Basis of Partial Disclosure"
Here are some of the key points of this very long and complex history. I took the liberty of presenting only essential portions of the narrative. For a broader outline of the history see the below-linked article.
In modern times, several secret societies or occult groups in control of various nation-states, operating behind a veil of government secrecy, developed space programs using advanced technologies hidden from the public eye.
The two groups of greatest influence are the German and American secret space programs, which eventually merged in the 1950's and 60's to form a singular multinational corporate conglomerate. This was an umbrella of many different individual and often compartmentalized programs referred to as the Secret Space Program.
Prior to the merger of the German and American programs, the Germans were leading the advancement of aerospace technology in pre-World War II Europe. Some of what emerged had advanced as a result of reverse engineering ancient flying craft known as the Vimana during the 1920's and 30's, as well as documents recovered from antiquity describing antigravity devices.
During this time, the Germans were conducting expeditions all over the world in an effort to recover ancient technology, sacred texts, and secrets kept by various priesthoods. For example, they traveled to the Himalayas and encountered several Tibetan monastic orders who were allegedly in possession of incredibly advanced technical drawings of antigravity craft, as well as possessing records of Earth's early history, passed down through oral tradition. It was through the interrogations of some of these monks that they heard of whole civilizations living within the Earth's crust.
Other advances in the early German program occurred as a result of mediumship, or as it is termed today, channeling, via the Virl Society in post World War I Germany. This group made contact with several advanced races, one being a Nordic-looking group calling itself the Agartha Network, which apparently has dwelt within the Earth's crust for millions of years.
This group claims to be the first humans to have evolved on the planet and has provided assistance to surface populations in many instances throughout history. They are xenophobic in nature, appearing to other groups as gods or extraterrestrials in an effort to hide their home locations from war-like groups on the surface.
Another race contacted by the Germans was the Draco, an extraterrestrial reptilian group with imperialistic intentions and behavior. According to William Tomkins, another SSP whistleblower and insider, the early German program decided to ally itself with the more militaristic Draco group, and apparently solidified their alliance in 1939. Tompkins also states that it was the Draco in addition to other alliances which "handed over" smaller subterranean caverns below the ice of Antarctica.
Image Source. A map of antarctic bases, some of which were first built out by the Germans, supplied by Corey Goode
Through their alliances, the German program made great advances during the World War II era of history. They developed spacecraft capable of exploring the solar system and beyond, as well as receiving support from their otherworldly contacts in ancient city sites in Antarctica.
The Germans built advanced bases there and set up facilities on the Moon and Mars, with the protection of their Draco allies. By the start of the war, the German group had advanced so far beyond the parent nation that they could rightly be called a breakaway civilization; no longer dependent on Germany and its resources to further their agenda.
When the Germans realized that the war was not going to end in their favor, they evacuated key personnel and equipment in the German SSP to Antarctica.
The site was already well established prior to the Nazi conquests of Europe, and by the time they were defeated, the antarctic Germans had enjoyed nearly 10 years of uninterrupted development and expansion.
But with the loss of the war, the isolated Germans lacked the industrial resources and infrastructure to accomplish their lofty goals of space exploration and conquest, realising this, they turned their gaze to the American programs and the industrial might of the United States.
The Germans Take Over the American Military Industrial Complex
After the war, thousands of top level German scientists and engineers were recruited into the American military industrial complex via Project Paperclip. The Americans had made some advancements of their own by reverse engineering extraterrestrial craft recovered from certain crash sights like Roswell New Mexico in 1947, as well as recovered SSP technology from Germany during WWII.
But the Americans were far behind the Germans in technology, advancement and exploration of space.
The Germans had made great leaps and bounds due to their non-terrestrial allies and by the time of Project Paperclip, they had almost perfected space travel, employing technology so advanced that the Americans could have easily mistaken it as extraterrestrial in origin.
The Germans wanted to continue development of their programs, but due to the lack of infrastructure and resources, needed the industrial might of the United States.
Their plan was to deceive the Americans by providing them older advancements of Alien Reproduction Vehicles, while slowly infiltrating and taking over the military industrial complex, exploiting the manufacturing power of the US.
The Americans had a similar goal of infiltrating the German group and stealing their technology for themselves.
The Americans discovered that the Germans had a base in Antarctica, and in 1947, sent Admiral Byrd with a large naval fleet to invade and destroy the German presence, recovering technology in the process.
According to William Tompkins, the Germans were assisted by their off-world allies, using advanced particle beam weapon technology and perfected antigravity craft to beat the Americans into submission. But it appears that total destruction of the American fleet was not the goal, although the Germans could have easily annihilated the ill prepared invasionary forces.
This was most likely because the Germans wanted the Americans to limp back and make clear to the military leadership at the time that the they were not equipped to deal with the Germans in an outright conflict. This would provide the Germans the intimidation they needed to force the Americans into a partnership.
The Americans quickly retreated back to the US. Top Brass within the secretive American group was perplexed by what Byrd reported, and they began to interrogate Paperclip Germans in an effort to understand what was happening. The Paperclip Germans were secretly in communication with their allies in Antarctica and beyond.
They discovered a point of weakness in the American intelligence apparatus and wanted to take full advantage of it. This weakness was the American policy of hiding the discovery of extraterrestrial life from the public.
The Americans decided after the 1947 Roswell crash, to cover up the UFO phenomenon. During several whitewashes, such as Project Blue book they made an effort to maintain a strict level of secrecy, which the Germans took full advantage of.
They realized that the Americans hold over the people was partially due to the energy industry, based on fossil fuel.
If word got out that antigravity free-energy technology was being developed in secret, the American elite would lose control of the population.
This was another point of pressure the Germans could use to force the Americans to sign treaties that gave the them access to much needed industrial resources.
The Germans were going to engage the Americans by threatening to disclose the truth about the existence of UFOs and advanced technology.
This German threat would be made by a show of force and superiority in the US capitol. In 1952, several German highly advanced spacecraft flew over Washington DC, as well as several other sorties over major US cities. They also landed and made direct contact with civilians in the US, presenting themselves as Nordic-looking extraterrestrials.
The Billy Meier case, in particular, could be one such account of a German SSP contactee experience, according to Corey Goode and other insider sources.
Apparently once the Americans got word of Meier's personal contact with otherworldly beings, they dispatched several agents to gather information about the encounter. They presented a series of images to Meier of women that looked like the beings he described, one of which was Maria Orsic, a Vril Society medium and German SSP asset.
Apparently, when Meier saw the photo of Orsic, he immediately identified her as the being that made contact with him.
Maria Orsic (left) artist depiction of her alleged appearance during the Billy Meier's case
In short, the Germans learned from their Nordic allies that appearing to the surface population as extraterrestrials had its advantages. While the Meier case didn't occur until the mid 1970's, it could be one of the better examples of false extraterrestrial contact, if certain sources promoting this version of events are to be believed.
After a quiet period, the Germans eventually forced the military industrial complex of the US to sign treaties that culminated in the union of both groups, but the Germans were the clear victors.
President Dwight D. Eisenhower made his infamous 1961 address, warning that the military industrial complex was out of control, potentially because he knew the Germans had completely taken it over.
After this merger, the now aligned secret space program saw the emergence of several different SSP factions and an industrial scale expansion into space.
These developments would realize the emergence of lower level secret space programs that partially acted as a cover to shield higher level operations from the more aware "read-in" persons in the military industrial complex.
In other words, while a forefront of the higher level SSP progressed at a furious pace, a limited version was also developed that acted as a screen to hide other programs.
As a result, the information made available to UFO researchers over the years ranges in complexity and is often contradictory in nature. Some whistleblowers, who had access to top secret information, to be sure, were not fully made aware of what was advanced in all the various secret space programs.
Compartmentalization is used to such an extent that one program may be completely unaware of a deeper branch within their own ranks. Steven Greer is one such researcher who has focused on this aspect of what is called Unacknowledged Special Access Programs (USAPS), which intentionally create cover projects for the chief purpose of obfuscating more secretive activities.
After the American military industrial complex was taken over by the Germans, a major industrialization effort of space began. The Americans had many aerospace companies that wanted to develop and expand their operations into space using advanced technology hidden from the public.
The Germans already had several bases in the solar system at this time and now allied with the Americans, had the infrastructure needed to maximize production for furthered expansion. Corporate interests in the military industrial complex learned of German mining facilities in the Asteroid belt (care of the Paperclip Germans) and wanted to exploit the resources and technology developed by them.
The greed of these corporate giants, one of which being the aerospace company Boeing, allowed the newly merged SSP to flourish.
The Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate
Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate (ICC) is a massive multinational SSP faction that formed to manage the expansion effort into space. Nearly every aerospace and technology company on the planet enjoys membership in this heavily secretive and powerful organization.
Over the next 20 years, leading up to the 1980's, a huge recruitment process took place known as the "Brain Drain" era of the 1960's. Millions of top level scientists, engineers, and great thinkers were brought into the program, placed in sites throughout the solar system to further advancement.
In many cases these people and their families were recruited under false pretenses, being told they would be living like "the Jetsons" in a fantastic space age setting. When they arrived at their new off-world location, they would be forced to work in an industrial facility as literal slaves for a Nazi-style run operation.
The ICC would use slave labor, the same method employed by the Nazis during the war, to advance their agenda.
The technology developed through recovered artifacts found on ancient extraterrestrial sites in the solar system secured the SSP a lucrative trading position with other races in the galaxy.
In addition, human biology and genetic material is also highly sought after by non-terrestrial races, which this morally repugnant group had no issues providing in exchange for various items of interest.
At present, the ICC is involved in human trafficking, either in direct slave trade or by selling biological material to extraterrestrial races. Apparently a large portion of people who go missing every year, are taken off-world and traded like chattel to other groups.
The Dark Fleet
The Dark Fleet is an enigmatic faction that is arguably the oldest of the programs. According to Goode, it emerged through the early German and Draco alliance, greatly advancing this factions capabilities as a result of their cooperation.
The ICC faction helped develop technology for the Dark Fleet but its activities and goals remain mysterious. What little is known about them tells us they primarily work outside of the solar system along side their Draco allies in conquest and defense of acquired territory.
Artists depiction of the Dark Fleet base and spacecraft on the Moon based upon detail provided by Corey Goode
The development of Solar Warden came about as a result of several money laundering schemes, one of which was the Star Wars program or Strategic Defense Initiative, spoken of by President Ronald Reagan in the 1980's.
Gary McKinnon hacked into defense department computer systems in 2010, revealing the existence of a special access program given the name Solar Warden, lending further credence to the notion of this faction's existence.
Solar Warden is responsible for policing the solar system, keeping an eye on all incoming and outgoing traffic, and standing as a modest military force against potential threats.
According to Goode, the skies above the Earth are abuzz with extraterrestrial activity, and in some cases, groups enter in an effort to steal resources, technology or biological material. A protective force was required to keep watch and defend against aggressive smaller groups that enter our stellar neighborhood.
Goode claims to have spent 20 years working on a science research vessel in the Solar Warden program from 1987 to 2007. After leaving the program, he was age regressed, brought back in time to the moment he left, and had his memories wiped or blank-slated.
But due to his Intuitive Empath training, he is part of a small population of program participants capable of recovering most of their lost memories. Apparently blank-slating is a common practice for the SSPs at large, especially in the MILAB programs.
The Global Galactic League of Nations (GGLN) is a compartmentalized version of the secret space program.
The higher level program participants - member nations like the US - knew that intelligence services of other nations would eventually discover their activities and decided to offer a "token gesture" in the form of a multinational United Nations-style space program, providing cover for higher-level SSP projects.
This faction is mainly focused on scientific research, not directly involved in the more nefarious aspects of the ICC, such as human trafficking.
This faction was also how the upper-level SSPs procured cooperation in the recovery of downed ET craft, which was and is taking place using advanced energetic technology developed from Tesla's discoveries.
In exchange for their cooperation, which required assisting American teams in recovering downed ET craft, these nations were granted admission into the GGLN, and presumably believed that this was the extent of the secret government programs in space - a deceptive compartmentalization tactic used by the upper-level programs.
Military Factions:Lower Level Secret Space Programs
In the midst of these deep cosmic space programs many lower-level heavily compartmentalized projects were created for various purposes, one of which was to add further cover.
This faction serves as a layer of secrecy between military intelligence services and deep black SSP projects.
It is these lower level factions and their related Earth-based alliances that are of key importance in understanding the limited disclosure agenda. This is partially because the compartmentalized narrative they are provided is a good match for the extinct ancient ETs half-truth story.
The lower level secret space program, like the Global Galactic League of Nations, serves a function, but is primarily purposed to hide the higher level programs. Again, the intelligence services of industrialized nations, such as the United States, England, France, Germany, and so on, were tracking unidentified objects in the skies for decades.
In order to protect higher level operations from these more in the know groups, a close to Earth orbit cover story needed to be developed and promulgated.
According to Bruce, an insider that has revealed information to David Wilcock, the narrative told to most of these lower level operatives is as follows:
"A here are no extraterrestrials in the solar system at this time. The objects tracked in the sky that some consider extraterrestrial UFOs are actually advanced military spacecraft. We have near-Earth-orbit and high-Earth-orbit space platforms, and more advanced spacecraft that has been hidden from the public for decades.
There are ancient ruins left in the solar system from extraterrestrials, an advanced progenitor race, the Ancient Builders - but they have long since left. Anything we do encounter that isn't ours is part of a group of future humans that have access to time travel technology. These future humans came back into our timeline hundreds of times, assisting humanity to restart civilization after major and minor cataclysms.
So there are no current aliens, just humans, either secret military activities or future humans."
These lower level programs are heavily militaristic and believe that they have access to the highest level of secrecy on the planet; they think they are the top of the totem pole andthat no one knows more than they do.
This group, and its narrative, serves as a compartmentalized bubble or barrier that shields higher level operations from persons embedded within deep black projects here on Earth.
Essentially, anytime information about higher level programs are leaked to the public, a lower level insider will come out saying that "it's all BS" or untrue. In other words, this group is essentially a microcosmic SSP specifically designed to hide the macrocosmic secret space programs.
Composite of images allegedly caputring Flying Triangle craft, sometimes associated with the TR-3B TRINITY craft developed by McDonnell Douglas
According to Goode, in many cases these operatives have no idea that other operations exist, making it very easy to shield higher level activity. Often in an effort to maintain pride in their organization, any information related to higher level activity that makes it to the public is quickly de-bunked by these lower level operative whistleblowers and insiders.
This irreconcilable nature of lower level insider testimony and higher level accounts has greatly confused the Ufology community.
As an example of this, consider the exemplary, yet contradictory nature of the whistleblower narratives gathered by interviewer Kerry Cassidy of Project Camelot, and others like Project Avalon - which to their credit - is arguably a wealth of insider data yet to be deciphered and discerned into a cohesive narrative.
The fact that so many insiders have a different worldview handed down from their superiors suggests that narratives within the SSPs vary to a great extent in order to facilitate compartmentalization and simultaneously befuttle the public once insiders begin to reveal themselves.
The Secret Space Program Alliance
The SSP Alliance is a group of defectors within the programs at large that realized humanity and the people of Earth have been oppressed by a nefarious group of quasi-Nazis they call the Secret Earth Government and their criminal syndicates.
The people of Earth know this group by many names, such as the Cabal, Illuminati, the NWO, the banking Elite, the Dark Occultists, and so on.
Artist depiction of a Secret Space Program Alliance arm badge
Solar Warden was the first faction to break away from the ICC controlled SSP, which according to Goode, took place in the early 1990's. They began to overtly go against the Cabal-run SSP in earnest during the early 2000's and beyond.
Since that time, other defections have slowly taken place, bolstering the SSP Alliance in its ability to combat Cabal-run secret space programs.
The SSP Alliance intends on ending the current era of secrecy and enslavement for the people of Earth and liberate enslaved people in the solar system. Their stated purpose is to take possession of advanced technology and facilities in the hands of Cabal-run SSPs, to eventually hand them over to the people in a way that ensures no one group has an advantage over any other.
They plan to do this in what they call massive data dumps or a complete release of all hidden information, history and technology. But in order for these data dumps to be taken seriously by the public, they think two things would need to happen, a catalyzing event and coordination with ground-based liberation groups.
A Catalyzing Event to Reveal "The Matrix"
First a trigger event of some kind is required to jostle the people out of their Stockholm syndrome. The uneasy truth is that the Cabal have coaxed the vast majority of humanity into actually wanting to be enslaved - albeit not in an overt fashion.
For example, it has been said, the love of money is the root of all evil and in a way this is true because the monetary system is an key componant in the systems of enslavement.
In order to help comprehend the current state of consciousness of humanity and how powerfully the masses have been indoctrinated to accept slavery, consider what Morpheus from the highly symbolic Matrix film said:
Morpheus: Unfortunately, no one can be told what the Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself.Morpheus: The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us. Even now, in this very room. You can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television.
You can feel it when you go to work, when you go to church, when you pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth. Neo: What truth?
Morpheus: That you are a slave, Neo. Like everyone else you were born into bondage. Into a prison that you cannot taste or see or touch. A prison for your mind.
Morpheus: The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you're inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy.
You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it. [Bolding added.]
The system that Morpheus is describing here is our participation in the matrix of control via our thoughts, beliefs and actions - that's why it is a "prison that you cannot taste or see or touch. A prison for your mind."
Of course, no one consciously thinks to themselves, "I want to be a slave in the Cabal's NWO," but by our participation in the matrix, we breathe life into it, we consent to it, and we enslave ourselves. In this way there no bystanders, only those working for freedom or those acquiescing to slavery. But on this score, everyone's doing the best they can with what they have to work with.
The Cabal's pyramid of power and control is founded on the people's participation, and if the people see the truth and change themselves, the whole structure will come tumbling down.
This is what they fear most, hence endless divide and conquer tactics to keep the people distracted with infighting, all while the Cabal quietly proceeds with their agenda.
The unawakened cannot see the matrix for it is because if they did, their reality bubble - to use Goode's term - would burst. The sleeping masses are too involved in the way they currently live their lives and don't want to give that up, even if it means the whole planet is enslaved and suffers as a result.
The medical condition describing when someone continues to do things that are ultimately destructive to themselves or others - beyond their control - is an addiction.
The masses are addicted to the Cabal and the destructive society they forced us to create. This means that a reality check moment is needed, similar to an intervention, where the truth about what we created is presented to us so we can realize the error of our ways as a people and choose a different path as a collective.
This catalyzing event could come in the form of a financial collapse, or other triggers. When people are content and satisfied, when they are fat on bread and distracted by circuses, they usually aren't interested in self-reflection and change.
As such, we need to cut off the source of the addictive tendency, and imploding the financial system is one way to cover all the different types of distractions out there, as they usually require money in some fashion.
Before an addict can find the courage to face their addiction, they usually need to feel the burn of what they have chosen. Humanity's participation is essential so as to ensure free will is honored and a truly sovereign and free society emerges from the ashes of this one.
Money in general, has the psychological effect of distorting value perception. Instead of being able to see the value in something inherently, we've been trained to consider it in terms of money, how much it costs or how much we stand to gain.
For example, people generally wouldn't lie to another person, just for the sake of doing it but if you offer them enough money, they would usually happily do what is asked of them, especially if you give them a justifiable excuse for doing so.
Why? Because in certain areas of life we tend to value money more than their own integrity, although we don't think of it this way.
The point is that money has become our artificial value system, a type of cosmic drug that keeps us addicted to separation, scarcity, and slavery - but not all financial systems are like this. Like all addictions, the only way to overcome them is to stop taking the drug and allow the soul to heal.
Ground-based Cooperation for Data Dumps
After a catalyzing event, when the hypnotic trance of the masses has been broken, then the second item of the data dumps can occur; but in order for it to be effective, it must be presented seriously.
In other words, the SSP Alliance needs a ground-based ally capable of disseminating the information to the people en masse.
And this is where the problem currently lies. The ground-based alliances are not willing to accept a full disclosure scenario. In addition, the present state of the awakening community is not organized enough to handle such a huge task.
Some might be thinking to themselves:
"Who cares if they don't have help from ground-based groups, do the data dumps anyway!"
As we just discussed, due to pandemic PTSD and Stockhome syndrome, most people are too attached to the status quo for emotional support to even consider the whole truth, let alone be willing to listen to a large presentation of the facts.
People have been trained to fear change at all costs, and as such, even if the truth was pouring in from all sides, most people won't accept it because it would also mean the end of their world.
In addition, without media participation or at least a large enough dissemination force (like a grass roots disclosure effort), the Cabal could easily "debunk" any information that comes out, with the well-trained captives of the matrix drinking deep from the cup of government disinformation.
And since most people don't want to hear the truth anyway, they will jump at the chance to dismiss the data dumps and continue to believe in the false reality that provides them comforts in life.
Coordination with ground-based groups is essential to ensure people have the best opportunity to receive the truth. The good news is, due how humanity has been programmed to accept information on blind faith, it will be very easy to reach the masses through the media.
People rely on TV, Radio, News outlets and so on, to tell them what is real, so if even a handful of media outlets defected to the SSP Alliance, joining the full disclosure initiative, the data dumps could be very effective, very quickly. The propaganda machine of the Cabal could end up being their greatest downfall, as we use the mass media itself to spread the truth like never before.
This Full Disclosure plan will deal a death blow to the paradigm of artificial scarcity and the Babylonian money magic slavery system that has dominated civilization for millennia. The SSP Alliance goal is to restore truth, prosperity, and freedom to all people, everywhere. Given that pandemic ignorance has enabled the Cabal to maintain control over the people, only the whole truth released to all people can ensure no further manipulation takes place.
COBRA is another insider and spokesman for a resistance group. He claims to represent a gathering of extraterrestrials, inner-Earth peoples and ground-based forces under the common banner of the Resistance Movement. Since early 2012, he has been releasing information related to the secret space program, ongoing alliance activities to free the planet, an energetic shift of the solar system - all under the banner of what he calls The Event.
While some aspects of COBRA's narrative conflict with Goode's, the overall intention of the Resistance Movement (to free the planet and have a full disclosure event) are in harmony with the SSP Alliance's intention.
This means that the respective groups within the awakening community that have rallied behind these figures need not divide themselves and prevent unification towards common goals.
And there are still countless other groups, such as the Silver Legion, Ashtar Command, the Galactic Confederation, the Galactic Federation, and so on, all claiming to be here with the goal of freeing the planet and providing assistance to humanity.
What remains unclear is if all these groups are real tangible efforts or if they are elaborate disinformation campaigns orchestrated by the Cabal. Regardless, the people who believe in them do so because of the ideas presented, all of which demonstrates the common bond we share in the quest for truth and freedom.
Which spokesman, narrative, resistance group or alliance we like the most isn't as important as the singular goal that unites them all: freedom for humanity.
For far too long the Cabal have manipulated us into fighting amongst ourselves, that this person is wrong, or that point of view is invalid, all the while forgetting the overarching goal of truth and freedom. We may not agree on everything, but there's one thing we all want, and that's the truth.
Surely we can unite in the pursuit of truth and freedom for humanity if nothing else.
The Sphere Being Alliance
According to the SSP insider Pete Peterson, and confirmed by Corey Goode, in the early 1980's, a massive sphere the size of the planet Neptune entered our solar system. Solar Warden, which was still Cabal-run at the time, intercepted the sphere they were calling The Seeker.
After several failed attempts to communicate with the enormous object, they eventually received a transmission saying, "we are peaceful explorers." The Solar Warden craft observed thousands of smaller craft leaving a port on the side of the sphere, which was apparently 800 miles wide.
The Solar Warden craft told the Seeker to leave immediately, which it did.
The Cabal was disturbed by this event. Heretofore they near autonomy in the solar system, able to continue their plans relatively free from outside interference, save through the interactions of the Super Federation of non-terrestrial races that have worked on 22 different genetic, social, and spiritual experiments on Earth.
A decade would pass before any more spheres would be seen.
In the late 1990's, hundreds of these massive spheres began to enter the solar system, some using the Sun as a type of stargate or portal, whereas others entered from outside the solar system.
These massive objects were observed by amateur astronomers at the time, giving them the name Sun Cruisers. Dozens of Solar and Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO) images were captured showing massive objects in or around the Sun between the late 1990's and early 2000's.
The Cabal was initially excited by the appearance of these objects, believing that they were the return of their dark gods. But after no contact could be made with the spheres, they became increasingly anxious.
By the early 2000's, hundreds of spheres had entered the solar system, cloaking themselves from sight so as to avoid detection. The Cabal-run SSP was able to locate the spheres using advanced methods, but was unable to determine what they were doing and why they were here.
These spheres were so enormous and entered with such numbers that the SSP could easily have mistaken their presence as an invasionary force, and most likely did.
In the midst of this, the Cabal groups on Earth were working towards their NWO agenda, scheduled to go live in 2012. Part of the plan was to start World War III and stage a fake alien invasion using highly advanced space craft that, some say, even the lower level military factions were not aware of. The code name for this plan is Project Blue Beam.
Calm down, there could be one just like him / her / it but that's just a pretend one... example
Despite the Cabal's best efforts, they constantly encountered problems when attempting to finalize their dark NWO agenda. UFOs were apparently responsible for disabling nuclear weapons platforms, and failed attempt after failed attempt to start World War III was causing delays in their long-planned timeline.
Toward the end of 2012, thousands upon thousands of the spheres, some the size of Jupiter, continued to pour into the solar system. By this time, the SSP Alliance had already broken away and began their efforts to combat the Cabal.
The Alliance was apparently flying advanced spacecraft in front of International Space Station (ISS) camera feeds in an effort to force disclosure and alert the public.
At some point between 2013 and late 2014, the group of beings who work with the massive spheres made contact with the SSP Alliance. The SSP Alliance gave them the name Sphere Being Alliance. This group is made up of five extremely advanced non-material races, who claim to be 6th to 9th density beings.
Within the density system, the Earth is considered a 3rd density sphere, much more material than etheric in nature. The importance is that the Sphere Beings are billions of years ahead of the human race, and many of the extraterrestrial groups currently in the solar system, possessing technology so advanced it renders the most intimidating Cabal-run weaponry obsolete.
The Sphere Beings claim to be custodians of this part of the galaxy and have apparently attempted to contact humanity several times in the past, offering knowledge and wisdom. In each case, the teachings were distorted by the elite priesthoods of Earth at the time, which later evolved into the Cabal, Illuminati or secret Earth governments of today.
Artist depiction of a Blue Avian, Raw-Teir-Eir, one of the five Sphere Being Alliance races
The Sphere Beings say that due to their misguided attempts to assist humanity in the past, they are karmically tied to the evolutionary track of the Earth and the people that sojourn here.
It was their attempt to impart universal knowledge that ended up creating the dark occult mystery schools. But it was the people's compliance made possible by constant trauma that allowed slavery and tyranny to flourish.
The Sphere Beings, as the name would imply, are the group in control of the highly advanced large network of spheres that have permeated the solar system, for a very specific purpose.
These spheres are not a form of technology as we would conceive of it. According to Goode, they are actually enormous versions of one of the five Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Orb beings.
According to the Sphere Beings, and echoed by countless alternative science researchers, the Sun is about to go through a major energetic shift, due to incoming cosmic and galactic waves of energy as a result of our transit through the galaxy.
This shift will alter life within the solar system as we know it, and has been spoken of in countless myths and legends as the end of the Great Cycle, the Rapture, the Shift of the Ages, and so on. It has been more contemporaneously called the Ascension, a transition of life into a golden age.
David Wilcock is a researcher with over 20 years of study in to the fields of alternative science, amassing a great deal of empirical data to confirm this energetic shift he calls the Ascension.
According to Goode, the network of spheres are here to help dampen this impending energetic evolution of the solar system, which if left to follow its natural course, would be an incredible shock to the people of Earth, resulting in "end time madness" and a great loss of human life.
Apparently these evolutionary shifts take place as a natural part of cosmic evolution, but normally at this late stage, a civilization has taken the time to prepare by becoming more loving, harmonious and service to others—by transcending selfishness.
The collective consciousness of a planet determines the of polarity the shift, according to Goode and one of the Sphere Being Alliance race members, Raw-Teir-Eir. On a world filled with self-serving beings, the shift moves towards a dark NWO type planet, where the service-to-self path can be explored.
Conversely, on a world filled with altruistic unselfish beings, the shift moves toward a loving cooperative type planet - the Golden Age spoken of in myths and legend. But due to the influence of the Cabal, who planned on steering the shift into a darker manifestation, the people of Earth have not prepared enough to take full advantage of a positive transition.
In other words, the Cabal wanted to have a dark ascension, but were unsuccessful in their efforts; however, they were successful in slowing down the positive evolution of humanity. As a result, the Sphere Beings are delaying the energetic shift to give us the time to prepare, to change ourselves from within, and end the madness that has been created without.
As was stated earlier, the Sphere Beings are partially responsible for creating the Cabal, and are here to provide support for the positive transition.
The Sphere Beings are not here to rescue humanity, but provide the guidance and environmental supported needed for us to stand up and liberate ourselves.
In the process, all those who have not progressed enough along a positive track will gain the experiences needed to make the shift. That is to say, the people of Earth playing a direct role in their own liberation will simultaneously end Cabal rule while propelling us towards the so-called fourth density positive timeline spoken of in the Law of One material.
The Sphere Being Alliance contacted the SSP Alliance in an effort to provide guidance for their stated intention to free humanity. The SSP Alliance, despite their benevolent intentions, are not angelic beings, as stated by Goode. They are military minded former Cabal-run defectors and groups, with less then gracious methods.
Artists impression of recent events as described by Corey Goode
They believe they can "bomb their way out of a situation," as stated by Goode. As a result, the SSP Alliance, in its own right, has learning and growth to do just like humanity at large.
The Sphere Beings were initially working through Lt. Col. Gonzales, a member of the SSP Alliance, but after a major event toward the end of 2014, they called for Corey Goode by name. More on this later.
Earth-Based Alliances
The Earth-based Alliances play a part in the partial disclosure and full disclosure agenda in several ways. Firstly, some of these groups have aligned themselves with the partial disclosure camp and others have gone to the opposite end of full disclosure.
As such, these groups represent one of the largest hurdles and are simultaneously crucial for bringing forward the data dumps mentioned earlier. Thus, one cannot overlook this aspect of the story.
According to Goode (and made evident by countless other spokesmen, whistleblowers, insiders and White Hats), a great many alliances have long had a desire to free the planet from the yoke of Cabal oppression and enslavement.
As one can imagine, the Cabal's methods of coercion, use of violence and intimidation have left a trail of destruction and grievance throughout history. In the process, maligned groups from all walks of life have been given a justifiable reason to seek out other groups that have the common goal of ending Cabal rule.
On the smaller end of the scale, some of these alliance groups are local militias, partially represented by Drake Baily—as one example, and some are quasi-military organizations like Anonymous. Others are dynastic families reaching back into antiquity, such as the Dragon Families of Asia, as reported by Benjamin Fulford and Neil Keenan.
Some of the names mentioned should stand out as known figures in alternative media with their own stated narrative and plans for ending Cabal rule. And what should also be apparent is that some of these figures that claim mass arrests are coming, an end to the Federal Reserve System, release of free energy technology, and so on - have yet to deliver on their promises. As a result they have inadvertently caused much confusion and disillusionment within the awakening community.
Some of these groups have not been able to affect major change because of advanced time-lensing (looking into possible futures via remote viewing) and AI technology employed by the Cabal.
In this case, many plans and efforts by alliances to take actions were ultimately unsuccessful because the Cabal anticipated what was coming. And in other cases, groups disagree what the plan of action should be, and therefore, can't coordinate to effect meaningful change. Their lack of unity combined with advanced Cabal technology has crippled any plan from gaining traction.
As an side, it should be clear that the Cabal, through their greater coherence and unity, have been able to effect greater changes on Earth than all the awakening people and alliance groups combined. This may lead some to conclude that they have some kind of pre-destiny to rule the planet or that perhaps we are on a dark timeline.
However, I would argue that the primary cause for their success is co-creative coherence - individuals consenting to their plans either directly or indirectly - along with unity within their ranks. This would suggest that if the Earth-based Alliances and the awakening community can find it within themselves to work together, great change could be realized very quickly.
The Partial Disclosure Argument and Logic
Some of the aforementioned groups want a complete and total end of the paradigm of financial slavery, full disclosure and a release of hidden technology, whereas others want to have their 100 years of power and control over the planet.
For example, the Eastern financial powers, as controlled by the dynastic families of Asia, want to end the Western financial system, and install a more fair system. But ultimately the new system is still financial slavery. They want this because the West had their 100 years of the Federal Reserve System, and now they want their turn to be masters of humanity, according to Goode.
Goode also disclosed that the Cabal have spent years slowly infiltrating some of these Earth-based groups, and that many of their original intentions have become distorted. Many of the groups now calling for partial disclosure have been corrupted by these infiltrators. Even though the Cabal seems to be losing power and control at every turn, they still foolishly clamor for power; and ultimately this will be their undoing.
Developments in 2015
Now that critical aspects of the background story and key players have been revealed, we can proceed on with developments that lead to today and the partial disclosure agenda that is actively moving forward due-to the Earth-based Cabal-infiltrated alliances.
In December 2014, the Cabal attempted to destroy one of the spheres close to the Earth. The effort was captured on ISS camera feeds, which quickly stopped transmitting video after the event. According to Goode, the Cabal used one of their high tech particle beam weapons to fire at a sphere close to the Moon.
Here's an image of what was captured in the ISS feed:
Allegedly an ISS camera feed image showing one of the spheres being hit by a particle beam weapon
Apparently the red line is a particle beam discharge and object struck was a sphere glowing red-hot from the impact. According to NASA, the event was due to a facility attempting to create an artificial star.
Did ISS cam capture video of a UFO shooting a laser at Earth?
A video recorded from the International Space Station’s live video feed shows a strange red dot in space that seemingly shoots a laser beam towards Earth.
The video was captured and uploaded to YouTube by user Streetcap1 on December 5.
...
Although it is possible that the ISS camera captured an extraterrestrial UFO, there are other potential explanations for the strange light and the laser beam.
The video was reportedly recorded on December 5. On this date, the European Southern Observatory’s Very Large Telescope fired its laser into the sky to create an artificial star. This process is done periodically to fine-tune the observatory’s telescopes. (Source)
Goode was told that the Sphere Beings used an Aikido principle to reflect the aggressive energy of this attack back down to its place of origin. Apparently there were many high-level Cabal operatives at the facility, which was almost completely destroyed.
This was the first aggressive action taken by the Cabal against the Sphere Beings. What followed was to completely change the game for the Cabal.
Raising The Energy Barrier
According to Goode, shortly after the December 2014 attack, a massive energy barrier went up around the entire solar system and this prevents any group, human or otherwise, from leaving or entering. Communication was also heavily hindered by the raising of this barrier.
And apparently one of the Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Orb beings, are responsible for the barrier and the Spheres. Goode revealed during an episode of Cosmic Disclosure that the energetic barrier is itself one of these living Blue Orb beings, as well as the thousands of spheres within the solar system at this time.
As a result, the SSP factions were unable to continue their operations outside the solar system. In addition, there were dozens of groups that have been here for hundreds of thousands of years that were also trapped.
Finally, the Draco Alliance, the top of the Cabal pyramid of power was also unable to leave the solar system, and it just so happened that the bulk of this group's leadership was trapped here after the barrier was raised.
Apparently many of these groups were intending to vacate prior to the solar shift event, but are now unable to, further exacerbating an already precarious exopolitical situation.
Two Atrocities
As a result of the energy barrier going up, the SSP Alliance had even more defections coming over from Cabal-run groups. Some of these defectors brought actionable intelligence with them regarding production facilities on Mars and elsewhere in the solar system. Certain members of the SSP Alliance decided to take advantage of the situation by destroying two large production facilities, one on Mars and another undisclosed location.
During the Consciousness Life Expo, David Wilcock presented the following image from the Washington Post that he claims confirms that a large facility on Mars was destroyed.
These events occurred around February 17th, 2015. While Cabal-run facilities were destroyed, each location was populated by thousands of innocent laborers, who all lost their lives in the atrocities.
The Sphere Being Alliance, a highly moral and altruistic group, was not pleased by the events, and on February 27th 2015, shortly after these two tragedies, they decided to call on empath Corey Goode by name to represent the Sphere Being Alliance as a delegate to the SSP Alliance.
Corey Goode Requested by the Sphere Being Alliance
The SSP Alliance was already in some form of contact through their appointee Lt. Col. Gonzales and were not pleased by the Sphere Being Alliance's request for Goode.
Although Goode had a tour of duty in Solar Warden between 1987 and 2007 (being age regressed and returned back to the time he left) he had been out of the program for decades, and his former position in Solar Warden was low level. To the SSP Alliance Council, Goode was an outsider and they treated him as such.
Goode later appeared before the SSP Alliance Council where he met one of the members of Sphere Being Alliance races, the Blue Avian known as Raw-Teir-Eir. The being connected to Goode telepathically, and he began communicating a message of peace, forgiveness and personal healing to the SSP Alliance, who all but balked at the "hippy love" sentiment.
The SSP Alliance was under the impression that the Sphere Beings were going to reveal a grand plan to kick the Cabal's butt. Instead, they were scolded for the two recent atrocities against Cabal-run facilities and the collateral damage suffered as a result.
The White Royal Draco are an elite class of reptilians in the Draco Alliance. They have been cybernetically enhanced and require looshe or "fear food" generated by the Earth's population in order to survive, according to other insiders.
The Draco entered the solar system some 370,000 years ago in an effort to turn the Earth into a "fear food factory," as well as other undisclosed plans. The Cabal groups from antiquity have long worshiped these Draco as their gods; and by all accounts, the Draco used their human zealots as pawns in a cosmic game of domination and control.
The Draco also have an extra-dimensional overlord that is most likely a malevolent artificial intelligence - the same AI responsible for infecting countless human subjects and computer systems on Earth.
At some point after the energy barrier went up, a major meeting took place between the Draco Alliance and all their various Cabal underlings. The Draco claim to be the top of the Cabal pyramid of power on Earth, with various human and non-human agencies within their employ.
The Draco, being high-level Cabal figures, apparently held a meeting wherein they offered to betray all of their underlings to the SSP Alliance for safe passage out of the solar system. The other Cabal groups in attendance were completely taken aback by the offer, and a tremendous amount of infighting took place shortly after.
According to Goode, as revealed by Gonzales during the early part of 2016, the controlled implosion of the Western financial system was halted after an agreement was reached between some of the Earth-based Alliances, presumably those in the East. But despite this alleged development, the global economy, especially within Western nations, has continued to decline.
Early Talk of Partial or Limited Disclosure in July 2015
In July of 2015, a meeting took place between the human-Cabal groups and the SSP Alliance, with Goode in attendance. During this meeting, the first talk of a partial or limited disclosure plan was spoken of. Here is an excerpt from Goode's July 9th report:
"[The human elite] stated that they had been forced through generations of mind control and threats to do all of the things that they had done. They further stated that they would prefer to work with the Alliances in setting up a new financial system that was fair to all of humanity and to begin a controlled disclosure that would not expose certain crimes and incidents that would incriminate them in their lifetime.
They stated that they believed that this information would also contain too much negative details in a short time for the average person to deal with. They stated that because of people's religious beliefs and the paradigm that had been created by those currently in control that a sudden release of this information would lead to riots and suicides on a mass scale.
Taking all of that in consideration they proposed that a plan be agreed on that allowed the release of certain information and technologies while withholding the majority of information for a 50 year time period. [Bolding added.]
Gonzales and Goode were in attendance during this meeting and reported back to the SSP and Sphere Being Alliance.
Materially Disproving the Basis of Partial Disclosure
Let's pause in the narrative to review the important points of partial disclosure - as it was just presented by the Cabal during Goode's July 2015 meeting - and materially disprove each one.
The reason for doing this is to point out the flawed logic of the Cabal, to show that their reasoning is in error, and as such, that the partial disclosure proposal is not the best option - it's not even a good idea. This is important within a lawful capacity to demonstrate our competency as an awakening community.
In contract law (which is the basis of the legal system and treaties between groups), providing a superior argument is an essential part of rebutting presumptions that form the basis of implied consent, the very same consent issued by the people the Cabal rely on to further their agenda.
Instead of saying nothing, and agreeing to the logic of the partial disclosure timeline, we rebut each point to disprove any logical basis thereby invalidating the proposed agenda with precision.
In order for an agreement to be binding, the parties defined by it must have a meeting of the minds wherein any logical fallacies (inconsistencies with the truth) are discovered and addressed.
First, the Cabal groups said, they had been forced through generations of mind control and threats to do all of the things that they had done. Granted these poor souls have endured unspeakable hardship, but that is no justification to continue their harmful actions against others.
This is a statement attempting to divert culpability away from themselves, in that, they are not as responsible for their actions due to what happened to them. This statement is a reflection of victim consciousness, a state of disempowerment and trauma, requiring healing in order to transcend.
But the key point of the rebuttal is that one's own personal suffering is never a valid excuse to continue harming others. The Cabal was notified by many agents of the light that their machinations are wrong, against universal law, and immoral no matter how they look at it. When one is notified of wrongdoing and chooses to continue, they prove their incompetence and dishonor.
In law, this forms a basis for defensive actions to be taken by an honorable party. So on this score, their basis for continuing harmful actions in the form of a partial disclosure plan is unfounded and unsupported by the truth.
They said that they want to work with the Alliances in setting up a new financial system that [is] fair to all of humanity. What the "new financial system" actually ends up being is crucial; just because it's "fair to all" doesn't mean it's anymore free, honorable, or abundant for the people.
For example, a financial system based on everyone being forced to work as slaves is fair to all because everyone receives the same treatment, hence it is fair. But slavery is still slavery, and as the old saying goes, the devil is in the details. So just because they said they want a more fair system doesn't mean that we should just blindly accept it.
In order for this offer to be valid within an contractual capacity, they must define what this new system is with specificity, which they have not done. Therefore, this point lacks substance and as such cannot be taken seriously as a basis to justify partial disclosure. If the full breadth of this fairer system was outlined then we could discern if it is truly fair. Until then, it remains an empty promise.
And as an aside, externalized financial systems like the one we use today are very risky, especially when the population that uses it is not fully educated. I would argue, an ideal financial system is one based on no externalized representations of value at all, a moneyless society. For more on this, see the below linked articles.
They said they wanted to begin a controlled disclosure that would not expose certain crimes and incidents that would incriminate them in their life time. Clearly this is an effort to avoid the people's justice, to avoid being held responsible for their actions.
Now I am not advocating a French-Revolution style mass revenge of the Cabal, but like all beings of consciousness, honoring one's creations and deeds, is essential to growth and healing.
Ultimately, taking responsibility for one's actions is healing for the individual as well as those who have been harmed because it provides a way for each party to understand the whole truth so as to restore trust - negotiate a fair and equitable resolution.
On this score, avoiding justice for 50 years just prevents the healing and reconciliation that we all need to move forward.
Without all the facts, an individual can't motivate themselves to grow and change for the better. So on this basis, the proposal of delaying the truth and reconciliation tribunal is unacceptable, as it would prevent the healing everyone needs.
Moving on, they said they believed that this information would also contain too much negative details in a short time for the average person to deal with. Yes the average person is going to have a major adjustment period, but I doubt that it "would lead to riots and suicides on a mass scale."
After the World Trade Center attacks of September 11th, 2001, instead of people going crazy because of the horrors of what happened, it brought them together in a big way. New York is a city infamous for the callous indifference of the population, yet even when these hardened city dwellers were faced with a chance to unite in love and kindness, the vast majority did so.
Yes, because of people's religious beliefs and the paradigm that had been created by those currently in control, a change will be very difficult, but this is why the whole truth is needed.
Only when we make contact with the whole truth can we see the errors of the past, in this case, the errors of religious beliefs that are usually designed to make someone feel disempowered. So again, the whole truth is the only viable option. We can't change into a free and prosperous society without it, and as such, this point has no basis in truth.
Finally, they proposed that a plan be agreed on that allowed the release of certain information and technologies while withholding the majority of information for a 50-year time period. After providing their supportive logic, they state their proposal for the partial disclosure timeline.
But this proposal does not provide adequate resolution to the problems at hand. No measure of true healing, restoration of honor, or reconciliation of past crimes can take place under this plan. In other words, it is a token gesture, indicating the Cabal is not ready to truly change their ways.
From a contractual perspective, the Cabal have already positioned themselves as custodians of humanity and the planet, this agreement is already in place (e.g. the Papal Bull Unam Sanctum and the Cestui Que Vie Trusts) and implied consent was issued by the people long ago.
But part of this agreement required that the powers that be act as honorable custodians, which they have clearly failed to do. As a result, the people of Earth have a long standing right under this agreement to redress of grievance, or an opportunity to tell the Cabal they have failed to live up to their end of the bargain.
If the Cabal want to restore the trust and honor the contract, they must explicitly acknowledge all of our grievances and provide remedy to each harmed person - this is what a truth and reconciliation tribunal is designed to accomplish. And they must cease any and all actions that cause further dishonor of the agreement.
But they have done none of these things, and only paid lip service to ending their dishonorable actions that are in breach of contract and trust.
During the delay period put forth in the partial disclosure proposal, the Cabal intends on continuing their transhumanist NWO agenda, enslaving the people, and trying to start wars to depopulate the planet.
The Cabal have proven themselves to be untrustworthy, and as such, they are in dishonor insofar as the trust relationship to the people is concerned. Within universal law, when rulers dishonor the public trust, the people are empowered to overthrow them.
Considering the Cabal have not even tried to change their ways, despite saying they would, the people have prima facie evidence to move forward with a peoples uprising for an end of Cabal rule. And the universe itself will support us in this supreme effort.
Although the Cabal imply that they were considering working with the Alliances for disclosure and global change, they seem to have already been moving forward with partial disclosure well before this meeting took place. Here are some examples, in addition to the ones provided at the beginning of this article.
David Wilcock has also been covering an extensive amount of soft disclosure on his website divinecosmos.com.
So while the Cabal suggests that they have had a change of heart, presumably due-to exopolitical changes resulting from the energy barrier, it seems they haven't changed their agenda of domination and control.
And in the midst of these alleged negotiations for peace, the Cabal have continued their machinations against the people, such as, false flag attacks, financial warfare, ceaseless environmental destruction, continued poisoning of food and water, and so on.
Again, if an agreement is to be honorable and binding, made in good faith and based on a demonstration of trust, the Cabal have failed to meet their end of the bargain. Are they honoring their word? Are they making a good faith attempt to stop what they have been forced to do through generations of mind control and threats? No they haven't.
2015 saw more false flag attacks then any other year on record, all in an effort to start more conflict and trigger World War III. The financial system has also seen more manipulation than possibly any other time in history. These are not the actions of a group seeking to earn trust and cooperate to effect change.
More Talk of Partial Disclosure in October 2015
For several months there wasn't much talk of any further developments related to negotiations for disclosure. But as was mentioned earlier, draconian operations of the Cabal continued to make life difficult for the people of Earth, a lack of good faith and a demonstration of dishonor.
In October of 2015, Goode reported that the secret Earth government and their syndicates were still trying to realize armageddon via a biblical prophesy regarding the destruction of Damascus. He also said that some of the Earth-based alliances, the Asian groups, are pushing for their 100 years of financial power, by forcing an implosion of the Western controlled financial system.
Here's an excerpt from Goode's October 2015 report:
"I was told several things a few weeks ago (Intel that most write off as "fear porn") about the dynamics occurring on the planet which include the (“controlled implosion”) demise of the western controlled financial system, the fall of the leaders of certain syndicates as well as infiltration by other syndicates into various Earth Alliance Groups to push for an agreement that would allow the east to have their one hundred years of financial rule. [Bolding added.]
From the earlier proposal in July of 2015, the tone changed somewhat. The point of interest in Goode's account is that infighting and positioning is taking place on the world stage.
Dozens of cabal groups (secret government syndicates) as well as Earth-based alliances are all clamoring to have their version of a new world come to fruition; and some of these visions are not benevolent.
Goode also says the Cabal have infiltrated some of these Earth-based alliances and is actively manipulating them to accept the partial disclosure agenda, most-likely using the rationale that we disproved above.
More statements from Goode's October 2015 report:
" If this heavily pushed [partial disclosure] plan were to win out over the SSP Alliance Full Disclosure Event and Data Dump plan, we would start off with a limited disclosure that would slowly unfold into full disclosure and transition the world into new technologies and social programs that would make the transition into a “Star Trek” type society more manageable and less of a shock to society.
There is talk of limited trials of certain syndicate leaders that are the most well-known while others may receive a pass of sorts.
This is all still under fairly fluid of course but with the infiltrations of some ground-based alliance groups, a general anxiety of completely giving up a monetary system and beginning a new system of living on top of the disturbing information contained in the databases that would be “dumped”, this plan seems to be gaining more and more popularity in “think tanks” on both sides.
This is not at all how the SSP Alliance Council wants to see things unfold but cooperation of the ground alliance (Combining essential resources and infrastructure) is essential in the SSP Alliance Councils plan coming into fruition.
This has been cause of consternation between Earth Alliance groups as well as quite a lot of anger and frustration within the SSP Alliance Groups. The uncomfortable fact is that there are compromised people in both alliances and it is causing trust and fragmentation issues throughout. Infiltrating organizations, creating conflicting agendas and ideology between its members is something these syndicates seem to do almost effortlessly."
Essentially, Goode is reporting on the negotiations between Earth-based groups in their formation of the partial disclosure plan. These developments were still fluid at the time. The Cabal groups seemed to spend the time they had doing what they do best, manipulating and intimidating others into complying with their plans, by any means necessary. Possibly these Earth-based groups had a more benevolent agenda at one time.
And as frustrating as this is for the SSP Alliance, they cannot move forward with Full Disclosure independent of alliance groups on the surface.
For even if the data dumps occurred tomorrow, the propaganda machines of every major nation could easily debunk anything that managed to make it into the public arena.
Solidification of the Partial Disclosure Agenda in 2016
On January 14th, 2016 Goode released an update in regard to on going negotiations taking place between the Cabal or secret Earth government syndicates and Earth-based alliance groups.
Here is an excerpt from the report:
"The SSP Alliance meetings I attended were mostly briefings on the negotiations between the Earth Alliance Groups and the Secret Earth Governments and their Syndicates. I saw nearly half a dozen plans put forth that ranged from a NWO 2.0 with a little bit of disclosure to plans for an overt military conflict between these groups.
With the most negative forces threatening to detonate 1 to 3 super volcanoes located under the oceans. If memory serves correctly there is one large 1 in the Atlantic Ocean and 2 in the Pacific Oceans located in both hemispheres. The majority of these Secret Earth Government Syndicates however are coming to the table with the Earth Alliance to negotiate a bloodless financial coup and a limited yet slowly unfolding disclosure narrative.
The controlled collapse of Western Economics is only one front in what will be called a "different kind of Stealth World War" by History. This "world War" (that is occurring between the Secret Earth Syndicates and the various Earth Alliance Groups is being fought through proxy armies, massive hacks/electronic attacks and attacks against financial/government/corporate entities that make up the opposition.
The SSP Alliance and the Sphere Being Alliance has made it clear that we as a collective consciousness are choosing a path or future timeline. We are at a critical juncture to where our future could be one of a NWO 2.0 with some debt forgiveness, a bit of free currency and a new Babylonian Money Magic Slave System OR we have a full disclosure event during this time of social catalyst. [Bolding added.]
From this report we can infer that the Secret Earth Syndicates and the various Earth Alliance Groups are fighting against financial / government / corporate entities that make up the opposition.
This means that some of the Earth-based alliances have joined the secret Earth syndicates and their partial disclosure agenda. Furthermore, these groups are actively attacking the opposition or any group that wants full disclosure.
Based on this report, the stealth World War is focused on forcing other groups to comply with partial disclosure.
Three days after Goode released this update, the Boeing advertisement, You just wait, debuted on television. The overtones of this ad are congruent with the limited disclosure agenda, as will be detailed shortly.
Developments of 2016
In the midst of all this, several mainstream media outlets covered UFO whistleblower stories.
Arguably one of the most obvious examples of the partial disclosure agenda is season 10 of The X-files, which came back after a decade long hiatus.
The fact that the show came out right as the partial disclosure agenda was being solidified is probably no coincidence considering that it is one of the most overt presentations of secret government activity in television history.
On February 14th, 2016, Goode reported that there were developments occurring behind the scenes between the Cabal and Earth-based alliances. He cited a meeting between Henry Kissinger and Vladimir Putin as evidence, and made light of some other developments.
Here is an excerpt from that mid February 2016 update:
"[The powers that] TPT (were) are indeed showing signs of capitulation in this great struggle and negotiation between their syndicates and various Earth Based Alliance groups. Some are feigning compliance while working on dirty tricks and false flags in the background. They do not realize it will only make their situation worse.
There are many meetings between people/groups that many may scratch their heads over and wonder why the meeting is occurring. There is much that hasn't been reported recently about the quiet movement of troops to various cities in the U.S. driving in unmarked caravans and wearing plain clothes.
One tries not to get their hopes up too much but things are looking to be coming to an end for one group and a beginning for another group (their 100 years).
All the signs are there and the movement that is now occurring in the public eye is enough to cause knee jerk reaction stories and indeed they make you wonder.
Kissinger was not meeting Putin to discuss global finances or their old "friendship" in his recent flight to Moscow. IMHO you could see the shame and confusion on his face. [Bolding added.]
This excerpt implies that cohesion of various Earth-based groups towards the partial disclosure plan has taken place, things are coming to an end for one group and beginning for another (their 100 years of power). On February 16th, 2016, Goode posted an update stating he was warned to back off of the full disclosure narrative as it is 'irresponsible to the public'.
This was three days prior to Goode's scheduled appearance at the Consciousness Life Expo event. He and David Wilcock intended to present material at their Friday night talk, which would "blow the lid off of" the partial disclosure agenda.
During that talk, they did present a huge volume of full disclosure related information, data that if it were made public would make partial disclosure impossible.
This suggests that the Cabal and Earth-based alliance groups had enough agreement on the partial disclosure agenda to feel threatened by what Goode is revealing to the public. This in and of itself is a major indication that the agenda has been agreed to at some level, and is actively moving forward. And it also indicates that a grassroots effort is a clear and present danger to the partial disclosure agenda, a point we must not forget.
100 Year Partial Disclosure Boeing Ad "You just wait"
And now, without further ado, here is the analysis of the Boeing Ad.
Watch the short ad yourself to see what you can glean. Now that the background story has been presented, the theme of partial disclosure should hopefully be quite obvious.
Subtle Influencing
Consider that the Cabal are masters of subliminal influencing and subconscious programming. From a psychological point of view, any information we are exposed to but don't not consciously acknowledge and understand, affects our mental processes, our desires, insights, and intuitions. This is generally referred to as Subtle Influence.
The lens through which we perceive the world is affected by the subconscious mind, influencing what we see and the meanings generated therefrom. But due to the unique perspective and experience of each person, the end result of subtle influencing is not always the same.
However, in the main, these effects act on populations in a bell curve capacity, with the majority falling in line with the desired outcome of the suggestion - if the proper pre-existing conditioning is present within an individual.
Social engineering or propaganda spread liberally throughout society through the media ensures that the masses are well conditioned to receive updates on programing with ease.
Debunkers of subliminal or supraliminal influence and predictive programming assume that if it were possible to manipulate someone's consciousness in this way, everyone should have the same reaction but this is not how the science works.
Pre-existing triggers, usually provided by indoctrination of cultural norms, provides the foundation for subliminal conditioning. This is why some advertisements work very well on some demographics whereas others have no effect.
For example, ads targeting women won't work on men because the cultural cues are different. In another example, sexual repression programming in society enables advertising with sexually suggestive imagery to stimulate these suppressed regions, usually invoking a desire for whatever product it is associated with, as we'll see in a moment.
The first program installed into a person's consciousness is the thought-form of self doubt and fear. Fear of life itself is programmed in via the use of reinforcement parenting methods, according to Joseph Chilton Pearce, author of Magical Child.
He says positive or negative reinforcement trains our children to fear life because at a young age they can't understand these techniques the way adults do, taking them very personally.
The child understand positive reinforcement as unconditional, and when there is no reinforcement it is subconsciously understood as lack of love, which slowly manifests as an abandonment complex.
Negative reinforcement has a similar and more obvious effect of making a child feel abandoned as a subtle message. Pearce says that the key is to teach our children how to explore and play, something they do naturally, with techniques that help them avoid the pitfalls of life.
Once the program of fear has been installed, it blossoms in to a host of psychological triggers that can be manipulated by subtle influence. In advertising, the feeling of inadequacy or dissatisfaction with oneself and the world can be associated with all manner of things to invoke a desire for a product in the target.
This is used to get us to buy things we think we need to feel satisfied. Subconsciously, we may not feel like we're attractive enough, smart enough, good enough for our friends and loved ones, and so on, and once this self-loathing belief has been firmly implanted, we can be baited into all sorts of things if the right buttons are pushed.
When pressured into a state of wanting or needing, a kind of mild fight or flight response occurs, taking over such that we seek or desire things to restore equanimity - "products and services" pushed by the Cabal.
Here's a fairly obvious example of a sexually targeted image, designed to stimulate the subconscious sexual programming of the observer. Interestingly enough, this candy is targeting children, which via their exposure to various forms of media, receive their sexual repression training early on in life.
In this example, the word "SEX" is made by a red skittle placed next to the word "Explosion." Notice how the first two letters of explosion are capitalized, emphasizing the supraliminal association that this product has with sex. In other words, the overt message would read something like this:
"If you feel sexually repressed and inadequate, like you just aren't getting enough good sex in your life. Look no further! Skittles can satisfy all your sexual needs."
One reason why subtle influencing works is because the mind is a storehouse of knowledge and experiences recorded as a mesh of information that psychologists call a Semantic Network.
In each moment of experience, the mind records everything in our perception as embedded concepts or ideas, along with our emotional state. We could call this a mind tree.
An object within the field of our perception is charged with meaning from past experience, present emotional states, and intuitive insights. Simply observing something subconsciously triggers recollections that associate and activate thought-forms at a subconscious level that influence our point of view and resulting moment to moment impressions.
For example, to a non-smoker, seeing an ashtray on a dining room table can invoke feelings of disgust and unpleasantness. This reaction, most would agree, affects our abilities after the fact, as a feeling of disgust often does. But these are conscious triggers, wherein we can recognize or trace back how our state of being was altered via an object in our perception.
Subtle processes work in the same way, except we don't recognize the triggering stimulus, yet the effect on our state of being is just as strong. Via subliminal (subconscious) or supraliminal (conscious) triggers, thought-forms within the unconscious can be activated that affects perception, altering our desires and methods of achieving them.
Here is a short video to emphasize the mechanics we're discussing here. The terms used by the presenter are slightly different than my own, but the conceptual framework is essentially the same.
The ability to manipulate consciousness by subtle means is well established, but just how powerfully can this work? Is it just a mild influence or can we actually be made to do specific things?
The short answer is both. The mind itself is a meaning generating machine, its constantly receiving influences from the environment and altering our consciousness as a result. So on the question of are we being influenced, the answer is most definitely yes. Now the question is, can these influences be focused such that a person's behavior can be precisely controlled?
For many reading this article, who are aware of the insidious nature of the Cabal, the answer is obvious, but in the interest of objectivity, let's assume it is not.
The following short video demonstrates, first that it is possible to alter someone's behavior by subtly influencing them in a very precise way. In order to do this, knowledge of a person's mental syntax or structure in consciousness as it is relates to the world is required. Since everyone has different life experiences, the language through which we conceptualize our reality is different.
Everyone possesses a different Semantic Network, to use the psychology term mentioned above, and as such, the larger the target population the more difficult it is to guarantee specific results.
And here is another example proving that one can produce precise behavioral results in another if the proper process is used to steer consciousness are harnessed.
At this point, it should be fairly clear that its not only possible to subtly influence a person's mind, its actively taking place in our world today. As far as how to protect oneself from subtle influencing, consider that the conscious mind's power to override suggestion can only take place if we have gained awareness.
These softer forms of mind control can only work on an individual that has not developed mental discipline to discern influence from genuine personal desire. But the good news is whether or not a desire came from a suggestion or not doesn't really matter insofar as determining if it is for our highest and best good or if it is moral and honors the rights of others.
In short, we can evaluate the ethical and idealistic factors involved in making a choice regardless of whether it came from a subtle suggestion or not, and in this way, the conscious mind - where our free will has the most power - can override even the most well crafted influencing methods.
The entire advertisement industry is based around the psychological effect of subtle influencing, with the propaganda machine of the Cabal employing suggestions at all levels of society to entice the masses into following their plans. We need only look out into the world to see the evidence and success of this.
The Suggestion: You Just Wait
Given these methods, the first thing to notice is the title, You just wait. This is an overarching command or suggestion for the whole video. Subtle suggestion works by presenting a series of ideas, concepts or information and then applying a conceptual label or bias over it. In this case, the suggestion is that all the things presented in the video youhave to wait for.
For the unawakened masses, they will receive the suggestion or programing fully, due to their lack of conscious recognition of the items presented.
When they see images of a futuristic better world of free energy, space age technology and so on, the preconditioned bias in their minds will be to reject the whole idea because they have been programmed to just wait. But as was said earlier, not everyone will have this reaction, it only works on a very specific subset of the population.
There are other layers of conditioning from society influencing the outcome due to the mind's holistic and additive nature. This is why social engineers use the same general framework in all forms of subtle conditioning so that conflicts don't arise.
One of these ubiquitous programs is the use of science fiction and the presentation of valid scientific concepts in a fantastic way that conditions the mind to label what is presented as fiction.
If we see someone in a movie using telepathy and psychic powers, we might subconsciously assume such things aren't real because they were presented in an unreal context - a fictional work. But when we have a conscious set of knowledge that overrides this subconscious program, we'll draw a different conclusion.
Subtle suggestion techniques work by presenting a series of triggers or prepackaged ideas so as to create a contextual framework for the suggestion. This is done by introducing images or lines of dialog that invoke certain ideas within the minds of the audience, which are then woven together into a narrative.
Like telling a story, one needs to present the setting or context first. Then after the proper ideas have been invoked in the viewer's mind, the whole presentation is enshrouded or encased under the umbrella of a suggestion or command.
Here is an advertisement from Lexus as an example.
The ad starts by showing a beautiful woman standing in front of the Arch de Triumph in Paris, the suggestion is: successful men want this woman. Then it goes on to show interlaced shots of the woman walking and the man driving the fancy new car; the guy that every man watching should identify with.
Then the man parks the car in front of the modern version of the Arch, the woman walks into the shot, and the man embraces her in a passionate kiss. The whole time this is happening, the dialog is making a comparison between the old and the new, suggesting that if you want to "stand out," if you want the girl, then you have to redefine sophistication, you have to redefine yourself in the way we are telling you.
Then the command or suggestion comes in at the end, this is the pursuit of perfection; or more clearly stated: a Lexus is the pursuit of perfection. In other words, if you want the girl, you need to redefine yourself by buying a Lexus.
This is classic subtle programming. I don't know the precise psychological term to describe it, but I would liken it to the inadequate, dissatisfied, self loathing technique mentioned above; whereby, we're conditioned to believe we aren't good enough, and we need the product being sold to feel whole again.
Now let's go over the transcript and imagery of the Boeing advertisement line by line.
Note: Before doing so, it should be understood that there are no black and white meanings or inferences to make when analyzing subtleties in advertisements. All interpretations are valid in the observers eye, yet the devices employed, as was stated earlier, tend to produce a bell curve effect wherein the majority of responses in a given population fall within a predetermined set.
"Welcome to the World of 2116"
1. Welcome to the world of 2116 – With this first line of dialog, the idea of a high tech future world is invoked in the minds of the audience, with a specific date associated to it of 2116.This brighter future concept is further reinforced by the high tech city skyline.
A man and what could be his daughter are marveling at the world they live in. Although it's hard to make out, they are both smiling, suggesting to the audience that they are happy and content, which most people can empathize with. When we see that other people are happy, we want to know why, because we want to be happy too, so we'll draw our attention to what they are looking at, the world of 2116. This device triggers curiosity with a bias of positivity.
This also subtly creates the pretext of dissatisfaction within the observer, because if we are drawn in by the offer to empathize with happy people, we are unconsciously telling ourselves we're not happy.
This foundation of dissatisfaction created by recognizing the satisfaction of others is a commonly used technique in the advertising industry. These techniques are so subtle most people never notice them.
The suggestion or pre-packaged idea in this section is a brighter future everyone can enjoy with those closest to them. This is a technique for enticing the audience to buy into the vision being presented; it is the bait, the carrot on a stick.
This draws the focus of the audience into the world being created by the images and dialog in the ad. The brighter future theme is the overt message everyone consciously recognizes and will be later associated with the command you just wait.
The majority of the conceptual invocation of the brighter future took place within the first few seconds of the ad, the remaining portions of the video reinforce the foundation laid down by this first scene.
"You Can Fly Across Town in Minutes"
2. You can fly across town in minutes – In this section, the general idea of a high tech brighter future is expanded. The implied inference presented in the first scene is bolstered and reinforced by the statement we can fly across town in minutes.
This notion of faster travel or commuting times is enticing to most people in the modern world who feel that precious free time is slipping through their fingers.
This scene triggers the pre-existing belief that life is too short and we need to do everything we can to get more time. This adds a level of excitement for the audience, who was already interested in a brighter future, but now has something more specific to look forward to. The scene is meant to "pull the heart strings" of the people, to sell them something tangible they consciously want.
And the view from that altitude of space would be quite breathtaking, adding even more mystique to the offer.
Just as this image is transitioning, the next line of dialog begins.
"Or Across the Globe in Under an Hour"
3. Or across the globe in under an hour – This is another section reinforcing the brighter future concept. Most people would love the idea of traveling to different parts of the globe in a short period of time.
The image of serenely content people gazing out of the cabin window adds another layer of empathetic enticement. It's almost as if the people in this scene are blissed out or on some kind of sedative.
Notice the red seat backs. Red is a subtle command color used to compel someone into action. The act being suggested by this scene is to enter into a trancelike state of wonder and amazement, to accept the suggestion to just wait. "Whole Communities Are Living on Mars"
4. Whole communities are living on Mars– The same technique of enhancing the brighter future theme is further refined in this scene, but in a personal way. In this case, there are no happy people, there are no smiling faces. Instead, we see the backside of a man quickly pointing out a marvel to his friend on the right, which invokes curiosity in the minds of the audience.
This is a conditioning device that stimulates interest and desire, to get us to sit up in our chairs and focus our attention on what they are pointing to. But the fact we can't see clearly ensures a vacuum of understanding is created, which naturally triggers an observers imagination into action.
In response to not knowing what these two are marveling at the subconscious mind generates positive images we personally are interested in, a kind of self fulfilled feedback effect of enticement. We imagine what we would be excited seeing and then subconsciously project that feeling onto the imagined world presented on the screen.
The end result is an increased excitement level in what is being presented in a personally tailored way. By this I mean, what we imagine they are looking at is reflective of what we think is exciting to us as individuals. This has the effect of drawing us into the imagined world via associating unconscious desires onto the images.
Movie teasers, as opposed to previews, employ the same methodology by showing very little but faint glimpses of a film, which causes the viewer to fill in the gaps with what they want to see, and therefore, increasing interest.
Consider that in a crowd, most people want to fit in, so if there is something captivating the group that we can't see, we'll want to know what they are focused on. This introduces a Group Think suggestion of going along with the pack or wanting to do what everyone else is doing. A secondary suggestion in addition to the personal investment device discussed earlier.
Furthermore, this is also the first scene showing actual Mars bases or communities, an obfuscation technique of "hiding the truth in plain sight."
As was outlined above, the secret space programs have had advanced bases on Mars, the Moon and elsewhere for decades. By showing us this image of Mars colonies, under the overarching suggestion of You just wait, we are being told that the partial disclosure agenda will not be revealing the existence of real Mars bases; we have to wait for that.
"And Solar Satellites Provide Earth with Unlimited Clean Power"
5. And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power – In a scene that looks like a classroom setting on Mars, the dialog states: And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power.
On the surface, this entices the audience to conceive of an environmentally responsible future, free of energy production that pollutes the planet, and who wouldn't want that?. But I think there is much more going on in this scene.
The phrase unlimited clean power is a subtle reference to free energy or over unity production methods that produce unlimited energy; but is this energy provided to the people in a free way?
I don't think it is in this case.
Immediately afterward, an image of high tech satellites are shown hovering above the Earth.
The type of clean power being refer to here is probably not decentralized "free energy" for the people. The suggestion is that a centralized power company or agency may still be at work, which is a euphemism for a Cabal-controlled energy industry, a central pillar in their matrix of control.
The systems used to produce this energy maybe free, as in over unity production methods, but it isn't free to the people, who still need to earn-a-livingto receive it.
But why depict the classroom on Mars?
Earlier, the teacher was showing her Martian students how the Earth pulls energy from the Sun. While the dialog talks of solar satellites, the imagery associated with it implies that the Earth is drawing energy and resources from Mars:
And solar satellites provide Earth with unlimited clean power. Ambiguity in relation to where these solar satellites draw their energy translates as a suggestion to the subconscious mind.
I think the inference here is that in this future version of Earth, the Martian colonies are still going to be serving the Cabal as production facilities; like the British colonies of the past were forced to serve the Crown.
Also, remember that according to Goode, these facilities on Mars are essentially slave plantations wherein the corporate interests of the ICC, home-based on Earth, can exploit the resources of the solar system. I think the suggestion here is that the disclosure of these sites to the public won't happen until 2116, and even then, they may still be glorified slave plantations.
"In Less Than a Century, Boeing Took the World from Sea Planes, to Space Planes."
6: In less than a century, Boeing took the world from sea planes, to space planes – In this scene the reinforcement of the brighter future idea continues by invoking societal propaganda of technological progress.
The modern worldview, as promulgated by the media, educational institutions, and science is that of the glory and splendor of our technological progress. It is the belief that human history is a slow and steady progression of advancement; an assumption that peoples of the past were more primitive than the people of the present, and that technology is what fueled this progress.
One alternative researcher termed this notion the belief in the Church of Progress. This modern day belief of endless technological progress is a pretext for the transhumanist agenda.
This is the idea that the future is one where man merges with machine in an effort to correct evolutionary errors in the human organism.
The partial disclosure timeline would allow the Cabal to develop a transhumanist society, wherein human beings are increasingly dependent on, and enslaved by, technology.
This scene is also another reinforcement of the promise of a better world through technology, again in an effort to entice the audience into believing in the vision presented.
In his commentary on this article, Corey Goode offered that the SSP already has a personal carrier that can seat up to 600 people, he called a Military Personal Carrier.
In Dr. Michael Salla's book, Insiders Reveal Secret Space Programs & Extraterrestrial Alliances, Goode is quoted on page 18 that these carriers can transport someone "anywhere in the world in less than an hour"—eerily similar to the line from the Boeing ad, "across the globe in under an hour."
Goode's statement and Salla's book was released prior to the Boeing advertisements debut.
"Across the Universe and Beyond"
7: Across the universe and beyond– This is when the video transitions back to the young girl with her father. At this point, the many layers of subtle programming are reinforced again before the big reveal of the overarching suggestion.
Reading the preceding line of dialog in succession with this line suggest that Boeing developed technology in the past 100 years to take humanity from, sea planes to space planes, across the universe and beyond
"In less than a century, Boeing took the world from sea planes, to space planes; across the universe and beyond.
Of course this perfectly matches what many SSP whistleblowers have stated, that humanity possesses technology capable of "taking ET home." This glaring admission in the advertisement will be placed under the overarching subtle suggestion of You just wait, meaning disclosure of these interstellar technologies will not come until 2116.
"And if You Thought that was Amazing..."
8: And if you thought that was amazing... – The same general imagery is presented for this section, again reinforcing the splendor of a brighter technological future, but with a subtle change.
Notice that the father character is pointing toward the Moon, while the narration reads "and if you thought that was amazing..." This is the same invocation of desire or curiosity technique used above in the Martian communities scene. It is used to fan the flames of interest, to create a fervor of excitement and anticipation in the minds of the audience, all in preparation for the final overarching suggestion or command.
The father is not just pointing to the Moon, but pointing to everything else in the scene as a final attempt to get us to agree just how amazing this world is.
"You Just Wait"
9. You just wait - As they say in the film industry, this is the "money shot." This scene is where all the previous ground work culminates in a completed thought form, the suggestion or command to just wait.
They finally reveal the face of the young girl from the beginning. Notice the same calm trancelike wonder and amazement from the earlier scenes. This girl represents the inner child of the audience, that part of us that seeks novelty and the fantastic.
The audience will take all the previous suggestions of enticement and solidify them into their consciousness, by identifying with the little girl.
The command is that we must wait for all the things presented in the advertisement; we must wait till 2116; we must wait 100 years.
Sound familiar?
Seeding the Collective Consciousness of Humanity
To me, it seems obvious that the Boeing advertisement is trying to get people to believe in partial disclosure. And there's a big reason why.
Belief collapses possibilities, it collapses timelines because we usually can't imagine something beyond the limits of what is believed to be true. This is why observing a double slit experiment collapses waves into a particles.
If you believe the world is flat, anything to do with a spherical Earth sounds like disinformation. If you believe that there are no cures for cancer, you won't bother looking for them, even though they exist. If you believe you are unattractive and undesirable, you won't pursue relationships with others.
Using these very simple examples, the power of belief should be clearly recognized. Beliefs steer our consciousness toward a particular outcome, along a timeline or track.
Now belief in and of itself won't move mountains, but it will change how we see the world, and as a result what we choose to do in life. Beliefs provide a channel or pathway for our creative energy to express itself; what we think is possible determines what we will try to do.
At this point, let's go back and review what Raw-Teir-Eir said to Goode after his meeting from July of 2015.
"I had a short communication with “Tear-Eir” where, as usual, I began to report what happened and he interrupted me by raising his hand. He then communicated that much of what we call "Full Disclosure" is not in any one group's hands. As more of this info is reported by "US" that the more it awakens people and enters their mass consciousness.
That the awakening population and their mass consciousness/co-creative abilities will determine when or how soon some of these events occur. He further communicated that we should keep up what we are doing and keep the information flowing at a high rate through trusted sources.
As this information spreads among the awakened and awakening the quicker we will cause the timeline of disclosure to happen with the power of the mass consciousness that we still do not fully understand. [Bolding added.]
What Tear-Eir is telling Goode is that the collective consciousness of humanity is the deciding factor for what shapes the future: whether we have full or partial disclosure. The Cabal know this all to well and use the methods to steer consciousness in their favor.
When people see this advertisement and get excited about what is presented, they unconsciously choose to accept it; they believe in the imaginary world created.
When we desire something it is an indication the image of it is firmly placed within the mind, for we can't desire what we can't imagine. The advertisement is a tool to get us to believe in the partial disclosure timeline, and as such, use our collective consciousness to help manifest it.
This is proof of concept for what Raw-Teir-Eir told Goode after the July meeting. We now have a tangible proof of concept for steering collective consciousness to contemplate. This is a central point that must be understood properly in order to realize what we need to do next.
The Energetic Shift Could Be Delayed
On Saturday night of the Consciousness Life Expo talk, Wilcock released a critical piece of information supplied by Goode.
Apparently the Sphere Beings told the SSP Alliance that if a grassroots full disclosure effort from within the awakening community was not successful in steering the collective consciousness of humanity, the Sphere Beings would delay the solar shift for an age. This is not their choice, they must honor humanity's free will if it chooses to delay.
While many were surprised and shocked to hear this, it actually matches what the Sphere Beings have said from the beginning, as we just detailed.
To be clear, the Sphere Beings are not enforcing a partial disclosure plan, they are simply stating the fact that the collective consciousness of humanity is in charge of what happens next, not the Sphere Beings, the SSP Alliance, the Cabal or the Earth-based alliances.
And while this might sound like a cop-out by the Sphere Beings, it is consistent with their message and reinforces the idea that our destiny is truly in our hands.
Would we really want it any other way?
Wilcock's Description of Partial Disclosure
In an article by David Wilcock, he described what partial disclosure might look like.
I want to present this information so that those in the awakening community—hopefully those who see the value of a grass-root disclosure effort—will be empowered to point this out to their fellows. When you recognize the magicians trick, you are now empowered to tell others so they won't be deceived.
The partial disclosure timeline requires very large-scale events to happen very quickly. In order for this to occur, a certain sequence of catalysts are expected.
We are expecting a relatively sudden, dramatic collapse of the Euro, the US dollar and the "too big to fail" mega-banks.
For a period of time, it may be that any money you have in the bank will be inaccessible and / or nearly worthless. It will be returned after the dust settles.
Silver is currently around 15 dollars per ounce coin. This is due to Cabal price-fixing and manipulation. It costs 26 dollars to manufacture a silver ounce coin.
Silver may go as high as 400, at least for a period of time, and insiders recommend it as your best bet to secure assets right now.
Gold is now 81 times more pricey than silver at the same weight, which is an all-time high in history. So silver is a much better buy than gold right now.
Some degree of rioting and violence is expected to occur when people lose their money -- and this depends upon the overall level of public outrage.
The negative groups are hoping for large-scale loss of life when this happens. It is very likely not going to turn out that way, but there probably will be some.
THE BLACKOUT
At some point we lose power and internet access, at least throughout America and possibly Europe, for up to 2-3 weeks. Most people are in a blackout.
You do want to make sure you have whatever you need on hand to get through that much time with storable food, water, supplies and books to read.
That being said, I highly recommend that you not panic. That creates exactly the type of energy that will anchor in the negative timeline.
I have done what I need to do to prepare. It is possible that nothing may happen. I have already eaten through a previous round of storable food.
During the blackout there will be small-scale but intense military conflicts between opposing groups in many, if not most major American and European cities.
Both sides of these skirmishes are already in position now and waiting for it to start. Multiple insiders have confirmed this.
Without going into too much detail, these battles will likely focus on areas where the Cabal and its assets are the most concentrated.
Most of the targeted people inside will be brought out in handcuffs and arrested, not shot and killed, as this happens.
When the lights come back on, everything will have changed. The controlled media will be telling a completely different story.
Even in the partial timeline, it will appear at first as if everything we have worked so hard to achieve on this site has actually happened.
WHAT WILL THE PARTIAL DISCLOSURE TIMELINE LOOK LIKE?
Although nothing is solid, and plans are completely flexible and ready to change at a moment's notice, here are the most likely outcomes in the aftermath:
It will include 9/11 truth and the arrests of many high-level people we will be happy to see get brought to justice.
It will include a financial system reboot, and very likely some sort of tribute payments to everyone who was screwed by the system.
It will include the gradual release of "forbidden" technologies, including clean energy, anti-gravity and some new health breakthroughs.
It will include the revealing of a "lower level" military space program that already has the ability to travel around our solar system in cool new ships.
It will include, maybe not at first, the revealing of an "Ancient Builder Race" that left artifacts behind in our solar system millions of years ago.
It will attempt to include the idea that there are no living ETs visiting us now, and anything we thought we were seeing is the work of the now-defeated Cabal.
The first and second episodes of the X-Files miniseries reboot were a veritable manifesto for the partial disclosure roll-out. The rest were relatively unrelated."
The Cabal groups are furious with Corey and me for interfering with this "partial disclosure" timeline. They would kill us if they could get it authorized.
They are already grooming whistleblowers who will come forward as the heroic cosmic astronauts of a new age.
Imagine the public's surprise when they are shown new ships, told these are the UFOs everyone has been seeing, and watch films of them traveling through the solar system.
Imagine the surprise of having them de-cloak in our skies and take certain selected witnesses from earth onboard to see it and film it for themselves.
Imagine the surprise of finally knowing, on a collective level, that we are not alone in the universe and "Ancient Aliens" built all kinds of structures in the solar system.
Does it look low-fi or high-tech?
Imagine the first day that someone from here gets to walk through these ruins in a spacesuit, while it is filmed and beamed back to earth for all to marvel at.
Imagine the volumes of new information that people will be able to binge on, as the "Accepted Real Truth(TM)", once this all happens.
The bad guys go to jail, everyone gets a decent chunk of money, and we are all distracted by an incredible new story spurring endless internet flame wars.
Meanwhile, "business as usual" continues, with the Cabal groups continuing to work behind the scenes for another 100 years of gradual roll-out.
The items emphasized relate to the same time of invocations presented in the Boeing advertisement.
It should be abundantly clear that this partial disclosure scenario is progressing at this time.
The western controlled financial system is slowly imploding, lower level SSP disclosure is being released at record pace, soft disclosure from NASA and other space agencies is being ramped up, and all manner of subtle conditioning, like what is presented in The X-files, is taking place.
We Won'tWait: Full Disclosure is the Only Option
What can be done in the face of such an elaborate subtle conditioning or propaganda campaign?
The hope is that truth is on our side. Here is a quote from Raw-Teir-Eir that is of prime importance:
"As more of this info is reported by "US" ... the more it awakens people and enters their mass consciousness."
The partial disclosure agenda cannot be successful if even part of the whole truth is revealed. This is why Goode was warned to stop pushing full disclosure. And this is also why the Cabal stops at nothing to discredit anyone talking about the whole truth.
Think of it like a magic trick or an illusion. Even if only one part of the trick goes wrong, the whole thing falls apart. If a magician was trying to make a rabbit disappear, and a tiny piece of the rabbit's ear is visible to the audience, the trick is a failure, no one buys into the illusion, no one believes it.
The partial disclosure plan is equally as delicate, which means that if even a tiny shred of the whole truth makes it into the collective consciousness of humanity, it might be enough to dissolve the illusion and hamper the partial disclosure agenda.
The inspiring vision of a brighter future presented in the Boeing ad is a euphemism for a transhumanist nightmare, a vision most people won't want to believe in if they had all the facts.
So as an awakening community, our methodology can be similar to the Boeing advertisement. Our task is to spread as much of the truth as far and as wide as possible. We don't need people to accept what is offered, they just simply need to be exposed to it.
The unconscious receives all information, even if the conscious doesn't accept it, that's why subliminal and subtle conditioning works. In addition, the mechanics of truth receptivity are such that over a long enough span of time, all falsehoods eventually collapse under the weight of unreconciled truth. Hence Goode's call for a grass-roots full disclosure effort.
Steering Consciousness Towards Full Disclosure
But there's something else to consider. The universe has a bias towards positivity and mental coherence.
The Cabal are employing forms of manipulation, coercion, and deception in their efforts to steer the collective consciousness of humanity. This means that the coherence or image quality of the idea they are trying to seed needs to be very strong or of a high resolution.
They have to devote incredible amounts of energy and resources in promoting and presenting the partial disclosure idea to the masses. And as we discussed above, it only takes a small amount of truth to collapse the elaborate illusion.
The awakening community is uniquely empowered to create a positive coherent thought-form that opposes partial disclosure. This, of course, is a vision of a full disclosure future. This can be charged by group meditations like what has become popular of late, but this in and of itself isn't enough.
The more powerfully we ground this full disclosure idea into each moment of life, the more coherent and energized our consciousness becomes, and the more we help steer the collective consciousness of humanity.
Artists impression of one of the meetings described by Corey Goode
Remember that beliefs help us channel creative energy by focusing attention on a worldview or perspective of reality. So first, as an awakening community, we can ask ourselves what we believe, what are our biases?
Do we think full disclosure isn't a realistic option? Are we upset because we think someone else should be doing this for us? Are we unwilling to risk our reputation and social graces to share the truth with the world?
Beliefs, like subliminal programming, will prevent us from taking action if we do not find and balance them with more knowledge of the truth.
Part of the reason I wanted to write this compilation was to share as much of the truth as possible so as to dispel any belief that holds the awakening community back. Yet even despite all the data points proving the power of unity, there are as many excuses not to unite as there are grains of sand on a beach.
What Does Unity Look Like?
In closing, I want to discuss what a united awakening community could look like. I think a lot of people think unity means 100% agreement on everything, or that if we disagree about even one thing, we can't work together as a whole.
But we don't have to agree on everything. As a matter of fact, we don't even have to agree on a majority of items. We just need consensus on the big issues we can agree on, and then take actions within those areas.
For example, one person may listen to COBRA, while another person might listen to David Wilcock, and both might think the two sources of information are not in total agreement. But they are in agreement about the big issues.
These figures both discuss an energetic shift, they both discuss the power of meditation, they both discuss a secret space program, mass arrests, and an end of the paradigms of control on Earth. So while there is a small amount of disagreement, generally they are far more in harmony than not.
And as followers of information revealers, gurus, ascended masters, whistleblowers, and so on - when we fight with others over what they believe we prevent unity from forming. Instead of attacking people that don't share our beliefs, let's find the courage to seek common ground, because in all likelihood we each have far more in common than not.
As odd as it sounds, we can look to the Cabal as an example of what effective unity looks like.
All the various syndicate groups and organizations that make up the Cabal are loosely allied with each other, and in many cases, they fight about one thing or another. But when it comes to certain issues, like the need for a financial enslavement system, they all agree and act within that consensus to effect changes in the world.
We only have to observe the planet we live on to see how successful their unity efforts have been.
Unity isn't about total uniformity, in some kind of hive-mind where no one thinks for themselves. Unity means recognizing diversity while at the same time not letting our differences divide us on what we all face as a people.
No matter how much we may want to fight with each other, we are all suffering from a world sick with selfishness, scarcity, and ignorance. And the solution is a unified compassionate and well-educated group of awakened people, willing to be the change and show others they can too.
We can do it, and the universe supports us in more ways than we can possibly imagine. If the spheres really are here in the solar system, by the thousands, and they are actually controlled by guardians of the galaxy, this in and of itself indicates the universe is doing everything it can to support a people's uprising for true freedom.
Surely if the benevolent forces behind the Sphere Beings can believe in our potential, we can find it within ourselves to do the same.
If doing nothing guarantees at least another 100 years of Cabal rule, then why not take the risk and do something? If a transhumanist world does come about due to our inactions, how will we feel knowing we had a chance to do something and didn't?
Future generations are relying on us to take a stand, and unlike in the past, the opportunity for successfully rising up and freeing this planet is greater than ever.
True Disclosure
Corey Goode via the Full Disclosure Project and with the help of countless inspired individuals, has produced a mainstream website for the purpose of disseminating information to the public.
TrueDisclosure.org is designed to provide high quality insider testimony, declassified documents, and evidence that the unawakened masses can use to gain greater knowledge of our true history and related SSP activities. The amount of energy required to produce this website was vast, but now it can serve as one more venue to help reveal the truth to the people and dissolve any hope of a false partial disclosure scenario.
I hope you have enjoyed this article and found it inspiring.
Know that the work we do to change the planet and restore prosperity happens in all moments of now. When we act with integrity and bravely face the injustices of our world in a way that honors the truth, we become beacons of light amid an ocean of darkness.
The simple act of seeking the truth, sharing it with our fellows, and acting in harmony with it, is arguably one of the single most important things we can do. In this respect, we're each instrumental players in this game of becoming free and ending tyranny, of restoring peace, prosperity and empowerment to the place we call home.
Special thanks to those who have come forward under threat to bring the truth the people. The preceding text is a Stillness in the Storm original creation. Please share freely. About The Author Justin Deschamps is a truth seeker inspired by philosophy and the love of wisdom in all its forms. He was formally trained in physics and psychology, later discovering the spiritual basis of reality and the interconnected nature of all things. He strives to find the path of truth while also walking it himself, sharing what he knows with others so as to facilitate cooperative change for a better future. He is a student of all and a teacher to some. Follow on Twitter @sitsshow, Facebook Stillness in the Storm, and Follow on steemit @justin-sits.
Yanis Varoufakis On The Future For Europe
September 25 2016 | From: Yanis Varoufakis/ Various
An interview with the former Greek Finance Minister in 140 character responses.
Which is the Single Largest Threat to the Global Economy?
Listen Up Truth-Seekers: We’re On The Same Team
September 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes The justice-seeking community are a funny bunch. We’ve all got our differences, including the various ‘beliefs’ we have, but ultimately we’re on the same team. You’d think we would be acting like it too, but unfortunately we’re not.
It’s clear that the divide and conquer strategy is in full swing, even among the truth and freedom movements. What’s the D&C strategy I can hear some of you ask?
It’s when the powers-that-think-they’re-the-overlords use informational tactics to divide the people so they fight one another, instead of collectively facing the real issues.
And god dammit they’ve been successful.
There’s covert powers who are in control? I would suggest we engage some simple logic with this one. To start, money rules the world. better put, they can digitally punch numbers into a computer and POOF, currency is created.
Now these banksters control the central banks and therefore control the governments. Enter the two-party tyranny system we call democrSo, who owns the money? The banksters of course. Their scam is so brilliant that they can create money out of thin air, oracy. Both sides work for the same financial interests, which are not just limited to the banking industry, but the energy, pharmaceutical and media corporations too, among many others.
Essentially, we are ruled via a highly integrated corporatocracy, regardless if you understand it, or believe it to be true.
This control-system is a sick beast. It’s out of alignment with natural law, which essentially means that it disrespects the golden rule. In layman’s terms, this universal law is to do no harm, respect each others shit, honor your contracts; that sort of thing.
Because the matrix of control aims to impose their centralized global dictatorship on all of us, including the disgraceful methods they’re choosing to achieve it, they’ve broken this divine contract. Therefore, their so-called ‘power’ is undermined by their own actions.
They essentially make themselves obsolete.
But we cannot keep our heads in the sand and do nothing; we still have to deal with this layer of truth in one way or another. After all, no great organizational change occurred by riding unicorns and staring at pretty fucking rainbows.
Simply, we have both a material and energetic responsibility to face this cancer of an order and replace it with something truly made out of justice and honor.
What then, should we replace it with? Well, this is one of the million dollar questions.
Some people are fundamentalist anarchists who want zero government. Now I might be off target, but at least hear me out and then disagree with me if you wish.
Personally I find that proposition unrealistic, especially until every person in every country is at some stage of enlightenment where they won’t try to monopolize, tyrannize, subjugate or apply an array of other tactics of suppression, coercion and control.
In other words my view is that we ned to utilize the current operational system, at least in the transitional phase, because groups of people still exist who will fuck others over given the chance. So it makes more sense for ‘the people’ to ethically take control of the governmental system and transform it into one that honors the golden rule, at least initially.
Now I might be wrong about this, and I’m perfectly okay with that. And that’s my point; we can disagree about exactly where we go from here, but we still need to mobilize a voluntary team otherwise we’re all likely to be royally fucked.
I also see the inherent value of a money-less society because money itself is an evidence-based tool of scarcity, and therefore enslavement. It also naturally breeds excessive competition, inequality and greed. This approach could be achieved via some form of abundance-based economy, but I do realize this futurist design is unrealistic, at least in the short term.
But once again, I don’t have all the answers. No one does. I would suggest that most of us don’t want to be ruled, and therefore we’re all anarchists in the pure sense of the word, and that’s the first principle we can unite on. But how we transition to a ruler-less world is yet to be determined.
So, given we need to integrate to undermine the mechanisms of the control-system, where are we at?
Unfortunately, the alternative media is in tatters. We’ve recently had a couple of big names surrounded by big controversy, causing further division. Many people are violently arguing about the shape of our reality. The conspiracy rabbit hole and it’s multiple tunnels of truth and untruth have left many people poorly focused, as well as the truth-seekers significantly divided. The competing views on Trump has also resulted in more infighting.
In addition, many people think they have their shit sorted and are ‘enlightened’, but few appear to remember they’ve continuously changed their minds and behaviors since birth. Even if they have a good idea of what the fuck is going on, many fail to realize that this ride of ‘waking up’ is a journey, not a destination.
For example, there’s a couple of quotes which have been shared tens of millions of times, which say something like ‘be the change’ and ‘I’m wise so I change myself’, but they’ve been disgraced by all those who don’t bother to truly live by them.
The hypocrisy and inaction among the truth-seekers is painfully obvious.
Yet, we’re all hypocrites to one degree or another. We’re all going to evolve our beliefs in some way too. If we truly accept that we all have our weaknesses and contradictions, and that we’ve got philosophical and behavioral refinements that we’re yet to undertake, then it makes it very easy to accept one another as comrades.
And it’s absolutely necessary at this point too. The concerning reality is that the entire freedom movement is in danger of becoming a running joke, not just to the outsider curtain hangers, but internally as well.
That’s one of the reasons why we really need to start fresh. If we begin by accepting that none of us 100% know what has, is and should be, then we will create a level playing field where we all have an opportunity to volunteer as equals on the team of truth and freedom.
If so, we will actually have a strong shot at finally unifying, which is the only bloody way we’re going to get anything seriously done.
Of course we’re already moving in a general direction, and there’s many agreements already subtly made. For example, it’s fairly clear there are certain concepts and primary targets that have manifested as a pattern within the independent media and the progressive mindsets. What follows, therefore, is a simple merger strategy that’s based on a few core values, and a few core systemic areas.
So let’s see how this resonates. In terms of values, do you personally agree with the following?
1. We value love over hate.
2. We value truth over lies.
3. We value freedom over enslavement.
4. We value happiness over suffering.
5. We value honor over disrespect.
6. We value cooperation over competition.
7. We value family and community over money.
8. We value health over business.
9. We value peace over war.
10 We value justice over injustice.
Sound fair? I’m going to assume that’s a yes, because otherwise you need some serious self-healing. Sorry (not sorry) to be so blunt, but your-self and your fellow-man are not your enemy.
In addition, if we agree on these values, they must be applied in every area of discourse. Of course there are areas where competition for example has its place, such as sport, but there is still cooperation first and foremost otherwise the game wouldn’t even be played.
So if these values can stand the test of time, that also means they will naturally dissolve any so-called rules and laws that contradict them.
In terms of the systemic issues, let’s see if we can at least agree on the Four M’s as our primary targets for change, which are Money, Medicine, Media and Management:
1. Money should be a sovereign public utility, not hijacked by private stakeholders and converted into a transnational banking cartel.
2. Medicine (including food) should be as natural as possible, as well as be inexpensively available to all who need it, not monopolized by the multinational giants and perverted into the toxin-rich, addictive and unnatural substances we have today.
3. Media should be based on truth, authentic journalism and what’s best for the people, not propagandized to create minions of the failing system.
4. Management of our society should be designed by and for the people, not by and for the corporate and oligarchical structures.
Is that fair too? Does the whole lot sit well with you? Let’s bloody well hope so.
So in saying all this, and of the thousands of people who read it, what will actually change to unite the world’s justice-seeking communities?
To be straightforward and realistic, most likely fuck all. In truth, I actually could care less if it’s this proposal either; if a group would like to design a basic unification strategy that we can agree on, please do so. No matter how it happens, it just needs to happen, and that’s the most important thing.
However, we really do need to show some solidarity, so this has been created as an opportunity for the fragmented independent media to stand together on some core values and systemic focal points. We’re all in the position to share this information through our networks too, so if you more or less agree with this strategy for unification then there is nothing stopping you from doing so.
In addition, the recent issues arising from two key voices in the independent media has further shown that we shouldn’t be rallying around individuals, but instead be binding around some very simple and key agreements. If so, we could use them as a framework for publicly debating how they relate to the behavior of governments, corporations, oligarchs and the system itself.
By continuously saturating our agreements and discussions into the collective consciousness, more and more people – working both inside and outside of the system – will be emancipated from the delusions they’ve been programmed to have. After all, people are just people, and most of them deep down want the best for their fellow-man.
It would then continue as an education process for everybody who needs it, based on any agreements made. And as Max Igan suggests in the below interview, we could also organize a global day of protest to show unification around our quest for truth and freedom.
In any case, I primarily wrote this as an energetic injection because I know that somewhere lurking just beyond the veil, the many movements for truth and freedom have an innate capacity to put their differences to the side and come together as a peaceful force to radically transform our world into one of honor and justice.
Could this happen soon? Who knows; we’ve all been pleasantly surprised before.
For further information regarding where we’re at, and where we’re going, watch this new interview with the infamous Max Igan.
US Global Hegemony Is Officially Dead
September 18 2016 | From: Geopolitics Humanity is now in the cusp for a massive globalwide revolution in engineering and scientific development as divisively regressive geopolitics are being shamed in the global stage, and instigations for new wars are effectively suppressed.
For the last 4 years, or so, railways and sea/airports were being built across Asia, and these projects will only accelerate in the coming months as the Khazarian transnational crime syndicate is being pinned down at every level.
…and Wikileaks will be releasing more exposé very soon, as former DND Secretary Colin Powell is being dragged to the Clinton email controversy.
Hitlery is just getting the update...
The massive resignations of bankers have already occurred four years ago, as punctuated by the World Bank president Zoellick’s own resignation months later and the Papal resignation in 2013.
And no matter how much it tries, NATO could not start a new war anywhere in the world. All of Eurasia are now poised to give their full support to the China-led “One Belt, One Road” massive economic programs to redevelop the planet for the benefit of all its inhabitants.
To White House’s surprise, Turkey pivoted towards its rival Kremlin in the middle of this year. The subsequent CIA military coup in cooperation with embedded 5th columnists inside Turkey was unsuccessful, due in part to a timely Russian intelligence report which gave Erdogan the upperhand early on.
But so far, the biggest geopolitical event this year is the epic expressed rejection of US interference in the ASEAN-China region.
US President Barack Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping (L) look on after formally joining the Paris Climate deal at Ruyi Hall at the West Lake State House in Hangzhou on September 3, 2016.The United States and China on September 3 formally joined the Paris climate deal, with US President Barack Obama hailing the accord as the “moment we finally decided to save our planet”. World leaders are gathering in Hangzhou for the 11th G20 Leaders Summit from September 4 to 5. / AFP / SAUL LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/Getty Images)
Xi officially denied Obama the luxury of insulting Asia right on its doorsteps. The phrase “This is our country. This is our airport” being shouted against Obama’s entourage should summarize China’s assertion of its geopolitical and financial sovereignty. Forcing Obama to descend through the ass of Air Force One was just the icing on the cake.
China positively responded to the ASEAN Community’s establishment of a well-defined Code of Conduct in the West Philippine Sea to avoid miscommunications in the area, and all parties have agreed that the best way to find resolution in the conflict zone where an estimated $5 trillion of physical commerce passes annually, is only through dialogue, trade cooperation, and the sharing of natural resources in these contested areas, as it had been done for thousands of years prior to Western’s ”divide and conquer” intervention.
The straight talking Duterte complemented the whole covert and not-so-covert anti-Khazarian advances in the region by directly confronting Obama and Ba Ki Moon during the East Asian Summit, with photos of human rights violation against 600,000 Muslim Moro, 6,000 of whom were massacred and buried in a common pit, at the turn of the 20th century, which is the root cause of the secessionist movements in Southern Philippines.
Obama and Ban Ki Moon were caught off guard and the two found themselves out of ammunition to respond accordingly. Here’s the mainstream media summary of the event:
All headline hugging Duterte tirades prior to the ASEAN Summit 2016 were meant to underscore the fact that the Philippines is no longer a US vassal state.
To Duterte’s credit, Indonesia is buying up weapons after its Police Anti-Narcotics Chief Budi Waseso announced that the largest Muslim country in the region will duplicate Duterte’s methods of dealing with drug trafficking.
Duterte has just visited Indonesia in order to discuss the two countries’ coordination in the field of economics and terrorism. Both countries share a border where CIA-ISIS affiliated Abu Sayyaf is operating.
Here in the Philippines, it is our understanding that the Chinese government will eventually abide by the UNCLOS arbitral ruling in the future when the subject is already properly explained to its people, and if the Philippines maintains its independence from the US beyond Duterte’s presidency.
Ironically, China is a signatory to the UNCLOS, but not the perennial conflict instigator known as the United States.
All of these great milestones occurred “while Americans were busy watching the Kardashians.”
The official declaration of the Fall of the US Empire has been held in the peace loving countries of Asia.
It is now up to the Americans, and the entire Western population, to reciprocate what has been made here.
New Mind-Blowing Experiment Confirms That Reality Doesn’t Exist If You Are Not Looking At It
September 17 2016 | From: TheMindUnleashed According to a well-known theory in quantum physics, a particle’s behavior changes depending on whether there is an observer or not. It basically suggests that reality is a kind of illusion and exists only when we are looking at it.
Numerous quantum experiments were conducted in the past and showed that this indeed might be the case.
Now, physicists at the Australian National University have found further evidence for the illusory nature of reality. They recreated the John Wheeler’s delayed-choice experiment and confirmed that reality doesn’t exist until it is measured, at least on the atomic scale.
Thought-Provoking Findings
Some particles, such as photons or electrons, can behave both as particles and as waves. Here comes a question of what exactly makes a photon or an electron act either as a particle or a wave. This is what Wheeler’s experiment asks: at what point does an object ‘decide’?
The results of the Australian scientists’ experiment, which were published in the journal Nature Physics, show that this choice is determined by the way the object is measured, which is in accordance with what quantum theory predicts.
“It proves that measurement is everything. At the quantum level, reality does not exist if you are not looking at it,” said lead researcher Dr. Andrew Truscott in a press release.
The Experiment
The original version of John Wheeler’s experiment proposed in 1978 involved light beams being bounced by mirrors. However, it was difficult to implement it and get any conclusive results due to the level of technological progress back then. Now, it became possible to successfully recreate the experiment by using helium atoms scattered by laser light.
Dr. Truscott’s team forced a hundred of helium atoms into a state of matter called Bose-Einstein condensate. After this, they ejected all the atoms until there was only one left.
Then, the researchers used a pair of laser beams to create a grating pattern, which would scatter an atom passing through it just like a solid grating scatters light. Thus, the atom would either act as a particle and pass through one arm or act as a wave and pass through both arms.
Thanks to a random number generator, a second grating was then randomly added in order to recombine the paths. This was done only after the atom had already passed the first grate.
As a result, the addition of the second grating caused interference in the measurement, showing that the atom had traveled both paths, thus behaving like a wave. At the same time, when the second grating was not added, there was no interference and the atom appeared to have traveled only one path.
The Results and Their Interpretation
As the second grating was added only after the atom had passed through the first one, it would be reasonable to suggest that the atom hadn’t yet ‘decided’ whether it was a particle or a wave before the second measurement.
According to Dr. Truscott, there may be two possible interpretations of these results. Either the atom ‘decided’ how to behave based on the measurement or a future measurement affected the photon’s past.
“The atoms did not travel from A to B. It was only when they were measured at the end of the journey that their wave-like or particle-like behavior was brought into existence,” he said.
Thus, this experiment adds to the validity of the quantum theory and provides new evidence to the idea that reality doesn’t exist without an observer. Perhaps further research in the field of quantum physics and more thought-provoking evidence like this will completely change our understanding of reality one day.
“If quantum mechanics hasn’t profoundly shocked you, you haven’t understood it yet.”
- Niels Bohr
David Wilcock is a researcher, writer, author and lecturer who has generated an enormous amount of material on this subject and many related ones. Discover more at: DivineCosmos
Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet
September 14 2016 | From: Exopolitics September 8 marked the 50th anniversary of the creation of the Star Trek science fiction series that began in 1966. There is significant evidence that its creator, Gene Roddenberry, did not simply come up with the idea of Star Trek on his own.
Instead he was encouraged to create the series based on classified information surrounding the development of a secret U.S. Navy space fleet that would build a broad extraterrestrial alliance.
This led Roddenberry to come up with the idea of a United Federation of Planets, with its military headquarters in San Francisco.
Roddenberry began developing ideas for a science fiction show after one of his series had bombed in 1964:
“The only reason Roddenberry created Star Trek, at least initially, was to sell another series to a network. He was, if not desperate, anxious… He had just failed with The Lieutenant, for Norman Felton’s Arena Productions.
… No one was clamoring for another series from Roddenberry, or even his scripts. His agent suggested he come up with a space series…
This may have led to what The Outer Limits historians insist are the accurate - if generally unknown - accounts of Roddenberry hanging out at times on the set of The Outer Limits. When I learned this, it wasn’t hard to imagine that series creator, and executive producer, Leslie Stevens … was someone that Roddenberry may have sought to emulate."
This account is confirmed by Tom Seldon, one of the production assistants of The Outer Limits:
“Star Trek was in fact an outgrowth of The Outer Limits. Gene Roddenberry watched our dailies all the time and took a lot of phone calls from our screening room.
He was spurring his imagination and checking on the incredible quality control we had.
I wondered why he was there but he was there more often than not during the time he was coming up with Star Trek."
The following firmly suggests that Roddenberry and Stevens had reached a business arrangement for the planned sci-fi series, Star Trek:
“Bearing in mind that Roddenberry was contracted to a rival studio and a rival network, the odds are essentially slim to none that the two men didn’t have some kind of business arrangement, whether in writing or not."
If Stevens and Roddenberry had indeed developed a business arrangement for the new Star Trek series, this is where Stevens background becomes critical in understanding the nature of their arrangement. Stevens was the son of a U.S. Navy Vice Admiral Leslie Stevens who died in 1956.
Vice Admiral Stevens was a contemporary of Rear Admiral Rico Botta who according to a former aerospace engineer, William Tompkins, oversaw a covert Navy espionage program out of Nazi Germany to learn about Nazi flying saucers during World War II.
The 29 Navy spies in the program had not only learned that the Nazis had developed up to 30 different flying saucer prototypes, but were also being directly assisted by an extraterrestrial civilization comprising Reptilian hominoids in building secret bases in Antarctica.
Both Admirals Botta and Stevens were leading experts in aerospace engineering and headed top Navy aerospace facilities at various points during their careers. In 1946, both were retroactively promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral as of 1943, for their wartime duties.
Botta went on to head the Naval Air Material Center out of Philadelphia Shipyard from 1950 to 1952. It is from this and similar command assignments that plans began for a secret Navy space fleet aimed to counter what the Nazis had developed in Antarctica.
Similarly, Admiral Stevens was known for his accomplishments in aeronautics and is quoted as having“had a hand in the design or conception of all naval aircraft, aircraft carriers and carrier landing apparatus.” Admiral Stevens’ aeronautics expertise meant that he was almost certainly aware of what Botta had learned about Nazi aerospace projects.
It is more than likely that Admirals Botta and Stevens were the first to comprise a covert Navy leadership group that would oversee the development of a U.S. Navy space fleet based on modern aircraft carrier battle groups that would in time join an interplanetary alliance.
This is precisely what Tompkins says he was asked to do at the Douglas Aircraft Company on behalf of the Navy from 1952 to 1963. Tompkins says that he was covertly assisted by Nordic extraterrestrials while he was helping design kilometers-long spacecraft for future U.S. Navy space battle groups. In interviews, Tompkins has revealed that Nordic extraterrestrials were working directly with senior officers within the U.S. Navy.
Admiral Stevens went on to occupy important positions with the national security council system, including the Psychological Strategy Board where he became Director.
Formally established in 1951 by President Truman, it is one of the interagency boards that was set up to disinform the general public about the reality of flying saucers, while secretly gathering information about what other nations were doing in response to the phenomenon.
William Tompkins confirmed, in a private phone call on August 24, that Admiral Stevens was aware of what the Navy had learned about Nazi Germany’s flying saucer programs. He further confirmed that Admiral Stevens played a direct role in setting up a secret U.S. Navy space program, and that his son, Leslie Stevens, IV, was aware of what was happening.
Tompkins claims here are consistent with what he says happened from 1985 to 1999, when he ran an extraterrestrial related “Special Projects” out of the U.S. Navy League center in Medford, Oregon. He said that it was common for Navy officers to have their children briefed about secret space programs and alliances with different extraterrestrial races.
This was done in order to prepare the next generation of navy officers and/or leaders for a world where extraterrestrial life was common knowledge. This is similar to another program happening on the U.S. East Coast as described by Catherine Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
She was asked to participate in strategy sessions that were being conducted by the Arlington Institute, a non-profit organization headed by John Peterson that was assigned a number of US Navy contracts. Fitts says:
“John asked me to help him with a high level strategic plan Arlington was planning to undertake for the Undersecretary of the Navy…
I met with a group of high level people in the military in the process - including the Undersecretary.
According to John, the purpose of the plan - discussed in front of several military or retired military officers and former government officials - was to help the Navy adjust their operations for a world in which it was commonly known that aliens exist and live among us."
Tompkins has supplied a document confirming that he ran a Special Projects Committee with the U.S. Navy League. Additionally, two retired Navy Officers, Art Lumley (Commander), and Larry Boeck (Captain) have confirmed that Tompkins did discuss extraterrestrial projects at Navy League meetings, and was regarded as an expert on these issues.
Minutes of Board Meeting refers to Special Projects Committee
Tompkins’ testimony confirms that it was common practice for Navy officers, briefed about extraterrestrial life, to pass on some of this highly classified information to their children.
Consequently, it is almost certain that Admiral Stevens revealed to his son, Leslie Stevens, some of the classified details about the existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs prior to his death.
It is furthermore very possible, that Stevens, Jr., was part of a Navy sanctioned “soft disclosure” process that would use the television/movie industry to reveal elements of the Navy’s planned secret space program.
All this helps considerably in finally understanding the nature of the business relationship between Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, Jr. Stevens could not himself directly create a science fiction show revealing details of the classified information given to him by his deceased father, but he very likely received tacit permission by Navy officials, to share it with television/movie producers such as Roddenberry who would fictionalize the information.
Consequently, the business relationship between Gene Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, suggests that Star Trek was initially based on information gained by Admirals Botta and Stevens. A future U.S. Navy space fleet would be developed that would actively cooperate with Nordic extraterrestrials in an alliance that would counter the Nazis and their Reptilian allies.
In the Star Trek series, the Nordics were depicted as Vulcans, the Reptilians as Klingons, while the Nazis were represented as genetically enhanced humans.
Furthermore, it is topical to recognize that Roddenberry chose the beautiful, iconic city of San Francisco as the military headquarters for his fictional Starfleet Command in Star Trek, elevating this U.S. city in the hearts and minds of generations as a symbol of humanity’s bright future achievements.
It would also directly represent the Navy’s plan for its secret space program becoming a model for integrating other nations in a united partnership.
Two independent sources, former Asian Bureau chief for Forbes Magazine, Benjamin Fulford in 2011, and an anonymous source called the “Hidden Hand” in 2009, have revealed that the Illuminati/Cabal specifically named San Francisco (along with Damascus) as a city that will be made uninhabitable in its Armageddon agenda.
Does San Francisco pose a double threat as both a symbol of hope within the collective psyche, and the truth of a reality it mirrors in the military’s accomplishments? If so, then the Cabal’s goal is not to destroy a city, but to break the collective spirit of a peaceful human vision for a spacefaring future that begins with full disclosure.
The above evidence suggests Star Trek was no mere science fiction series, but was actively encouraged through a business arrangement between Roddenberry and the son of a deceased U.S. Navy admiral, who was directly involved in developing a secret U.S. Navy Space Fleet called Solar Warden.
As we celebrate the 50th anniversary of Star Trek on Thursday, it is worth remembering the roles of U.S. Navy admirals that helped launch the real secret space program upon which Star Trek was modeled.
Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks
September 13 2016 | From: NosComunicamos / WakingTimes / Various Brave Vladimir Putin has banned Jacob Rothschild and his New World Order banking cartel family from entering Russian territory “under any circumstances.
Putin recently reminded his cabinet that he paid off the Rothschild’s debt and “grabbed them by the scruff of the neck and kicked them out Russia’s back door.”
This meeting featured the President pounding his fist on the table and vowing to destroy the New World Order, and according to a Kremlin source Putin is making great strides towards this goal.
“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”
It is understood that the Rothschild banking racket was a noose tied around the neck of the Russian economy. Once the knot was tightened, the economy would struggle and choke.
Early in his presidency he made a priority of uniting Russia socially, spiritually, and economically. He ordered the arrest of the Rothschild backed oligarch Mikhail Khodorkovsky who had made Rothschild, Henry Kissinger and Arthur Hartman directors of the Open Russia foundation.
He was so upset with the banksters in his temple, he tipped over their tables and drove them out with a whip.
A keen student of history, well versed in world affairs, the Russian President has studied the history of the world’s most elusive organisation and understands the central role their financial collaborators have played in fomenting the major international conflicts of the 20th century.
The New World Order’s invasive roots and branches keep spreading around the world, but President Putin has stopped them expanding into Russia. This is a major blow to their plans for world domination and now they view him as a real threat. He’s got them running scared, which is why he is degraded in the Western media at every opportunity.
The reality is that Putin is leading us towards a multi-polar world, far from the one government, one religion future plotted by the New World Order. When he took his forces into Syria to protect a sovereign state he further enhanced his reputation as a powerful leader.
People around the world have started to wake up and notice.
Putin's Eye-Opening Speech About US Foreign Policy
This video goes back to a Russian TV show in 2011, when Putin's foreign policy wasn't quite as clear to the Russian public as it is today. Nevertheless, he makes his stance known on US foreign policy, and notably, his feelings toward Mr McCain.
Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks
The name Rothschild is literally associated with wealth. This is because for over 200 years, the family has remained the most powerful and wealthy family in the world.
The head of Hungary’s central bank has called for the International Monetary Fund to close its office in Budapest
Most of the Rothschild fortune has been made in the world of banking, but investments in other industries, such as coal, real estate, and construction, have helped secure the family’s wealth and immense power.
One of the banks owned by the Rothschild group (the biggest banking group in the world) is the International Monetary Fund (IMF), AKA ’Imposing Misery and Famine’.
Not only does the group make money off usurious interest rates at the misfortune of crumbling economies, it literally owns Governments and people of power. Because it’s nearly impossible to escape the clutches of the banking group, news of IMF being booted from Hungary is being heralded as a victorious happening.
TapNewsWirereports that in 2008, Hungary survived economic turmoil by relying on a €20 billion ($26 billion) loan from the IMF and aid from the EU. This was before Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán was elected into office.
In 2013, however, the former economy minister and current central bank governor, Gyorgy Matolcsy, wrote a letter to IMF Managing Director Christine Lagarde calling for the fund to close its representative office in Budapest. Matolcsy noted that it was “not necessary to maintain” it any longer. In addition, he said in July of 2016 that Hungary would repay the 2008 loan in full by the end of the year.
Prime Minister Orbán hasn’t had a good relationship with IMF since taking office, and this latest move has taken it to a new low. However, many are hailing Hungary’s decision to boot the IMF from the country as an intelligent decision.
“Paying the loan back early has meant Hungary have saved €11.7 million worth of interest expenses, but Gordan Bajnai, leader of the electoral alliance E14-PM, claimed that they had actually lost €44.86 million by March 2014 because of the early repayment as all they did was replace the loan from the [IMF] with a more expensive one, labelling the stunt as Propaganda.
And what made further nonsense; another loan at high interest rates was signed to finance a nuclear upgrade, which will mean not only higher repayments but also high electricity costs. But they do have economic sovereignty now.“
The central bank governor says that the government succeeded in pushing its budget deficit below the EU ceiling of 3% in GDP and reduced government debt. Though the EU Commission expected it to return to weak growth shortly after the decision, the unorthodox system of imposing heavy special taxes on large companies seems to be working for the country.
YourNewsWire relays that Iceland joined Hungary in 2014 when it paid back its $400 million loan ahead of schedule after the collapse of the banking sector in 2008.
In addition, Russia has refused to bow down to any Western puppeteer and gained financial independence in 2005.
9 Humans With Authentic ‘Superpowers’ That Completely Baffle Scientists
September 13 2016 | From: CollectiveEvolution Whether they are savants who can paint a masterpiece blindfolded in seconds, geniuses who can calculate numbers only a computer could, or regular people who can remember every single detail of their lives down to the date and time, humans with special abilities seem to be abundant in society.
But special abilities go far beyond what many savants are doing today, and science has been studying these abilities for decades, despite the fact that the results are not always emphasized by mainstream academia.
Below are a few of many examples that will make you stop and question what you think you know.
Ingo Swann & Remote Viewing
Remote viewing is the ability of a person to describe a remote geographical location up to several hundred thousand kilometers from their actual physical location. It’s not just one person who can do this, but multiple human beings can and this is a verified fact.
The CIA and NSA, in conjunction with Stanford University, were involved in the scientific study of parapsychological phenomena that that lasted more than two decades, which also included remote viewing.
In these experiments, multiple individuals were able to describe distinct objects that were located in a separate room, and at other remote physical locations from where their body was not.(source 1) (source 2) (source 3)
It’s kind of like projecting your consciousness outside of your body to another location that is, again, away from your current physical location.
As reported by a publication in the Journal Scientific Exploration, one of the study’s participants, Ingo Swann, was able to successfully describe and view a ring around Jupiter that scientists had no idea existed at the time. (source 1) Ingo has gone on to write about remote viewing the moon and other strange anomalies within the realm of parapsychology.
Remote viewing was actually used by intelligence agencies, which is why they spent large amounts of money, time, and years investing in the program. Who knows what information still remains classified from it?
Uri Geller & Psychokinesis
Another great example comes from the work of professional aerospace engineer and physicist Jack Houck. He, alongside Army Colonel J.B. Alexander, was responsible for holding a number of sessions to test the validity of psychokinesis (moving objects with the mind).
In these sessions, attendees were taught how to initiate their own PK events using various metal objects. Individuals were able to completely bend or contort their metal specimens with no physical force being applied whatsoever. (source) (source)
There have also been reports of individuals (mostly children) being able to “teleport” full physical objects from one location to another. (source)
One notable individual was Psychic Uri Geller, who, during a talk he gave at the U.S. Capitol building, caused a spoon to curve upward with no force applied. The spoon then continued to bend after he put it back down and resumed speaking. (source)
Regardless of whether you think this is a hoax, or question the validity of what happened with Uri Geller, the fact that consciousness has some sort of measurable affect on our physical material world is now, at least some scientists believe, firmly established in scientific literature.
The quantum double slit experiment is one great example out of many. Although science has observe these types of phenomenon, it can’t explain it yet. Perhaps quantum entanglement has something to do with it?
For a selected list of downloadable peer-reviewed journal articles reporting studies of this type of phenomena, mostly published in the 21st century, you can click here.
Stephen Wiltshire
Stephen Wiltshire, diagnosed with autism at the age of 3, is an artist who draws and paints detailed cityscapes. He’s most known for his ability to observe accurate representations of cities for seconds, and then depict them with remarkable precision.
Below is a video of Wiltshire drawing the Singapore skyline from memory.
Wim Hof aka “Iceman”
Wim Hof raised the eyebrows of many scientists after he was able to use meditation to stay submerged in ice for almost two hours without his core body temperature changing one bit. This is remarkable, and adds to the growing body of evidence that points to the important role consciousness plays in our body’s reaction to certain situations/ailments.
Since Wim was able to successfully maintain his core body temperature in such a harsh environment, he’s since gone on to climb Mount Everest in his shorts, resist altitude sickness, complete a marathon in the Namib Desert with no water, and proven under a laboratory setting that he’s able to influence his autonomic nervous system and immune system at will.
Almost everything this man has done was thought to be impossible by most. Below is a documentary done on Wim by VICE news if you are interested.
During a visit to remote monasteries in the 1980s, Harvard professor of medicine Herbert Benson and his team of researchers studied monk living in the Himalayan Mountains who could, by g Tum-mo ( yoga technique), raise the temperatures of their fingers and toes by as much as 17 degrees. This is very significant, and it’s still unknown how the monks are able to generate such heat. (source)
It doesn’t stop there, the researchers also studied advanced meditators in Sikkim, India, where they were astonished to find that these monks could lower their metabolism by 64 percent.(source)
In 1985, the Harvard research team made a video of monks drying cold, wet sheets with body heat alone. Monks spending winter nights 15,000 feet high in the Himalayas is also not uncommon.
Can yoga, meditation, and other similar practices unleash our inherent supernormal mental powers?
Just over a year ago, I wrote an article regarding meditators collapsing quantum systems at a distance, you can read that here. There is no shortage of literature when it comes to Buddhist monks, and monks from all over the world, who possess “supernormal” abilities.
In 2004, Daniel Tammet gained a lot of public attention when he recited the mathematical constant Pi (3.141…) from memory to 22,414 decimal places in 5 hours, 9 minutes, without error. The recitation took place at the Museum of the History of Science in Oxford and set a European record.
He was diagnosed with high-functioning autistic savant syndrome that same year, as he is able to perform a number of complex mental tasks, and learn at the rate another “normal” mind could not.
This is common among “autistic” people, and Daniel emphasizes himself that the differences between savant and non-savant minds have been exaggerated by the medical industry. According to him, his astonishing abilities are not the result of a genetic quirk, but are rather the results of a highly rich and complex associative form of thinking and imagination.
According to him, autistic thought is an extreme variation of a kind of thinking that all of us do, from daydreaming to the use of puns and metaphors. (source)
Nina Kulagina
“Among the most marvelous, most frightening and certainly most unbelievable possibilities suggested by psychic folklore is that human beings may be able to exert an observable influence upon the physical world - simply through the power of conscious intention; or unconscious intention, or; by some accounts, through the assistance of spiritual intelligences; 0r as a result of a mysterious principle known as synchronicity.
Some scholars – such as Stephen Braude, professor of philosophy at the University of Maryland - take such reports very seriously, claiming that no honest person can examine the case study reports and easily dismiss them.”
Jeffrey Mishlove is currently serving as Dean of Transformational Psychology at The University of Philosophical Research. His book tells the story of a 20 year field investigation he conducted on a man who had extraordinary psychokinetic/precognitive abilities.
As many other researchers have done, he calls attention to Nina Kulagina, a citizen of the former Soviet Union who has apparently demonstrated psychokinetic influence on physical objects. She caused quite a stir at the time, and in 1968 Western researchers attending a conference were shown a video of her in action:
“The Russians claimed that this woman, also known as Nelya Mikhailova, had been studied by some forty scientists, including two Nobel laureates.
They also reported that, like Serios, Madame Kulagina was able to cause images to appear on photographic film. The communist scientists, who were by no means inclined to take a spiritualistic world view, felt that they had encountered a new force in nature."
Below is some footage from 1970, where more researchers conducted experiments. Many have examined Kulagina, and for the last 20 years of her life she was subjected to academic research by the USSR.
Chulin Sun
A study published in the American Journal of Chinese Medicine, as seen in the the US National Library of Medicine, demonstrated that a women with special abilities was and is able to accelerate the germination of specific seeds for the purposes of developing a more robust seed stock.
“Chulin Sun is a woman with exceptional powers (Shen and Sun, 1996, 1998; Sun, 1998). A member of the Chinese Somatic Science Research Institute, she is a practitioner of Waiqi. Waiqi is a type of qigong that teaches the practitioner to bring the qi energy of traditional Chinese medicine under the control of the mind.
Chulin Sun can induce plant seeds to grow shoots and roots several cm long within 20 min using mentally projected qi energy (Fig. 1). This has been demonstrated on more than 180 different occasions at universities as well as science and research institutions in China (including Taiwan and Hong Kong) as well as other countries (e.g., Japan, Thailand, Malaysia, etc.) (Ge et al., 1998; Qin et al., 1998; Lee et al., 1999).
We took part in and repeated the qi germination experiments seven times, and five of them succeeded (Ge et al., 1998). This remarkable effect on seed development has drawn widespread attention (Tompkins and Bird, 1973; Lee, 1998), but the biological mechanisms that underlie this phenomenon are unknown." (source)
Pretty remarkable isn’t it? How does Sun do it? Apparently, she enters into a deep trance-like state, and from this place, she is able to advance the time required for sprouting dry seeds from their usual 3 to 4 days, to 20 minutes, generating a sprout growth of 3-4 inches. After a genetic analysis, scientists confirmed this to be the case, hence, the using of the word “rapid” in the title.
“It was thought preliminarily that qi energy changed the structure of a germination-correlated gene site speeding up expression and advancing it in time."
The Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead + Earthquakes
September 12 2016 | From: Geopolitics / VeteransToday This is one of those incremental changes that we can celebrate on, but it doesn’t mean that we can let our guards down already.
The enemy is very cunning and knows how and when to play dead only to rise at some opportune time in the future.
This has been the case of the banishment of the Jesuits in the mid-18th century. Look where in the pyramid they are now.
Mass actions against corporate tyranny should be decisive and perpetual. Even better, refuse all rigged political exercises, and legalized extortions.
Good News for the People of Europe: The Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) Is Dead. Negotiations have Failed.
The German Minister of Economy and Vice-Chancellor, Mr. Sigmar Gabriel, a few days ago has declared that the European Union should not submit to the demands of the United States, referring to the negotiations on the TTIP (Transatlantic Trade and Investments Partnership). He said the negotiations failed. By saying so, he joined French Prime Minister, Manuel Valls, as well as French Secretary of State for External Trade, Mr. Matthias Fekl.
Negotiations started in 2013. After 14 ‘rounds’ of talks dealing with 27 points, no agreement has been reached, none whatsoever, leading to the conclusion that the deal is dead. Even though Mme. Merkel defended the treaty with all her heart up to the end of July 2016, both Germany and France now request a definite end to the negotiations.
The collapse of the TTIP is one of the best news for Europe – and I mean the people of Europe – in recent times; an initiative of the two major players in the EU.
This decision has several meanings:
1. European countries are gradually taking back their sovereignty from Brussels and decide for themselves what is good for them and for Europe;
2. With a failed TTIP Europe escapes, or avoids, being enslaved by US corporatism, financial institutions – and US legislation;
3. Europe may now continue making its proper policies on socioeconomy, environment, food safety, agriculture - and
4. Europe is now freer to pursue its own monetary policy. Under the grip of the TTIP, it would have been difficult, say impossible, to adopt a monetary policy outside of the Euro which many countries would like, openly or covertly – some without making a lot of noise for fear of being ‘reprimanded’ by Brussels.
The fact that authorities of both, France and Germany, stated in unison that the negotiations failed, is a sign that there is still a spirit of autonomy in Europe.
What is called ‘negotiations’ were never really negotiations – a give and take between equal partners. It was from the beginning a one-way street, where the exceptional nation imposed its rules. There was no way of getting the slightest concession from them – not an iota.
No doubt Washington had no intention to share any of the benefits of this ‘Free Trade Agreement’ with Europe.
The exceptional people wanted it all. For example, the term ‘Appelation Contrôlée’ for wine and cheese in France and other European countries, used to protect the farmers of a given region – would have disappeared. The US wanted everything to be open for the ever dictating ‘market’.
Nothing was to be clearly defined, as far as Europe was concerned. No transparence – just a vast base for cheating, consumers and nations.
TTIP talks were held in top secret, behind closed doors. Not even politicians, let alone the public at large which eventually would have had to bear the consequences of the deal, had access to the documents being ‘negotiated’. – It showed the Machiavellian nature of empire at its best.
China knew very well why they were not even interested in participating in the TPP (Transpacific Partnership), a similar trade agreement with eleven Pacific nations and the US.
Let’s recall the key point that would have meant disaster for Europe:
A private corporate tribunal that would have had supremacy over sovereign government legislation. For example, the tribunal could have imposed ‘sanctions’ or fines on governments, whose legislation, say for health, environmental protection and other social reasons, would have reduced corporations’ profit margins.
Similar in the banking sector, monetary policy would have been firmly dictated by the FED, Wall Street (i.e. Goldman Sachs – see Greece and the head of the ECB, a former GS exec) and the European Central Bank. This for now is still the case, but with an unsustainable and unreformable EU and Euro, both are destined to disappear sooner or later. It is likely that many countries are already quietly and clandestinely arranging for “Plan B” – preparing exit strategies. Indeed, since BREXIT, there are numerous political movements to this effect under way – and this not only in the most devastatingly affected southern European countries, but also in northern Europe.
Agriculture policy would have been dictated by Washington, especially with regard to GMOs and ag-subsidies. Monsanto and the like would have had free access to all of Europe, and none of the EU members could have passed legislation prohibiting genetically modified seeds.
Standards for health and nutrition would have been imposed by Washington, i.e. by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Most of these standards are considerably weaker than European equivalents, potentially exposing European citizens to greater health risks than current EU standards foresee.
Labor laws would have been weakened in according to US standards which foresee virtually no protection for workers. The Brussels imposed new labor law in France, dubbed as the ‘El Khomri law’, after the French Minister of Labor, Myriam El Khomri, would reduce significantly French labor rights, fought for and attained with decades of efforts – literally sweat and tears – by French workers and unions.
The new French labor law, signed as a decree by PM Manuel Valls under a dubious special provision in the Constitution (instead of being passed through Parliament), was a precursor for things to come in the rest of Europe – had the TTIP gone forward.
This controversial law is currently at the demand of more than 60 French Parliamentarians being reviewed by the French Conseil d’Etat (equivalent to other countries’ Supreme Court) and may quite possibly be either canceled or sent to Parliament for a decision. Now that the TTIP is dead, it is possible that the law will be repealed.
The day the TTIP died was a great day for Europe. Although Europe is far from being out of the woods. Her own problems keep piling up, many of them also a direct or indirect consequence of empire.
To mention just a few:
Immigration from US-NATO war-destroyed countries;
The never ending financial cum economic crisis;
The complete absence of solidarity among EU nations;
The lack of EU countries’ sovereignty; the missing EU Constitution giving member countries a common perspective and political agenda;
The increasing (‘false flag’) terror attacks throughout Europe; – and not least NATO – which through its aggression towards Russia is increasingly becoming a risk of war – of WWIII – that would for the third time in 100 years devastate Europe.
This time the rest of the world would very likely not be spared. Many countries are conscious of this danger and would like to get out of NATO, but don’t dare say so, because of fear from the boots of Washington.
Let’s hope the death of the TTIP will bring a new breeze of fresh air and ideas into European sovereignty.
Italy, The Phillipines And Oklahoma Get An Earthquake
If the tsunami in Sumatra in 2004 and the earthquakes in the Pacific Rim during 2011- 2012 taught me anything, it is that tsunamis and earthquakes happen for a reason.
As a recap, with regard to the former. The northern part of Sumatra was going to break away from the southern part and nationalize their oil resources and free themselves from ExxonMobil. They were the worst hit in the tsunami of 2004. To quote from Wikipedia:
"Aceh has substantial natural resources, including oil and natural gas; some estimates put Aceh gas reserves as being the largest in the world. Aceh was the closest point of land to the epicenter of the 2004 Indian Ocean earthquake and tsunami, which devastated much of the western coast of the province.
Approximately 170,000 Indonesians were killed or went missing in the disaster. The disaster helped precipitate the peace agreement between the government of Indonesia and the Free Aceh Movement (GAM).”
A little bit too convenient don’t you think?
With regard to the latter, the Pacific Rim and the countries within it just happen to also be party to the TPP agreements which Obama is attempting to get signed and sealed before he leaves office.
Christchurch earthquake, New Zealand
I have to conclude that the earthquakes and tsunamis that hit this region, two examples being Christchurch in February 2011 and Fukushima in March and April of that year, were and in many instances still are weather warfare and methods of persuasion against those who have attempted to resist the Pivot to Asia and the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement.
With regards to the Fukushima catastrophe, most people outside the loop cannot conceive or accept that such evil could be perpetrated against the Japanese people. Those within the loop, many considered to be the “tin foil hat brigade,” are fully aware that such evil intentions are not out of the realm of the global, corporate fascist’s agenda.
Japan, the only country who has experienced a full frontal nuclear attack, not once, but twice, in spite of being in the process of surrendering at the end of WW2, has no such illusions.
“Imagine a private, global super court that empowers corporations to bend countries to their will.
Say a nation tries to prosecute a corrupt CEO or ban dangerous pollution. Imagine that a company could turn to this super court and sue the whole country for daring to interfere with its profits, demanding hundreds of millions or even billions of dollars as retribution.
Imagine that this court is so powerful that nations often must heed its rulings as if they came from their own supreme courts, with no meaningful way to appeal. That it operates unconstrained by precedent or any significant public oversight, often keeping its proceedings and sometimes even its decisions secret.
That the people who decide its cases are largely elite Western corporate attorneys who have a vested interest in expanding the court’s authority because they profit from it directly, arguing cases one day, and then sitting in judgment another. That some of them half-jokingly refer to themselves as “The Club” or “The Mafia.”
And imagine that the penalties this court has imposed have been so crushing - and its decisions so unpredictable - that some nations dare not risk a trial, responding to the mere threat of a lawsuit by offering vast concessions, such as rolling back their own laws or even wiping away the punishments of convicted criminals.
This system is already in place, operating behind closed doors in office buildings and conference rooms in cities around the world. Known as investor-state dispute settlement, or ISDS, it is written into a vast network of treaties that govern international trade and investment, including NAFTA and the Trans-Pacific Partnership, which Congress must soon decide whether to ratify.”
On the 24th of August 2016 an earthquake hit central Italy.
My condolences and sympathies go out to the Italians. But what interests me more here is the political and economic background noise. On the 5th of July an Italian minister said:
"A free trade deal being negotiated by the European Union and the United States is at a dead end and an agreement with Canada is also at risk.
I think (the TTIP deal) will fall through, and the agreement with Canada is at risk of doing the same. We have been negotiating it for too long,” Carlo Calenda, Italy’s industry minister said at an event in Rome.
Calenda said confidence in the negotiations was lacking.”
The TTIP is the EU-US equivalent of the Pacific Rim/ Pivot to Asia/ TPP agreements.
"The TTIP approval would see European markets invaded by approximately 1,300 chemical substances which are forbidden by European law. In fact, there are more than 80 pesticides that are used in the US whose production was blocked by the European Commission for being hazardous.
Moreover, there are animal growth hormones and genetically modified organisms among the banned substances which are allowed in the US. Other EU banned practices, such as feeding antibiotics to animals or washing chickens with chlorine are also permitted in the US…
As the Italian Department of Economic Development pointed out, it entails the counterfeiting of Italian products in the US and pushing the consumer to associate such products with the Italian original ones. According to the official body, about 75% of Italian products abroad are not authentic, and it damages Italian production. The signing of TTIP would bring Italian sounding products to Europe: another blow to Italian agro-food producers.”
With regard to the Phillipines they have had ongoing weather disasters.
Philippines' President Rodrigo Duterte
Before Typhoon Hagupit struck in 2014, the government voted not to allow a US military base in their country. Shortly afterwards a US military base was established. Since then they have had a number of earthquakes. The most recent on the 4th of September 2016.
Newly elected President Rodrigo Duterte is a mixed bag. He is cracking down on illegal drug trafficking, possibly paving the way for Big Pharma patents on narcotics such as opium. Heroin junkies that are increasing world wide are not the only market for this commodity, opium is an essential component in health care medication and pain relief for those who really need it.
It is also big money for anyone with a patent on this product and when freely available through drug traffickers undermines their profit margins.
So you have to wonder about the Philippine government’s “war on narco-politics,” and the killing of over 400 drug dealers that has reportedly led to an additional 500,000 turning themselves in…
Duterte: “I’ll really have you killed… My order is shoot to kill you. I don’t care about human rights, you better believe me….my mouth has no due process.”
Duterte has also promised the voters free wi-fi (more opportunity for Google and social media brainwashing), lower taxes, polygamy being legalised, (will pedophilia and child marriages also be included considering that child sex trafficking is rife in Asia?) and higher wages for government employees.
“Duterte has expressed interest in granting foreign investors access to sectors currently restricted to Philippine nationals and allowing them to own at least 70 percent and possibly up to 100 percent of companies they establish in the country, up from the current limit of 40 percent. Getting rid of the so-called 60:40 rule should pose a challenge, however, as it requires amending the country’s 1987 constitution."
Sectors that are currently heavily restricted to foreign access include:
Mass media and broadcasting
Retail trade
Domestic shipping
Pharmaceuticals
Advertising
Public services
Small-scale mining
Private security
Utilization of marine resources
While there is no guarantee that all or even many currently restricted industries will be opened to foreign investment if Duterte successfully amends the constitution, there could still be significant opportunities on the horizon in these largely untapped sectors.
Further, Duterte has also indicated support for joining the TPP, which in itself could require altering the constitution due to foreign ownership restrictions. However, it appears that he will maintain restrictions on foreign ownership of land, which is currently limited to long-term leasing.
Which makes me conclude that Duterte is a Trojan Horse.
In many of his campaign promises he has said that he will make congress “illegal.” This would pave the way towards getting rid of major obstacles and politicians that currently block TPP agreements and getting rid of foreign investment limitations as they currently stand.
If the newly appointed President, who shows all the signs of becoming yet another CIA Kissinger–type dictator and Pinochet/ Videla/ Suharto clone, does not succeed in bringing the country into compliance with corporate fascist monopolistic globalist ambitions, then a few more earthquakes and a couple more tornadoes just might be needed in order to get the message across.
Weather Warfare
"The significant expansion in America’s weather warfare arsenal, which is a priority of the Department of Defense is not a matter for debate or discussion.
While, environmentalists blame the Bush administration for not having signed the Kyoto protocol, the issue of ‘weather warfare’, namely the manipulation of weather patterns for military use is never mentioned."
The US Air Force has the capability of manipulating climate either for testing purposes or for outright military-intelligence use. These capabilities extend to the triggering of floods, hurricanes, droughts and earthquakes.
In recent years, large amounts of money have been allocated by the US Department of Defense to further developing and perfecting these capabilities.
"Weather modification will become a part of domestic and international security and could be done unilaterally… It could have offensive and defensive applications and even be used for deterrence purposes.
The ability to generate precipitation, fog, and storms on earth or to modify space weather, … and the production of artificial weather all are a part of an integrated set of technologies which can provide substantial increase in US, or degraded capability in an adversary, to achieve global awareness, reach, and power."
-
US Air Force, Air University of the US Air Force, AF 2025 Final Report
“I think the reason that they do not want people to look too closely at Haiti is because Haiti is such a perfect example of what a Clinton administration would be. And I want people to keep in mind that we are heading toward a situation where we are going to have more planetary change disasters.
We are going to have more floods, we are going to have more hurricanes if Clinton becomes president and stays president for the next eight years.
We can expect that there might be a major hurricane that causes a major disaster in the Gulf for example and other kinds of disasters in the United States. In Haiti we have a pretty good idea how the Clintons would handle this…”
The strongest out of hundreds that have occurred since 2009. Other than their land what else does the Pawnee nation have that anyone could possibly want? Or have the Pawnee been too active in stopping the Dakota oil pipeline for comfort and is this an earthquake war?
“In what has become the largest gathering of Native Americans in more than 100 years, a coalition of dozens of tribes across the country oppose the pipeline’s construction, citing concerns that it would put the Missouri River – as well as the network of lakes and tributaries that the “Big Muddy” is connected to – at risk of contamination via oil spill and lead to the destruction of culturally significant sites for the Sioux tribes in the area.
Saturday’s clash began when a group of several hundred protestors gathered near construction crews on Saturday afternoon at a site close to the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation. The demonstrators aimed to act as a human shield against the pipeline’s further development, after the removal of topsoil from a 150-feet wide and 2-mile long portion of land caused “devastating” damage to the tribe’s sacred lands.”
“The Dakota Access pipeline is set to be constructed near the Standing Rock Sioux Reservation in North Dakota, crossing under the Missouri River which is the only source of water to the reservation. The pipeline is planned to transport approximately 470,000 barrels of crude oil per day. The potential of oil leaks would contaminate the only source of water for the reservation.
While Dakota Access claims oil leaks are unlikely, an oil leak from a separate pipeline in North Dakota was discovered (8/15/16) to have leaked over 500 barrels of oil since the leak began on July 19, 2016. You can read the article here: http://bit.ly/2aVm5cv. A leak like this from the Dakota Access pipeline would leave the Standing Rock Sioux without any clean water.”
Or - are we talking natural gas reserves and Fracking in Green County, which the Pawnee would be correct in resisting.
Space Weather makes an “oh so brief reference” to it when covering the earthquake in Oklahoma at 1.50 mins and if you are not up to speed on the damage that Fracking does to the groundwater, soil, air and contributes to health hazards causing cancer for one, here is what Bernie Saunders thinks of it.
The 5th Eye
September 11 2016 | From: NZIFF / CutCutCut This densely packed doco from the directors of Operation 8 questions the price of New Zealand’s involvement in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, and relates the improbable tale of its 2008 sabotage by the Waihopai Three.
If our PM or the relevant public servants feel truly comfortable about New Zealand’s participation in the Five Eyes intelligence alliance, it doesn’t show when they are seen explaining it, defending it, or downright refusing to talk about it in this documentary.
The disavowals we see are a matter of public record, but filmmakers Errol Wright and Abi King-Jones (Operation 8) embed those TV interviews, parliamentary declamations and media ops in a concise history of New Zealand’s post war dependency on the United States.
For lucid, more confidently-held commentary, the filmmakers turn to inveterate watchdogs such as Nicky Hager, Jane Kelsey, Murray Horton and Paul Buchanan, but evolve a position of their own through the accumulation and agile juxtaposition of some very telling material.
They also thread an unlikely tale of protest through this scenario, following the actions of the three earnest bumblers who, against all odds, successfully damaged the Waihopai spy station in 2008. A priest, a subsistence farmer and a teacher, they acted out of Christian conviction, claiming Five Eyes implicated New Zealanders in the murder of children in Iraq.
When they ran that argument in court, the jury acquitted them. No Crown witness was summoned to contradict them. When the GCSB has been so often in the news, with Kim Dotcom frequently in tow, there’s likely to be an audience, less heroic perhaps, that’s simply grateful to this film for providing a blow-by-blow account of the GCSB’s misadventures – and their expanding powers to make suspects of all of us.
The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing September 10 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Tomorrow it will be the 15th anniversary of 9/11, and this November 22 will be the 53rd anniversary of the assassination of President John F. Kennedy in Dallas, Texas. These two state crimes against democracy destroyed American democracy, accountable government, and the Constitution’s protections of civil liberty.
Years after the damage done by these events the American people no longer believe the official stories. Neither does the government, but the government will never validate the distrust that Americans now share of the oligarchs’ government by acknowledging the truth.
The official explanation of the assassination of President Kennedy never made any sense. Videos of the assassination contradicted the official story, as did witnesses, and many credible people challenged the government’s story.
The CIA was faced with the official explanation becoming unglued and launched its media program stigmatizing doubters as “conspiracy theorists.”
Related:Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? The CIA’s psych warfare against the public succeeded at the time and for a number of years during which witnesses had mysterious deaths and the trail grew cold. But by the late 1970s there was so much public skepticism of the official story that the US Congress took the risk of being labeled “conspiracy kooks.”
The House Select Committee on Assassinations reopened the inquiry into JFK’s murder. The House Committee concluded that the Warren Commission’s investigation was seriously flawed, that there was more than one person firing at President Kennedy and that there was a conspiracy to assassinate JFK.
The corrupt US Department of Justice (sic) contradicted the House Select Committee’s report. However, the American people believed the Select Committee and not the corrupt Justice (sic) Department, which never tells the truth about anything.
By 2013 polls showed that most Americans are “conspiracy kooks” who do not believe the official government line on JFK’s assassination. So with regard to JFK’s assassination, the “conspiracy theorists” are in the majority. The minority are the Americans who cannot escape their brainwashing. Related: Poll: 62 percent believe broader plot killed Kennedy In a few days it will be the 15th anniversary of the alleged al Qaeda attack on the World Trade Center and Pentagon, and we are witnessing the fading protection that the charge of “conspiracy theorist” provides for the officlal government story. Indeed, the official 9/11 story is collapsing before our eyes.
Europhysics, the respected publicaton of the European physics community has pubished an article by scientists who conclude that:
“The evidence points overwhelmingly to the conclusion that all three [World Trade Center] buildings were destroyed by controlled demolition.”
Few American scientists can admit this, because their careers depend on US government and military/security complex research contracts. Independent scientists in the US are a vanishing breed, an endangered species.
The scientists say that in view of their findings, “it is morally imperative” that 9/11 “be the subject of a truly scientific and impartial investigation by responsible authorities.
So now we are faced with a peculiar situation. The scientifically ignorant two-bit punk American presstitutes claim to know more than the editors of the journal of the European physics community and the scientists who did the investigation.
Don’t you think it farfetched that ignorant, corrupt, and cowardly American journalists who lie for money know more than physicists, chemists, 2,700 high-rise architects and structural engineers who have called on the US Congress to launch a real investigation of 9/11, firefighters and first responders who were on the WTC scene, military and civilian pilots and former high government officials, all of whom are on record challenging the unbelievable and physically impossible official story of 9/11?
What kind of a dumbshit moron does a person have to be to believe that the United States government and its media whores know better than the laws of physics?
The ability of the presstitutes to influence Americans seems to be on the decline. The media ganged up on Donald Trump during the Republican primaries, intending to deny Trump the nomination.
But the voters ignored the presstitutes. In the current presidential campaign, Hillary is not the run-away winner that the presstitutes are trying to make her. And despite the propaganda ministry, the legs under the official 9/11 story are wobbly, to say the least.
Indeed, the official 9/11 story already has lost credibility with the American public. Last April a Rasmussen Poll found that “Americans doubt they’ve been told all the facts about the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks on the United States and strongly believe the government should come clean.”
A YouGov poll in 2013 found that 50 percent of Americans “have doubts about the government’s account of 9/11,” which shows that the public is far more intelligent and less corrupt than the presstitutes who are paid to lie to the public.
This poll also found that as a consequence of the cover-up job performed by the American presstitutes, 46 percent of Americans were not even aware that a third WTC building, Building 7, collapsed on September 11. After viewing films of WTC 7’s collapse, 46 percent saw it as a controlled demolition.
By a margin of two to one, poll respondants support a new investigation of Building 7’s collapse.
So, in America today “conspiracy kooks” outnumber those who believe the official lies.
As the official lies are themselves conspiracy theories, Americans who disbelieve the official conspiracy theories outnumber Americans who believe official conspiracy theories.
The question is: who are the real conspiracy kooks, the majority who disbelieve the official lies or the minority who believe the official lies?
It is curious that the CIA’s psych-op mind-controll has broken down in the cases of the JFK assassination and 9/11, but is still effective in more recently orchestrated events, such as San Bernardino, Orlando, Paris, and Nice. Perhaps this is because not enough time has passed for the public to pay attention to the vast difference between the stories and the evidence.
The Internet offers many refutations of the official accounts. With regard to Nice, France, the Nice police officials themselves are having problems with the official story. The French Anti-Terrorist Sub-Directorate in Paris has ordered the public authorities in Nice to delete the video recordings from security cameras of the “Nice Terror Truck Attack.” The Nice authorities refused on the grounds that this would be destruction of criminal evidence.
This story has disappeared from the news. I have asked friends in France how this conflict was resolved and have not heard anything. The French like to live life well and faced with the refugees from Washington’s wars, they seem to be focused on living life well while it can be done. If I hear anything, I will pass it on.
Apparently, the order to delete the video evidence of the “attack” was not sufficient for the French Ministry of the Interior. According to a senior Nice police officer, Sandra Bertin, the Interior Ministry pressured her to falsify her police report on the Nice “truck massacre.”
Officer Bertin told the Journal du Dimanche that “he ordered me to put in [the report] the specific positions of the national police which I had not seen on the screen.”
The Interior Minister, Bernard Cazeneuve is suing the Nice police official for “defamation,” as if it is possible to defame any politician anywhere in the corrupt West.
Moreover, why would a senior Nice official make up a story about being ordered to change a report? It doesn’t make any sense, does it? Clearly, the central government is trying to hide the evidence against the official story.
Watch this video and ignore the narrator’s four-letter vocabulary.
What you will learn is that all those people you saw running in the presstitute TV reports had no idea why they were running. The presstitutes created the impression that they were running away from the truck.
However, as the interviews show, they were running because other people were running, because the police told them “terrorists, run,” and because they heard shots (apparently police firing blanks). Those interviewed reported;
“You run with them even though you have no idea what you are running from. You can’t help it, you run with them.”
None of those running away ever saw a truck.
According to the foul-mouthed narrator, the film of the people running away was taken prior to the time the truck allegedly mowed down 185 people, killing 85 of them.
The narrator appears to be correct if the time stamps on videos are correct. The narrator says the streets needed to be cleared for the crisis actors to put on their show that is used to control our minds about what happened.
I have pointed out that a truck that hit 185 people, killing 85 of them would be covered in blood and that bodies would be splattered all over the street with blood everywhere. Yet, the photos and videos that we are shown show no such evidence. The stopped truck on which police are directing gunfire is as white as snow.
Independently of the vast analysis online of the video evidence of the alleged “Nice attack,” I suspect the Nice “terror attack” for the same reason that the Pentagon attack is suspect.
Despite all the contrary evidence against the official stories, the authorities refuse to release the video evidence that, if it shows what the authorities claim, would shut up the skeptics and prove the official story.
When a government claims it has video evidence that proves its official story but refuses to release it, indeed, demands the destruction of the video evidence, we know for an absolute fact that the video evidence totally contradicts the official story. That is the only possible conclusion.
My readers will write to me asking how the government expects to get away with its faked, and in the case of 9/11 false flag, terror orchestrations?
The answer, perhaps, is that just as it took a long time for the JFK assassination and 9/11 lies to catch up with the government, the recent orchestrations will also take some time for a slowly awakening public to catch on.
In the meantime the orchestrated events will serve the agendas that they are intended to serve, and by the time that the public sees through the orchestrations, a new situation will be in place with new orchestrations.
Keep in mind that the public thinks it is shown evidence.
Newspapers need photos to give a visual dimension to their coverage, and TV needs videos of the events. News organizations are under a time pressure, and they have to use what they are handed or what is at hand. There is no time to scrutinize the visual material or to raise questions about it.
Most of the public thinks that the photos and videos shown to them are evidence or would not be shown and accepts the visual evidence without question. In an earlier column I linked to the vast array of Nice photos provided in the UK Daily Mail. The photos show a calm situation.
There are a few people lying in the street without any sign of bodily damage or blood and there are covered objects that the public assumes are dead people. But the streets are devoid of the splattered blood and mangled bodies that would be the consequence of a truck hitting 185 people.
Similarly, we have been shown very few videos and their origin is unknown except for the one attributed to Richard Gutjahr who was apparently pre-positioned to film inconclusively both the Nice and German “terror attacks.”
Online analysis of the videos shows that the videos are not evidence for the storyline. The real question is why the French Interior Minister has prevented the release and demanded destruction of the security camera videos that filmed the entire event, an order that brought the central government in Paris in conflict with the public authorities in Nice.
There has been no US media interest whatsoever in this very strange event. It is not a “conspiracy theory” to ask why the public cannot see the video evidence that shows what actually happened.
What agenda is served by the Paris and Nice attacks? This is the question everyone should be asking and the media, if we had one, should be investigating. With the information currently available to me, my answer is this. Of all the peoples of Western Europe, the French are the most independently minded. French independence has taken a number of recent hits from Washington:
The largest French bank was forced to hand over $9 billion to Washington for doing business with a country on Washington’s disapproval list.
Washington forced France to cancel a lucrative ship-building program for Russia, to the detriment of French companies and shipyard workers.
Washington has forced France into a diplomatic conflict with Russia that the French do not want and into a looming military conflict which the French want even less, as the conflict would mean the vaporization of France. As one Russian SS-18 can wipe out three-fourths of the state of New York, how many do you think it would take to wipe France off of the face of the Earth? Not even a handful.
Keep in mind that in 1966 President Charles de Gaulle pulled France out of NATO on the grounds that it was necessary to preserve French independence in world affairs. France did not again submit to Washington’s control until 2009 when Washington-owned Nicolas Sarkozy, put into the French presidency by Washington’s money, followed his orders and rejoined NATO.
The Paris and Nice orchestrated events serve to scare France back into Washington’s arms. Dreams of independence become nightmares when independence leaves the French people at the mercy of both terrorists and Russians. Washington, who owns Sarkozy, who is once again Washington’s candidate for president of France, intends to keep France in NATO.
The article in Europhysics pointing out the impossibility of the official 9/11 story could possibly lead to a rebirth of skepticism among Europeans. Only a skeptical media willing to investigate government storylines can bring a halt to the staged terror events that serve secret agendas.
Keep in mind that the US government has plentiful video evidence of the 9/11 attack on the Pentagon but refuses to release the evidence that it says support its story.
Similarly, the French federal government has prohibited Nice authorities from releasing the security camera videos of the Nice truck attack and has ordered the video evidence destroyed. How can we believe governments that refuse to show us the hard evidence?
A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing
If any of my readers are still brainwashed about 9/11, they need to attend this conference. Tickets are still available.
A 2-Day Symposium | Sept. 10-11, 2016 | Cooper Union New York City
Fifteen years after the events of 9/11, wars and cultural conflicts caused by the U.S. response and questionable alliances continue to create global tensions. Furthermore, questions of how the attacks took place continue to surface. For these reasons, a historic event highlighting the blatant discrepancies of the official narrative will be held to critique science-based evidence of the most consequential event of our time.
A stellar lineup of credentialed experts will also review new evidence of a cover up such as is revealed in the declassification of the 28 pages, and raise the bar – literally, with an unprecedented level of legal analysis. As you’ll see, this event has an international component, since 9/11 was such a world-changing event. Full details and tickets are at www.911justiceinfocus.org.
The Day 1 Program will feature:
Keynote address by renowned public interest attorney, Daniel Sheehan, who litigated the Pentagon Papers case, the Karen Silkwood case, Iran/Contra scandal, and Three Mile Island.
Keynote address by Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, head of the Supreme Court of Italy, with experience prosecuting conspiratorial crimes, notably Operation Gladio.
Richard Gage, AIA, founder of Architects & Engineers For 9/11 Truth, which currently has over 2,600 professionals from the building trades as signatories
. Professor Leroy Hulsey, from the University of Alaska, who is conducting a unique, unbiased, independent modeling of the collapse of WTC 7.
Unique analysis of ISIS, the latest on the secret 28 pages and related legislation which has begun to reveal the official deceptions and questionable geopolitical alliances to the widest audience ever reached in this 15-year effort.
The 9/11 Truth Action Project – the next level of national organizing.
Speakers include:
Government whistleblowers – Wayne Madsen, former NSA analyst, and J. Michael Springmann, former State Department foreign services officer.
TV news personality, media critic, and attorney known as “Lionel.”
Bob McIlvaine, 9/11 family member.
Dylan Avery, creator of the globally renown 9/11 documentary “Loose Change.”
Master of Ceremony will be Mark Crispin Miller, professor of Media, Culture and Communication at New York University.
For the Day 2 Program there will be a sequence of legal presentations analyzing key strategies and many yet-unaddressed evidentiary issues. These include:
Presentation of Legal Standards and Key Evidence.
9/11 Related Litigation to Date.
Pending and Planned FOIA Requests, Appeals, and Litigation.
Future U.S. Litigation Options.
Potential for an International Investigation.
Speakers include:
Public interest attorney , Daniel Sheehan.
Judge Ferdinand Imposimato, Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy.
Mick Harrison, whistleblower litigation expert.
William Veale and Mustapha Ndanusa, attorneys for April Gallop, Pentagon survivor.
David Meiswinkle, New Jersey litigator and former police officer.
Barbara Honegger, State Department whistleblower, author of “October Surprise.”
Andrew Kreig, journalist and attorney.
Engineers – David Chandler, Jonathan Cole, Tony Szamboti.
Architect – Richard Gage, AIA.
Master of Ceremony will be Dr. William Pepper, international civil rights attorney, litigator for the family of Martin Luther King, and author of “Act of State”.
Why should you attend this powerful event? Since justice and rule of law is the foundation of any civilized society, the commitment to face all the facts of 9/11 will empower us as a culture to move forward and re-establish our position of trust and integrity in the world. In so many ways, our future depends on it. Make plans today.
Sept. 10 & 11, 2015 | 10am – 6:30pm | Cooper Union,
7 East 7th Street, Manhattan
(7th St. and 3rd Avenue)
Xi’s Epic Snub Of Obama At G20 Summit + After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against Protectionism At G-20 September 7 2016 | From: Geopolitics / ZeroHedge
Xi’s Epic Snub vs. Obama at G20 Summit Reflects Asia’s Collective Wrath Over US Interference in the Region.
Every high-profile meeting like the G20 involves an elaborate preparation, from security down to the minutest detail of providing the red carpet welcome to every invited leader of member countries and guests.
It would be unthinkable to not provide a mobile staircase to stick onto the side of a presidential plane that would led the guests to the red carpet down below.
That’s exactly what happened to the arrival of the US president Barack Soetoro Obama.
China’s leaders have been accused of delivering a calculated diplomatic snub to Barack Obama after the US president was not provided with a staircase to leave his plane during his chaotic arrival in Hangzhou before the start of the G20.
But the leader of the world’s largest economy, who is on his final tour of Asia, was forced to disembark from Air Force One through a little-used exit in the plane’s belly after no rolling staircase was provided when he landed in the eastern Chinese city on Saturday afternoon.
Campaigners hail key moment in battle against global warming as presidents Obama and Xi announce deal on eve of G20 summit in Hangzhou
“The reception that President Obama and his staff got when they arrived here Saturday afternoon was bruising, even by Chinese standards,” the New York Times reported.
Jorge Guajardo, Mexico’s former ambassador to China, said he was convinced Obama’s treatment was part of a calculated snub.
“These things do not happen by mistake. Not with the Chinese,” Guajardo, who hosted presidents Enrique Peña Nieto and Felipe Calderón during his time in Beijing, told the Guardian.
“I’ve dealt with the Chinese for six years. I’ve done these visits. I took Xi Jinping to Mexico. I received two Mexican presidents in China. I know exactly how these things get worked out. It’s down to the last detail in everything. It’s not a mistake. It’s not.”
Guajardo added: “It’s a snub. It’s a way of saying: ‘You know, you’re not that special to us.’ It’s part of the new Chinese arrogance. It’s part of stirring up Chinese nationalism. It’s part of saying: ‘China stands up to the superpower.’ It’s part of saying: ‘And by the way, you’re just someone else to us.’ It works very well with the local audience."
“Why [did it happen]?” the former diplomat, who was ambassador from 2007 until 2013, added. “I guess it is part of Xi Jinping playing the nationalist card. That’s my guess.”
Bill Bishop, a China expert whose Sinocism newsletter tracks the country’s political scene, agreed that Obama’s welcome looked suspiciously like a deliberate slight intended “to make the Americans look diminished and weak”.
“It sure looks like a straight-up snub,” Bishop said. “This clearly plays very much into the [idea]: ‘Look, we can make the American president go out of the ass of the plane.’”
The pro-Western medium South China Morning Post [here] tried to attenuate the glaring snub by saying that it was the US delegation who requested to not provide the ramp in the first place.
“You have a lot of scuzzy sort-of thieves for whom this is a way to hit the jackpot.”
“It was Washington’s decision to have US President Barack Obama disembark from his plane through a small bare metal stairway instead of the usual rolling red-carpet staircase that state leaders get, a Chinese foreign ministry official has revealed.”
The truth of the matter is, there‘s now a consensus in Asia not to welcome anymore geopolitical inference from the United States government, or its Khazarian benefactors.
Indonesia has known early on that it was the US extortionists who caused the Indian Ocean Tsunami. It’s very consistent in its refusal against more Western company mining on it soil.
For Japan, it was a frontal extortion with Fukushima nuclear tsunami right from the start. That’s why it is now collaborating with Russia and other stakeholders in the establishment of a unified alternative energy grid in order to defeat the financial backbone of the Khazarian oil financiers causing wars for oil in the Middle East.
In late March, Russia’s Rosseti Company, the China State Grid Corporation, the Korea Electric Power Corporation and Japan’s Softbank Group agreed to establish and interconnected energy system to encompass the entire region of Northeastern Asia and eventually to build a number of separate energy bridges, including one between Russia’s Sakhalin Island and Japan.
Speaking on the sidelines of a GAZTECH conference earlier this year, the International Energy Agency’s former director Tanaka Nobuo said that after the disaster at Japan’s Fukushima nuclear power plant in March 2011, Japan shut down almost all its nuclear power stations, thus making the country dependent on energy supplies from abroad.
“Without nuclear energy we have become too dependent on fuel supplies, above all from the Middle East, but the current political instability there is a big risk, that’s why we are diversifying both our energy resources, such as oil, gas and coal, and the countries where we are buying fuel.
Staking on natural gas imports, we could shift our focus from the Middle East to suppliers in North America, Australia, the ASEAN countries and Russia, which could become a major supplier,” he said.
This level of cooperation ensures that no wars of aggression will ever be permitted just so another Khazarian oil pipeline is laid on anypart of Eurasia.
On the other hand, Duterte has acknowledged in one media ambush interview that he is “more excited of meeting Vladimir Putin” than Obama, when asked about his talking points with the latter once they met at the outset of the ASEAN Summit in Laos this month.
This statement came hours after he confirmed to have talked with the Chinese ambassador to the Philippines for 4 straight hours. Obviously, they were not talking about Pokemon Go.
It would be wrong to assume that terror and earthquake attacks could change the current Philippine geopolitical trajectory.
The Asian leaderships are now visibly standing up to the arrogance of the Exceptionalists who still think the rules do not apply to them.
Change is Ongoing!
After Snubbing Obama, China Gives Putin Red Carpet Treatment, Warns Against Protectionism At G-20
Roughly at the same time as China's infamous snub of Obama's arrival at Hangzhou for the G-20 summit, when the G-20 host nation's delegation first made sure there was no staircase for Obama to exit the plane and descend on the red carpet; forcing the president of the world's most powerful nation to use an emergency exit...
...followed by a shouting match by a Chinese official who unleashed on the US Press corps and national security advisor Susan Rice, blocking them from crossing a blue rope holding back press and saying "This is our country. This is our airport", Chinese officials had no such problems greeting Russian president Vladimir Putin with full honors, whose arrival - on the red carpet - took place without a glitch.
The favor was returned: according to RT, Putin brought a box of Russian ice-cream as a gift to Chinese leader Xi Jinping:
“I promised you I’d bring some ice-cream,” Putin said. “I’ve brought for you a box of it as a gift.”
Xi Jinping is a real fan of Russian ice-cream.
“Thank you very much for the gift, for the tasty ice-cream. In my every trip to Russia I always ask to buy Russian ice-cream. And then, at home, we eat it,” the Chinese leader said.
“You have the best cream, and it makes it so tasty. I like it very much. Thank you for this courtesy,” he added.
Having brought no ice cream of his own, and his embarrassing arrival in China making front page news over the weekend, Obama quickly tried to talk down the embarrassing incident, saying the tensions were the result of different approaches to the media, as well as the sheer scale of the US operation when he travels, according to AFP.
Obama pivoted away from the snub, instead accusing China of once again showing little respect for human rights:
“Washington stands up for press freedom and human rights and - whatever the fallout - does not leave our values and ideals behind when we take these trips" he said.
"It can cause some friction. The seams are showing a little more than usual in terms of some of the negotiations and jostling that takes place behind the scenes," Obama told reporters on Sunday.
The justification continued: "Part of it is we also have a much bigger footprint than a lot of other countries. And we've got a lot of planes, a lot of helicopters, a lot of cars, a lot of guys. You know, if you're a host country, sometimes it may feel a little bit much."
Obama said it was not the first time Washington's differences with Beijing had erupted during a visit, and that clashing values were also on display in his discussions with Xi.
Obama concluded by expressing hope the world would quickly move on and forget China's snub of Obama on his last official visit to the country:
"And so I wouldn't over-crank the significance of it," he said.
"None of this detracts from the broader scope of the relationship (with China)," he told a news conference.
"The bilateral discussions that we had yesterday were extremely productive and continue to point to big areas of cooperation."
Obama's "explanation" aside, China took the initiative to continue piling its critisim of the US, when Chinese President Xi Jinping said at the open of a two-day G-20 summit that the global economy is being threatened by rising protectionism and risks from highly leveraged financial markets.
He was referring to recent US trade war escalations, and Washington's recent response to Chinese dumping with duties on cold-rolled steel as high as 522%. As for highly leveraged financial markets, pretty much anyone could be at fault there.
His warning on Sunday followed bilateral talks with Barack Obama that the U.S. president described as "extremely productive", but which failed to bring both sides closer on thornier topics such as tensions in the South China Sea.
In addition to the previously leaked communique details, which as reorted last night will call for more fiscal and monetary stimulus, observers expect G20 leaders to mount a defense of free trade and globalization and warn against isolationism, eyeing Britain's vote in June to exit the
European Union and before the U.S. presidential election in November. The global economy has arrived "at a crucial juncture", Xi said, in the face of sluggish demand, volatile financial markets and feeble trade and investment.
"Growth drivers from the previous round of technological progress are gradually fading, while a new round of technological and industrial revolution has yet to gain momentum," he said.
As Reuters confirmed last night's report, G20 countries are set to agree in a communique at the end of the summit that all policy measures - including monetary, fiscal and structural reforms - should be used to achieve solid and sustainable economic growth, Japanese Deputy Chief Cabinet Secretary Koichi Hagiuda said.
“Commitment will be made to utilizing all three policy tools of monetary and fiscal policies and structural reforms to achieve solid, sustainable, balanced and inclusive growth," Hagiuda told reporters on the sidelines of the summit.
What he was really doing is hinting that the BOJ may no longer abide by the demands of the US Treasury to not engage in significant currency devaluations potentially leading to a major surprise announcement out of the BOJ in its September meeting.
Xi also called on G20 countries to match their words with actions.
“We should turn the G20 group into an action team, instead of a talk shop," he said.
Considering that the G-20 has been equated with the UN in terms of efficiency, we hope Xi isn't holding his breath.
Meanwhile, some of the G20 leaders have begun drawing battle lines in disputes over issues ranging from trade and investment to tax policy and industrial overcapacity, suggesting there was far less smiling by world leaders going on behind the scenes.
According to Reuters, Xi held talks with Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull and told him he hoped Australia would continue to provide a fair, transparent and predictable policy environment for foreign investors.
China was angered when Australia blocked the A$10 billion ($7.7 billion) sale of the country's biggest energy grid to Chinese bidders last month.
China has accused Australia of bowing to protectionist sentiment in blocking the bid for Ausgrid, as well as an earlier one by a China-led consortium to buy cattle company Kidman & Co. Beijing has also criticized Australia, a staunch U.S. ally, for running surveillance flights over disputed islands in the South China Sea.
Meanwhile, European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker shot back at China saying the G-20 host nation must set up a mechanism to address its problem of industrial overcapacity, adding it was "unacceptable" the European steel industry had lost so many jobs in recent years.
“Overcapacity is a global problem but there is a particular Chinese element," he told a news conference.
Britain's future after its departure from the European Union was also subject to discussion. Obama reassured Prime Minister May that Britain's closest political, commercial and military ally would stand by her, tentatively backing off his infamous line that Brexit would leave the UK "in the back of the queue."
However, Obama did not shrink away from his stance that Brexit was a mistake and that London would not be able to jump the queue to arrange a bilateral trade deal.
Juncker said that if Britain wanted access to the European Union's common market, it needed to respect the rules of the common market.
Turnbull, meanwhile, said Australia wanted an early free trade agreement with Britain so markets could remain open between them when Britain formally left the European trading bloc.
Jean-Claude Juncker is a Luxembourgish politician who has been President of the European Commission, the executive branch of the European Union, since 2014
Snubbed or not, Obama held talks with Xi on Saturday that ran late into the night focusing mostly on the recent geopolitical tensions surrounding the disputed islands. He urged Beijing to uphold its legal obligations in the disputed waters of the South China Sea, and stressed U.S. commitments to its regional allies.
Xi responded by saying China would continue to safeguard its sovereignty and maritime rights in the South China Sea. But China is keen to keep the summit focused on economic issues and to prevent other disputes from overshadowing it.
According to a "fact sheet" on China-U.S. relations issued on Sunday, the two sides agreed on a range of issues, including avoiding competitive currency devaluations and not limiting deal opportunities for foreign information and communication technology providers.
Obama, in the last five months of his presidency, is using the visit to put a final stamp on his signature policy shift toward the Pacific, setting the tone for his White House successor, who will be elected in November and take office on Jan. 20. Judging by this weekend's incidents, Chinese opinion of the highest US political institutions has never been lower.
Perhaps just as bizarre as the now infamous Obama snub, however, was China's decision to convert parts of the city of Hangzhou, with its 9 million people, into a virtual ghost town as China sought to ensure that the G20 summit stays incident-free.
Farage: Establishment Losing Control Over The People September 3 2016 | From: Infowars
The Empire didn’t believe Brexit was possible, Farage pointed out.
Brexit leader Nigel Farage said the globalist establishment is bewildered over Brexit and clueless on how to regain control.
“The Empire is befuddled,” he said on The Alex Jones Show Tuesday. “The Empire doesn’t get Brexit because the Empire didn’t believe Brexit was possible. Now the Empire’s problem is that it’s fighting this argument on several fronts at once.”
“We’ve got the American elections going on, we’ve got a big referendum coming up in Hungary on migrant quotas from Germany, we’ve got a rerun of the Austrian presidency where the right-wing candidate was cheated by false votes,” Farage said.
“So they’ve got a real problem, they’re fighting us now on a whole series of fronts. What will they do to fight back? I don’t know the answer to that yet, and you know something? Nor do they.”
And the real takeaway from Brexit? It’s the first victory, Farage pointed out.
“Brexit is the first strike-back against this phenomenon of the big banks, the big businesses, effectively owning politics, willfully destroying nation-state democracy, getting rid of that thing our forbearers actually fought and shed their blood to create and to preserve our liberties and our freedoms,” he continued.
“All of that being taken away and suddenly in a referendum that no one said we could win, and we’ve done it.What we’ve done is given inspiration to freedom fighters right across the Western World.”
Farage then broke down how Hillary is aligned with the globalist agenda and how the US elections are crucial to the fight against globalism.
“Hillary represents everything that has gone wrong in our lives over the last couple of decades,” he said. “She is part of that phenomenon where all that seems to matter now is corporatism.
The big, global companies who want to set the rulebooks to effectively put out of business any small or medium-size competitors.”
And Hillary loves the supranational global-type bodies which are accountable to nobody, Farage continued.
“I think she sees the European Union as a prototype for an even bigger form of world government,” he stated.
“If you want nothing to change at all, if you want to continue with the kind of cronyism that we see with the Clinton Foundation, if you want things to stay the same, vote for Hillary.”
Farage went on to clarify his decision to leave UKIP and take the fight for national sovereignty worldwide.
“I’m not retiring, I’m not living in a tin shed, but I’m going to step back from leadership and it’s going to leave me free to make this argument not just in the United Kingdom, not just in the EU Parliament, but around other parts of the Western world.”
Farage also commented on Hillary’s public criticism of his recent US visit to speak at a Trump rally in Mississippi.
“Can I please use this opportunity to thank Hillary Clinton from the bottom of my heart for doing what she’s done?” asked Farage with a chuckle. “She’s raised my profile massively in this presidential election. So Hillary, thank you.”
Excellent Trump / Farage Speech & Hillary Thinks “Mr. Brexit” Is Just Another “Right - Wing, Xenophobic, Sexist, Bigot” That You Should Promptly Ignore+
Brexit: Worst Case Scenario For EU; Armageddon Promise Now Exposed As Pack Of Lies August 29 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / ZeroHedge
Hillary Clinton is feeling some pressure. Not only is she caught in the cross-hairs of alternative media that is now gaining strength almost daily in bringing the truth to people about what is really going on in societies, particularly in regard to her undisclosed health issues, actually naming and criticising InfoWars and Brietbart in her criticism.
It seems her incessant lies are catching up to her in regard to the FBI actually being the discloser of the fact that she uses BleachBit to eradicate emails forever from the prying eyes of authorities.
Now BleachBit is claiming that they stifled the FBI investigation into Clintons private server (nothing like publicity they say) just showing how completely corrupt and farcical the U.S. elections really are.
From ZeroHedge:
It seems that a speech made by Nigel Farage (or “Mr. Brexit” as the Trump campaign has named him) at a Trump rally a couple of days ago in Jackson, Mississippi may have struck a nerve with the Clinton camp. Well, Clinton was not amused by Mr. Brexit.
As pointed out by Breitbart, Clinton took the opportunity at an event yesterday to seemingly suggest that Farage is just another “right-wing”, xenophobic, sexist, bigot that you should all promptly ignore. Frankly, we’re in awe of how succinctly Clinton is able to identify all of Farage’s multiple character flaws…it really is masterful speech writing.
Lest we forget, Hillary pointed that, because his opinions differ from her own, Farage is necessarily just another one of Putin’s “useful idiots“:
"The godfather of this global brand of extreme nationalism is Russian President Vladimir Putin.”
For his part, Farage suggested that Hillary spend a little more time “speaking to normal, working people in her country” rather than attacking him with “dodgy half-quotes.”“I think Hillary Clinton is running scared. Her attacks on me are completely baseless. She sounds rather like Bob Geldof and can’t accept Brexit.”
"Perhaps Mrs. Clinton should spend more time speaking to normal, working people in her country than trying to attack me using dodgy half-quotes”.
Per Breitbart, Farage suggests that he did not say that children of legal immigrants be banned from public schools, but rather suggested that people who have not paid in to the UK tax system not be the beneficiaries of public money until they have paid in.
Farage also noted that he has previously pointed out that women who take maternity leave are perceived by employers to be “worth less” than men, though never opined on whether or not that was fair or just. Farage also supported scrapping EU discrimination law, noting that the British parliament could easily enact these laws, if necessary, themselves.
If you haven’t seen it…it’s worth a view:
Nigel Farage Excerpt:
Full Event: Donald Trump Rally in Jackson, Mississippi (August 24, 2016) Trump Live Speech
The biblical deluge of expose, evidence and narrative on Hillary and the Clinton Foundation shows no sign of slowing:
Brexit: Worst Case Scenario For EU; Armageddon Promise Now Exposed As Pack Of Lies
Project Fear predicted economic meltdown if Britain voted leave. Where are the devastated high streets, job losses and crashing markets?
In other Brexit news, Sweden warns the UK about cutting corporate taxes. How should the UK respond? Who is in control? What Happened to Promised Armageddon?
"Unemployment would rocket. Tumbleweed would billow through deserted high streets. Share prices would crash. The government would struggle to find buyers for UK bonds. Financial markets would be in meltdown. Britain would be plunged instantly into another deep recession.
Remember all that? It was hard to avoid the doom and gloom, not just in the weeks leading up to the referendum, but in those immediately after it. Many of those who voted remain comforted themselves with the certain knowledge that those who had voted for Brexit would suffer a bad case of buyer’s remorse.
The financial markets are serene. Share prices are close to a record high, and fears that companies would find it difficult and expensive to borrow have proved wide of the mark. Far from dumping UK government gilts, pension funds and insurance companies have been keen to hold on to them.
City economists had predicted an immediate rise in the claimant count measure of unemployment in July. That hasn’t happened either. This week’s figures show that instead of a 9,000 rise, there was an 8,600 drop."
Pack of Lies Clearly Visible
Armageddon fears were purposely over-hyped from the beginning. Now reality has set in.
Project fear backfired. People can easily see what liars David Cameron and the nannycrats in Brussels were.
Project Remain: Where are the admissions “We were wrong?”
Worst Case Scenario for EU
That the UK has gone on as normal has to be one of the worst fears for the nannycrats in Brussels. There is life, not death after Brexit. What country will be next to figure that out?
Some rough times are likely ahead for the global economy, including the UK. But in the long run, Brexit will be a good thing for the UK, which means it will be a bad thing from the point of view of Brussels.
Sweden Warns U.K. Against Aggressive Tax Cuts Amid Brexit Talks
The nannycrats are now worried that the UK will do something smart, like lower corporate taxes again.
"The U.K. should avoid any drastic steps to cut corporate taxes, or similar measures, as it prepares to start talks on leaving the European Union, Swedish Prime Minister Stefan Loefven said.
If the U.K. wants some time to think about the situation, this will also give EU countries some time,” Loefven told Bloomberg after giving a speech in Stockholm on Sunday. “On the other hand, you hear about plans in the U.K. to, for example, lower corporate taxes considerably. If they, during this time, begin that kind of race, that will of course make discussions more difficult.”
Stellar Opportunity for UK to Set Example for the World
By all means the UK should precisely make things more difficult.
Everyone says, Brexit terms need to be negotiated. Actually, the UK can pick up its marbles and go home. Who could stop the UK from doing just that?
In that post I proposed among other things a recommendation “The UK should preemptively stick it to the EU by slashing its corporate tax rate to 10%, lower than any country in the EU.”
I was unaware at the time that UK chancellor George Osborne had already decided to cut taxes, but by a lesser amount than I suggested.
Precise Way to Start Negotiations with EU Mules: Get France to Piss and Moan
There’s an old saying “The first step in training a mule is to hit it as hard as you can in the head with a stick.”
I don’t really advise that with mules, but it is the precise thing to do to EU nannycrats.
Reflections on Clearness
“It’s clear that the UK can’t participate in the big decisions involving the EU’s future,” said Emmanuel Macron, France’s economy minister.
Well, it’s equally clear the EU cannot participate in big decisions involving the UK’s future.
And with his plan to cut corporate taxes, chancellor Osborne just hit nannycrat mules in Germany, France, and Belgium in the head with not a stick, but a brick.
Trade War the Right Way
The UK should preemptively stick it to the EU by slashing its corporate tax rate to 10%, lower than any country in the EU.
Set Example for the World
Shed of inane EU rules and regulations coupled with the freedom to do anything it wants, the UK has a golden opportunity to embrace the benefits of genuine free trade and growth via low taxes.
I have often stated the first country that fully embraces free trade, regardless of what any other country does, will come out stunningly ahead.
The UK now has that chance.
Negotiation Progress
I suggest the UK cram it straight down their throats by lowering taxes to 10% right now. This will set proper the negotiation tone and inform the nannycrats in Brussels who calls the shots.
France and Germany threatened to make things difficult for the UK. But as I have stated all along, the UK, not the EU, has the upper hand in these negotiations.
Import/export math proves the point. The UK imports more from the the EU than it exports to them.
The more the EU pisses and moans, the more successful Brexit will be for the UK.
9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists” August 18 2016 | From: ZenGardner
The day the masses wake up and understand what the term “conspiracy theory” really means and recognise the truth about “conspiracy theorists,” who they are, what they stand for, the world ruling elite’s hold on humanity will be over.
Their deceptive cover would have been blown wide open and indeed there will be consequences.
So, in light of the above, here are 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”
“Conspiracy Theorists”
1. …have to put up with much ignorance, and as a knee-jerk reaction, baseless accusation of “conspiracy theory.” “Conspiracy theory” carries with it the deriding insinuation that there are no conspiracies (no conspiracy facts, just theory). Who could be so brainwashed, unquestioningly ignorant, or naïve enough to believe that no country has ever conspired?
2. Are conspiracy factualists. Using evidence they expose the truth about what’s really going on in the world. They expose the deceitful criminal perpetrator networks and authorities. Therefore, the term “conspiracy theorist” is a misnomer.
3. Give credible accounts of events, diligently challenging the official versions filled with lies, inconsistencies, fake bogeymen enemies and false paradigms… manufactured for power, profit and political gains. Many official versions of these false flag events have big enough holes in their stories to drive double-decker buses in and out of.
Further, they expose financial, health, environmental, educational and war agendas, the secret occult societies, paedophilia, organ harvesting and black ops projects… the ruling elite enslavers don’t want you know about.
Then there are the eugenics, trans-humanism and depopulation agendas… these blatantly obvious conspiracy facts are there for all to see.
4. As a consequence of 3, are perceived by the ruling elite and their associates as a threat. In order to get away with their crimes and deception they know that “conspiracy theorists” have to be ignored, invalidated, or ridiculed by the masses:
The term “conspiracy theory” was originally a 1960s’ CIA invention. Over the years the ruling elite’s owned and controlled intelligence agencies such as the CIA and their mainstream media propaganda machine have used this term to expand its effect of negatively stigmatizing “conspiracy theorists” so that the masses will never realize that these people were right all along.
5. …therefore are truther messengers running the risk of getting shot. They are targeted individuals. Targeted by the likes of the UK’s ex-Prime Minister David Cameron, calling them “non-violent domestic extremists” as one of the many attempts to silence such people who have seen right through the phoney baloney.
6. Are not “coincidence theorists.” How can anyone dismiss the overwhelming number of coincidences pointed out by “conspiracy theorists” to be indicators of crimes and cover-ups tied in with false flag events? Is it really a mere coincidence that it’s always the elite few; the banksters, the puppet senior politicians, the owner/controllers of mega-corporations that benefit from these events?
7. Are the freethinking minority able to think for themselves against the backdrop: a world full of sheep-like people going into agreement with the general consensus of the masses while blindly accepting authority viewpoints blurted out in the ruling elite’s bought-off, owned and controlled mainstream media…
8. Consistent with Arthur Schopenhauer’s statement, in time, with their conspiracy facts, could be the majority stage-3: “…accepted as being self-evident.”
9. …Are who the world’s needs most: Unstoppable, increasing in numbers and gathering in momentum. They are laudable investigators.
They are peaceful activists, spreading the truth about what’s really going on in the world. Many do their inner work to co-create a turnaround, away from the planned doom and gloom. Thus, it is their intention to co-create freedom: A new paradigm experience, a world that truly makes a difference for everyone.
A shift in mass consciousness is the underlying key principle. This is how these consciously awakened individuals will bring about that freedom.
Not an attempt at an exhaustive A-Z account, I realize, but that concludes my 9 indisputable truths about “conspiracy theorists.”
Cancer Update: There Are Now 100 Scientific Studies That Prove Cannabis Cures Cancer + Watch What Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells August 17 2016 | From: HigherPerspective / HealthNutNews
Cannabis is a Schedule I drug in the United States. That means the government has designated the plant as having no accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse. No accepted medical use? There are scores of studies that say differently.
Rick Simpson is a medical marijuana activist, and he has been on a crusade of healing. He considers Cannabis to be the most medicinally active plant that humans can use on this planet.
Watch What Happens When Cannabis Is Injected Into Cancer Cells
Since 1974 studies have shown that cannabis has anti-tumor effects.
The results of the 1974 study, reported in an Aug. 18, 1974, Washington Post newspaper feature, were that cannabis’s component,THC, “slowed the growth of lung cancers, breast cancers and a virus-induced leukemia in laboratory mice, and prolonged their lives by as much as 36 percent.”
In 1975 an article in the Journal of the National cancer institute titled “Antineoplastic Activity of Cannabinoids,” they reported that;
“Lewis lung adenocarcinoma growth was retarded by the oral administration of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabinol (CBD). Mice treated for 20 consecutive days with THC and CBD had reduced primary tumor size.”
In 1998, a research team at Madrid’s Complutense University Led by Dr. Manuel Guzman discovered that THC can selectively induce programmed cell death in brain tumor cells without negatively impacting surrounding healthy cells.
They reported in the March 2002 issue of “Nature Medicine” they had destroyed incurable brain cancer tumors in rats by injecting them with THC. And in 2007 even Harvard Researchers found that compounds in cannabis cut the growth of lung cancer.
There is also an organization called The SETH Group that showed compounds in cannabis can stop the growth of human glioblastoma multiforma (GBM) brain cancer cells. The SETH Group says:
“No chemotherapy can match this nontoxic anti-cancer action.”
Even in 2012 a pair of scientists at California Pacific Medical Center in San Francisco found THC stops metastasis in many kinds of aggressive cancer.
Watch as the active ingredient in marijuana, THC, kills cancer cells:
Hemp And Change August 15 2016 | From: Slate
Can cannabis farming help clean up the land contaminated by Europe’s biggest steel plant?
The road into Taranto is dotted with 100-year-old olive trees and low stone houses. The town, in the region of Puglia, is in the heel of the boot-shaped Italian peninsula.
“The city between the two seas” straddles the southern Mediterranean, known as the Mar Grande,and a small inlet known as the Mar Piccolo. The air has a heavy metallic scent.
At the edge of town is a farm that has been known, since the 1800s, for its traditional cheeses. People came from all over to buy dairy products handmade in ancient, wood-fired terracotta furnaces. Those days are long gone, owner Vincenzo Fornaro explains, as he stands in a field surrounded by chest-high cannabis plants.
In 2008, local officials forced Fornaro to cull his animals, which were no longer safe for human consumption. They were contaminated with a dangerous cocktail of nickel, lead, and other toxic substances. That was the end of the cheese.
The culprit, just over a mile away, is the biggest steel plant in Europe. The cannabis plants have replaced the dairy farm in an attempt to undo the environmental damage.
Fornaro was aware the plant was spewing toxic chemicals into the air and soil, he said, in Italian. “I can see the effects of this horrible factory on me.” When he was 20, he had a kidney removed. He told Italian newspaper La Stampa that his own mother had died after being diagnosed with a tumor.
The Ilva steel plant covers 15 million square meters - nearly three times the size of the city itself. It opened in 1965 and doubled in size by the 1970s. It once churned out almost one-third of Italy’s steel. The plant helped turn Taranto into a grimy industrial city. Smoking chimneys, blast furnaces, and aggregates yards now dominate the once-pastoral town. Even today a giant oil refinery and a huge cement factory welcome visitors.
Production at the plant has declined steadily, from 9 million tons at its height, to 4.7 million tons in 2015. But the environmental effects have been devastating. One study found that 11,000 local residents died as a result of severe toxin poisoning in factory fallout from 2005 to 2012.
High levels of lead and dioxins (carcinogenic compounds) were found in the urine and blood of locals who lived near the factory. They had higher rates of heart disease and cancer.
The dilemma is that the plant has dominated the local economy. At its height, it employed 40,000 people, and a European Union report found that the plant made up 75 percent of Taranto’s income in 2008.
Unemployment in the region was almost 20 percent as recently as last year, so for many local residents, the jobs almost make up for the pollution. Initially, the local government didn’t do anything because the steel plant was too important.
“A long time ago, a choice was made to sacrifice this part of Italy, jeopardizing the health of the citizens of Taranto and its community and the biodiversity of the two seas,” said politician Domenico Finiguerra.
“It was decided to sacrifice this land in the name of Italy’s economic future, supplying its industry with all the steel it needed.”
"Taranto represents an economic model based on cement, steel, and oil, which is no longer sustainable", Finiguerra said.
“This poisoned territory urgently needs an ecological regeneration project.”
As the full scale of the environmental devastation became clear, local residents decided to take action. In 2012, the plant was seized by magistrates and put under special administration. Last year, 47 people were indicted for crimes including crimes against public safety, corruption, bribery, abuse of office, and murder and injury by negligence.
Among those indicted were the powerful owners of the plant, the Riva family, managers at the factory, as well as the former governor of the region and a former mayor of the city of Taranto.
Fabio Riva had been on the run since 2012 and had to be extradited from the United Kingdom. His billionaire father died in 2014, after two years of being under house arrest.
The legal action couldn’t save the agriculture sector, however. Since 2012, about 1,000 enterprises have shut down, and there has been a 10-percent decrease in meat production due to the slaughtering of 1,000 animals in the area. The soil is thoroughly contaminated, and farmers are banned from grazing their animals within a 12-mile radius of the steel plant.
Which brings us to hemp.
“We found ourselves at a crossroads, we had to decide whether to leave or to stay,” said farmer Vincenzo Fornaro. “We decided to stay to defend our land.”
To do that, he planted marijuana plants, which can absorb toxic substances from the soil and neutralize them. The fist time hemp was used for environmental rehabilitation was after the 1986 Chernobyl nuclear disaster in Ukraine.
“We started recovering our land using hemp,” Fornaro said proudly as he stood amid the marijuana plants. When I visited, the three-month-old crop was verdant and fragrant. The strong, sweet scent of marijuana coming from the three-hectare field contrasted strongly with the fumes from the nearby steel plant, which still employs 14,000 people.
Fornaro started cultivating the controversial plant two years ago with the help of CanaPuglia, a local startup founded by hemp enthusiast Claudio Natile.
“Hemp is a versatile plant, with strong links to the Italian tradition, with thousands of properties, which over the years has been criminalized,” Natile said.
Hemp was a major Italian agricultural crop for hundreds of years. In the ’50s, the country was the second-largest hemp producer in the world after the Soviet Union. Italian hemp seeds provided some of the most resistant fibers, which were turned into clothing. However, with industrialization and the advent of synthetic fibers such as nylon, hemp started to disappear.
Natile said part of CanaPuglia’s work was teaching people that history. “We went to the schools, spoke to the priests, to the farmers, and even the local military police to explain what we were going to use this plant for. The day we planted the seeds we invited all of them.”
Cultivating hemp is legal in Italy, as long as farmers tell the police that they are planting it for industrial use and plant a legal variety, which has low levels of THC, the mind-altering chemical. (Italy is currently considering legalizing recreational marijuana consumption.)
In just five years, hemp production in Puglia has increased from 3 hectares to 300, with about 100 farmers in the area planting seeds. It has even brought new investments to the region such as the first hemp processing plant in Southern Italy, which transforms the hemp into fiber that can be turned into shoes, bags, clothes and even bricks for construction.
Hemp seeds are ground into high-protein, high-fiber, gluten-free flour that can be used for baking as well as to make pasta. But most farmers in the region, like Fornaro, are planting hemp to help clear their land of toxins.
Fornaro can sell plant fibers for processing because the toxins don’t show up in the plant itself, but he is not able to sell the seeds (to be ground into flour, for example) because they could be contaminated.
“We have to start giving back what we took from the environment and provide an alternative employment to our children,” said Fornaro.
“For now we use hemp only for industrial processing. I hope in the future we can use it also for nourishment. But what is certain is that we will surround the Ilva plant with hemp.”
David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries August 13 2016 | From: DivineCosmos
Enjoy our epic new two-hour YouTube video investigation into The Ascension Mysteries - Revealing the Cosmic Battle Between Good and Evil! The so-called New World Order consider themselves to be the descendants of extraterrestrial humans who crash-landed to Earth some 55,000 years ago.
They were giants with elongated skulls who set up control systems and "royal bloodlines" all over the earth. They are the "Fallen Angels" from ancient texts. Even after multiple events wiped them out, they are still here. This information is some of the most jealously guarded data in the classified world.
Watch David combine never-before-seen insider testimony with surprising scientific evidence of giants and giant skeletons that were once widely seen on Earth. If all of this story is true - and it does appear to be thanks to multiple insiders' testimonies - it is perhaps the single greatest cover-up in Earth's history.
Even those who are heavily entrained by the mainstream view are finding the final 45 minutes of the video undeniably compelling due to the proof David offers.
It is important to note that this is NOT a video in which David holds back information and says "If you read the book you will find out that (blank.)"
Instead, this is a full presentation from Conscious Life Expo on February 7th, 2015, which directly led to the signing of the book deal for The Ascension Mysteries.
The public response to this information was overwhelmingly positive, despite its incredibly sci-fi implications. The crowd that had lined up to see this event was literally spread throughout five different hallways at the LAX Hilton Hotel that Saturday night.
Cabal symbols appear in various places in sudden and creepy ways, showing the deeper, hidden context of these historical events. With the testimony of William Tompkins, we now have independent insider verification of Corey Goode's testimony that Nazis cut a deal with negative ETs.
A variety of NASA photos provide indirect verification of a truly awesome story that multiple insiders have revealed to us.
Some of these photos are in the book. Others are not. Still other images were discovered after this presentation and made it into the finished product. Taken together, this is the story of the cosmic history of our solar system.
At the time this was done, David was still missing many elements that now appear in Cosmic Disclosure and in the book, but this is a great starting point.
Giants on Earth
David traces through the story of how a vast intelligent civilization in our solar system ended up living on the surface of Earth's Moon. From there, they suffered awesome attacks that destroyed their habitable zones, forcing a small number of them to crash-land on Earth.
At this point the story becomes much easier to track, with much more evidence behind it. Our research for the book created a variety of wonderful new leads that we had missed in this presentation.
Nor did we understand the difference between the Ancient Builder Race and what we are now calling the Empire at the time this was done. The book contains a "grand summary" of all insider information we have gathered over the years, with particular emphasis on our solar system's cosmic history.
When these refugees arrived on Earth, they were significantly taller than the rest of us, and yet they still managed to survive and spread across the globe.
Undeniable Evidence
The evidence in favor of giants is overwhelming. The final portion of this video is a guided tour through all the best surviving photographic evidence that exists.
You will also see many different excerpts from credible papers like the New York Times, documenting huge discoveries of giant skeletons. In some cases, the skulls are so large you could slip them over your head.
A discovery on Catalina Island, next to Los Angeles, found over 3,000 giant skeletons all in one burial site alone. These skeletons can often be as tall as 11 to 12 feet -- clearly dwarfing any type of humans we now see on earth.
Much of this data ended up being cut from the book, since we had so much to say that we ran out of space by the time we had hit 500 pages. Therefore, this video is a valuable companion piece to the book - which can now be yours in just over three weeks!
The Illuminati believe they are the descendants of a half-million-year-old race that had originally colonized much of our solar system. See the original NASA photos of the ruins they left behind in this video!
When they first arrived here, they were giants - 12 to 14 feet tall - and had elongated skulls. They quickly took over the planet and interbred with native humans, creating a red and blonde-haired, blue-eyed, white-skinned race.
This civilization originally found ruins from an "Ancient Builder Race" that was much older. Our latest intel is that the Builder ruins may be over two billion years old, and are usually made out of a transparent aluminum alloy.
This video contains a great deal of data and images of giant skeletons that did not make it into the book due to size constraints. There is also significantly more intel in the book than we had time to cram into this one video -- so the two work very well together as companion pieces.
The footage is from David's first professionally-filmed conference in February 2015, where the material for a possible new book was tested in front of a live audience. The talk went over so well that David and the publisher decided to turn it into The Ascension Mysteries!
Varoufakis’ Alert: Financialized Capital May Choose To Support Fascists + On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy August 12 2016 | From: KiwiWatch / YanisVaroufakis / SOTT
Yanis Varoufakis had the audacity to tell the European banking and political elite something everyone else knows is true. ‘Greece is bankrupt we cannot pay!’ ‘Lets negotiate our way out of this’.
He was forced to resign after being let down by the current Prime Minister Alexis Tsipras who came to power to fight austerity and who folded to German banking demands. His thinking however is clear.
Varoufakis’ alert: financialized capital may choose to support fascists
Eric Draitser sits down with economist, and former Greek finance minister, Yanis Varoufakis to discuss the shifts in the political landscape of both Europe and the US, and what they mean for political activism and progressive politics.
Eric and Yanis discuss the nature of the EU and whether it can be reformed or democratized, as well as the forces at play within it. The conversation also touches on the US election as Yanis and Eric debate the utility of “lesser evil” politics, while also examining the ascendance of the fascist right in Europe and the US, with particular attention to the Brexit vote and its implications.
The bond bubble and potential economic collapse, the long view of the 2008 crisis, the importance of addressing climate change, the necessity of internationalism, and many other topics are discussed in this wide-ranging interview with one of the best economic minds in the world today.
Brexit is also an economic phenomenon. It’s not just a political revolt against the elites, against the EU, against the city of London – the bankers. The main reason why the English, not the British, the English working class voted to get out of the EU, is the slow burning recession.
The fact that living standards in almost every town outside of London, within England is depressed. You walk through city centers in Doncaster, in Leeds, in York and all you find is misery and desperation. A whole working class feels utterly abandoned by the elites, even by the Labor Party, the Social-Democrats, and this is the reason why Brexit won.
The period between 2010 and today can be seen from a Greek perspective as an experiment. Greece was a laboratory in which the globalized/financialized elites experimented with how they would try to deal with a crisis of their own making. And the experiment produced monsters.
One of these monsters is the neo-nazis of Golden Dawn. The Donald Trump experience is also quite intimately connected. The very notion that you have somebody like Trump running as candidate of one of the two major political parties in the US, back in 2010-2012 it would be absurd.
The cruel, vicious austerity policies that were created in the Greek laboratory were then exported to the rest of Europe. This experiment backfired because you can never deal with financial crisis through austerity.
This is one thing we’ve learned from the early 1930s which gave rise to the nazis in Germany. A period of deflation gave rise to the worst kind of xenophobic Right-Wing populism. And this is what we have in the form of the Golden Dawn thugs hitting Greece, Donald Trump in the US, the Right-Wing Brexiters in Britain.
What we have now is a bifurcation, word-wide not just in Greece, we are seeing the formation of two political blocs. One is very similar to the troika of creditors that we had to deal with in Greece last year, who crushed us in the end.
It’s a technocracy of globalized, financial capital, together with bureaucrats that want to spread their wings and power globally.
They also corporate Atlanticists, those who want to utilize brute force in order to become, or remain the policemen of the Cosmos. This political bloc of globalized, financialized Atlanticists have developed a capacity to be more tolerant with minorities, less tolerant with racism, quite relaxed about migration, as long as it doesn’t threaten their political capital.
In opposition to that, we have the xenophobic Populist Right, which is investing on racism, fear and nativist myths about the return to some kind of kingship within the nation-state where you erect walls around your country the riffraff away.
It is this toxic confrontation between the nativists xenophobic Populist Right and the financialized, globalized Atlanticists pack who don’t even know how to stabilize the world that they aspired to create.
This conflict is always going to give rise to rather unpleasant developments for the whole of humanity.
Hillary Clinton never was and never will be part of the Left. The Social-Democrats in Germany are part of the problem, not part of the solution.
We have an opportunity now to cease upon the way this global economic and political crisis is developing, in order to do what we failed to do in the 1930s. In other words, to create a solid, internationalist, progressive bloc that opposes the vicious cycle between the globalization elites and the xenophobic populist reaction to it.
Hillary Clinton is part of the problem. Hillary Clinton run an outrageously, scandalously, sinister campaign against Bernie Sanders. Hillary Clinton is in the pocket of the establishment. Hillary Clinton will probably start another war.
The crisis that hit us in 2008 has never gone away. It is simply transforming itself taking different guises and different parts of the world even within our own countries. One day it’s the crisis of banks, the next day it’s the crisis of real investment, the third day it’s the crisis of deteriorating the jobs’ quality and so on. But the crisis of Capitalism that hit us in 2008, just like the crisis of Capitalism that hit in 1929 did not go away until the beginning of the WWII.
If you look at the 1920s and 1930s, fascism became dominant, hegemonic and took over governments with mass support, only when industrial capital, at some point, in order to stem the rise of the Left Wing that was antithetical to capital’s interests, threw their lot in with the fascists. It was the support of industrialists in Germany and Italy that gave rise to the nazis and the fascist governments.
So far, the establishment, the financialized capital, military-industrial complex and so on, have not thrown the lot in with the fascists movements. It’s what keeping them from power, but we should not take it for granted that this won’t happen and we should be prepared.
For the full ull interview visit: CounterPunch
“The next step in the KM take-down plan for America is to build up a big totalitarian internal police force, which can be turned upon the American Masses to oppress and tyrannize them, when necessary."
On The Need To Re-Boot The World Economy
Interviewed by David de Jong, Bloomberg News
We spoke to Yanis Varoufakis about what it would take to get the global economy back on track and restore investor confidence. As you might expect, he had a very original perspective, and the economics to back it up.
Yanis Varoufakis on the European Constituion, Economic Disintegration and Orwellianism
In this video the former finance minister of Greece and founder of DiEM25 (Democracy in Europe Movement 2025), Yanis Varoufakis, provides us an insight into why the European constitution does not represent the people of Europe and lacks substance.
He also talks about disintegration of the European Union, what forces are driving its demise and how Orwellian language is used to hide this.
Do we have a constitution that represents the voice of the European people?
Could the EU disintegrate in the near future?
What are the observations that are pointing towards a disintegrating European Union?
Is Orwellianism being employed to deceive the population?
These questions and more are addressed in this video.
Obama Signals Trump Will Win August 8 2016 | From: Infowars The Kenyan King resorts to desperation as Hillary falls behind.
If the election was already “in the bag” for Hillary Clinton, President Obama wouldn’t be working overtime to convince the GOP to dump Trump.
Instead, he’d be encouraging Trump to speak out more if his words were helping Hillary – but that’s not the case at all.
Obama is signaling that the globalists are losing and Hillary is falling too far behind for the technocrats to rig the election in her favor.
"The president implored Republicans to un-endorse him and asked what does it say about the Republican party that Trump is their standard bearer,” Real Clear Politics reported. “Obama called on Republicans to repudiate and condemn the party’s nominee.”
In other words, the president is the Wizard of Oz panicking after Trump pulled the curtain to expose the globalists as the evil they are – and not the saviors of humanity they portray themselves to be.
It’s also revealing that Obama made his desperate declaration right after Trump warned the general election is being rigged just like the Democratic nomination, which was rigged in favor of Hillary Clinton – despite the majority of Democrats supporting Bernie Sanders.
"As the leaked DNC emails illustrated, the establishment pre-selected Hillary from the start and the primary process was a complete charade to give the illusion of democratic choice,” Paul Joseph Watson & Alex Jones stated.
“As the Observer’s Michael Sainato writes, ‘Instead of treating Sanders as a viable candidate for the Democratic ticket, the DNC worked against him and his campaign to ensure Clinton received the nomination.’ The elite chose Hillary before any of the primary votes came in, and vowed to select her regardless of the result.”
“How in any way is this not a rigged process, as Trump rightly pointed out?”
Did Trump just let the genie out of the bottle the globalists won’t be able to put back in? It appears so.
"Government’s been around for as long as history’s been around and I think they’ve exhausted their experimentation,” Ron Paul once said.
“We’ve had some experiments with individual liberty and one great experiment was here and I think right now we’re seeing the fruitions of how we left that experiment in the last 100 years and it continues yet there’s a spirit right now amongst the people who are starting to realize that.”
Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School August 7 2016 | From: StumbleUpon
You’re taught about history, science, and math when you’re growing up. Most of us, however, aren’t taught how to identify or deal with our own emotions, or the emotions of others. These skills can be valuable, but you’ll never get them in a classroom.
Emotional intelligence is a shorthand that psychological researchers use to describe how well individuals can manage their own emotions and react to the emotions of others.
People who exhibit emotional intelligence have the less obvious skills necessary to get ahead in life, such as managing conflict resolution, reading and responding to the needs of others, and keeping their own emotions from overflowing and disrupting their lives. In this guide, we’ll look at what emotional intelligence is, and how to develop your own.
What Is Emotional Intelligence?
Measuring emotional intelligence is relatively new in the field of psychology, only first being explored in the mid-80s. Several models are currently being developed, but for our purposes, we’ll examine what’s known as the “mixed model,” developed by psychologist Daniel Goleman.
Self-awareness: Self-awareness involves knowing your own feelings. This includes having an accurate assessment of what you’re capable of, when you need help, and what your emotional triggers are.
Self-management: This involves being able to keep your emotions in check when they become disruptive. Self-management involves being able to control outbursts, calmly discussing disagreements, and avoiding activities that undermine you like extended self-pity or panic.
Motivation: Everyone is motivated to action by rewards like money or status. Goleman’s model, however, refers to motivation for the sake of personal joy, curiosity, or the satisfaction of being productive.
Empathy: While the three previous categories refer to a person’s internal emotions, this one deals with the emotions of others. Empathy is the skill and practice of reading the emotions of others and responding appropriately.
Social skills: This category involves the application of empathy as well as negotiating the needs of others with your own. This can include finding common ground with others, managing others in a work environment, and being persuasive.
You can read a bit more about these different categories here. The order of these emotional competencies isn’t all that relevant, as we all learn many of these skills simultaneously as we grow. It’s also important to note that, for our purposes, we’ll only be using this as a guide. Emotional intelligence isn’t an area that most people receive formal training in. We’ll let psychologists argue over the jargon and models, but for now let’s explore what each of these mean and how to improve them in your own life.
Self-Awareness
Before you can do anything else here, you have to know what your emotions are. Improving your self-awareness is the first step to identifying any problem area you’re facing.
Here are some ways to improve your self-awareness:
Keep a journal: Career skill blog recommends starting by keeping a journal of your emotions. At the end of every day, write down what happened to you, how you felt, and how you dealt with it. Periodically, look back over your journal and take note of any trends, or any time you overreacted to something.
Ask for input from others: As we’ve talked about before when dealing with your self-perception, input from others can be invaluable. Try to ask multiple people who know you well where your strengths and weaknesses lie. Write down what they say, compare what they say to each other and, again, look for patterns. Most importantly, don’t argue with them. They don’t have to be correct. You’re just trying to gauge your perception from another’s point of view.
Slow down (or meditate): Emotions have a habit of getting the most out of control when we don’t have time to slow down or process them. The next time you have an emotional reaction to something, try to pause before you react (something the internet makes easier than ever, if you’re communicating online). You can also try meditating to slow your brain down and give your emotional state room to breathe.
If you’ve never practiced intentional self-awareness, these tips should give you a practical head start. One strategy I personally use is to go on long walks or have conversations with myself discussing what’s bothering me. Often, I’ll find that the things I say to the imaginary other end of the conversation can give me some insight into what’s really bugging me. The important aspect is to look inwards, rather than focusing solely on external factors.
Self-Management
Once you know how your emotions work, you can start figuring out how to handle them. Proper self-management means controlling your outbursts, distinguishing between external triggers and internal over-reactions, and doing what’s best for your needs.
One key way to manage your emotions is to change your sensory input. You’ve probably heard the old advice to count to ten and breathe when you’re angry. Speaking as someone who’s had plenty of overwhelming issues with depression and anger, this advice is usually crap (though if it works for you, more power to you).
However, giving your physical body a jolt can break the cycle. If you’re feeling lethargic, do some exercise. If you’re stuck in an emotional loop, give yourself a “snap out of it” slap. Anything that can give a slight shock to your system or break the existing routine can help.
Lifehacker alum Adam Dachis also recommends funneling emotional energy into something productive. It’s alright to let overwhelming emotions stew inside you for a moment, if it’s not an appropriate time to let them out. However, when you do, rather than vent it on something futile, turn it into motivation instead:
"I recently started playing tennis for fun, knowing that I’d never become exceptional because I began too late in life. I’ve become better and have a very minor talent for the game, so when I play poorly I now know and I get down on myself.
When up against an opponent with far more skill I find it hard to do much else than get angry. Rather than let that anger out, I take note of it and use it to fuel my desire to practice more. Whether in sports, work, or everyday life, we can get complacent with our skill and forget that we always have some room for improvement.
When you start to get mad, get better instead."
You can’t always control what makes you feel a certain way, but you can always control how you react. If you have some impulse control problems, find ways to get help when you’re feeling calm. Not all emotions can be vented away. My struggle with depression taught me that some emotions persist long after the overflow. However, there’s always a moment when those feelings feel a little less intense. Use those moments to seek help.
Motivation
We talk about motivation a lot. When we’re talking about motivation as it relates to emotional intelligence, however, we don’t just mean getting up the energy to go to work. We’re talking about your inner drive to accomplish something. That drive isn’t just some feel-goody nonsense, either. As Psychology today explains, there’s a section of your prefrontal cortex that lights up at the mere thought of achieving a meaningful goal.
Whether your goal is building a career, raising a family, or creating some kind of art, everyone has something they want to do with their life.When your motivation is working for you, it connects with reality in tangible ways. Want to start a family? Motivated people will start dating. Want to improve your career? Motivated people will educate themselves, apply for new jobs, or angle for a promotion.
Daniel Goleman suggests that in order to start making use of that motivation, you first need to identify your own values. Many of us are so busy that we don’t take the time to examine what our values really are. Or worse, we’ll do work that directly contradicts what we value for so long that we lose that motivation entirely.
Unfortunately, we can’t give you the answer for what it is you want in life, but there are lots of strategies you can try . Use your journal to find times when you’ve felt fulfilled. Create a list of things you value. Most of all, accept the uncertainty in life and just build something. Fitness instructor Michael Mantell, Ph.D suggests that using lesser successes you know you can accomplish. Remember, everyone who’s accomplished something you want to achieve did it slowly, over time.
Empathy
Your emotions are only one half of all your relationships. It’s the half you focus on the most, sure, but that’s only because you hang out with yourself every day. All the other people that matter to you have their own set of feelings, desires, triggers, and fears. Empathy is your most important skill for navigating your relationships.
Empathy is a life-long skill, but here are some tips you can use to practice empathy:
Shut up and listen: We’re gonna start with the hardest one here, because it’s the most important. You can’t experience everyone else’s lives to fully understand them, but you can listen. Listening involves letting someone else talk and then not countering what they say. It means putting aside your preconceptions or skepticism for a bit and allowing the person you’re talking to a chance to explain how they feel. Empathy is hard, but virtually every relationship you have can be improved at least marginally by waiting at least an extra ten seconds before you retake the conversation.
Take up a contrary position to your own: One of the quickest ways to solidify an opinion in your mind is to argue in favor of it. To counter this, take up a contrary position. If you think your boss is being unreasonable, try defending their actions in your head. Would you find their actions reasonable if you were in their shoes? Even asking the questions of yourself can be enough to start empathizing with another’s point of view (though, of course, getting real answers from others can always help).
Don’t just know, try to understand: Understanding is key to having empathy. As we’ve discussed before, understanding is the difference between knowing something and truly empathizing with it. If you catch yourself saying, “I know, but,” a lot, take that as an indicator that you should pause a bit more. When someone tells you about an experience that’s not your own, take some time to mull over how your life might be different if you experienced that on a daily basis. Read about it until it clicks. It’s okay if you don’t spend all your time devoted to someone else’s life, but putting in just some time—even if it’s idle thought time while you work - can be beneficial.
By definition, empathy means getting in the emotional dirt with someone else. Allowing their experiences to resonate with your own and responding appropriately. It’s okay to offer advice or optimism, but empathy also requires that you wait for the right space to do that. If someone’s on the verge of tears, or sharing some deep pain, don’t make light of it and don’t try to minimize the hurt. Be mindful of how they must feel and allow them space to feel it.
Social Skills
Summing up all social skills in one section of an article would do about as much justice to the topic as if we snuck in a brief explainer on astrophysics. However, the tools you develop in the other four areas will help you resolve a lot of social problems that many adults still wrestle with. As Goleman explains, your social skills affect everything from your work performance to your romantic life:
"Social competence takes many forms – it’s more than just being chatty. These abilities range from being able to tune into another person’s feelings and understand how they think about things, to being a great collaborator and team player, to expertise at negotiation.
All these skills are learned in life. We can improve on any of them we care about, but it takes time, effort, and perseverance. It helps to have a model, someone who embodies the skill we want to improve. But we also need to practice whenever a naturally occurring opportunity arises – and it may be listening to a teenager, not just a moment at work."
You can start with the most common form of social problems: resolving a disagreement. This is where you get to put all your skills to the test in a real-world environment.
We’ve gone into this subject in-depth here , but we can summarize the basic steps:
Identify and deal with your emotions: Whenever you have an argument with someone else, things can get heated. If someone involved is emotionally worked up, deal with that problem first. Take time apart to vent, blow off steam on your own, then return to the problem. In a work environment, this may just mean complaining to a friend before you email your boss back. In a romantic relationship, remind your partner that you care about them before criticizing.
Address legitimate problems once you’re both calm: Once you’re in your right headspace, identify what the conflict is. Before you jump to solutions, make sure you and the other person agree on what the problems really are. Propose solutions that are mutually beneficial and be sympathetic to any concessions the other person may be unwilling to make (but be sure to stand firm on your own).
End on a cooperative note: Whether in business or pleasure, relationships work best when everyone involved knows that they’re on the same page. Even if you can’t end on a positive note, make sure that the last intention you communicate is a cooperative one. Let your boss/coworker/significant other know that you want to work towards the same goal, even if you have different views.
Disputes are best resolved when you know what you want, can communicate it clearly, understand what someone else wants, and come to favorable terms for everyone. If you’ve been paying attention, you’ll notice that this involves every other area of the emotional intelligence model.
The Truth Is Possibly Out There August 3 2016 | From: NewZealandHerald
The following article appeared in the 'New Zealand Herald on Sunday', last Sunday 31 August. In the lead up to David Icke's visit to New Zealand the writer approached a number of New Zealand based people within the 'conspiracy' or 'truthseeker' community. The following is the online version of that article whch was published in print as an illustrated two page spread.
Does an ancient race of reptilian psychos run the world? Paul Little goes inside the world of conspiracy theorists. Confused? Feel like everything's falling part? Wondering why all this weird stuff keeps happening?
David Icke, the eminent conspiracy theorist - or truth seeker, as many who share his interests prefer to be called - is ready to help you make sense of it all, as part of his Worldwide Wakeup Tour, which plays at the Logan Campbell Centre in Auckland next Saturday.
He'll explain that despite the way things appear, our planet is run, as the New Statesman neatly summarised it, by the Archons.
“An ancient race of reptilian psychopaths who have ... blinded humans to the real world".
They are "creating a dystopian society" and an "inverted reality is being broadcast from Saturn via the Moon, which is hollow".
Which possibly raises more questions than it answers.
A conspiracy theory always requires, it should hardly need saying, some organisation. If, for instance, you believe in chemtrails, that's not a conspiracy theory. If you believe they are lines of chemicals laid in the sky for enigmatically evil reasons and there is an organised cover-up of the existence of chemtrails, that is a conspiracy theory.
Their impact can range from the relatively harmless - wondering if you'll bump into not-really-dead Elvis at the Ohope dairy - to downright dangerous [clearly has not read up on that] , such as not vaccinating children because you believe it causes autism.
The problem with conspiracy theories is so few have proved to be conspiracy facts. But enough have to make the concept plausible. Nicky Hager wrote a bestselling book about some.
There was a Watergate cover-up. US authorities did leave 399 African-Americans with syphilis untreated without their knowledge to see what would happen.
But why should we pay good money to listen to Icke and his foreign conspiracy theories when we have perfectly good ones of our own (see below). We're not short of local truth seekers.
Wakeupkiwi.com, contains details of numerous conspiracies, local and imported. Richard became interested in the area as a boy with an imagination fired by reading about dinosaurs and aliens. He started his now labyrinthine site as a repository for documentaries and links he thought like-minded thinkers might be interested in.
“But because of the sheer volume of things that are transpiring it's turned into something it was never meant to be," he says. "I get lost in it myself sometimes."
But he's no conspiracy theorist. That term, he says, was coined by the CIA to describe people who believed there was more to the Kennedy assassination than met the eye and "to make people sound like they were kooks before they opened their mouths".
Associate Professor Marc Wilson of Victoria University's School of Psychology notes that truth-seeking sounds active. Conspiracy theorist "could describe sitting in your mother's basement reading through dodgy websites for something nebulous like a conspiracy".
Wilson surveyed 6000 New Zealanders in 2008 and found people mentally put "conspiracy theorist" alongside "mental patient". "This is due in no small part to the centrality of paranoia as part of the stereotype of the conspiracy theorist," says Wilson.
There's no such thing as a typical truth seeker, says Wakeupkiwi:
“The only common denominator is that they are people who go, 'Why should we just believe everything we are told?'."
But, adds Wilson, people are also more likely to endorse conspiracy theories if they feel anomie, hostility, paranoia, have less formal education, lower income, poorer health, distrust of authority and less happiness.
Radio host Vinny Eastwood is happy to be called a conspiracy theorist.
“Everything is the opposite of what you think it is to a large degree," says Eastwood. "If you think it's a conspiracy theory it's a fact. If you think it's a fact it's made-up nonsense."
Since 2010, Eastwood, who sounds delighted to have been born in conspiracy-significant 1984, has been the Auckland-based host of an eponymous radio show that live-streams here and in the US on American Freedom Radio for two hours twice a week.
Topics in the archive include: "Elites in Fear of White Dragon Society & Gold Standard" and "Psychopaths Infest Every Major Institution! Can We Get Them Out?"
He got into the area in 2004, when introduced to "the comedy of Bill Hicks. And the usage of cannabis. And to conspiracy theories - the first thing I watched was Fahrenheit 9/11", Michael Moore's Bush presidency documentary.
But it was a 300-hour community service sentence for a minor cannabis charge that destroyed his faith in government and authorities and set him on a new course. Eastwood doesn't think issues here are very different from those elsewhere, which is why his show goes down well in the US, where similar challenges are being faced.
"For example, right now there's a big fluoride thing going on where local district councils will have the ability to decide whether we have fluoride put in our water taken out of their hands and put in the hands of the DHBs, which are more or less in the pocket of the Ministry of Health, which are more or less in the pocket of the big pharmaceutical industry, which is more or less in the pocket of the phosphate fertiliser industry which makes the fluoride."
A scarily small number of younger people think the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by agents of a foreign power.
Wakeupkiwi however, believes we are special because our size makes us an ideal testing ground, for example, with Eftpos. "That's why we had it 20 years before it was rolled out in the States."
Jonathan Eisen, editor of Uncensored, which proclaims itself "the best-selling English-language 'alternative' news magazine in the Southern Hemisphere", says New Zealand is like most other countries because we are built the same.
"I discovered a few years ago that New Zealand was a corporation much the same as the US is," says Eisen.
"If you go on the Securities and Exchange Commission website you can find the corporation is owned by another entity - Her Majesty the Queen in right of New Zealand."
The mainstream media, says Eisen, do their bit by self-censoring. When he worked with a flagship TV current affairs series and presented it with research showing the Aids virus was man-made, the journalist he was working with told him: "We can't touch that."
Eisen is 73 and has been seeking the truth from an early age.
"When I was a boy my father was the first one to connect smoking and heart disease and was censored essentially by the Journal of the American Medical Association. And he found out after he published in the Canadian Medical Journal that the AMA journal was financed in large part by the American Tobacco Institute."
Wilson thinks we have a fairly boring conspiracy landscape. Forty per cent have endorsed the All Black poisoning [at the 1995 World Cup], 45 per cent say New Zealand is manipulated by Big Business, and a scarily small number - about 60 per cent - of younger people think the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by agents of a foreign power.
He found rightwingers think there is a political conspiracy to advantage Maori and left wingers think there is one to disadvantage them. As for Icke, the likes of Montgomerie and Eisen are circumspect when it comes to endorsing his claims the Queen is a reptilian shape-shifter, among other things.
But, says Eisen
“Rather than disparage him I celebrate that he can open up new avenues for discussion that are sometimes way outside the dominant paradigm and our comfort zone, my own included, but that doesn't mean I don't take him seriously.
So much of his work, especially with regard to the power of the so-called elites, has borne fruit."
Writing in The Guardian, New York-based psychologist and science writer Rob Bretherton says Icke's view of things:
“As wild as it sounds, is kind of a hopeful message in that it is saying: 'Yes, there is a lot of stuff wrong with the world but we can put our finger on who's responsible and what's responsible for it and then we can do something about it'."
Frank (not his real name), a 33-year-old IT worker, whose conspiracy consciousness was raised by the documentary 9/11: In Plane Sight, worries that's not good enough:
“There's a subset of people within the truth-seeking community that will grab hold of anything with both hands," says Frank.
"They play into the hands of the elite. When those wacky theories get momentum it makes it easy to discredit the rest."
Nevertheless, says Montgomerie;
“The cat's out of the bag. A lot of people have put their lives on the line to expose the bigger picture. There is a big push for disclosure of everything. It's going to be messy for a while, but it's inevitable."
As well as the idea conspiracy theories offer hope things will be remedied, they also provide comfort by absolving us from feeling we should be in control. How can we be if we don't know what forces are secretly controlling that world?
But for some it's all too hard. Frank has stopped thinking about it so much.
“If you follow the money far enough you'll come to the people pulling the strings. And if you think about that too much and the decisions those people make and the world they've created. I got to a point where I was starting to get depressed thinking about this."
"Perhaps ignorance is bliss."
Made in New Zealand
An area of Northland's Waipoua forest has been sealed off by DoC because it contains megalithic structures that prove the existence of a pre-Maori civilisation, according to US-born archeo-astronomist Martin Doutre, who made the claims in his book Ancient Celtic New Zealand.
Prime Minister Norman Kirk was assassinated by the Trilateralist Commission - a shadow world Government. Part of a much bigger global conspiracy you can read about in The Opal File on wakeupkiwi.com.
The Rothschild cartel, a global banking organisation, attacked Christchurch with earthquake weaponry causing the Canterbury catastrophes, according to extensive exposition at thecontrail.com
Mind control through TV broadcasts was trialled through a transmitter in Hawkes Bay, according to Wakeupkiwi.
Rapper Tupac Shakur was not killed in 1996 but escaped to New Zealand where he lives undercover. This was a hoax a hacker group managed to get on to the website of US broadcaster PBS.
John Key wanted a new flag without the Union Jack because that would have concentrated more power in his hands by diminishing the authority of the Queen. See Due Authority: A Very Silent Coup at postmanproductions.org.
10 Habits Of The Happiest People In The World August 2 2016 | From: AustralianNationalReview
The biggest question today amidst so much development and progress is still regarding the basic human desire to be happy. Stress and anxiety seem to have become our constant companions.
Yet, amidst all of this exist those who know how to be happy – how to get over troubles and find peace.
According to Lifehack, Sean Kim, the Founder of RyeApp, an app which simplifies learning languages, wrote about the habits of the happiest people in the world:
1. Living for the moment.
Focusing on the little joys of everyday life is one way to find happiness. The happiest people are content with the things they can control, despite the troubles they may be facing.
2. Dreaming.
If you don’t have something to look forward to, you only look back.
3. Having patience.
Besides dreaming, one must also have the patience to see it through. Many happy people enjoy this journey and watch themselves grow. They understand that the best things happen to those who are patient and hooked – this could include hard-work for a promotion or being patient with your partner to sustain a relationship.
4. Spending on memories and not objects.
You just bought yourself an expensive earring for a party but you were so focused on it that you missed out on the fun. It doesn’t matter how expensive a car you bought – it’s the ride that makes a difference.
The writer quotes Marc and Angel who said, “experiential purchases” bring happiness mostly because they can be reminisced later and also since they usually lead to socialization with people we love.
5. Being surrounded by happy people.
“You are the average of the five people around you”, said Jim Rohn. Who and what surrounds us determines the way we feel, what we do, what decisions we make and so on. It might seem a little selfish but cutting out the negative people from your life is an important step towards happiness. You don’t have to be rude – just spend less time with these folks.
6. Having the desire to grow.
Sean makes note of Carol Dweck’s book ‘Mindset’, where she explains that successful people have a “growth mindset” while others have the “fixed mindset”. The latter want to achieve an “affirmation of their intelligence”.
The successful on the other hand, are not deterred by failure or mistakes and know how to learn from them in order to move ahead. Dweck concluded after a long study that those with a growth mindset succeeded in class, in relationships and in other aspects of their lives too.
7. Sharing.
Happy people know they are living in abundance so they are always willing to “give”. They donate, volunteer, love more and spend more time with those who need it. The tendency to give more than they receive makes them happier.
8. Resilience.
Psychologist Peter Kramer says that being resilient is the opposite of being depressed. Human beings are bound to face challenges. Happy people know that they must bounce back from it in order to find happiness. They embrace the fight so they can welcome the results with open arms.
9. Saving some alone time, every day.
Yes, it is important to spend time with others and to “give”, but that shouldn’t occupy your entire day.
There must be some time that you must spend on your own – perhaps reading, working out or simply lying down and day dreaming. You can learn something new or give your day’s activities a thought.
10. Learning.
Think of Stephen Hawkings. Despite such a disease, he has given the world new theories and changed our perception in many ways. He has found a new method to communicate. Similarly, people who are truly happy are always on the lookout for new experiences and things they can learn.
Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline July 31 2016 | From: YourNewsWire The Anonymous campaign against the global banking cartel, OpIcarus: Shut Down The Banks, is gaining momentum as nine Rothschild owned central banks were taken offline after the hacking collective identified the global financial system as the “power behind the throne” of the New World Order, and issued a global call to arms to fight the financial system that is enslaving us.
According to a video released in conjunction with OpIcarus, the attack on Bank of Greece marked the beginning of a “30-day campaign against central bank sites across the world.” This massive push, according to the video, aims to “strike at the heart of [the] empire by once again throw[ing] a wrench into the machine.”
In some of the most recent attacks over the weekend, hackers reportedly targeted the Central Bank of the Dominican Republic, the Dutch Central Bank, the Central Bank of Maldives, and Guernsey Financial Services Commission, according to the official @OpIcarus Twitter account.
“We are enslaved within a matrix of institutions with the illusion that each stands alone, fighting for power, for profits, for the scraps on the table that represent humanities dwindling resources.
In reality however, these institutions – the arms industries, banking and other financial institutions, government intelligence agencies and countless others, have formed what was once a clandestine coalition whose corruption, and avarice have become increasingly transparent due to WikiLeaks and to the efforts of Anonymous.
This coalition seeks the preservation and the perpetuation of the powers that be, and this octopus operates through the tentacles of the IMF, the Federal Reserve, and the World Bank, masterminded by think-tanks such as the Bilderberg group, and the Council on Foreign Relations.
But where does the power behind the throne lie? Within the global financial system, centered within the New York Stock Exchange, and Bank of England,” the manifesto reports.
The National Bank of Panama and the Central Bank of Kenya were also reportedly targeted a day later, according to hacking news publication HackRead.
What began as an Anonymous operation has now become a joint op between Anonymous and the GhostSquadHackers, with reported GSH member, s1ege tweeting about taking the Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina offline and providing a screenshot to verify.
The twitter account @BannedOffline also reported the Central Bank of Mexico had succumbed to a DDoS attack by the hacking collective.
Anonymous has released a list of institutions the collective plans to target, which is divided into four sections; websites associated with the U.S. Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), sites owned by the World Bank, and over 150 sites associated with national banks around the globe.
Thus far, in less than a week, OpIcarus hackers have now hit ten of the financial institutions they’ve listed in an online manifesto, but questions remain as to whether these elite hackers will be able to bypass the intense security measures of the more prestigious institutions on their target list.
New Study: 528Hz Sound "Miraculously" Cleaned Oil Polluted Water In The Gulf Of Mexico July 28 2016 | From: 528Records
A series of sounds played to oil polluted water from the Gulf of Mexico has “miraculously” cleared test samples of the deadly petrochemicals, says a well known Canadian researcher.
According to John Hutchinson, an electro-magnetic energy expert from Vancouver, B.C., Canada, a selection of “music” has helped purify poisoned water.
The frequencies included the “sound of Jupiter,” recently recorded by NASA, vibrating close to 528Hz frequency.
That sound energy has been determined to match the color greenish-yellow--the heart of the rainbow, the electromagnetic color spectrum, celebrated by the botanical world, according to Dr. Leonard Horowitz, who has published most on that pure tone. Nature obviously celebrates that shade, the pigment chlorophyll, to produce oxygen and energy needed for life.
According to Dr. Horowitz, Hutchinson’s study results are most promising, as they were certified by the Analytical Chemical Testing Laboratory, Inc. of Mobile, Alabama, and are consistent with studies and predictions based on the most advanced discoveries in mathematics, physics, and biophysics.
528Hz frequency, the “Miracle” note of original Solfeggio musical scale, is only one of nine “core creative frequencies” in a “Perfect Circle of Sound” that animates physical reality, like atomic energy technology, using spinning electrons vibrating with electro-resonance.
This is an image of one of the most perfect, detailed, pure water crystals ever photographed. It formed to reflect the sound of the sun.
In 2009, researcher David Sereda sent Dr. Horowitz NASA recordings of the sun along with this crystallograph produced by researchers in Russia. Later, Dr. Horowitz compared the sound of the sun, and jupiter to the pure tones of “The Perfect Circle of Sound” frequencies, including 528Hz. The Harvard trained public health expert noted 528Hz was most obviously harmonic to both recordings.
Dr. Horowitz believes 528Hz is also fundamental to “LOVE”—the “Universal Healer;” and he recommends combining the frequency of “LOVE/528,” with the “Universal Solvent” - Water - to advance “the future of medicine” - LOVE Hydrosonics.
To this end, the award winning author and film-maker publishes two online journals Hydrosonics, that discusses the powerful impacts of sounds on water, and Medical Veritas, heralding advances in natural ways to end pollution and advance healing.
John Hutchison, is a well known scientist best known for examining The Bermuda Triangle, and explaining strange occurrences in this infamous area of the Atlantic ocean, called the “Hutchison-Effect,” all associated with electromagnetic disturbances of unknown origin. The Canadian Government has persecuted Hutchinson heavily over the years, the last time for supposedly causing his neighbor to levitate without consent.
Hutchinson’s partner, Nancy Lazaryan, a journalist from Minnesota, said their research was “intuited” to include the 528Hz sound that they observed causing oxygen to bubble up heavily from the bottom of the oil soaked Gulf and Perdido Bay, between Florida and Alabama.
The couple started their research requesting samples of polluted Gulf water be sent to Hutchison's lab in Vancouver. There, Hutchison and Lazaryan experimented using ancient Solfeggio sounds and Gregorian chant frequences that have been traditionally used for healing. The frequencies were applied to several polluted water samples using audio and radio waves, with wonderful results.
So Hutchison and Lazaryan packed up their lab equipment, borrowed a trailer, and farm truck, and traveled from Canada to the Gulf. Their chemical analysis from their first "open air frequencies" experiments in Perdido Bay proved to them that, “the Gulf water can be healed.”
To date, the federal government has relied on the deadly oil dispersant, Corexit, a Goldman Sach/Boots & Coots chemical causing a lot of people, and wildlife, to get sick and die.
Alternatively, Hutchinson and Lazaryan recommend a harmonic "stream of sound" to completely purify the polluted water. The couple claims the inspiration for these harmonics came from the Essenes, a sect of Israel where Jesus was a member. The Essenes "inner circle" taught the "stream of sound" as part of the Creator’s power to create.
The 528 hz tone is known by the ancients to be a "healing frequency," and many people believe it can be used to repair damaged DNA. Most recently, Dr. Horowitz, working with mathematician Marko Rodin, advanced the mathematical relationship to genetic structuring, as DNA segments reflect Rodin’s “infinity pattern,” that others predict will revolutionize everything. (click here for a Youtube presentation on this knowledge.)
In 2009, Dr. Horowitz produced Live H2O: Concert for the Living Water, in which groups from 72 countries participated by singing and chanting in 528Hz, praying for all polluted water to be blessed worldwide.
One of the honorees at LIVE H2O was Dr. Masaru Emoto who conducted years of research sending purifying intentions and “LOVE/528Hz frequency vibrations into water with astonishing results published in dozens of languages and two New York Times bestselling books.
Dr. Emoto actually filmed the molecular structure of the water changing from disorganized arrays of crystals in polluted water, into beautiful snowflake formations included visible “messages” as through the water was actually “conscious.”
Dr. Horowitz, among Dr. Emoto’s leading scientific supporters, explains this metaphysically by relating the power of LOVE in human hearts to the power of the Creator to respond to prayer and heart-felt loving intentions to heal the world and be helpful to one another.
Hutchison and Lazaryan, likewise, are hoping to bless the planet with their new discoveries in the Gulf of Mexico.
"We declare PEACE," says Lazaryan, "the war upon the Gulf is over."
Peace Foundation Project To Get Peer Mediation In Every School In NZ July 26 2016 | From: NewZealandPeaceFoundation The Peace Foundation is the operating name of the Foundation for Peace Studies Aotearoa / New Zealand Inc. - Te Tuapapa Rongomau o Aotearoa.The Peace Foundation is a not for profit organisation working to build peaceful relationships among people of all ages and cultures, from personal to global through education, research and action.
The director of Platoon, Wallstreet and JFK was at Comic-Con 2016 in San Diego to discuss his new movie Snowden. Considering the topic of the movie, the panel were discussing the NSA, online privacy and government surveillance.
And could you let your network know about this too? Every small bit helps, and adding your name to that of Louisa Wall MP, Mayor Celia Wade Brown and Jeanette Fitzsimons helps to encourage others to follow your lead.
The work we do is the kind of educational training that a progressive Government should finance given it contributes to peaceful communities, whanau and schools, something that reaches into the very soul of Aotearoa New Zealand, does it not?
What else can we do to realise our target and help reduce crime, violence and aggression around our country?
With 24 days to go we have raised just over $24,000 with pledges made just recently. We won't get a cent of it if we don't raise $150,000 by14 August.
Our desirable goal is to raise $300,000 so that we can get peer mediation into a further 160 schools around the country and develop a project to get it to every single school, realising the peaceful Aotearoa NZ that drives you and me and so many others.
Latest update - With 23 days to go, 50 generous donors have pledged $24,399.50 And we have just received some FANTASTIC news!!! If we can raise further pledges of $125,603.50, a private donor has offered to TOP THIS UP WITH A PLEDGE OF $150,030 to reach our big goal of $300,033!
Which means we can roll out our peer mediation trainings to a further 160 schools AND develop a project with partners to reach every single school in New Zealand.
Please continue to share this initiative to your network, and ask your friends, your neighbours, the fellow passenger in the bus, or next to you in an Auckland traffic jam (or wherever you are in New Zealand or the world) to make a pledge for peace!
WikiLeaks Founder Julian Assange Says His Next Leak Will virtually Guarantee An Indictment Of Hillary Clinton July 25 2016 | From: ScienceIsConsent
In a recent interview with ITV, Assange said the whistleblowing website will soon be leaking documents that will provide “enough evidence” for the Department of Justice to indict the presumptive Democratic nominee.
WikiLeaks has already published 30,322 emails from Clinton’s private email server, spanning from June 30, 2010 to August 12, 2014. While Assange didn’t specify what exactly was in the emails, he did tell ITV that WikiLeaks had “accumulated a lot of material about Hillary Clinton, which could proceed to an indictment.”
The founder Sharon Tennison has focused on making people-people connections including the business community, Rotary clubs, etc..This delegation was organized because of concern about escalating international tensions and the danger of a drift toward world threatening military conflict.
Assange hinted that the emails slated for publication contain additional information about the Clinton Foundation. He also reminded ITV’s Robert Peston that previously released emails contained one damning piece of communication from Clinton, instructing a staffer to remove the classification settings from an official State Department communication and send it through a “nonsecure” channel.
Assange then pointed out that the Obama administration has previously prosecuted numerous whistleblowers for violating the government’s procedures for handling classified documents.
In regard to the ongoing FBI investigation, however, Assange expressed a lack of confidence in the Obama administration’s Justice Department to indict the former Secretary of State.
“[Attorney General Loretta Lynch] is not going to indict Hillary Clinton. It’s not possible that could happen. But the FBI could push for new concessions from the Clinton government in exchange for its lack of indictment.”
WikiLeaks has long been a thorn in the side of the former Secretary of State, who called on President Obama to prosecute the whistleblowing site after its 2010 leak of State Department cables. Julian Assange remains confined to the Ecuadorian Embassy in downtown London, as Ecuador has promised to not hand over the WikiLeaks founder to US authorities.
Houston Anthropologist Reveals Irrefutable Proof That Recorded History Is Wrong July 21 2016 | From: WakingTimes
Evidence Found Across the Globe of Highly Evolved Human Species from before the Ice Age, Demand Scientific Recognition of our Past that Depicts Societies of Advanced Technology and Culture.
Houston anthropologist, Dr. Semir Osmanagich, founder of the Bosnian Archaeology Park, the most active archaeology site in the world, declares that irrefutable scientific evidence exists of ancient civilizations with advanced technology that leaves us no choice but to change our recorded history.
An examination of the age of structures across the earth reveals conclusively that they were built by advanced civilizations from over 29,000 years ago.
“Acknowledging that we are witness to fundamental proof of advanced civilizations dating back over 29,000 years and an examination of their societal structures forces the World to reconsider its understanding of the development of civilization and history,” explains Dr. Semir Osmanagich.
“Conclusive data at the Bosnian Pyramid site revealed in 2008 and confirmed this year by several independent labs who conducted radio carbon testing dates the site at 29,400 +/-400 years minimum.”
The radiocarbon dating tests of 29,200 years +/- 400 years was done by Radiocarbon Lab from Kiew, Ukraine, on organic material found at the Bosnian Pyramid site. Physicist Dr. Anna Pazdur of Poland’s Silesian University first announced the news at a Press Conference in Sarajevo in August of 2008.
Professor of Classical Archaeology from the University of Alexandria Dr. Mona Haggag called this discovery “writing new pages in European and World history.”
The C14 date of 29,000 years at the Bosnian Archaeological Park was obtained from a piece of organic material retrieved from a clay layer inside the outer casing to the pyramid. It follows a sample date obtained during the 2012 dig season on material located above the concrete at 24,800 years, meaning this structure has a construction profile stretching back almost 30,000 years.
“The ancient people who built these pyramids knew the secrets of frequency and energy. They used these natural resources to develop technologies and undertake construction on scales we have never witnessed on earth,” said Dr. Osmanagich.
Evidence clearly shows that the pyramids were built as ancient energy machines aligned with the earth’s energy grid, providing energy for healing as well as power.
Ancient historians in the US have news just as astonishing as anything found in the far corners of the globe. For instance, the Rockwall discovery outside of Dallas, Texas, is only one example of how we are now re-examining ancient mysteries to reveal more about our past, right in the United States.
H2 (History 2) popular series Unearthing Ancient America recently filmed an episode about the Rockwall that will air later this year. The Texas site is a complex and massive wall ten miles in diameter built over 20,000 years ago and covered by soil seven stories below the ground.
The question is by whom was this structure built and for what purpose and, most importantly, how can knowledge left by these past civilizations help shape our future?
Newly-revealed or rediscovered traces of ancient civilizations have ignited an innate curiosity about human origins as reflected by recent coverage in mainstream media and TV. The November 2013 issue of National Geographic: 100 Greatest Mysteries Revealed-Ancient Civilizations Unearthed says;
“Sometimes cultures leave behind mysteries that baffle those who come after them, from standing stones to coded manuscripts, indications that ancient people indeed had a profound purpose.”
Forward-thinking scientists continue to pursue knowledge from our past that is useful to determine a better future. Renowned author Michal Cremo in his book Forbidden Archeology theorizes that knowledge of advanced Homo-sapiens has been suppressed or ignored by the scientific establishment because it contradicts the current views of human origins that don’t agree with the dominant paradigm.
Cremo’s body of work has been described as “a useful teaching resource, raising a wide range of issues covering aspects of knowledge transfer, sure to be provocative in the classroom.” It has been reviewed with widespread appraisal by hundreds of academic journals.
Gobekli Tepe in Eastern Turkey
Results clearly indicate that similar advanced civilizations of humans were present all across the globe at that time in history. For example, Gobekli Tepe located in Eastern Turkey, is a vast complex of enormous megalithic stone circles with a radius of between 10 and 20 meters, much larger than the well-known Stonehenge in Great Britain.
Excavations at Gobekli Tepe that began there in 1995 revealed radio carbon dating at least 11,600 years. German archaeologist Dr. Klaus Schmidt from the German Archaeological Institute, Berlin, Germany, with the support of ArchaeoNova Institute from Heidelberg, Germany, has led the excavation of these recently-discovered pre-historic megalithic circles at the Turkey location.
“Gobekli Tepe is one of the most fascinating Neolithic locations in the world,” Dr. Klaus Schmidt claims. But as he explains in a recent report, to understand the new finds, archaeologists need to work closely with specialists in comparative religion, architectural and art theory, cognitive and evolutionary psychology, sociologists using social network theory, and others.
“It is the complex story of the earliest, large settled communities, their extensive networking, and their communal understanding of their world, perhaps even the first organized religions and their symbolic representations of the cosmos,” as reported by Klaus Schmidt.
In addition to the megalithic structures, figures and carvings have been discovered, depicting animals of pre historic nature such as dinosaurs and other wild life. Since excavations started in 1995, four of the circles have been partially cleaned, but it is thought that there are a total of up to 50 circles hidden underground.
These vast monoliths, soaring seven meters in height and 25 tons in mass at Gobekli Tepe, are situated right in the heart of what we perceive as the origin of civilization. This find offers new guidance to the true history of earth and our ancient civilizations.
“Our archaeological research goal is not to simply uncover all of the megalithic circles but to try to figure out their purpose,” adds Schmidt.
Bosnian Pyramid Now in Eighth Year: Proof of Advanced Civilizations from over 30,000 years ago
The Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids now in the eighth year of excavation spans six square kilometers in the Visoko River Basin 40km northwest of Sarajevo. Comprised of four ancient pyramids almost three times the size of Giza and an extensive subterranean pyramid tunnel complex, new discoveries each year continue to reveal proof of a much different history of mankind on earth.
The central pyramid of the Sun rises a colossal 420 meters in to the air and has a mass of millions of tons. By comparison the Great pyramid of Cheops (Khufu) in the Giza plateau is 146 meters high, making the Bosnian Pyramids the largest and oldest known pyramids on the planet.
Since research began at the Bosnian site, Dr. Osmanagich has amazed the scientific and archaeological community by gathering a team of interdisciplinary engineers, physicists and researchers from around the world to conduct open and transparent investigation of the site to try and discover the true nature and purpose of this pyramidal complex.
“This is an unknown culture presenting highly-advanced arts and sciences, technology capable of forming truly massive structures and we believe in that process demonstrating an ability to harness pure energy resources,” comments Tim Moon, who has recently joined Osmanagich as lead archeologist at the Bosnian site.
The archaeological project delivered another significant finding this year in the pyramid tunnel complex known as Ravine. Tunneling deep into a ridge line leading toward the Pyramid of the Sun the team has unearthed several megalith stones.
Oh yeah, that one was definitely made with ropes and pulleys too. Sigh.
In August an enormous stone estimated at 25,000 kgs was uncovered approximately 400 meters into the labyrinth. “This is a hugely significant find,”comments Moon. “Here we have a massive stone, possibly a constructed ceramic, buried under hundreds of thousands of tons of material.
We are locating foundation walls around its perimeter and cut stone blocks.” Large quantities of artifacts have been recovered from the associated tunnels leading to the site, including effigies painted on stone, art objects and a series of hieroglyphics or ancient texts carved into the tunnel walls.
Dr. Osmangich stresses that it is time for open sharing of knowledge so we can understand and learn from our past.
“It is time for us to open our minds to the true nature of our origin and destruction of each other as a civilization on this planet. Our mission here is to realign science with spirituality in order to progress as a species, and this demands a clear path of shared knowledge.”
Visitors are welcome to the Bosnian Valley of the Pyramids and its Foundation offers a volunteer program each dig season, running June to September.
To hear Dr. Sam’s interview on Lost Knowledge go here.
For more on the Bosnian Pyramids go to www.icbp.ba.
The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees July 21 2016 | From: UpliftConnect
Seven amazing facts you may not know: Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time. Watching their cycles of growth, shedding of leaves, and re-flowering in the spring, people have long perceived trees as powerful symbols of life, death, and renewal.
We look to them for inspiration when we need grounding energy, as their roots descending deep into the Earth remind us of our own connection to and dependence on our planet for stability and life. Trees live for hundreds or even thousands of years, and so we revere them as keepers of past secrets and sentinels of the future.
Forests cover one-third of the Earth’s landmass. They provide a home to at least 80% of land-based plants, animals, and insects. Trees are one of our main defenses against climate change, as they balance our air by absorbing carbon dioxide from human activities and turning it into oxygen; they also protect watersheds by holding our soil in place.
In honor of the International Day of Forests on March 21, here are seven incredible facts about the hidden life of trees.
tree1Trees have captured the human imagination since the beginning of time.
1. Pando, or the Trembling Giant
Pando is a grove of approximately 47,000 quaking aspen trees in Utah. This remarkable group of trees is considered a single organism, because all the trees share a single root system and each tree is genetically identical. New trees are produced by sprouting from the massive parent root system. It is estimated that Pando has been alive at least 80,000 years, making it one of the oldest living things on the planet.
Consider that when this tree colony first sprouted from the ground, humans would still not arrive on North America for another 50,000 years. In some parts of the planet, Neanderthal people were still 30,000 years from going extinct. The 106-acre grove of trees has seen unimaginable changes, living through the ice age and at times being completely burnt down above ground, but surviving and renewing itself below ground.
Pando treesThe stunning pando trees
2. More than 25% of Western pharmaceuticals originate in rainforest plants.
There are 3,000 plants currently recognized by the U.S. National Cancer Institute as active against cancer cells, and 70% of these come from rainforests. Perhaps this is why the shamans of the Amazon believe that for every human ailment, the rainforest holds a cure.
And yet, only 1% of all rainforest plants have actually been studied (by modern science) for medicinal purposes. Imagine how many valuable healing plants are destroyed or even made extinct as the rainforests are cleared at a rate of 1.5 acres per second. Due to rainforest destruction, the Earth loses approximately 137 species of plants, animals, and insects per day.
3. Not all rainforests are in tropical zones.
The Pacific Temperate Rainforest is the largest remaining coastal temperate rainforest on Earth. It is situated along the Pacific Coast and stretches from Northern California up to the Prince William Sound in Alaska. It is characterized by high amounts of rainfall, more than 10 feet per year in some areas; and in many places the forest grows right up to the shoreline. It includes the Great Bear Rainforest in western Canada, home to the Spirit Bear, a rare subspecies of black bear with a white coat.
A National Geographic article about the Great Bear Rainforest states: “Grizzlies, black bears, wolves, wolverines, humpback whales, and orcas thrive along a coast that has been home to First Nations like the Gitga’at for hundreds of generations. It’s a spooky, wild, mysterious place: There are wolves here that fish. Deer that swim. Western red cedar trees that have stood a thousand years or more. And a black bear that is white.”
Alt text hereSpirit bear in the Great Bear Rainforest
4. In many cultures, it is believed that hugging a tree releases negative energy from the human body.
Many people believe that trees, like humans and all living things, possess an energetic vibration and an aura. Because trees’ vibrations are slower and deeply connected to the Earth through their roots, connecting with trees can help us to feel safe, secure, and stable.
Most would agree that a walk in the forest or even simply gazing at a tree provides a deep feeling of peace and serenity, and can be emotionally and psychologically healing.
5. People in Malaysia maintain a very intimate relationship with trees.
Among the Sng’oi indigenous people, a person and a tree can belong together, and this relationship is maintained for life. When a person belongs with a tree, they also belong with its offspring: any trees that grow from the seeds of the first tree, no matter how far they become scattered.
Also in Malaysia, trees are planted around houses so closely that the walls of the homes may give way to the growing roots. In the graveyards, the trees are allowed to take root into graves, and it is said that the trees whisper prayers to the creator asking for the forgiveness of sins of those buried in that place.These practices speak to an ancient knowing that people and trees are intimately interconnected throughout life and forever in history.
Hugging a tree can release negative energy from the bodyHugging a tree can release negative energy from the body
6. Trees are literally saving our lives every day.
A July 2014 study showed that trees prevent $6.8 billion per year in averted health costs annually, just in the United States. It is estimated that by removing massive amounts of air pollution through their leaves, trees “prevented 850 human deaths and 670,000 cases of acute respiratory symptoms in 2010 alone.”
Studies show that trees in urban areas are removing 4 to 8 times the pollution from the air as their equivalents in rural areas. This highlights the importance of planting trees everywhere we possibly can, and especially in highly-populated areas where pollution is highest.
Trees are saving our livesTrees are an important part of our lives
7. Trees in a forest communicate with one another through underground networks.
Trees are connected below the ground by mycorrhizal fungi, which live symbiotically with the roots of the trees. Both the trees and the fungi need each other to survive. But that’s not all. Because the fungi essentially connect the roots of one tree to another, the trees can use the fungi to pass nutrients to one another.
So, for example, in winter when aspens are weaker, nearby conifers were found to pass additional nutrients to the aspens to keep them healthy. Similarly, older, more-established trees pass nutrients through the fungi to young seedlings which need to grow larger toward the sun’s light in order to survive. The largest, oldest trees in the forest serve as the hub because they possess and produce large amounts of resources, and their massive roots spread out in all directions.
When one tree is attacked by insects, it distributes pheromonal chemicals through the fungi beneath the soil to warn nearby trees of a possible attack so the other trees can prepare by changing the chemical makeup of their leaves. The fungal networks also strengthen the immune systems of the trees.
So not only do different species of trees help each other out in the forest, but fungi and even other types of plants join the underground network and communicate together to support the health of the entire ecosystem. There is documented proof that when a tree is dying, it releases its resources into the root networks so that its neighbors can benefit from the nourishment that it will no longer need - it is making the ultimate sacrifice.
Trees communicate with each other below the groundTrees communicate with each other below the ground
Natural, Sacred and Wild
In closing, here is a beautiful poem written by Clare Dakin of TreeSisters, which will help you to deepen your connection with trees and with all of nature:
Let the birds take your clothes
Let the waves undo your holding back
Let the vines unravel your tired mind
And the earth savour your sweat and tears.
Let your stories burn off like rising mist,
As your past and the false floors of curbed self love
Dissolve into butterfly wings and fire flies
As your edges blur and your Planetary Self ignites.
Let the trees bathe your breath
Let the meadows embrace you
Let the mountains and the bees remind you
Let the sky flood in and allow the clouds to guide you.
Let your undoing be as total
As your becoming is beautiful –
And when the living world has climbed inside
Enough for you to feel four legs, scales and wings.
May you finally know yourself alive as all things –
Indivisible and responsible
Reborn into wholeness
Natural, Sacred and Wild
~ Clare Dakin
MMS Does Not CureStupidity July 20 2016 | From: JimHumble / MMSnews
You might say to yourself, “well, that is a different topic”. Yes, it is and let me explain to you why I feel I needed to write about this topic.
First of all, we at the Genesis II Church have the ability to “cure”, “heal” and “treat” 95+% of the world's diseases effectively and permanently! This is contrary to the “mainstream medical” procedures which only “treat” symptoms and are not in the business to cure anything!
Did you see what I just wrote? Did it sink in? If what I am saying is true then the people that trust the medical system to “cure” them of any disease are wasting their time! The whole system is set up to keep you as a client, i.e. “sick your entire life and dependent on their system”. To me, for a person to trust a system like that is pure STUPIDITY. MMS cannot cure stupidity!
The definition of “stupid” is lacking thought or intelligence. Example: I just made another stupid mistake.
Another definition of “stupid” is silly or unwise; showing poor judgment or little intelligence: Example: She was really stupid to quit her job like that. (Source)
I am not calling anyone stupid but, the action of trusting a system that cannot, will not and does not want to cure anything, is plain stupid!
Now, you might say, well, that is a little harsh and people just don't know, so they are not stupid but “ignorant” of the truth. Well, that might be correct in principle but in reality, if a person is trusting his or her life to a system that is profiting by people being sick then that is not ignorance but stupidity to me.
Every day people see the population worldwide becoming sicker and sicker. How many of us have seen friends and relatives die slow painful deaths due to mainstream medical procedures? It is not ignorance when we all see it every day.
The problem is people are lazy and do not want to take control of their own health so, they transfer the control of their most precious gift and commodity they have -LIFE- to a “medical doctor”.
The words “medical doctor” are not synonymous with truth and science.
In our world people today “revere”, “respect” and even “worship” anyone that is called a “medical doctor”. Although, I believe people that have worked hard to achieve a certain degree deserve the recognition for their hard work, I don't believe that they should be “blindly” followed or believed as having all truth when it comes to health.
I am NOT saying that a man or woman that is studying “medicine” are not smart individuals. No, just the contrary. They are some of the smartest people I have known on an intellectual level. The “truth” is they “sincerely” believe what they have been taught is the truth, but they are “sincerely wrong”!
The sad story is a medical doctor has been trained in a profession that DOES NOT have, as its goal, to cure ANY disease but to control symptoms of disease. This is taught in every government approved medical school in the world. “Government approved” medical schools are nothing more than medical schools that are controlled by the same people that own the pharmaceutical companies!
Paid for fraudulent research science papers: WakingScience Look at the billions pharmaceutical companies are paying for negligence and fraud by drugs “approved” by FDA! • GSK sued for 3 billion!
You see all the above facts and you still trust the pharmaceutical / medical industry? How about the fact that the Rockefeller family has ownership of every drug company in the world
There is a controversial movie called, “Vaxxed” that exposes how the MMR vaccine is linked to autism. The information is good about the CDC hiding data but the message from the producer is just plain “stupid”!
He states that parents should wait until the 3rd year before their child receives the MMR vaccine. A child should never receive this vaccine no matter what the age! This idea of getting the vaccine in the 3rd year is STUPID! MMS cannot cure this kind of stupidity!
Again, I am not calling anyone stupid, only the actions of people I am calling stupid. Can you see why I would say this? Ask yourself if you are acting stupid in regard to your health? Every person on earth needs to “take control” of his or her health! Each person needs to do their “due diligence”, meaning research it out and see what is best for his or her personal health.
I guarantee that poisoning the body with medicines, toxic chemicals and unhealthy foods is not the way. This is the “allopathic” method taught and used in 95% of the world's medical systems! You have to look elsewhere to find how to restore and maintain health. Here is a guy, Donald, that just left our Colombia Health Restoration Center. He had done his due diligence and after 10 years finally found what helped him when all other methods he tried failed!
Another way to do your own “due diligence” and “take control” of your own health is to take the Genesis II Church On line Video Course.
Here you can not only learn how to start using MMS and the G2 sacraments that “cure” 95% of the world's diseases but learn “how to make MMS” in your own home! We now have over 1750 “health ministers” worldwide in over 120 countries! Join us and help us change the world!
Send your family and friends this link to help them understand what the Genesis II Church of Health and Healing is doing worldwide with MMS and its Sacramental protocols: www.QuantumLeap.is
It has helped a lot of people decide to do their own “due diligence” in regard to restoring or maintaining their health!
We are changing the world by the 10's of 1,000's
Archbishop Mark S. Grenon
Have you or anyone you know had good results with MMS? Please share a testimony at our MMS Testimonials site: Write a testimony.
A total of 223 children have been recovered (ATEC score of 10 or below,) using the CD Autism parasite protocol published in Kerri Rivera´s new book Healing the Symptoms Known as Autism available here. CD stands for Chlorine Dioxide, which is an inexpensive, broad spectrum, gentle, anti-pathogenic.
Undeniable proof that the Red Cross cured 154 Malaria cases with MMS, in their water purification study in Uganda, 2012: This video was leaked and released 1st of July 2013 and makes it impossible for the Red Cross to keep claiming that the study never took place, as was their response to the 2nd of may video.
The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose July 19 2016 | From: ActivistPost
Under the surface of almost every sociopolitical and economic event in the world there burns an ever-raging, but often unseen, war. This war, for now, is fought with fiction and with truth, with journalistic combat and with quiet individual deeds. It is defined by two sides which could not be more philosophically or spiritually separate.
On one side is a pervasive network of corporate moguls and elites, banking entities, international financial consortiums, think tanks and political puppets.
They work tirelessly to reshape public psychology and society as a whole into something they sometimes call the “New World Order;” a completely and scientifically centralized planet in which they control every aspect of government, trade, life and even moral compass. I often refer to them simply as the “Globalists,” which is how they at times refer to themselves.
On the other side is a movement that has developed organically and instinctively, growing without direct top-down “leadership,” but still guided through example by various teachers and activists, driven by a concrete set of principles based in natural law. It is composed of the religious, the agnostic and even some atheists.
It is soldiered by people of all ethnic and financial backgrounds. These groups are tied together by a singular and resounding belief in the one vital thing they can all agree upon - the inherent and inborn rights of freedom. I call them the “Liberty Movement.”
There are those who think they do not have a dog in this fight, those who ignore it and those who are completely oblivious to it. However, EVERYONE can and will be affected by it, no exceptions. This war is for the future of the human race.
Its consequences will determine if the next generation will choose the conditions of their environment and maintain the ability to reach their true potential as individuals or if every aspect of their lives will be micromanaged for them by a faceless, soulless bureaucracy that does not have their best interests at heart.
As you can probably tell, I am not unbiased in my examination of these two sides. While some of the more “academically minded” cynics out there do attempt to marginalize the entire conflict by accusing both sides of simply trying to impose “their ideology” on the rest of humanity, I would say that such people are generally ignorant of what is at stake.
There is in fact an elemental force behind this war. I would even call it a conflagration between good and evil. For a more in-depth analysis on the evil behind globalism, read my article “Are Globalists Evil Or Just Misunderstood?”
Some people don’t adhere to such absolutes or they think good and evil are fantasies created by religion to keep society in check. I have no intention of trying to convince them otherwise. All I can say is, I have seen and experienced these absolutes first hand and, therefore, I have no choice but to remain a believer.
I would also point out that the general experience of most men and women is that the act of organized and legitimate oppression is inherently evil and such actions in the name of satisfying delusional elitist narcissism are even more evil.
While these experiences are subjective, they are also universal, regardless of the culture, place or time in history. Most of us feel the same horror and the same defiance when presented with rising tyranny. We can’t necessarily explain why, but we all know.
While I am firmly on the side of liberty and am willing to fight and trade my life to stop the “New World Order” the globalists are so obsessed with, I will not turn this examination of their tactics into a blind or one-sided farce. I will point out where the elites are effective just as I will point out where they are ineffective.
It would do more harm than good to portray the globalists as “stupid” or bumbling in their efforts. They are not stupid. They are actually astonishingly clever and should not be underestimated.
They are indeed conniving and industrious, but they are not wise. For if they were wise, they would be able to see the ultimate futility of their goal and the world would be saved decades of tragedy and loss. Their cultism has dulled their senses to reality and they have abandoned truth in the name of control.
Here are some of the primary strategies that the globalists are using to gain power and work towards total centralization and why their own mindset has doomed them to failure.
Globalism vs. “Populism”
The globalists have used the method of false dichotomies for centuries to divide nations and peoples against each other in order to derive opportunity from chaos. That said, the above dichotomy is about as close to real as they have ever promoted.
As I explained in my article "Globalists Are Now Openly Demanding New World Order Centralization." the recent passage of the Brexit referendum in the U.K. has triggered a surge of new propaganda from establishment media outlets. The thrust of this propaganda is the notion that “populists” are behind the fight against globalization and these populists are going to foster the ruin of nations and the global economy.
That is to say - globalism good, populism bad. There is a real fight between globalists and those who desire a free, decentralized and voluntary society. They have just changed some of the labels and the language. We have yet to see how effective this strategy will be for the elites, but it is very useful for them in certain respects.
The wielding of the term “populist” is about as sterilized and distant from “freedom and liberty” as you can get. It denotes not just “nationalism,” but selfish nationalism. And the association people are supposed to make in their minds is that selfish nationalism leads to destructive fascism (i.e. Nazis). Therefore, when you hear the term “populist,” the globalists hope you will think “Nazi.”
Also, keep in mind that the narrative of the rise of populism coincides with grave warnings from the elites that such movements will cause global economic collapse if they continue to grow. Of course, the elites have been fomenting an economic collapse for years.
We have been experiencing many of the effects of it for some time. In a brilliant maneuver, the elites have attempted to re-label the liberty movement as “populist” (Nazis), and use liberty activists as a scapegoat for the fiscal time bomb THEY created.
Will the masses buy it? I don’t know. I think that depends on how effectively we expose the strategy before the breakdown becomes too entrenched. The economic collapse itself has been handled masterfully by the elites, though. There is simply no solution that can prevent it from continuing.
Even if every criminal globalist was hanging from a lamp post tomorrow and honest leadership was restored to government, the math cannot be changed and decades of struggle will be required before national economies can be made prosperous again.
Communism vs. Fascism
This is a classic ploy by the globalists to divide a culture against itself and initiate a calamity that can be used as leverage for greater centralization down the road. If you have any doubts about fascism and communism being engineered, I highly suggest you look into the very well-documented analysis of Antony Sutton. I do not have the space here to do his investigations justice.
Today, we see elites like George Soros funding and aiding the latest incarnation of the communist hordes - namely social justice groups like Black Lives Matter.
The collectivist psychosis and Orwellian behavior exhibited by race junkies like BLM and third-wave feminists is thoroughly pissing off conservatives who are tired of being told what to think and how to act every second of every day. And this is the point…
If you want to get a picture of America in 2016, look back at Europe during the 1930s. Communist provocateurs, some real and some fabricated by the establishment itself, ran rampant in Europe creating labor disintegration and fiscal turmoil. The elites then funded and elevated fascism as the “solution” to communism.
Normally even-handed conservatives were so enraged by the communist spitting and ankle biting that they became something just as evil in response.
The U.S. may be on the same path if we are not careful. The latest shootings in Texas will make hay for the globalists. Think about this for a moment - on one side you have Obama telling the liberals that the answer to police brutality is to federalize law enforcement even more that it already is.
On the other side, you have some Republicans arguing that a more militarized police presence will help prevent groups like BLM from causing more trouble. Notice that the only solution we are being offered here is more federal presence on our streets?
I do see, though, a rather large weakness in the plan to ignite a communist vs. fascist meltdown in the U.S., and that weakness is the existence of the Liberty Movement itself. The movement has grown rather sophisticated in its media presence and prevalent in influence. It does have enough sway now to defuse some aspects of a rise to fascism in the political Right.
The only option the elites have is to find a way to co-opt us. If they can manipulate the Liberty Movement into supporting a fascist system, then they would be very close to winning the entire fight. This would be highly unlikely given the stubbornness of liberty proponents when adhering to their principles.
The 'elites' might be able to get a large part of the public to take sides in their false paradigm, but if they can’t con the millions that make up the Liberty Movement into the fold, then their job becomes much harder.
Moral Compass vs. Moral Relativism
Moral relativism is perhaps the pinnacle goal of the globalists. Why? Because if you can convince an entire society that their inherent conscience should be ignored and that their inborn feelings of morality are “open to interpretation,” then eventually ANY evil action can be rationalized. When evil becomes “good,” and good becomes evil, evil men will reign supreme.
The problem is, conscience is an inborn psychological product, a result of inherent archetypal dualities universal to almost all people. It is ingrained in our DNA, or our very souls if you believe in such a thing. It cannot be erased easily.
Moral relativism requires a person to treat every scenario as a “gray area.” This is not practical. Conscience dictates that we treat every situation as potentially unique and act according to what we feel in our hearts is right given the circumstances. This does not mean, though, that there is no black and white; or that there are no concrete rules.
There is almost always a black and white side to any situation dealing with right and wrong. Moral “dilemmas” are exceedingly rare. In fact, I don’t think I have ever encountered a real moral dilemma in history or in personal experience. The only time I ever see moral dilemmas is in movies and television.
Only in television fantasy is moral relativism ever the “only way” to solve a problem. And despite the preponderance of moral relativism in our popular culture, the ideology is still having trouble taking hold. If it was so easy to undermine conscience, then the NWO would have already achieved complete pacification. We are still far from pacification. Whoever hardwired our conscience should be applauded.
Collectivism vs. Individualism
The very core of globalism and the NWO is the position that sovereignty and individualism must be sacrificed for the “good of the group;” in other words, they promote collectivism. Of course, groups by their very nature are abstractions; they only exist as long as the individuals within them recognize them as viable.
Unfortunately, collectivists do not accept this fact because it would mean that the group, no matter how utopian, is not the pinnacle of human existence – rather, the individual is and always will be the pinnacle of human existence.
The elites MUST convince people that individualism is dangerous and that collectivism is the only way to prevent the tragedies wrought by those who wish to be separate.
Of course, most of the tragedies we experience on a national or global scale are actually engineered by the elites, not by wild individuals or sovereign nations looking for trouble. They then blame the very concept of sovereignty as a barbaric ritual from the past that must be abolished for the sake of all.
In order for the globalists to reinforce the need for collectivism, though, they must engage people on an individual psychological level.
Most human beings have an inherent desire to interact with their fellow man, but they also have an inherent identity and drive to pursue their own development without interference. We like to be a part of a group as long as our participation is healthy and voluntary and our associations are a matter of choice.
Human beings are instinctively tribal, but we have psychological and biological limits to the size of the tribe we prefer to be a part of. Robin Dunbar, a professor of evolutionary psychology prevalent in the 1990s, found that there is a cognitive limit to the number of individuals any one person can maintain stable relationships with.
Dunbar found this number to be between 100 – 200 people. A limitation also extends to the size of effective groups versus ineffective groups. He found that effective tribes and communities tend to remain between 500 - 2500 people.
The human mind does not adapt well to vast tribal groups, and recoils from the idea of a “global tribe.” The truth is, human beings function far better in smaller groups and they do not like to be forced into participating in any group, let alone larger groups.
This may account for the feeling of isolation that is common among people who live in metropolitan areas. They are surrounded by millions of neighbors and perhaps hundreds of associates yet they still feel alone because they do not have a functioning tribe of acceptable size.
Vast numbers of people can be tied together by an ideal that resonates with them, which is the only purpose for nations to form (to protect that ideal), but that is as far as the voluntary association goes.
Globalist collectivism is simply unnatural. People know it unconsciously, they know it is an act of force and oppression, and will invariably move to sabotage its false tribalism as they begin to see its true colors.
Total Control vs. Reality
This is where the globalist philosophy really begins to break down. The elitist pursuit of total information awareness and total social control is truly perverse and insane, and insanity breeds delusion and weakness. The fact is, they will NEVER complete the goal of complete micro-control. It is mathematically and psychologically impossible.
First, in any system, and in complex systems most of all, there are always elements that cannot be quantified or predicted.
To understand this issue, I recommend studying the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. To summarize, the uncertainty principle dictates that anyone observing a system in action, even from a distance, can still affect the behavior of that system indirectly or unconsciously in ways they could never predict.
They are also limited by their ability to objectively perceive all available elements of what they observe. Unknown quantities result, predictability goes out the window and total control of that system becomes unattainable.
This principle also applies to human psychology, as numerous psychoanalysts have discovered when treating patients. The doctor, or the observer, is never able to observe their patient without indirectly affecting the behavior of their patient in unpredictable ways. Therefore, a completely objective analysis of that patient can never be obtained.
What the elites seek is a system by which they can observe and influence all of us in minute detail without triggering a reaction that they wouldn’t expect. The laws of physics and psychology derail this level of control. There will always be unknown quantities, free radicals, wild cards, etc. Even a seemingly perfect utopia can be brought down by a single unknown.
To break this down even further to the level of pure mathematics, I recommend study into Kurt Godel and his Incompleteness Proof. This, I believe is the ultimate example of the elites struggling against the fact of unknown quantities and failing.
Godel’s work revolved around either proving or disproving the idea that mathematicians could define “infinity” in mathematical terms. For, if infinity can be defined, then it can be understood in base mathematical axioms, and if infinity can be understood, then the universe in its entirety can be understood.
Godel discovered the opposite - his Incompleteness Proof established once and for all that infinity is a self-inclusive paradox that CANNOT be defined through mathematics. Keep in mind that a proof is a set of mathematical laws that can never be broken. Two plus two will always equal four; it will never equal anything else.
Well-known globalist Bertrand Russell worked tirelessly to show that the entirety of the universe could be broken down into numbers, writing a three-volume monstrosity called the Principia Mathematica. Russell’s efforts were fruitless and Godel’s proof later crushed his theory. Russell railed against Godel’s proof, but to no avail.
Now, why was an elitist like Russell who openly championed scientific dictatorship so concerned by Godel? Well, because Godel, in mathematical terms, destroyed the very core of the globalist ideology.
He proved that the globalist aspirations of godhood would never be realized. There are limits to the knowledge of man, and limits to what he can control. This is not something globalists can ever accept, for if they did, every effort they have made for decades if not centuries would be pointless.
As mentioned earlier, the issue is one of unknown quantities. Can human society ever be fully dominated? Or, is the act of rebellion against stagnating and oppressive systems a part of nature? Is it possible that the more the elites wrap the world in a cage, the more they inspire unpredictable reactions that could undermine their authority?
This might explain the establishment’s constant attention to the idea of the “lone wolf” and the damage one person acting outside the dictates of the system can do. This is what the elites fear most: the possibility that despite all their efforts of surveillance and manipulation, individuals and groups may one day be struck by an unpredictable urge to pick up a rifle and put the globalists out of everyone’s misery. No chatter, no electronic trail, no warning.
This is why they are destined to lose. They can never know all the unknowns. They can never control all the free radicals. There will always be rebellion.
There will always be a Liberty Movement. The entirety of their utopian schematic revolves around the need to remove unknowns.
They refuse to acknowledge that control at these levels is so frail it becomes useless and mortally dangerous. In their arrogance, they have ignored the warnings of the very sciences they worship and have set their eventual end in stone. While they may leave a considerable path of destruction in their wake, it is already written; they will not win.
Going Through Some Changes, Are You? July 19 2016 | From: WakeUpWorld
Going through some changes, are you? Whatever you do, don’t fight them. Even the seeming dark experiences. The learning curve has taken a mighty leap forward for all who are willing to listen, and follow on.
Our most precious lessons come from examining the seemingly dark places with open hearts. That’s where the gems are buried.
In order for any of us to move forward in this transitional shift into higher levels of conscious awareness we must have a full knowledge of ourselves as well as our surroundings. Only in self healing, actualization, and deep, sincere grounding can we be fitted for the challenges ahead. And this takes courage. The courage of our convictions and willingness to venture into the unknown. At any cost.
Into the Unknown
Having explored all known avenues only to find we’re not yet fully empowered nor tooled to do the job that appears to be at hand to realistically change the course of this planet’s apparent destiny, we must take this as a confirming signal to move into unknown realms. The ones unknown to each of us individually, as well as collectively.
So much has been pioneered by brave, realized souls who’ve manifested on earth through the ages. Much of the teachings they left behind appears vague, cryptic, and even inconclusive to those first coming upon them.
Such is the nature of our layered realities.
Much like prospectors or alchemists looking for treasure, each of us seeks personal fulfillment and answers to heart-held questions we’re born with. As we progress, often learning by trial and error, we’re led into new realms of thought and most notably personal experience. This shared conscious growth is often painful but always exhilarating as we venture into to what is yet unexplored territory.
Learning to Know… And Trust
Heart knowledge, also known in somewhat vague, minimizing and enigmatic nomenclature as intuition, is our true language and reliable resource. The mind only analyzes and processes in its very limited framework.
Such is the nature of our restricted understanding of the spiritual realm, as this heart knowledge is invariably defined from the mental realm with all of its ingrained handicaps and limitations. That so-called science relies on what they call verifiable, quantifiable evidence to prove something is a testament to the extent of collective man’s chosen ignorance in its lust for control and “self” preservation.
How can society ever evolve past its current self-defeating loop of shallow base-sensory limitation when only allowing evidence that concurs its own system? Again, insanity taking on profound manifestations in plain sight, yet few pay attention to these glaring limitations.
In order to break this self-reinforcing cycle we must reach deeper, outside of this planar view of reality. We must seek, sense, find and explore the realms beyond this limited physical sensory mechanism. Unfortunately anything experienced outside this physical realm is usually cloaked in some sort of religious practice, belief system or seemingly dark esoteric gobblydygook. A whole other subject in itself, but hijack these other realms they do.
We See Better in the Dark Than We Do in the Light
As what’s left of the disintegrating global structure descends into various levels of chaos before our eyes, another world is clearly emerging. As if from a parallel dimension or timeline, another creative and earth-connected form is manifesting at an exponential, albeit somewhat obscure, rate.
Burgeoning out of awakening hearts this new world is both within this old dying structure and without it simultaneously. Like the process of cell division as we watch an amoeba or organic cell divide and separate into individual organisms, humanity is coming apart from within itself.
One heart at a time, which in turn catalyses the collective process, and vice versa.
It’s during these times that we must move into extra-sensory reliance and learn to listen and respond to our newly re-empowered heart knowledge, as well as innate spiritual radar. While our 5 sense mechanisms say one thing, our hearts may be giving us a completely different message.
When the lights of this shallow perception are out, our hearts grow soundly strong in perceptive comparison. That’s why we see more clearly in the dark. There’s nothing to fear in their manipulation of our superfluous reality when we’re connected to source in such a profound and meaningful manner.
Strange, You Say?
Does this all sound vague and spacey? Not if you’re listening closely.
An unusual thing is enveloping our understanding as it morphs our literal paradigm of understanding. It’s not easy to judge since we’re the subjects of this emergence, but there is a place in each of us to take refuge and gain profound insight, as well as centered grounding.
It’s a very strange time energetically, and what things seem to be are rarely, if ever, what they are. Then mix constant shifting on every level and the awakening energetic vibrations as well as apparent desperation at times on the part of the control hierarchy, and it makes for a very fluid dynamic indeed.
We are in the midst of this shifting shift, yet if we each look inside and even around us, we are still centered. The key is to draw close to the centering source.
What Change May Come
All of the recent geopolitical as well as social changes speak to me the same; the futility of fighting “them” on their level and on their own playing ground, yet all still inside the same glass container box. No matter what people try to “change” within the system they’re still in the box.
So if it appears we’ve made some major strides or victories, all the better for them perhaps, providing a much needed release value for pent up frustrations, as well as a phony sense of security and empowerment.
Healthy skepticism is always in order in a whirled of illusions. This applies to any and every “news” item thrown into our faces, mainstream or otherwise.
Our way out and what will bring the dissolution of the control system is our personal spiritual and vibrational transformation, moving into the unknown for the tools and spiritual technologies that disempower and dissolve the ability of the hyperdimensional source of all this to control us any longer. This may be hard for some to swallow, but if we don’t identity the true source of this parasitic invasion we’re shooting blanks at a false target – and all by design.
My advice according to my current understanding is to stay grounded and centered and beware of what you put your energy into. This includes seemingly alternative information which is not just becoming overwhelming in volume and magnitude, but increasingly fear-based, polluted and downright distractive and toxic.
Let’s spend our time finding each other and co-creating the true reality – not reinforcing the false one by being lured into contacts and contests with it.
A Conscious Response
Awareness of what’s truly going on is essential, but then we need to move in response to what we’re shown; not just on this surface playing field and all its games and the constant subterfuge around us, but the avenue of personal development that needs to be pursued to see the deeper truths that lie beyond those first layers.
From deep within we will gain a much more true perspective, sense of empowerment and real freedom, and not only stop contributing to this manipulative energetic system in ways we didn’t realize, but manifest the capabilities to neutralize those influences, which are far deeper and hidden beyond this veil we call reality.
That’s my take, right now anyway. I still think participation in other stages of standing up to all this insanity is good. It’s part of the process. It wakes people up, draws them together with others, and new truths flood in as we take one step of activation at a time. But we need to move on from those primary lessons, which are inevitable!
The big question remains – what are we doing with what we’ve learned? If the playing field is rigged, why are we putting so much energy and attention on it? Where should our energy be concentrated for the best possible outcome?
One thing for sure, when we’re not willing to let go and stand back from our current paradigm and re-evaluate at any given time with no attachment…something’s amiss. This is a profound truth for any of us at any and every level.
There’s a place for everything and that we’re each on our own learning curve is one way to view it. For starters. For sure though, this is the life of higher learning and a wonderful opportunity for all, despite the external stark realities that accost us continually.
Profound truths await us at every turn. Disengaging from clever futile endeavors proposed on every level – mental, physical and spiritual – leads the way as we let go into greater truth and understanding…
Brexit And The Matrix & The Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit July 16 2016 | From: JonRappoport / Sputnik / Various
'Elites': “How horribly stupid Brexit people are”. The European Union and its associated financial institutions were built on the premise that no one would escape. That’s the long and short of it.
But of course, nations could get out if they decided to. Which is what just happened in Britain.
And now that it has, elites and their fear-mongering press outlets are moaning and shouting and whining: “You fools, do you have any idea what you’ve just done? You’ve thrown a wrench into the structure. Are you crazy?”
Translation:
“We’re in charge. We’re the lords in the castles. You’re the peasants in the fields.”
Of course, all along, the cover story has been: the EU is a step toward paradise; it bestows grace and beauty on humanity; it erases ugly borders; it makes people One; it fosters share and care; it smooths out conflicts; it makes us brothers and sisters.
Sure it does. That’s what all huge faceless bureaucracies accomplish. When they’re exposed, all that fake goodness suddenly goes away. They spew hate. And they scream in anguish.
What’s occurring at the moment is very much like an old horror movie, where the humanoid villain is backed up against the wall, and someone tears his face away and exposes… machinery. Nothing but little wheels and cogs and wires and tubes. The truth is out.
What a monstrous joke it is that the young, in Britain, voted to remain in the EU. The EU is a right arm of Globalist forces. The same young people yammer and protest against Globalism, but because they’re absolutely clueless, they want to stay in the EU. The young: turned into hypnotic products of the education system.
There was a day, not so long ago, when the phrase “decentralization of power” meant something. It’s not used anymore. The press has it on their no-fly list.
Governments, major media, large foundations have worked the phrase out of existence. Instead, they’ve helped create every kind of special interest group under the sun - they’ve taken people who might actually want decentralization and shoved them into various groups, according to gender, race, religion, needs, and so on… and promised them “equality” and special help…as long as they go along with big government…thereby strengthening Control Central.
(And they’ve taken people who already want decentralization and propagandized them as outliers, criminals, psychiatric patients, terrorists, and racists.)
That’s the psyop game.
“We’re talking to you helpless masses now. You might want to decentralize government power? No, no, no, no. You’re looking at things the wrong way.
First of all, who are you? What’s your religion, race, gender, disability? We have the right group for you. You can achieve all your aims that way, because we help groups.
You see? We’re on your side. We, the government, are rebels, too. But we need our power to make change happen. Revolutionary change.
Don’t rebel against us. Don’t try to diminish our strength. Join us. Benefits are waiting for you. Lots and lots. Get it?”
For a moment in time, a lot of people in Britain didn’t get it. They went the other way. They peeled off one layer of centralized control over their lives.
This now sets up a classic dialectic situation. Two opposing forces in conflict. And not just in England. The same sort of reaction is peaking in other European countries who want to test the waters of defection from the EU; and of course, in the US, Trump vs. Hillary represents a “perfect polarization.” Whether or not these oppositions were covertly built in the first place behind the scenes, their existence now makes them ripe for overarching manipulation.
What shape would that manipulation take?
Among other maneuvers, such as “new reports” of increasing unemployment, trading-market chaos and downward trends, we would see an escalation of riots, protests, clashes.
And the “solution, for sake of the population,” would be “restoration of order.” Translation: even more centralized power.
However, plans don’t always work. Don’t imagine that control from above is always flawless and god-like. Defection from centralized power can take many forms, exposing many cracks in the foundation. Pillars can fall.
Major media are already on oxygen life-support. The Vatican and other crusty mainstay institutions are also sucking some of that oxygen. Because of the Web, untold numbers of people are waking up, in ways too numerous and varied to catalog. Even a few minor whiffs of freedom have their own power, and individual freedom is contagious beyond any kind of political drug or vaccine developed to stop it.
The game is afoot.
Even the most cynical interpretation of Brexit - that it was set up from behind the curtain as a way to flush out rebellion, which would then be squashed - doesn’t fully explain what just happened in Britain.
People can decide they’ve had enough of tyranny. They can take their suspicion of their leaders to a level where palliatives don’t work anymore. They can see the shape of the future that is being created for them, and they can toughen their refusal.
They can push away from the table loaded with goodies and freebies, feeling sick, feeling patronized, feeling diminished. They can turn off the talking heads that preach Official Messages. They can discover further ways their freedom is being stolen from them, and they can rebel more deeply.
Eventually, they can come to a place where they rediscover their own existence as individuals, inviolate, alive, absent of the need for a bloated super-structure of “support.”
As this rediscovery happens, you won’t see it reflected in charts of trending stories. Newly awakened individuals will be thinking and creating and muscling their way through the decaying anatomy of the Deep State, making futures that cut away the tissues of connections that formerly bound them.
Sun Sets On The British Empire: Northern Irish Want Out After Brexit
Renewed calls for Irish unity are receiving mass public approval as the UK is in danger of losing more than one province in the wake of their decision to abandon Europe.
The residents of Northern Ireland are lining the streets of Belfast to receive Irish passports and Catholic nationalists once relegated to the backbench of public opinion are now proudly calling for a united Ireland in the wake of the ill-fated Brexit vote that may see a complete unravelling of the United Kingdom.
Northern Ireland, like neighboring Scotland, voted to stay in the European Union with 56 percent in favor despite Britain as a whole voting in favor of leaving the political-economic bloc. The chasm in national vision between the various parts of the United Kingdom are beginning to push even Protestant unionists who have long stood against Irish reunification to call for an exit from Britain’s reach.
“I was always a 'small u' unionist. But I could not in all good conscience say I could vote for Northern Ireland to remain a member of the United Kingdom," said Christopher Woodhouse, a 25-year-old from Belfast.
"I am softening to the idea of Irish unity, purely on economic issues. I am a European."
For years, a vast majority of Northern Ireland’s residents – many Catholics and virtually all Protestants – favored remaining part of the United Kingdom citing the economic stability compared to joining hands with their southern kin.
The fallout from Britain’s June 23 vote trounced that tried-and-true status quo calculation sending world markets reeling and erasing trillions of dollars in British wealth overnight while many wonder just what the next shoe to drop will be.
“People are saying for the first time in their life they would vote for united Ireland, having never contemplated it before," said Steven Agnew, the leader of Northern Ireland’s Green Party.
The decision by many of Northern Ireland’s residents to embrace unification is not based on ethnic pride, but rather on the economic calamity that looks to punish the UK’s most impoverished province more than any other.
Northern Ireland’s largest financial institution, Ulster Bank, is already warning that the uncertainty surrounding the terms of Brexit are hindering foreign direct investment into Northern Ireland and look likely to trigger a recession and a surge in unemployment.
A danger also exists, much different than reunification, that in the wake of Brexit that the loss of EU funds for former militants, victims groups, and cross-community youth work tied to the reconciliation between Northern Ireland and the country of Ireland following years of bloody battle may tip the scales to a renewed conflict between north and south.
“We are in danger of a return to conflict – at a low intensity level – if those funds are taken away," said Robert McClenaghan, an Irish Republican Army member turned community worker.
"My stomach is churning at all that is happening."
The trigger for renewed fighting among the Irish may ultimately not be the removal of the so-called "peace dividend" distributed by the EU on the condition that the two sides not resume battle, but instead the re-installation of the border checks and military checkpoints of yesteryear which will almost certainly occur to prevent illegal travel by non-EU citizens in the event that Northern Ireland is carried out of the European Union by Westminster.
“This was hardly what the Irish nationalist Sinn Fein party had in mind calling on its supporters to go to the polls and vote to remain in the European Union while the largely Protestant unionist DUP party campaigned for Britain to leave the EU knowing full well it would run roughshod on the existing peace arrangement."
Sinn Fein’s party chairman blasted the unionists and Westminster saying that the Brexit vote meant Britain had "forfeited any mandate to represent the interests of people here."
A decision to carry out a referendum remains in the future, but if the vote were carried out today many believe that Northern Ireland would vote in favor of reunification by a small margin.
“Unionists would have to rely on Catholics not wanting to be part of a united Ireland. That has been the trend up to last Friday," said Peter Shirlow, head of the Institute of Irish Studies at the University of Liverpool.
"But I think that trend is changing now."
Elation As Ashburton Council Backs Out Of Controversial Water Bottling Deal July 14 2016 | From: Stuff The ditching of a deal to set up a water bottling plant in Canterbury has been hailed "a win for the Ashburton community.
The Ashburton District Council has backed out of negotiations with NZ Pure Blue to sell Lot 9 of its business estate, which came with resource consent to extract billions of litres of water from aquifers beneath the town.
The Bung the Bore group opposing the sale had threatened legal action, and was pursuing a judicial review of the resource consent. It is understood the decision to back out of negotiations was made at a public-excluded council meeting last week. Councillors had been sworn to secrecy until the council released the news on Monday.
Mayor Angus McKay said the potential purchaser failed to tell the council "how they intended to run a water bottling plant from the site".
“In particular, we wanted confirmation that the plant would be using bottles not water bladders ... [this] has given us enough cause for concern to cancel the Sale and Purchase Agreement," he said.
Jen Branje of Bung the Bore said the group was "elated" at the news.
“This decision is a testament to what can be achieved when communities band together to instigate change. We hope that the outcome of our efforts will encourage others to hold their councils to account."
Green Party water spokesperson Catherine Delahunty called the decision "a win for the Ashburton community.
Everything about this backroom deal was flawed – from the lack of consultation to the secrecy around who was to buy the land," she said.
"We're glad that the council has finally seen the light and have backed down from this ridiculous deal. If they have to sell public land, which is always debatable, it could at least be for something that is endorsed by and benefits the whole community, not just those who stand to make a quick buck.
Those who profit from the use of water, like those who bottle and sell it as a premium product, should pay for the privilege."
The consent, granted by Environment Canterbury (ECan) in 2011, allowed extraction of 1.4 billion litres of pure, artesian water a year until 2046. It amounted to 40 billion litres of water in total. All water taken would have been replaced with water from a nearby stockwater race.
Some residents of drought-prone Mid Canterbury - who at times can't hose their gardens due to water restrictions - said the water was desperately needed locally.
NZ Pure Blue had offered to pay for the relocation of Ashburton's rail siding from the township to a site next to its proposed water bottling plant. The sale was extended to September 30 so it could negotiate with KiwiRail.
NZ Pure Blue has two New Zealand directors, John Paynter and Roydon Hartnett, but its ownership is concealed through a trust. Both men refused to speak to Stuff but told a local newspaper the water bottling plant could create around 100 jobs.
The council has also been criticised for a lack of transparency. Some councillors were kept in the dark about details of the sale, which McKay led.
A previous attempt to sell the site to a Chinese buyer fell through.
McKay said the council was still considering the feedback from Ngāi Tahu and Arowhenua Rūnanga, the online petition and the community deputation from two lobby groups presented to council last month.
A report on community feedback to the proposed sale would be presented at the council's July meeting. Branje said the group was thankful for the support from people around New Zealand.
Putin Begs Media To Wake Up + The Demonization Of Vladimir Putin July 13 2016 | From: Infowars / Counterpunch / Sott / Various "How do you not understand the world is being pulled in an irreversible direction?"
The growing tension between East and West is especially worrisome in light of the general public’s departure from political awareness and its inability to survive outside of the government system.
Vladimir Putin is probably the most popular Russian leader there has ever been, polling up around a phenomenal 80% as recently as November 2015 in a study carried out by a team of American researchers.
This makes him inarguably the most popular world leader today, though you would think the opposite given the way he’s routinely depicted and demonized in the West.
Paradoxically, the main reason for Putin’s popularity in Russia is the same reason he’s so reviled in the US and Western Europe.
It comes down to the simple but salient fact that when it comes to leadership and political nous Vladimir Putin is playing chess while his counterparts in London, Washington, and Paris are playing chequers.
This is not to ascribe to the Russian leader the moral virtues of Nelson Mandela or the humanitarian instincts of Mahatma Gandhi. But neither is he the caricature regularly and vehemently described in the UK and US media.
Putin is not a villain straight from a Bond movie, sitting in a spooky castle somewhere in deepest Russia planning and plotting world domination. For that kind of ‘Masters of the Universe’ malarkey you need to take yourself to the White House in Washington, or maybe CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia.
No, the Russian President is a man who knows his enemy better than they know themselves, and who understands and has imbibed the truth of former Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev’s statement that:
“If you live among wolves you have to act like a wolf.”
What those Western ideologues and members of the liberal commentariat who’ve been lining up to attack him in their newspaper columns fail to appreciate, not to mention the army of the authors who’ve been churning out books painting Putin as a latter day Genghis Khan, is the deep scars left on the Russian psyche by the country’s exposure to freedom and democracy Western-style upon the collapse of the Soviet Union in the 1990s.
Canadian journalist and author Naomi Klein lays it out in forensic detail in her peerless work, The Shock Doctrine (Penguin, 2007). The impact of free market shock therapy on Russia under Boris Yeltsin’s presidency, Klein describes thus:
“In the absence of major famine, plague or battle, never have so many lost so much in so short a time.
By 1998 more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day.
By the time the shock therapists had administered their ‘bitter medicine’ in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank.”
Klein also reveals that by 1994 the Russian suicide rate had doubled and violent crime increased fourfold.
Given the devastation wrought on the Russian economy and society by Western free market gurus and their Russian disciples during that awful period, the country’s recovery to the point where it is now able to contest and resist Washington-led unipolarity where before it existed unchecked, has to count as a staggering achievement.
Putin rose to power in Russia on the back of his role in violently suppressing the Chechen uprising, which began amid the chaos of the Soviet Union’s dissolution. It was a brutal and bloody conflict in which atrocities were undoubtedly committed, as they are in every conflict, until the uprising was finally crushed and Moscow’s writ restored.
The former KGB officer was thrust into the spotlight as a key member of Boris Yeltsin’s team thereafter, viewed as a safe pair of hands, which propelled him onto the political stage and his first stint as president in 2000, when he was elected for the first time.
Since then Putin has worked to restore the Russian economy along with its sense of national pride and prestige on the world stage. The loss of that prestige as a result of the demise of the Soviet era had a cataclysmic effect on social cohesion in a country that had long prided itself on its achievements, especially its role in defeating the Nazis in the Second World War.
The new Russian president is credited with returning the country to its former status as a respected power that can’t and won’t be bullied by the West. The attempt to use Georgia as a cat’s paw in 2008 was swiftly dealt with, and so has the attempt to do likewise with Ukraine in 2014.
All this baloney about Putin having expansionist aims is an attempt to throw a smokescreen over the West’s own expansionist agenda in Eastern Europe with the goal of throwing a cordon sanitaire around Russia in pursuit of a cold war agenda.
Russia’s current game changing role in the Middle East, along with China’s ferocious economic growth and growing influence, is proof that the days of unipolarity and uncontested Western hegemony are drawing to a close. This more than any other factor lies at the root of the irrational Russophobia being peddled so passionately in the West.
The most populous country in Europe is not and never will be a Western colony or semi colony. For those Western ideologues that cannot conceive of any relationship with Russia other than as a deadly or defeated foe, accepting this reality is a non-negotiable condition of achieving a semblance of stability and peace in the world.
While Vladimir Putin and his government are not beyond criticism – in fact, far from it – their misdeeds pale in comparison to the record of Western governments in destroying one country after the other in the Middle East, presiding over a global economy that has sown nothing but misery and despair for millions at home and abroad, leading in the last analysis to the normalization of crisis and chaos.
Their deeds, as the man said, would shame all the devils in hell.
German Green Party Politician Speaks Out Against Demonization Of Putin
The former green state minister Ludger Volmer strongly criticizes his party's Russia policy and warns against a one-sided image of Putin. The former Minister of State in the Foreign Office, Ludger Volmer (Green), has sharply attacked his party's Russia policy.
The 64-year-old, who served under the aegis of Joschka Fischer and retired from the Bundestag in 2005, now castigates the Greens in an open letter for demonizing the Russian President Vladimir Putin and "meekly reciting NATO slogans."
This just increases the danger of escalation. This is "disgraceful for a peace party" that it is "stuck in silence."
Although it is correct to consider Putin critically according to Volmer, yet Putin's image in Germany is "one-sided."
And: "The vast majority of Russians want him." In addition, one does not have to "love the Russian national character, but when it comes to any other questionable ideology, you try to deal constructively with them, political Islamism for instance - in some instances too much so."
The former member notes: "Putin may be no role model for a libertarian democracy. But he is not a warmonger."
At the same time some aspects of the Orange Revolution in Ukraine get downplayed, such as the participation of fascists in it, while the annexation of the Crimea is not so clear a violation of international law, as the Greens insist.
Comment:On several occasions, Putin has managed to successfully outmanoeuvre the psychopathic western powers both in the Ukraine and in Syria, and by doing so has preserved countless numbers of lives. His actions here have been a display of courage, discipline and determination.
A feat like this must have also required a great deal of strength and strategic insight. Unsurprisingly, his abilities and success as a leader are reflected in his approval ratings and popularity (which significantly outweigh those of any 'leader' in the West), throughout both Russia and the rest of the world.
Aside from political skill, Putin's numerous acts of generosity toward his people demonstrate humility and kindness, both of which are qualities that are now exceedingly rare among politicians in this day and age.
In the face of constant lies spread by the West and blatant acts of aggression, Putin appears to exercise a significant degree of self-control by maintaining respectful communication, utilising an approach which is calm and collected.
Above all, there is "no serious reason to assume that Russia wants incorporate Poland or the Baltic states. An incorrect threat assessment is as dangerous as a real threat,"
Volmer therefore asks: "Why are you, except for some individual voices, being silent about the NATO / EU escalation on the eastern borders?"
The letter follows on the heels of statements by Foreign Minister Frank-Walter Steinmeier (SPD), who had accused the West of "sabre rattling" and had gotten criticized for it. And representatives of the Left party had attacked the Greens with arguments comparable to Volmer's.
On Wednesday of last week word came from the Greens that it was working up a response to the letter, which was received on the Monday. The foreign policy Group spokesman Omid Nouripour told the Frankfurter Rundschau: "It's never good style to publicly criticize the work of your own successor, without first dealing with them or seeking contact with them. We are fine with the line on de-escalation, but we are not with Ludger Volmer on relativizing the breach of international law by the Kremlin."
Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters & Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU July 6 2016 | From: WakingTimes / RT “If you want to continue to be slaves of the banks and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.” - Josiah Stamp
Iceland has gained the admiration of populists in recent years by doing that which no other nation in the world seems to be willing or capable of doing: prosecuting criminal bankers for engineering financial collapse for profit. Their effective revolt against the banking class, who drove the tiny nation into economic crisis in 2008, is the brightest example yet that the world does not have to be indebted in perpetuity to an austere and criminal wealthy elite. In 2015, 26 Icelandic bankers were sentenced to prison and the government ordered a bank sale to benefit the citizenry.
Inspired by Iceland’s progress, activists in Switzerland are now making an important stand against the banking cartels and have successfully petitioned to bring an initiative to public referendum that would attack the private banks where it matters most: their power to lend money they don’t actually have, and to create money out of thin air.
"Switzerland will hold a referendum to decide whether to ban commercial banks from creating money.
The Swiss federal government confirmed that it would hold a plebiscite, after more than 110,000 people signed a petition calling for the central bank to be given sole power to create money in the financial system.
The campaign – led by the Swiss Sovereign Money movement and known as the Vollgeld initiative – is designed to limit financial speculation by requiring private banks to hold 100pc reserves against their deposits.”
Switzerland is in a key position to play a revolutionary role in changing how global banking functions. In addition to being the world’s safest harbor for storing wealth, it is also home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), a shadowy private company owned by many of the world’s central banks, and acting as a lender to the central banks.
The BIS is the very heart of global reserve banking, the policy that enables banks to lend money that does not actually exist in their bank deposits, but is instead literally created electronically from nothing whenever a bank extends a line of credit.
Reserve banking is the policy that guarantees insurmountable debt as the outcome of all financial transactions.
The Sovereign Money initiative in Switzerland aims to curb financial speculation, which is the intended and inevitable result of reserve banking, the tool that makes financial adventurism possible by supplying the banks with endless quantities of fiat money.
Limiting a bank’s ability to produce money from nothing would be a direct blow to the roots of the banking cartel, and would cripple their ability to manipulate the world economy. Here’s how it works, in rather simplified terms:
"…if we had access to the same computer terminals the banks have, we could magic in or out of existence all the imaginary stuff we are trained to think of as important – money – in whatever quantities we liked.
This is how it works: when they print quite a lot of this stuff there is a boom. When they print too much of it, there is inflation (actually, the printing of money is inflation). When they stop printing it or simply hold on to it, there is a depression.”
In Switzerland, 90% of all money in circulation is electronic, and for this, The National Bank of Switzerland has become the direct target of the Sovereign Money Campaign.
Swiss law has in the past required required banks to back all currency creation with collateral assets like physical silver or gold, however in recent decades the climate has changed, and, “due to the emergence of electronic payment transactions, banks have regained the opportunity to create their own money.”
The grass roots campaign said in a public statement regarding the intentions of the referendum, “banks won’t be able to create money for themselves any more, they’ll only be able to lend money that they have from savers or other banks.”
This is an interesting twist in the human saga of man vs. banks, and while it remains to be seen if the referendum passes or not, it must be pointed out that it does have its own problems, articulated by Sam Gerrans:
"… it does say that the central bank should be given sole right to create money. This would essentially leave the creation of money in the same hands as those who control the Federal Reserve or the Bank of England rather than allow them to farm out the process. But at least it shows that people are beginning to wake up to where the true power lies.
In the unlikely event that this grass-roots movement in Switzerland should get its way and its proposed legislation be enacted, and then begin to morph into something which really does threaten the banking elite, we must not be surprised if Switzerland is shortly discovered to be harboring weapons of mass destruction, or to have masterminded 9/11, or to be financing Islamic State.”
Part of the cultural conditioning of our time is an ingrained, pre-assumed dependency on sacred cow institutions like banking. Just like it is impossible for most Americans to envision a world without Democrats and Republicans, it is difficult for most people to imagine a world without predatory global banking.
This is not the only economic system we can imagine, and as Iceland has proven, people can regain control of their collective wealth, so perhaps this revolution will foment further in Switzerland, presenting a chance to at least bring greater awareness to the truth about central banking.
Switzerland Withdraws Longstanding Application To Join EU
The upper house of the Swiss parliament on has voted to invalidate its 1992 application to join the European Union, backing an earlier decision by the lower house.
The vote came just a week before Britain decided to leave the EU in a referendum.
Twenty-seven members of the upper house, the Council of States, voted to cancel Switzerland’s longstanding EU application, versus just 13 senators against. Two abstained.
In the aftermath of the vote, Switzerland will give formal notice to the EU to consider its application withdrawn, the country’s foreign minister, Didier Burkhalter, was quoted as saying by Neue Zürcher Zeitung.
The original motion was introduced by the conservative Swiss People’s Party MP, Lukas Reimann. It had already received overwhelming support from legislators in the lower house of parliament in March, with 126 National Council deputies voting in favor, and 46 against.
Thomas Minder, counsellor for the state of Schaffhausen and an active promoter of the concept of “Swissness,” said he was eager to “close the topic fast and painlessly”as only “a few lunatics” may want to join the EU now, he told the newspaper.
Hannes Germann, also representing Schaffhausen, highlighted the symbolic importance of the vote, comparing it to Iceland’s decision to drop its membership bid in 2015.
"Iceland had the courage and withdrew the application for membership, so no volcano erupted,”he said, jokingly.
Switzerland’s longstanding application to join the EU has not had a significant impact on the country’s politics for more than 20 years, as its accession negotiations have been suspended since 1992 in the wake of a referendum to join the European Economic Area, when the Swiss voted down the idea of closer ties with the EU.
Some politicians even argued that the vote was an unnecessary formal procedure that didn’t make much sense as Switzerland is no longer regarded by the EU as an official candidate to join the bloc.
Filippo Lombardi, from the Christian Democratic People’s Party, said that it was “not very clever to discuss it once again,” calling the debate about Switzerland’s accession at this stage “a bit ridiculous,” Neue Zürcher Zeitung reported.
Switzerland, never a member of EU, shares free trade with the union and free movement of people as part of the Schengen zone.
The timing of Switzerland’s reassurance of its sovereignty and independence from the EU institutions, if accidental, may come in handy for campaigners in the UK advocating a British exit from the EU. Polls show the UK’s referendum on EU membership, to be held in a week on June 23, as being extremely close, with Leave slightly in the lead.
5 Years Of Saving AIDS Patients With MMS: Dr. Raj Interview July 6 2016 | From: QuantumLeap
As many professionals are now stepping forward to disclose their testimonies and the truth behind MMS, Dr. Raj was one of the first to come forward and share her experience with MMS and AIDS patients.
Dr. Raj has had over 5 years working with MMS and AIDS patients, and in this ground-breaking interview she tells her story straight from the heart.
Note: This is interview will be featured in our Quantum Leap EMPOWERMENT Platform when it launches, we are releasing it ahead of time to give people a preview of the quality of content and research we are dedicated to inside of our science section.
Subtitles as well as translations in all languages will be available in due time when the platform launches, thank you for your patience!
Junk Science Week: Science Is On The Verge Af A Nervous Breakdown July 4 2016 | From: TheFinancialPost
Welcome to FP Comment’s 18th annual Junk Science Week, dedicated to exposing the scientists, NGOs, activists, politicians, journalists, media outlets, cranks and quacks who manipulate science data to achieve their objectives.
Our standard definition over the years has been this: junk science occurs when scientific facts are distorted, risk is exaggerated and the science adapted and warped by politics and ideology to serve another agenda.
Much of our content over the past 18 years has focused less on science itself and more on the NGOs, politicians and others who have found it convenient to use and abuse science as a springboard to political action.
It is easy, perhaps too easy, to follow the empty-headed foibles of a media culture that mindlessly recycles reports that bacon may cause heart disease or that cell phones cause cancer. Less easy is dealing with the much bigger problem: the break down of science itself.
In The Guardian last week, Jerome Ravetz, considered one of the world’s leading philosophers of science, reviewed what he and many others describe as “the crisis in science.” Ravetz, who has been warning of the emerging internal conflicts in science for decades, sees the crisis is spreading to the general public.
"Given the public awareness that science can be low-quality or corrupted, that whole fields can be misdirected for decades (see nutrition, on cholesterol and sugar), and that some basic fields must progress in the absence of any prospect of empirical testing (string theory), the naïve realism of previous generations becomes quite Medieval in its irrelevance to present realities.”
Present reality is that science is on the verge of a nervous breakdown. That’s the not-so-tongue-in-cheek message in Science on the Verge, a new book by European scientist Andrea Saltelli and seven other contributors. Science on the Verge is a 200-page indictment of what to the lay reader appears to be a monumental deterioration across all fields, from climate science to health research to economics.
The mere idea that “most published research results are false” should be cause for alarm.
But it is worse than that. The crisis runs through just about everything we take for granted in modern science, from the use of big data to computer models of major parts of our social, economic and natural environment and on to the often absurd uses of statistical methods to fish for predetermined conclusions.
Examples from the book help prove the point. In a chapter titled “Numbers Running Wild,” one of the book’s authors, Jeroen P. van der Sluijs of the University of Bergen, asks how is it possible for a paper in Science magazine to claim that precisely 7.9 per cent (not eight per cent or seven per cent) of the world’s species would become extinct as a result of climate change - when the total number of species is unknown?
Even odder, the species study concluded that the 7.9 per cent demonstrates:
"“The importance of rapid implementation of technologies to decrease greenhouse gas emissions and strategies for carbon sequestration.”
How, asks van de Sluijs, do the researchers jump from species extinction to carbon sequestration?
"This sounds like an opinion for which the underlying arguments are not even given.”
Others examples come from economics, a science filled with unwarranted claims to certainty and predictability. Science on the Verge recalls Nobel economist Robert Lucas’s 2003 declaration that the -
"Central problem of depression-prevention has been solved.”
Also noted is the 2004 claim by former Fed chairman Ben Bernanke that the volatility of business cycles had been tamed.
These and other economic blunders lead critics to suspect the discipline of economics:
"Had reverted to (or never developed beyond) a state of immaturity.”
Few fields and practices are exempt from scrutiny in Science on the Verge. In a chapter on evidence-based science, Andrea Saltelli - also at the University of Bergen - spreads the net wide:
"It is futile to expect, for example, that modelling approaches which have failed to predict a purely financial and economic crisis will be able to inform us accurately about the behaviour of a system involving institutions, societies, economies and ecologies.
Yet this is what we do when we apply the technique of cost – benefit analysis (CBA) to dimensions of climate change”
This kind of quantitative approach to complex systems, says Saltelli, “can only foster abuse and corruption.”
It would be wrong to suspect that Science on the Verge is the work of right-wing activists, climate skeptics and hide-bound traditionalists.
It is the work, rather, of scientists with a range of ideological views despairing over what appears to be a fundamental breakdown as science has become more and more enmeshed in the business of providing evidence for policy-making.
Science, in short, has already been corrupted. We explore just some of the examples in this year’s Junk Science Week, including the GDP factory myth, sugar scares, the social cost of carbon, the last pesticide Roundup, killer lipstick, and our annual Rubber Duckies awards.
Former CIA Agent: It's Time To Talk About What’s Really Causing Terrorism & Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses" July 3 2016 | From: TheAntiMedia
In the wake of yet another terrorist attack, a former CIA counterterrorism agent has shared her insight into what causes such tragic, intentional carnage. Amaryllis Fox spoke for the first time publicly with Al Jazeera Plus (AJ+) about terrorism, misguided narratives on why it happens, and the underlying motivators driving it - ultimately urging Americans and those in power to adopt a different approach in combating the ongoing violence.
“If I learned one lesson from my time with the CIA, it is this: everybody believes they are the good guy,” says Fox, who is currently “in the process of getting her CIA cover rolled back,” AJ+ reports. She is now a peace activist and runs Mulu, “an e-commerce company supporting at-risk communities around the world.”
Fox worked as a counterterrorism and intelligence official for the clandestine services during the 2000s. In her first public statement on her time there, she discussed the limitations on the American public’s perception of the war on terror:
"The conversation that’s going on in the United States right now about ISIS and about the United States overseas is more oversimplified than ever. Ask most Americans whether ISIS poses an existential threat to this country and they’ll say yes. That’s where the conversation stops.”
Indeed, while a majority of Americans fear terrorism, reaching a consensus on how to tackle ISIS has proved contentious. Fox explained the simplicity of the way the conflicts are viewed on both sides:
"If you’re walking down the street in Iraq or Syria and ask anybody why America dropped bombs, you get: ‘They were waging war on Islam.’”
In America, the question is: “Why were we attacked on 9/11?”
Fox says if you pose this question, “You get: they hate us because we’re free.”
However, she contests the validity of these assumptions, pointing to the powerful forces that drive conflict in the first place:
"Those are stories manufactured by a really small number of people on both sides who amass a great deal of power and wealth by convincing the rest of us to keep killing each other.”
Indeed, both sides of the conflict expend significant effort campaigning to prove their crusades are justified. In the United States, after decades of prolonged conflict, the populace is largely desensitized to war and often ignorant of its current manifestations.
Fox challenges this paradigm:
"I think the question we need to be asking, as Americans examining our foreign policy, is whether or not we’re pouring kerosene on a candle. The only real way to disarm your enemy is to listen to them.
If you hear them out, if you’re brave enough to really listen to their story, you can see that more often than not, you might have made some of the same choices if you’d lived their life instead of yours.”
Of course, as Americans mourn the most recent mass shooting, it is doubtful many citizens are well-versed in the U.S. foreign policy that provokes such terrorism.
Rather, they focus, understandably, on the wrong done to their nation. But Fox offered a unique perspective that lends insight to the “enemy.”
"An Al-Qaeda fighter made a point once during debriefing,” she recounted.
“He said all these movies that America makes - like Independence Day, and the Hunger Games, and Star Wars - they’re all about a small scrappy band of rebels who will do anything in their power with the limited resources available to them to expel an outside, technological advanced invader. ‘
And what you don’t realize,’ he said, ‘is that to us, to the rest of the world, you are the empire, and we are Luke and Han. You are the aliens and we are Will Smith.’”
However, she also challenged the Al-Qaeda fighter’s take, arguing that on both sides of conflict, those fighting on the ground often provide the same reasons for doing so:
"But the truth is that when you talk to people who are really fighting on the ground, on both sides, and ask them why they’re there, they answer with hopes for their children, specific policies that they think are cruel or unfair,” she says.
“And while it may be easier to dismiss your enemy as evil, hearing them out on policy concerns is actually an amazing thing, because as long as your enemy is a subhuman psychopath that’s gonna attack you no matter what you do, this never ends. But if your enemy is a policy, however complicated - that we can work with.”
As terror attacks become an increasingly normal occurrence in the West - and as Western intervention trudges ahead unabated - hearing out enemies’ concerns may, at this point, be the most effective counterterrorism gesture the United States can make; that is, if it is truly determined to bring an end to the violence.
Elites Openly Calling To Rise Up Against 'Ignorant Masses"
In this video Luke Rudkowski covers the brazen admission from James Traub a CFR member and heir to the Bloomingdale empire.
Traub recently wrote an article for ForeignPolicy openly calling for the elites to rise up against the "fist shaking, mindless, angry, ignorant, know nothing masses.
Global Interest In New Zealand Town With Too Many Jobs July 3 2016 | From: ChannelNewsAsia
A tiny New Zealand town that offered property for bargain prices in a bid to attract more people has been swamped with more than 5,000 enquiries from around the world, the local mayor said Friday.
Clutha District Mayor Bryan Cadogan said the South Island township of Kaitangata had more jobs than people, with a population of 800 but up to 1,000 vacancies, mostly in the thriving agricultural sector.
To boost its population, the town has been offering house-and-land packages for NZ$230,000 (US$164,000) - a good deal considering the national average is NZ$577,000, rising to NZ$955,000 in Auckland.
Cadogan said the response had been overwhelming, with global interest from people enquiring about moving to the town, which is set in a lush valley about an hour's drive from Dunedin.
"We've been smashed," he told TV3. "I think my PA's going to throttle me... there's over 5,000 messages on my phone, the council website's full. It's just phenomenal."
The town has a coal mine, sawmills and processing factories for the dairy industry.
"We've got so many jobs in the district, jobs aren't a problem," Cadogan said.
"We've got the jobs, we've got the affordable housing, we've got the beautiful lifestyle. We're pretty lucky."
He said the town had been searching for ways to attract new people for years.
"We did speed dating and a jobs fair last year," he said, admitting the latest promotion had overshadowed them all.
Cadogan said the initial offering of eight land and house packages looked set to be snapped up and the town "will just keep finding them" if interest warrants it.
"It's a neat wee town with some really positive people and I think it's a hoot of a story," he said.
Victorious Nigel Farage Addresses EU Assembly: ‘You’re Not Laughing Now Are You?’ July 2 2016 | From: TheGatewayPundit
UKIP leader Nigel Farage stood in front of the European Union Tuesday for the first time since the Brexit results were announced last week.
Nigel told the assembly, “How things have changed… Isn’t it funny. When I came here 17 years ago and I said I wanted to lead a campaign to leave the European Union, you all laughed at me. Well I have to say you’re not laughing now are you?”
The British Woke Up - Can The Americans? June 30 2016 | From: PaulCraigRoberts
Many thanks for the support that you give to the website and for the words of encouragement and appreciation that you send to me. The website resulted from you calling me out of retirement. It is widely read and translated into foreign languages.
I try to read every email, but it is not possible for me to read and comment on the many articles and books that you send or to respond to your questions over a wide range of issues, not all of which I know anything about.
This website is a great deal of work. In our time to be truthful is to be provocative. To write provocatively leaves little room for error or mistatement as today’s euphemism terms it. I could shill for the establishment and be wrong 98% of the time and nothing ever would be said about it. But there is no forgiveness for a provocative truth-teller.
You have open inquiring minds and you want to know. Your motives are not to protect your illusions and delusions or to reinforce your emotional needs. This is why I write for you.
If no one knows or respects truth, the world is lost. But it only takes a few to change the world. The cultural anthopologist Margaret Mead said:
"Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world; indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.”
Change can be for better or worse. President Reagan and a committed few overcame the resistance of the CIA and military-security complex and reduced tensions among nuclear powers by negotiating the end of the Cold War with Soviet leader Gorbachev.
During the reign of the last three US presidents, a few neoconservatives resurrected the nuclear tensions and took them to a higher level than at the peak of the Cold War.
There are hopeful signs that the neoconservative drive to World War III can be derailed. It seems that finally the Russians have caught on that America is not the Holy Grail but a government reminiscent in its aggression of Nazi Germany. Hopefully, Russian countermeasures will make even the crazed neocons think twice.
The British people, or rather a majority of those who voted, surprised the Establishment, which was confident of the success of its propaganda, by voting to save their ancient and distinguished country, the font of liberty, from disappearing into the EU, a dictatorship ruled by unaccountable appointees.
The British had enough of that with kings and decided that the future did not lie in going backward. The British vote to exit the EU could bring the unintended consequence of unravelling the EU and NATO, thus reducing Washington’s ability to foment war.
Americans need to decide that they, like the British, do not appreciate being led backward to worse times.
The Clintons and the Republican Senator from Texas, Phil Gramm, led America back to Robber Baron days by deregulating the financial system. Related: 25 People to Blame for the Financial Crisis The senator was rewarded with a multi-million dollar banking job for overturning Great Depression era legislation that made financial capitalism workable. Americans need to understand that capitalists do not care if capitalism works for you as long as it works for them.
The collapse of the Soviet Union, due to the arrest of Gorbachev by hardline elements in the Communist Party, gave rise to the American Neoconservatives, a double handful of people closely tied to the Israeli government. These few people have involved America, for Israel’s benefit, in 15 years of warfare that has destroyed seven counries, with the cost to Americans of approximately $7 trillion dollars, according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes.
The obviously false excuse for this destruction of peoples and resources is the myth of “terrorism.” Most “terrorist events” in the US have been sting operations organized by the FBI in order to collect the multi-billion dollar bounty that Congress gives for preventing terrorist events.
How best to keep this bounty flowing than to organize a terrorist event and prevent it? It is debatable whether such events as 9/11, the Boston Marathon bombing, Sandy Hook, San Bernandino, and Orlando are false flag events or drills staged by crisis actors and presented to the public as real.
The debt associated with 15 years of Washington’s wars is now being used to attack Social Security and Medicare. The One Percent and their “free market” apologists are determined that the elderly will pay for the wars that enabled Israel to reduce Palestine to a ghetto and for the wars that enriched the profits and power of the military-secutity complex, while inflicting a massive refugee problem on Europe.
If the British, or enough of them, woke up, perhaps something similar can happen in America.
From many of you I hear your frustrations with family, friends, and associates who are content with what they hear from the BBC, Fox “News,” CNN, and the New York Times. Obviously, if everyone was intelligent and could think for themselves or even had time to consider what they are told, we would not be in the state that we are in.
Our job is to get enough people into the habit of thinking for themselves that we have the few required to change the world. (“Few” is relative. In a country of 300 million people, “few” is probably several million.)
Arguing with friends doesn’t work. Arguments generate hostility and competitiveness. Avoid arguing. Your friends and family do not know anything. They sit in front of Fox “News” and CNN.
They are brainwashed.
Perhaps one way to approach friends and family is to ask questions. For example, how can there be 103 casualties in Orlando and no visible evidence of the massive number of ambulances and EMT personnel necessary to deal with such a massive number of casualties?
I asked my readers to help me prove the official story line, and no one could come up with convincing visible evidence. How can there be such a massive event without abundant evidence?
How can powerfully constructed skyscrapers, built to withstand airplane collisions, suddenly explode allegedly as a result of minor asymmetrical damage and scattered low temperature office fires? How can the entire contents of the towers be pulverized when there is insufficient gravational energy to accomplish such pulverization?
How is it possible that WTC 7 came down in free fall acceleration in the absence of controlled demolition? Why doubt that there was controlled demolition when the owner of the WTC said on TV (still available online) that “the decision was made to pull the building?”
In case you have forgotten, you “pull” a building with controlled demolition. It takes a long time to wire a building for demolition. Obviously, Building 7 was not wired on September 11, 2001.
We are constantly informed by the President, Vice President, Secretary of State, numerous senators and representatives, by NATO commanders, by EU politicians, by presstitutes, and others, that “Russia has invaded Ukraine.”
Take a minute and think about this extraordinary lie. Clearly, evidence is no longer a factor in determining what is occuring. Assertion only rules. Take a second to look outside The Matrix. Is it really possible that Ukraine would still exist if Russia invaded? I would bet my life that within 60 hours of a Russian invasion of Ukraine, Ukraine would again be part of Russia.
Remember August 2008 when the US and Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army invaded the peacekeeping realm of South Ossetia, killing Russian peace-keeping troops and Ossetian civilians. Putin was at the Beijing Olympics, but Russian armed forces quickly smashed the American/Israeli trained and equipped Georgian army. Putin held Geogia in his palm.
What did Putin do after delivering this lesson in the superiority of Russian arms? He released Georgia and returned home.
So how is it that Putin, according to the entirely of the Western political establishment and media whores, is determined to rebuild the Soviet Empire? Putin held Georgia. No power on earth could have forced him to release Georgia.
But Putin withdrew Russia’s forces and released the country. The former Georgian president is now an American operative in Ukraine.
If you consider the number of outsiders, including US citizens and the former president of Georgia, who serve in the Ukrainian government, it raises questions about the so-called “Maidan Revolution” in February 2014.
If this really was a popular uprising, and not a Washington orchestrated coup, why is there such a shortage of Ukrainians to form the new government that foreign citizens have to be brought in to rule the country?
Do not believe any official explanation of anything. Things are not true just because the government and presstitutes say so.
Keep in mind that official explanations can be cover for hidden agendas. If Washington and the media have their way, we will live in a world constructed out of lies designed to hide from us the real interests being served.
That is not the kind of world that any of us want to live in.
Ex-CIA Spy: A Global Open Source Revolution Is About To Begin June 29 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience
When Robert David Steele speaks, people listen. Especially those within the military and intelligence communities around the world.
With his continued rhetoric on the open source everything manifesto as a way to positively transform this world for all, Mr. Steele has additionally begun discussing the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up story which has ties to JFK’s assassination and 9/11: That is, the global collateral accounts.
As a former CIA spy who has trained over 7,500 officers from over 66 countries, Robert Steele has over 18 years experience across the U.S. Intelligence community and an additional 20 years experience in commercial intelligence and training. He is also a former Marine and he is the co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity.
In accord to open source everything, Robert’s motto is: The truth at any cost, lowers all other costs.
Essentially, when information, technology and resources are opened up as the commons to all, the true cost plummets and the well-being of our planet and all living beings here begin to thrive, as well as our social, political and financial systems.
In Robert’s own words, the open source revolution will transform our world for the better and for all.
"Sharing, not secrecy, is the means by which we realize such a lofty destiny as well as create infinite wealth. The wealth of networks, the wealth of knowledge, revolutionary wealth- all can create a nonzero, win-win Earth that works for 100% of humanity. This is the ‘utopia’ that Buckminster Fuller foresaw, now within our reach.”
Similar models to Steele’s open source everything also include The Venus Project: Beyond Politics, Poverty and War, which calls for a holistic approach to changing the systems on this planet in a way that utilizes technology and human ingenuity to provide a high standard of living for every person by opening the planet’s resources for the use of all– in a strategically sustainable and efficient manner.
Another model that is similar is Sustainable Human’s gift-based community in which all who participate are volunteers and everything created is done to “spread knowledge, ideas and alternative ways of living that enable humanity to live in harmony with the rest of life on Earth. ”
All of these models are wonderful and appropriate to envision, and what is certain is that most of the social systems we have in place currently, must go. Fundamental change is necessary.
In an interview with The Guardian, Robert David Steele was asked his opinion on the idea that the U.S. is on the verge of revolting against the elitist 1%:
"The preconditions for revolution exist in the UK, and most Western countries [including the U.S].
The number of active pre-conditions is quite stunning, from elite isolation to concentrated wealth to inadequate socialization and education, to concentrated land-holdings to loss of authority to repression of new technologies, especially in relation to energy, to the atrophy of the public sector and spread of corruption, to media dishonesty, to mass unemployment of young men and on and on and on.”
What then needs to happen for this to begin? Steele says:
"Preconditions are not the same as precipitants. We are waiting for our Tunisian fruit seller. The public will endure great repression, especially when most media outlets and schools are actively aiding the repressive meme of ‘you are helpless, this is the order of things.’
When we have a scandal so powerful that it cannot be ignored by the average Briton or American, we will have a revolution that overturns the corrupt political systems in both countries, and perhaps puts many banks out of business. Vaclav Handel calls this ‘The Power of the Powerless.’ One spark, one massive fire.”
Interestingly, this interview was conducted almost exactly 2 years ago. Have we not seen the divide between the 99% and the 1% continue to grow in that time? Humanity will not remain quiet for much longer. We are indeed close to some big and positive changes.
Perhaps this massive scandal/event we are waiting for is the conclusion of the FBI’s investigation of Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation or maybe it is Britain’s vote to leave the EU, potentially triggering a cascade of revolts throughout Europe and then the world, or perhaps it will be a large enough group of people becoming aware of the global collateral accounts, the world’s largest financial/gold cover-up which has relation to JFK’s death and the events of 9/11; a story which just three weeks ago Robert David Steele started to write about publicly:
"It never occurred to me that accidentally becoming the top Amazon reviewer for non-fiction, partially associated with my being the lead for Open Source Intelligence (OSINT) for 25 years across 66+ countries, would be vastly more important than everything I ever learned across multiple graduate degrees, as a former spy, and as co-founder of the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity (MCIA).
As I encounter disbelief about Neil Keenan and his role as the main juncture between the Dragon Society and the West as we move toward a global economic re-set, I have to remind myself that 80% of the public still thinks JFK was assassinated by Lee Harvey Oswald; J. Edgar Hoover was a moral man; the Israelis attacked the USS Liberty by accident, and 9/11 was carried out by a bunch of “rag heads” armed with box cutters.
I must emphasize that it was not the books that underlay my absolute confidence in Neil Keenan and the Dragon Society and the broad outlines of the coming global re-set, but rather the people behind the books that I have taken the trouble to meet, sometimes under quasi-clandestine circumstances. Sterling and Peggy Seagrave - Peggy has passed - stand out.
Their book, Gold Warriors–America’s Secret Recovery of Yamashita’s Gold, came with a CD containing 60,000 additional documents including maps and photographs. That led me to a quasi-clandestine meeting in France to interview them for the 2004 offering of my international conference - the transcript is online - and a deep continuing relationship of trust."
The public endorsement of Neil Keenan and his team’s efforts to open the global collateral accounts from Robert David Steele is another clear indication that these accounts are indeed real and that those who are working with Neil Keenan (positive factions within The Pentagon and CIA, Russian Intelligence, presidents and prime ministers of multiple South American countries and several Asian countries, among many other political, financial and intelligence and military groups who are all quietly and sometimes openly working for humanity’s best interest) are legitimate.
The global collateral accounts have such a deep and complex history, which can be read in great detail here. In short, they are off-ledger accounts backed by gold, silver and many other assets which were originally intended for humanitarian projects.
JFK signed what is known as the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement with President Sukarno of Indonesia, which was to use these accounts to issue a new US Treasury Note (backed by gold and silver) and end the Federal Reserve’s control over the global financial system.
Neil Keenan is now getting very close to opening these accounts for the intended purposes of transforming our world for the better through many humanitarian projects as well as the release of free energy technologies and an overhaul in the global financial system. Russia, China, Iran, Indonesia and almost the entire Eastern hemisphere is supporting this plan in one way or another.
Perhaps Robert David Steele’s ideas on an open source world will be part of the coming humanitarian projects.
As almost anyone can see when they look around either at their own lives or the world at large, everything is changing. Everything is in flux. Everything happens in cycles. The time for positive global change is now.
For more information on some of the topics mentioned above, check out these articles:
Trump: America Has A Chance To ‘Reject Rule By Global Elite’ & More June 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Trump on Brexit: "Basically, they took back their country.”
Presidential candidate Donald Trump on Friday congratulated the UK for voting to assert its independence from the European Union, and encouraged the American people in November to also assert their independence from the “global elite.”
Following the British vote to exit the EU, Trump said the election results marked a shift toward more nationalistic tendencies.
"Come November, the American people will have the chance to re-declare their independence,” the Trump campaign said in a statement. “Americans will have a chance to vote for trade, immigration and foreign policies that put our citizens first.
They will have the chance to reject today’s rule by the global elite, and to embrace real change that delivers a government of, by and for the people.”
“I hope America is watching, it will soon be time to believe in America again.”
Asked by reporters in Scotland what he thought about the Brexit vote, Trump said the British people “took back control of their country. It’s a great thing.”
Ahead of the vote, Trump had told reporters he was for the Brexit if it meant less bureaucracy for the UK.
"I would personally be more inclined to leave, for a lot of reasons, like having a lot less bureaucracy,” he said in May.
Republican pollster Frank Luntz said he believed the mass populist uprising happening globally could push Trump into the White House.
"Populism is rising everywhere as people decide that government does not listen and does not care,” said Luntz.
“But this is even more significant, because Britain has never been the source of populist uprisings like this. If Britain can vote itself out of Europe, America can vote itself in for Trump.”
Nigel Farage, the leader of the UK’s Independence Party which played a huge part in mobilizing UK citizens behind the Brexit, also speculated the momentum behind the results could usher in a Trump presidency.
"There is something happening in American politics that is perhaps a bit of a mirror of what’s happening here, a feeling in much of America, that what happens in Washington is too detached and too remote and Trump is cashing in on some of it,” said Farage, adding, “He must have a chance of winning.”
Watch: Alex congratulates the people of the United Kingdom for throwing off the shackles of the globalists and making their break for freedom from the oppressive EU.
This Video Will Get Donald Trump Elected - If It Goes Viral
This is why Donald Trump should be president
The American people need to realize that Donald J. Trump is our last hope. He is the only person who is capable of saving America and the Western World as a whole from falling into the depths of despair due to globalist agendas and a crippling political correctness era.
These clips show Donald Trump from all the way back in 1986 up until present day, and they do a fantastic job at demonstrating the kind of person Trump is, and why he deserves to be the next president.
Brexit Is Sending Shockwaves Across The Atlantic June 27 2016 | From: Geopolitics EU leaders cannot hide their panic as they confront the prevailing reality that Europeans are now questioning the validity of a Centralized Europe that is far from what was being advertised prior to its birth.
Frankly, just a few days ago we were deeply concerned that the Brexit campaign would lose after the false flag murder of Labour MP Jo Cox. It was very astounding how the majority of the British people were able to figure out the fact that it’s too absurd to kill someone from the other side when your position is winning in all the surveys, independent or otherwise.
That needless murder should be the primary reason why a David Cameron resigned from the leadership this early. Remember, he did say prior to the referendum that he won’t resign even if the Remain campaign is defeated.
The only conclusion we can draw from the historic results would be that those who voted for Brexit were doing it for the sake of principle and to protest the dictatorial behavior of those unelected personalities holed up in Brussels.
Principled protest vote, of course, cannot be intimidated and subdued. They grew more emboldened as the opposition began to use dirty tactics and covert maneuvers.
Make no mistake about it, the Rothschild dynasty has profited heavily through George Soros Fund Management, in compliance to their age old tradition of betting both sides of the conflict.
Last May 16th of this year, Bloomberg reported;
"Billionaire George Soros prepared last quarter for gloomy times, dialing back his U.S. stock investments by more than a third, betting against the equities while banking on gold.
… Soros also bought bullish options contracts on 1.05 million shares in the SPDR Gold Trust, which tracks the price of bullion. What’s more, the fund took a stake in the world’s biggest producer of the metal, Barrick Gold Corp., worth $264 million at the end of March, the filing showed. Soros acquired 1.7 percent of Barrick, making it the fund’s biggest U.S.-listed holding.
… Soros’s former chief strategist, billionaire investor Stan Druckenmiller, is also bullish on gold. Earlier this month he called the yellow metal his largest currency allocation as central bankers experiment with the “absurd notion of negative interest rates.”
Gold for immediate delivery jumped 16 percent in the first three months of the year, the biggest quarterly surge since 1986, according to Bloomberg generic pricing. Shares of Toronto-based Barrick have more than doubled this year as the miner accelerates cost-cutting efforts and reduces debt. Barrick is up 39 percent since March 31."
Now, they are reaping the benefits of their having access to privileged information about the real British pulse weeks prior to yesterday’s Brexit vote.
"Bullish positions in gold and volatility and well-timed short bets on China and emerging markets, among other areas, were some of the trades that benefited hedge funds on Friday as markets digested Britons’ surprise decision to exit the European Union, according to people familiar with the matter.
… so-called “macro” fund managers George Soros and Stanley Druckenmiller, who run private firms managing family money through investments in a range of assets, appeared to be benefiting from long positions in gold, according to filings, though their overall performance numbers weren’t clear."
Another reason for a David Cameron to feel nothing more than a whore wearing a very expensive neck tie. Why would he feel otherwise, when even his own master is just another errand boy for the real power behind it all?
Evelyn de Rothschild pokes Prince Charles. And as anyone who knows their cabal history will attest, the Rothschild bloodline is above the Windsor (Saxe-Coburg-Gotha) bloodline. The british [read: German] royal family are but underlings (and for a large part inbred impostors - but that is another kettle of fish.)
Now that we gain more understanding of how they played the last Brexit game, it’s time to savor on the positive prospects of where Britain will be heading in the next few years, and why the Brexit is indeed the Independence Day for the Brits…
The global implication of the successful Brexit referendum cannot be overestimated. This i s sending ripples of resistance across the Eurozone and in the United States.
"Polls recently conducted in Italy, France, Germany, Sweden, the Netherlands, Czech Republic and Hungary also showed that these countries could follow Britain if it succeeds in leaving the EU. Euroskeptic politicians in these countries have been adding fuel to the fire, stepping up their calls for EU-exits in light of the British referendum."
"Following the referendum in Britain, in which a majority of its residents voted for the country to withdrawal from the EU, Eurosceptic politicians in other European countries have intensified their calls to follow suit, the German magazine Spiegel Online wrote."
Moreover, Brexit has put in jeopardy Obama’s pet TTIP project…
"Britain’s decision to leave the European Union has damaged the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, Francois Asselineau, chairman of France’s Popular Republican Front, told Sputnik."
We can’t talk about the UK anymore because it will soon be entertaining another round of Scotland Independence referendum which was also rigged the last time.
In the immediate future though, here’s what’s going to happen next.
Across the Atlantic, talks of secession is beginning to unravel…
“While secession of American states is often dismissed as absurd, there are few reasons to believe that a state like Texas – to name just one example – could not immediately transition from state to nation-state.
With a large economy, port cities, oil, and easy access to European, Latin American, and even Asian economies by sea, economics arguments against such a separation fall flat.
And of course, the success of smaller states like Norway, Denmark, and Switzerland illustrate that bigness is truly unnecessary.
Naturally, many other states even beyond the biggest states- such as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, North Carolina and others - could do the same. These states would all be among the largest economies on earth were they to leave the US.
“But what about national defense!” some may argue. “Wouldn’t Texas be constantly at war with the United States?” Experience suggests that Texas would be at war with the United States about as frequently as Canada has been at war with the United States: zero times since 1815.
International wars rarely erupt between countries with common languages, common histories, and common economic interests. Should Scotland secede, the UK won’t be sending in the tanks, and Scotland could easily join the realm of independent nation states, just as many American states could do the same.”
Above all, this historic event should be viewed in the larger geopolitical context beyond the Eurozone and the United States alone.
Already, there are major actions against Western hegemony elsewhere in Eurasia, and Latin America, e.g.:
Successful St. Petersburg International Economic Conference which is forcing progressive industrial entities to form a coherent scientific and technological collaboration to create a better future free of wars and conflicts;
The historic signing of peace agreement between the government of Colombia and leftist FARC rebels, ending five decades of armed struggle that arrested development in the country;
The recently concluded Sulong Pilipinas 2-day workshop between the incoming Duterte cabinet and 500 representatives from the business sectors and related stakeholders, which among others, discussed the independent position of the Philippines with regards to the Spratlys that the United States has been using as a major fulcrum in its Pivot to Asia, a war plan to encircle China and wage war thousands of miles away from home just for the sake of “freedom of navigation,” would you believe it?
Here’s Duterte narrating his conversation with US ambassador to the Philippines Philip S. Goldberg, with regards to the West Philippine Sea – China issue at large.
Aside from choosing the Maritime Silk Road of the BRICS instead of the endless US imperialistic aggression, Duterte has already accomplished so much even before his inauguration to the presidency on June 30th, e.g.:
Thousands of drug peddlers and users have already surrendered opting for rehabilitation instead of fighting it out with the police;
Formally reopened peace talks with the Communist Party of the Philippines which has been waging wars with the government for five decades;
Organized a Moro Convention to restart the peace process with various rival secessionist groups sitting on the same table, to end the 400+ year rebellion in Muslim Mindanao [the longest in the Muslim world], once and for all.
The most radical appointment as of late is the anti-mining crusader Gina Lopez, from a family of oligarchs, to the Department of Environment and Natural Resources.
A known tactician, Duterte is surely pitting the oligarchs against each other on this one, as the mining stocks start to plummet.
What these events illustrate is that even if the enemy may seem capable of exercising great power over a great multitude of the world’s population, that enormous power is quickly eroded once the people begin to see things as they really are, i.e. a grand charade of lies, treachery, deceptions and murder.
Together, we can change the rules of the game, and end the age of genocide and technocratic slavery. With our collective persistence, the Rothschild Khazarian Empire will fall.
The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia? June 21 2016 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various The greatest news story in history: The story of what is going to happen in 2016 will be the greatest news story in history of mankind on planet Earth.
The RKM-robbers with their criminal cheats of debt-banking, inside jobs, mass killings, mass surveillance, terror attacks, aircraft downing, and religious deceit, are disintegrating.
Thirteen centuries of élite-led misinformation are soon coming to an end. Disclosure means light and change for the healing of mankind and our planet.
There is a good probability that the bulk of major changes will be disclosed in an avalanche of unexpected news-shocks, simultaneously from multiple sources, likely beginning in Asia or Switzerland. And that will be the beginning of a new era in history people are going to witness; it is the first major change on this planet since Atlantis sank about 12,000 years ago.
The Shocking Truth Will be Known:
Soon people, inside and outside governments, will commence to speak the truth with greater energy and clarity, with less fear than ever before in human history. And their words will be heard, preserved and multiplied beyond the reach of Khazarian suppression.
Many things will become unobstructed, seeing the world in a different light, unlocking the truths mankind has been deceived. Remember; Humanity is greater than politics, and shall conquer.
Many historic facts will come under scrutiny for finding the true truth. Like how tsunamis, freak weather conditions and earthquakes in Japan, Central America and Haiti have been deliberately man-made by covert government agencies. The fate of thousands of missing children worldwide will become known. How and why deliberately diseases such as Cancer, Ebola, AIDS,SARS, MERS, H5N1, Zika, and Morgellons were created.
Stopping the global warming hoax or climate change charades for deliberate environmental destruction, ending poverty, ending war, eliminating disease and subsequently restoring the planet to full health. Understanding the intentional bioterrorism like food-poisoning, GMO, chemtrails, etc. that are applied by government agencies seeking to reduce the world’s population.
The 188-nation in the BRICS alliance, led by China, Russia, Brazil, India, and South Africa, will become central in facilitating truthful global news flows, necessary for the introduction of new asset-backed international currencies.
New ‘crowd-sourced’ media outlets will emerge. Accelerating leaked testimonials and whistleblowing by making remedies more effective and more patriotic that also shall change Western scientific attitudes, banking, security and military cultures.
Important Disclosures:
Further important disclosures are expected about endemic professional corruption in Western healthcare systems. Pharmaceutical medicine will be shown to be a manipulative tool, designed by the corporate controllers to make people sick.
The tools of this manipulation are sophisticated poisons dressed-up as expensive medicines or vaccines. In most cases prescribed medications are unnecessary, likewise intrusive surgery, which makes even more expensive medicines necessary.
When the money is followed it becomes obvious why attempts to suppress or outlaw alternative herbal remedies have been implemented that work better and cost less.
More information about The Ritalin Conspiracy, and about the Statin Scam that inhibit the production of cholesterol very effectively, but cholesterol is good for the body. As cholesterol is not the cause of heart disease, so actually there is NO problem.
Statins are good for doctors but bad for patients. The name of this game is; Hypercholesterolemia, which requires the services of doctors to detect its presence. It’s a health issue that makes patients dependent on doctors. Doctors that became the sales representatives for the drugs industry. Drugs that make money for the invisible RKM sitting at the top of the pharmaceutical industry.
A new international blockchain payment system will evolve for the transfer of new gold backed international currencies, making market manipulation and paper derivatives an impossibility.
International Gold Backed Currency:
A new international gold backed currency is to replace the Euro and US dollar that will use the CIPS system since Swift cannot deal with Chinese Yuan.
Almost all of the real gold in the world is now in the hands of positive allies. – The BIS, the World Bank, the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve Board have all been hacked.
The US Treasury Department, now free from Khazarian control, is going to issue a new $20 bill that will either be backed by Asian gold or will be a new US domestic currency, depending on ongoing financial negotiations.
The plan is to stop the upcoming US presidential election, intel sources say. With the purpose to eliminate the Khazarian presidential candidate Hillary Clinton who is nearing her indictment, as prosecutors move in on her, while Obama is forced to stop her protection, and likely being impeached. As Benjamin Fulford reports:
"Legally the United States Corporate government is now under the control of the United Nations Corporation headed by Baron Rothschild.
However, the status of the United Nations Corporation itself is doubtful because they have neither the gold nor the moral standing to maintain the current chaotic, and planet destroying systems they oversee. Rothschild and Khazarian mafia control has been reduced, in essence, to the bankrupt G7 group of nations.
What important is to know, is that the WDS and its allies have identified the names and locations of all the top members of this ruling Khazarian bloodline and have the technical capability of removing them from this world.
Doing so would be the very last option the WDS would take and it would only happen if it became necessary to do so to prevent genocide. The point though is that the families that currently control the G7 and the UN corporation are no longer in any position to dictate to the world.
The Khazarian Mafia is the world’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that has infiltrated and hijacked America in 1913. This mafia gang was taken over by the Bauer family of Banksters who changed their name to Rothschild.
Now known as the RKM the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, empowered by Babylonian Talmudic “Money-Magic” known as “making money from nothing”, gained absolute control over the world’s banking system. The Global Banking Ponzi Scheme will eventually be exposed in full and The Global Supremacists themselves brought to justice.
The identities of the hidden Khazarian Zionist political bosses embedded in corporate America will be disclosed. The use of human clones in managing European Royal families, international banking, spiritual fascism in religion, industrial militarism and political assassinations will be made clear for all to see.
The fact that mind-controlled human clones have been ‘democratically elected’ into national leaderships, that have signed state and religious papers, and have been terminated at will and substituted with others, will be revealed. The present Pope Jorge Mario Bergoglio called ‘Francis’, will be obliged to retire. And Queen Elizabeth II of England will abdicate her throne.
The Legitimacy of ‘Royal’ Status:
The legitimacy of ‘royal’ status will attract increased forensic scrutiny in the public domain. Why should élite, unelected, unappointed, unqualified bloodlines have privileged access to vast invisible influence and wealth?
The role of the European royal families in the Nazi related shadow banking nexus will be exposed. As their vast capital is revealed, held in multiple off-ledger black screen accounts of stolen and hidden monies grown into thousands of quadrillions.
Dirty Tricks:
A whole range of dirty tricks will become known to the public, like the backgrounds of the Greek disaster that purposely has been created, as a test case for further pilfering of the EU continent and the Americas. Here an expose to show the working:
The banks don’t want Greece to be able to service its debt, because the banks intend to use Greece’s inability to service the debt in order to loot Greece of its assets and resources and in order to roll back the social safety net put in place during the 20th century. Neoliberalism intends to reestablish feudalism – a few robber barons and many serfs: The One Percent and the 99 percent.
The younger part of the Greek population will have emigrated and will have been replaced by immigrants fleeing Middle Eastern and African wars who will have loaded up Greece’s unfunded welfare system.
The Refugees crisis is financed by George Soros to take over all of the EU, with the help of Angela Merkel, Francois Hollande, and most of the other mind-controlled EU puppet leaders.
In other words, Greece is now being destroyed by the EU that it so foolishly joined and trusted. The same thing is happening to Portugal and is also underway in Spain, France, and Italy. The looting has already taken place in Ireland, Latvia, a number of African-, and Latin American- countries, and is underway in Ukraine.
All this shows why all countries in the world are experiencing financial turmoil, which is important to understand. The smiling puppet leaders are the least concerned about the fate of their countrymen.
Citizens’ money keeps dwindling by the implemented measures of austerity. All developed countries with debt will culminate into a situation that now is being experienced by Greece.
The whole system is broken and severely damaged. While the ‘received’ bail-out monies were spent to pay off debt to foreign banks, owned by the RKM, which to this day continues to be the case.
The world has entered the looting stage of capitalism. Misery and Despair will be the result. But now the truth is out, an entirely different approach is necessary. WAKEUP citizens all of you to STOP this, by changing course! And pass on this message by forwarding it to all your contacts with your personal motivation, to read it, and similarly forward it to their contacts. Take the attitude, as what de Russian President Putin says about the Rothschilds:
“They do not own the world, and they do not have carte blanch to do whatever they want. If we do not challenge them there will be other issues. We will not be bullied by them.”
It is time to fundamentally change the managing of our society. A Swiss like Canton structure where locals decide about their own future is a good example for the change of governing.
The money creation must be in the hands of the people and not in privately owned central bank institutions.
We the people are the owners of this planet. We decide what should be done, governments are our elected servants, to run society the way we want, and not the other way around as it is today; by puppet leaders and unelected officials that act as a dictator. – Have faith in it. NOW is the time for action.
Change is on the Horizon:
Former CIA Deputy Director Mike Morell has admitted on a MSM channel – in Hard Talk on MSNBC TV that Bush and Cheney lied about the war on Iraq.
Those of us who get the news from alternative reliable sources have known this for years. What is important though is the fact that it was said on ‘corporate controlled media’. What this means is that other corporate media will quote this news and becomes part of the “official” public view.
So hopefully it is clear and well-explained that the truth is out and urgency and duty have arrived for all the people to come into action in making the necessary changes.
Neil and his Group K has made his seven-year long journey towards ensuring the liberation and return of the Global Collateral Accounts that would be opened and accessible as originally intended. Truly upon the cusp of opening the GCA’s the world population is going “to live happily ever after”.
This is Neil’s quest. For the sake of the people on this planet we pray that Neil regains his strength and finally achieves his goal. This is what the world needs, a winner; and a winning outcome.
Listen to this video to fully understand the meaning and the history of Neil’s tremendous endeavour.
Animal Communication + The Latest Study On Human-Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell June 20 2016 | From: ZenGardner / GreenMedInfo
Moments before I was told to sit down and watch ‘How Diablo Became Spirit’ I was outside looking over a stable door at a polo pony called Punk. He and I had never met before but I knew he was ‘in’ because he was injured.
In my thoughts I said “Hi Punk, how you feeling?”. He looked up from his hay and I heard him say back to me in my thoughts “Much better thank you”, I was gob-smacked.
I moved to the next stable door where my old friend a chestnut mare called Penny was stabled and again in my head said “Hi Penny, how are you?”. “Hungry as always” she replied.
I walked back to my thatched cottage opposite the stables thinking to myself, I’m not going to tell anyone that just happened. When I walked into the cottage, my partner at that time said to me “Baby, sit down, I want you to watch something. I think I’ve found your calling.” – it was Anna Breytenbach (www.animalspirit.org) communicating telepathically with the magnificent Black Leopard called Diablo.
I wept all the way through the video and told Matt what had just happened with the two horses. I then went online to find the next Animal Communication workshop I could get on. Six weeks later I attending my first workshop.
I have always preferred the company of animals to humans, it’s just the way I am. Of course I now understand that humans are animals too, though my animal friends are way less complicated and much more easily pleased.
“To realize that which cannot be lost, it is necessary to understand what really has been lost.”.
-
Riane Eisler ‘Sacred Pleasure’.
On an Animal Communication workshop it is explained that everyone can communicate with animals, we have all just forgotten how. They teach you that interspecies communication is done via energy so language is never a barrier. Sometimes they will communicate through words, or sensation, or through images displayed in your mind.
Try not to want it too much because that can block you and do not discount any answer you get, practice trust in the first answer you receive, and you must ‘think out of the box’ because there isn’t one – except the one you or society puts you in.
You are taught the teacher’s ‘method’ which in this case was firstly close your eyes and ground yourself, move your consciousness into your heart area and think about how much you love animals, feeling the space in your heart centre expanding with love.
Then, imagine that from your heart you are beaming over love to the animal’s heart and introduce yourself. Tell them how much you love them and ask them if would they like to communicate with you. And remember to say please and thank you, animals apprectiate good manners.
Anna Breytenbach
So, the only way to learn this skill is from a ‘guest teacher’. My animal guest teacher was a Staffordshire Bullterrier called Oscar. He came into a calm room of thirty seated students, all eager to be able to communicate with this beautiful creature.
Being a ‘Staffy’ Oscar entered the room with typical Staffy exuberance, we had all been instructed not to speak to or touch him. His guardian (not owner, we are merely guardians to our pets) sat on a seat next to the teacher, whilst Oscar went around the room sniffing everybody, tail wagging.
He then went and settled on the rug in the middle of the room. The teacher had already written down the questions on a flip chart we were to ask Oscar telepathically, so she went through each question saying “Ask Oscar who his best friend is” and then we were to write on our notepads the first answer we received.
“Ask Oscar to show you where he went for a walk this morning, and who did he meet?”. Then, “Ask Oscar where he slept last night and why?”. Finally, “Is there anything you need Oscar that will make your life better?”.
I got two out of the four questions asked correct according to the answers the teacher received. She went through all the answers everybody got and then shared the answers that she had received. When we asked what did Oscar need to make his life better I heard him say “Bones, I need bones!”
The teacher and I got the same answer but his guardian protested “I can’t give him bones, he’s a Staffy and he may get splinters”.
I found myself protesting this statement aloud, dogs produce 20% stronger hydrocholic acid in their guts to digest bone, sinew, fur, fat and meat whilst on the move, it is imperative they have raw bones. Oscar got up from his rug and came over to me wagging his tail and put his head in my lap, saying “thank you”.
Later that day I was partnered up for another exercise with a young woman who also lived with Oscar, who had been accompanied by him in bed the night previous. When we asked the question “Where did you sleep last night and why?”
I heard something completely different to everyone else including the teacher, essentially getting the answer incorrect.
I asked her, when you went to bed last night with Oscar, how were you feeling? She responded exactly how Oscar had told me “She was feeling really sad and lonely”. From that moment on I knew that animal communication is subjective.
The afternoon consisted of a cat guest teacher called Marmalade who headed straight for a woman who was terrified of cats and sat on her for the rest of his session, attempting to cure her of her fear. Sadly, his efforts were lost. We did the same routine, asking Marmalade questions that his guardian could verify.
Afterwards, we worked with photographs of our beloved pets. How does that even work? Surely that is not possible but I found myself communicating perfectly accurately with Shoshy the cat via her photograph, using language that was completely alien to my usual syntax. It was a bizarre experience!
After my workshop I’d already got a few animals ‘booked in’ for communication sessions. My first was a Hunter horse named Nick who was having problems with repetitive lameness. I told the guardian not to tell me which leg was affected as asking a question that can be confirmed by them is evidence to you and them that you are indeed in interspecies communication.
I approached the huge beast in silence, telepathically announcing my name and that I’d just learned to communicate with animals and I would like to communicate with him. I heard nothing. Then after a moment, he drew my attention to his back left foot. I asked him did it hurt and suddenly I had a stabbing pain in my left foot on the underneath.
He then said “The injections don’t help, I need glucosomine”! When I spoke to his guardian her mouth dropped open and confirmed it was that foot that was problematic and she had been advised by the vet to have costly and painful steroid injections, of which he’d had four. I am happy to report Nick is now on glucosomine supplements and his problem is now relieved.
The next communication was with a dressage horse called Zodie. Her guardian is a gentle, beautiful young woman who teaches children to ride and does dressage competitions for fun. I like this person a lot and she is very fond of her animals. The evening before I had read from cover to cover, the book my teacher had written on animal communication.
She wrote about an experience she had with horses where one horse had remembered how kind a human once was to him that had given him some confectionary called ‘Maltesers’, and that he’d never forgotten her kindness or the sweets. I went armed with some Maltesers, just in case I could bribe the horse into communicating with me.
Her guardian told me when she and Zodie praticed dressage the horse was infallible but whenever they were in competetive situations the horse had awful meltdowns. Off I went to communicate with Zodie who was in an enclosure with two other horses where she was able to roam free and the others were stabled.
I entered their enclosure and introduced myself telepathically to Zodie, asking if she would like to communicate with me. She took one look at me and promptly walked off and hid in a stable! That was a definite ‘no’ then. Oh well, I may as well dish out the Maltesers whilst I’m here, so I pulled out the packet from my pocket and opened it in readiness to give to the other horses.
Zodie popped her head out the stable inquisitively, and decided to come over and investigate the rustle of the sweet wrapper. It turned out that she didn’t like the Maltesers but that was enough effort on my part for her to give me another chance and decided she would like to communicate with me after all.
I asked Zodie if she hurt anywhere and she showed me in my body a sensation of tightness on her right side flank and down the leg. I then asked her what was going wrong in her competions? I was immediately overwhelmed by the sensation of fear and nervousness, I was trembling all over and not able to catch my breath.
She told me “I just don’t want to let her down, she’s an angel and I don’t feel I am good enough”! I explained that Vicks just wanted to do the competitions for fun, it did not matter whether they won or not, they are just there to enjoy themselves. When I told Vicks she wept, as did I. Ever since then, Zodie has been winning every competition she has entered and Vick’s younger sister is now successfully showjumping her too.
Animals are our greatest teachers in every way, when I have found it impossible to communicate they patiently show me how. I have predominantly had dogs and horses in my life. Dogs are my greatest love and proved the most difficult for me to access telepathically. But they always patiently teach me what I need to learn.
For me at least, it works better most times if I communicate with dogs through images. For example, Terry the Terrier was my best animal friend when I learned this amazing skill, but I could not communicate in the ways I found so easy with cats, horses, even insects! Eventually, this recalcitrant lump of clay finally grasped the concept of visualisation communication thanks to Terry’s guidance.
I was feeling very sorry for myself with my female cycle one day, and I knew that animals are able to heal us. So I was lying on my bed in agony with Terry looking at me curiously. I said telepathically “Terry come and lie on my belly it really hurts”. Nothing. Then I closed my eyes and imagined (or I- magiced) Terry lying on my belly facing me, and imagined what that would look like from his perspective.
He jumped up on the bed and lay down on my body facing me. Within minutes my pain had subsided and I had learned my biggest lesson so far. On another similar painful occasion I was cat-sitting and up in the middle of the night. I explained to one of the cats I was in pain and she promptly jumped on my lap and starting pawing at my belly arduously. The pain was cured in a matter of minutes.
One day I was told about a position at an Aristocrat’s country estate which was a ‘live in’ job and my role would be to take care of their five dogs, my dream job! I went to the 4,000 acre estate for an interview and met the Countess and her daughter and the five dogs.
The dogs were really hectic with very few manners but all completely adorable. I was asked to sit down at the kitchen table and have coffee with my prospective new boss. I suddenly was drawn to looking behind me and saw the tiny Jack Russell Terrier who was sat staring at me next to the warm aga oven.
Telepathically I said to her “Hello, I might be coming to live here to look after you, and I can talk to you”.
Her eyes grew wide and her jaw slackened with shock. I invited her to come and sit on my lap which she did – her guardians could not believe what was happening because ‘Lunch’ the Terrier never sat on just any old person’s lap, so I got the job. The pack consisted of one Golden Retriever called Wussie who was a healer, two highly strung Hungarian Vizlas, a mother and daughter Mabel & Maudie.
Lunch, and a rescued Dog de Bordeaux named Winnifred – a motley crew, all ruled magnanimously by Lunch of course, her being the smallest of the pack, it’s always the smallest one in charge.
On many occasions I would walk another three dogs with the pack, just me and eight dogs spending whole days outside connecting with each other, and all in connection with the Planetary Animal Mother, Gaia Sophia.
I have even communicated with plants. I got badly stung by some stinging nettles and know the best antidote is to eat the very top of the nettle. I stood before a large group of nettles and asked them which nettle top I could take to cure my rash.
After a brief wait, and with no breeze whatsoever, one of the plants bowed down where the others stayed perfectly still.
I make hedgerow medicines and if I cannot find the plant that I need I will ask to be taken to it. When I collect the plants and harvest them I talk to them in gratitude and explain to them who the medicine is for and what ailments they will be addressing. It is a wonderful feeling to heal somebody, and even more sublime to be in such deep connection with nature.
Often one finds that some animals are more open to telepathy with human animals than others. No wonder when animals are so used to us thinking they are just dumb beasts, often treating them badly either through ignorance or patent cruelty. One such animal was a beautiful bay horse named Campbell.
He was unfortunate enough to have a groom who was very ignorant and cruel, be his guardian. She was the live-in groom where I lived and supposedly ‘looked after’ twelve horses. Dear, sweet Campbell, was always fielded alone which is a dire way for herd animals to exist. He had no grass, no shade, no friends and I often found he had no water.
I’ve always been able to feel how animals feel which intensified ten fold when I learned to communicate with them.
I would go and see Campbell every day and his loneliness was palpable. I would try my best to be nice and gently convince the groom he needed more in his life but was always met with a brick wall of obtuse indifference.
The weather became unusually hot for English summertime that year and Campbell consistently had no water. One afternoon I found him in a different paddock next to two mares who were both in season, again with no shade and no water.
He was covered in horseflies and horsefly bites and reacting manically to them and the mares’ hormones. I entered the paddock, and with nostrils flaring and making a strange and unfamiliar equine noise, he rushed towards me and literally buried his face in my torso for solace, remaining there for the next 10 minutes. I was covered in his blood from his bites. Utterly heartbreaking.
I text the groom telling her what had happened and she replied in her usual disparraging manner, she knew what she was doing and she was sick of me interfering but the worst part was she said “I can’t give him anymore water because he will get colic”.
Not having access to fresh water is what gives horses colic. I printed some information about colic prevention from the Blue Cross website and handed it to her. For one week Campbell had water every day and was wearing a fly protection rug and mask.
The following week however, back in his lonely field on a day when the temperatures were soaring, I found Campbell once again without any water.
He had two empty buckets that I had filled the day before, changing one of the buckets to a different colour so that the groom would know I had done it, and I’d be able to verify whether she had refilled or not. It was 9 30pm, almost 24 hours since and he’d had any water.
I was very tired having worked all day and his field was half a mile away from my cottage. “Campbell, do you need me to fetch you some water?” I asked telepathically. I will never forget his response – he put his head in one empty bucket and looked at me, then he did the same with the other bucket and looked at me.
Actions do indeed speak louder than words. I ferried 15 litres of water over to his field in a wheelbarrow of which he drank 5 litres straight away.
As I left him now hydrated I heard him say “Thank you, I love you.” Sadly I wasn’t able to continue living amongst all those wonderful creatures because I could not endure the abject neglect and cruelty any longer. I hope Campbell and all the others have gone on to a better home or at least ended up with more competant caretakers.
This is the only downside to communicating with animals.
I have helped a dog who was so terrified of fireworks he’d try to claw his way through walls. A horse who was scared of going to an Elite English School where spolied children can keep their horses at school. A cat that was peeing in the house…
I attended another two day workshop with the same teacher, day two was focussing on Gestalt Therapy and Remote Viewing which is basically learning to communicate and heal from long distance. Day two was Remote Viewing, so to learn we were partnered up with someone new to us that weekend and told to swap our pet photographs.
The object of the exercise was, with permission of the other person, to access their house by communicating with their pet through the photograph. I was handed a photograph of a really pissed off looking Persian Blue cat called Basil, his expression was hilarious so I burst out laughing and looked at Basil’s guardian who simply said “I know”.
Not quite believing I or anyone could do such a thing, I nevertheless introduced myself to Basil and asked him to show me around his house. We were encouraged to draw any images we saw or write down any words we received.
Suddenly I can see a kitchen, with a catflap in a pvc back door.
Then I find myself travelling through the catflap into the garden where I can see a beige coloured paving slab path separating two lawns, and a wooden shed to the left with a tall wooden fence surrounding the modest garden.
Basil told me “I don’t like to go further than the fence”.
Then we go back through the catflap and into the kitchen where he shows me not only the food he eats but the two different brands of food he gets fed, and his silver bowl. His favourite place to sleep in the kitchen is a beige chair, and then he takes me upstairs to the windowsill where he likes to sit and watch the world go by. Before I left the house he told me something about his guardians with a request attached.
I find myself showing a complete stranger the sketch I had drawn of her own house and garden. To our mutual amazement I was 100% accurate! She told me Basil had been rescued with another cat and they were both house cats until the other cat had died. Since that day, Basil had been wandering out into the garden but never further than the fence.
She confirmed his food, the brands, his favourite place to sleep and his spot on the windowsill. We were both utterly flabbergasted. Then, feeling rather awkward I asked her what Basil had told me to say “Do you listen to BBC Radio 4?”. “Oh yes, we listen to it all the time” she replied.
“Well Basil says he hates it and has asked me to ask you to please turn it off”!
I will add here, the animal communicators all explain that the reason we are able to use photographs to communicate is a Quantam Physics factor. I believe Quantam Physics is yet another scientific fraud we have been force fed, so I have no idea how communication through that medium works, just that it does.
On the same workshop I was partnered with a woman who gave me a photograph of her dead dog. I was able to ask and answer her four confirmation questions accurately, and then put her mind at rest that she had done the right thing in putting her beloved pet to sleep at the time that she did.
They also say delightful things like our departed loved ones come with us on walks and watch over us. Now I am aware of that idea I can feel their presence.
I was asked to communicate with a new horse at a livery stable, she had got into the habit of throwing the boss off every time he rode her. They had renamed her Gigi so my first question to her was “Do you like your new name?”. “No, I want to be called Butercup! And I want a purple rug.”
Then I asked if she was in pain and she showed me in my own body points that hurt her, which I sketched on a piece of paper. She also told me her saddle was very uncomfortable. When I left her stable one of the grooms who I had not met before, came over and asked me if I had been able to communicate.
She then started to tell me where she thought the horse was in pain and my sketch matched exactly with her assertions. I told Tom my findings and he was really unhappy with her name choice, but admitted the saddle they used was not one that had been specifically made for her. And he would change her rug to a purple one.
Buttercup has now had the physical therapy she needed to help her ailments and has a new saddle especially fitted for her back, and has managed to keep Tom off the floor.
Anyone can learn to communicate with animals. Just think why does your dog know you are thinking about taking them for a walk almost before you have even formulated the thought?
But animal communication is right-hemisphere brain activity, understanding that the education system is a deliberate attempt to make you entirely left-hemisphered, will assist you enormously.
Attending one of the many workshops on offer will be the start of your intraspecies communication and a new way of looking at all life and nature, even the planet we live on.
According to the ancient Pagan Mysteries, and the biography of the earth recovered from the Nag Hammadhi Codices by modern day Gnostic John Lamb Lash, Gaia Sophia is a living conscious being, our Planetary Animal Mother, who can communicate with you too.
“The human animal is wired to Gaia, literally and spiritually.”
The Latest Study On Human - Pet Bonding Says You May Be Under A Spell
Do you melt when you look into your dog’s eyes? Does your cat have you wrapped around her little fuzzy paws? You’re not alone! New science unlocks the mysteries of human-animal bonding and how our animal companions manipulate us into loving them - for our good and theirs.
People have a long history of living and bonding with domesticated animals. A recent genome study concluded that dogs may have been domesticated as far back as 34,000 years ago.
Today, our animal companions are as beloved as ever with the American pet population expanding from about 40 million cats and dogs in 1967 to more than 114 million in 2012. Roughly two-thirds of US households now include at least one pet.
Not only are pets on the rise, but the significance of our human-animal relationships seems to be deepening. A growing number of young adults are trading in their human partners for the four-legged kind. Many report experiencing greater distress from the loss of a pet than from a breakup. In a recent poll, a surprising 38 percent of dog owners reported loving their pets more than their partners!
Our animal companions obviously bring lightness and joy to our lives, but science now reveals they may be bringing much more.
The Magical Healing Powers of Animals
In addition to offering companionship, animals benefit people in a number of different ways. For example, animals have developed special defenses over the millennia to ensure survival in the wild, and some of these have benefits for humankind.
Dog’ saliva has been found to heal wounds due to a protein called Nerve Growth Factor. Human wounds treated with NGF heal twice as quickly as untreated wounds.
The purring of a cat can help mend broken bones and soft tissue injuries because they purr at 20 to 50 Hertz, a frequency range found to promote tissue healing. And a protein from the venom of the Malayan pit viper is being used in Europe to treat strokes and blood clots.
Even if you don’t own anything as exotic as a Malayan pit viper, your dog or cat may be bringing you an abundance of gifts.
Science shows that pet owners are reaping an amazing number of health benefits, including the following:
Reduced risk for heart attack, stroke, and cardiovascular disease, and better odds of surviving and recovering from a heart attack, regardless of the severity
Better physical fitness and higher levels of activity, overall
Improved stress management and coping, reduced risk for depression and anxiety; lower levels of cortisol, and higher levels of “feel good” neurotransmitters, including dopamine and serotonin
Fewer allergies, better immune function, and improved health and longevity
Higher attractiveness and trustworthiness to others, more social support and reduced isolation
Early warnings for seizures, cancer, low blood sugar and even death, as animals have sensory abilities reaching far beyond those of humans, making them excellent service companions
Pets Reduce Allergies and Help Build Children’s EQ
For children, family pets offer unique benefits, both physically and emotionally. Dogs can forestall the development of allergies in children raised with them. A study in the Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology found exposure to dogs in infancy, especially around the time of birth, can lower a child’s risk for allergies.
This effect is so strong that even an expectant mother can reduce the likelihood of her child’s developing allergies by living with a dog.
The emotional benefits are even more profound. Kids who grow up with dogs and cats tend to show greater compassion and empathy, which is referred to as “emotional intelligence” or EQ.
According to kindergarten teachers, EQ is the strongest predictor of a child’s success in school, even more so than reading or writing skills. Caring for a pet teaches children compassion, self-esteem, and responsibility for the care of another, as well as improving cognitive skills, mitigating stress, and numerous other benefits.
Children with autism are sometimes better able to interact with animals, and this may actually improve their ability to interact with people. Science shows cats are especially helpful to autistic children, increasing their social interactivity and improving communication skills, tactile and eye contact, smiling and laughter.
Oxytocin Creates Friends with Benefits
Why do cats and dogs hold this almost-magical power over humans? Recent discoveries are beginning to provide an answer: hormones.
A recent groundbreaking study was the first to identify a hormonal bonding effect between humans and other species, which may help to explain how dogs became domesticated thousands of years ago.
According to the study, when your dog looks into your eyes, he activates the same hormonal response as an infant. The mutual gazing between dogs and their owners triggers the release of oxytocin, the “love hormone,” in the same positive feedback loop as in a mother and newborn.
Of the duos who spent the greatest amount of time gazing into each other’s eyes, male as well as female dogs experienced a 130 percent rise in oxytocin levels, and both male and female owners showed a 300 percent increase.
Produced by the hypothalamus, oxytocin is the hormone responsible for mother-infant bonding, flooding each with feelings of happiness, trust and well being. In addition to its role in bonding and relationships, oxytocin confers physical health benefits as well, including reduced pain and inflammation, which could explain some of the health benefits of pet ownership outlined above.
But oxytocin may explain only part of our connection with dogs. A prior study found dogs to be sensitive to human social cues, such as the intention to interact with them when making eye contact. According to Medical Daily:
"Dogs tend to speak through body language and facial expression, which makes them better equipped to figure out our moods and what makes us happy, among other things.
Dogs are not the only species casting oxytocin spells on humans - cats are taking full advantage as well."
Crazy Cat Ladies May Not Be So Crazy After All
A recent study found that cats attach to humans as social partners, not just for the sake of obtaining food. This research is the first to show in detail that cat-human relationships are essentially identical to human-human ones, at least biochemically, with cats frequently stepping into roles of surrogate children in nurturing homes. This of course will not be new information to cat lovers.
Petting a cat is found to produce an immediate oxytocin release in both cat and human - but if that human is a woman, the effects may be far more pronounced. This study and others confirm that, while cats have plenty of male admirers, women initiate contact with their kitties much more often than men, and vice versa.
Female owners also have more intense relationships with their cats, and cats especially adore - and manipulate - their ladies. Cats are cashing in on human maternal instinct!
Rather than an amusing eccentricity, “crazy cat ladies” may actually be unwitting victims of chemically modulated feline manipulation. I’ll leave proof of that hypothesis to the scientists - but ladies, consider yourself warned.
Regardless of whether or not we humans are being manipulated by our animal friends, the benefits of sharing our homes with them cannot be denied. Science has proven that if you want to live a longer, healthier, happier life - and raise your children in an environment that cultivates compassion and responsibility - then adopting a pet may be just the prescription.
Tribal Parenting – How To Heal Our Children + What Are The Consequences Of A Childhood Removed From Nature? June 18 2016 | From: KellyBroganMD / PlayAgain
Do you wear your baby? Nurse your toddler? Sleep in a family bed? If you do, chances are you’ve been influenced by an obscure little book penned almost four decades ago.
Its author, the late Jean Liedloff, spent two and a half years living with a Stone Age South American tribe, observing them and recording their way of life.
The Yekuana Indians were unlike any people Liedloff had ever encountered. They seemed universally happy and fulfilled. Their children, especially, were remarkably calm and independent. In the entire time she stayed with them, she witnessed no sibling rivalry, no whining, and almost no crying, fussing or tantrums among their infants and small children.
She was amazed to see older children and teens confidently performing difficult tasks and making mature decisions, without the defiance or recalcitrance so common in Western adolescents. In her own words:
“Amazingly, the children never fought. They played together all day unsupervised, all ages, from crawling, to walking to adolescence. Not only did they not fight, they never even argued. This is not at all what we have been taught human nature is….”
Liedloff observed that in this culture, as in many other indigenous societies around the globe, children were treated very differently than in Western cultures. She began to develop a theory of human social development based on her observations.
According to her, every human being is born with an inborn expectation to undergo certain natural social experiences. These begin with being held immediately after birth, and an extended in-arms phase in early infancy.
Liedloff called her theory the Continuum Concept, because she maintained that these experiences should come sequentially (in a continuum), and are necessary for the sustainable continuation of our species.
Missing one or more of them, according to Liedloff, can cause an individual to have trouble integrating properly into society.
And by extension, one would assume that a society that does not routinely provide these experiences to its members is likely to, eventually, break down.
You may be familiar with many of these Continuum practices as the basic principles of the Attachment Parenting (AP) movement, which Liedloff’s ideas influenced greatly.
Several, like babywearing, extended nursing, and co-sleeping are, if not wholly embraced by Western society, at least becoming better known and more accepted.
However, most Western parents who follow these practices agree that their families are still far from experiencing the ideal of human contentedness that Liedloff describes in her book.
Assuming that Liedloff’s observations are accurate, how can we continue to improve upon our parenting practices? In other words, once the honeymoon of infancy is over, what then?
Beyond Infancy
In examining The Continuum Concept (and related materials included on the book’s website) for hints on parenting children ages toddler and beyond, three main principles spring forth as very different from the way most of us were raised, and continue to raise our children:
The first principle is a profound trust in the child.
Caregivers in continuum societies understand that the child is an inherently “good citizen,” with an innate desire to please and an inborn sense of self-preservation.
“Nobody’s born rotten,” writes Liedloff. “You just don’t have bad kids. There is no such thing. But we can make them bad. Ironically, the reason it’s possible… is because we are so social.
Our social nature is such that we tend to meet the expectations of our elders. Whenever this reversal took place and our elders stopped expecting us to be social and expected us to be anti-social, or greedy or selfish or dirty or destructive or self-destructive… that’s when the real fall took place. And we’re paying for it dearly.”
Instead of warning the child to behave and laying out consequences for bad behavior, Liedloff advocates simply modeling the “good” behavior, and expecting the child to follow suit. If the child errs, he should be gently instructed to change his behavior, but he should never be judged negatively as a person because of his mistakes.
The second Continuum concept to keep in mind is that the child should not be the center of attention.
Neither, however, should he be excluded from adult society. In Yekuana society, Liedloff observed that adults were available to the child as needed, but focused primarily on their own activities, not on their role as parents. This approach lets the child learn by direct observation and to begin participating in adult activities as he is ready, without the pressure of being in the spotlight.
Of course, this does not mean that one should never pay attention to or play with one’s child. It simply, in Liedloff’s words, “reflects an understanding of the child’s role as a learner in society.”
The child needs a mother who is confident and calm… a mother who knows what to do, and doesn’t ask permission from her child. If you’re pleading with her (or asking her to lead), then she’s got the power, and it makes her nervous because it means you’re not sure of yourself, and you’re begging her for acceptance (or direction).
Any grown-up lady that pleads with a 4-year-old is not to be relied on.
Rather than following the child’s lead, Liedloff suggests telling her nicely but matter-of-factly what you expect her to do, without asking her permission or regaling her with choices or reasons. In other words, instead of saying, “Let’s go have some lunch now, OK? What would you like to eat?” tell your child “OK, now it’s time for lunch. Can you find the spoons? We’re going to have soup.”
Keep in mind, though, that taking the lead is not the same thing as taking control over your child. The parents Liedloff observed never forced a child to do chores. They simply modeled the behavior, and made sure the tools - like a child-size grater - were available to the child.
When a child showed an interest, she was allowed to participate as long as she wanted to. It was simply expected that she would naturally want to learn how to do the tasks she observed the adults doing.
By the time they are old enough to be truly helpful, Liedloff noted that continuum-raised children will simply and quietly obey requests for help from adults, reciprocating the respect they had been shown when they were little.
The question for modern parents becomes, “Past infancy, how do we continue to give our children the continuum experiences they need in the context of our own society?”
This leads us to the third principle: that a healthy human experience must include interaction between people of many different ages.
It is easy for Stone Age parents to be available to their children without making them the center of attention. After all, they live where they work, and their children spend most of their time freely playing with other children, both younger and older than they are.
In fact, every person in their culture is able to model older individuals, and mentor younger individuals in turn. This allows for smooth passage from one stage of life to the next, and reduces or eliminates friction between generations.
In a society which divides its tribes into isolated nuclear families, where adults must often work outside the home, where children are not typically welcomed into the workplace, and where, from preschool to nursing home, our age segregation practices border on the extreme, is it even possible to offer our children - and ourselves - the experiences we apparently need to become truly fulfilled human beings?
Perhaps not to the extent that the Yekuana could. But just as many Western parents have resurrected the practices of babywearing and co-sleeping, why not reclaim the tribal experience as well?
Whether through conscious decisions or instinct, many parents are attempting to do just that - resurrect something of the primal, tribal human experience. In their own ways, they are seeking opportunities to connect with other families in ways that are more natural, organically developing and holistic.
Extended Family
For some families, tribe-building is as simple as staying in place or moving back to live close to extended family. A recent PEW study revealed that 43 percent of young people ages 18–31 are now living with their parents or other kin. This includes a growing number of families with young children, according to Carmen Wong-Ulrich of Baby Center Financial.
Granted, this is happening primarily as a result of economic pressure, rather than the desire for a more natural social structure. However, many of these families are discovering benefits to this arrangement beyond financial relief.
“It was nice to rediscover a relationship with my parents as a parent.
I don’t think our vision was ever, oh let’s go live with our parents again when we are older, but you know, it worked out,” commented one young mother who spent a year living with her parents while she and her husband saved up for a home of their own.
Other parents report increased feelings of security, carpooling and other shared duties made easier, built-in babysitters, and family bonding as benefits of living with or near family members.
But for the majority of us, living near family is just not an option. What then?
Creating Your Own Tribe
Teresa Pitman’s classic article “Finding Your Tribe” offers one solution. First published in 2000, it has been republished many times since, inspiring parents all over the world to create modern “tribal” relationships with friends and neighbors. It the article, Pitman describes her relationship with her friend Vicki.
Starting when their first babies were infants, the two would get together and help each other with household chores or prepare meals for both families to enjoy, while their kids had the benefit of unstructured play time with adults who remained in close proximity, but engaged in their own adult activities.
It wasn’t until she read Liedloff’s book that Pitman realized she and Vicki had unconsciously created their own little tribal community.
Pitman points out that tribe-building involves much more than just scheduling regular playdates. You have to spend a lot of time together, and it’s important that it not just be all “visiting time.” Work together. Clean house, work on your car, do projects together, garden, prepare meals, or start a business together.
Take care of the children’s needs as they need you; otherwise, let them alone to observe how you’re going about your tasks - or not, as they please.
She also cautions not to be too picky about whom you form your tribe with. Just like family, the people you find available may have some qualities that differ from your ideals. That’s OK; as long as you can respect each other’s choices and beliefs there’s no reason you can’t form a deep and lasting relationship.
Homeschooling
It’s very common for parents of young children to get together frequently, and often these relationships result in lasting bonds between families. However, once the children reach school age, time spent together in this way often diminishes. Homeschooling families have a unique advantage in this regard.
They are also better able to respond to children’s natural developmental patterns, and more likely to have the opportunity to interact with children of a larger age range than their schooled counterparts - an important aspect of Continuum ideals.
In situations where homeschooling occurs between and around running a home-based business, children also get to observe and learn firsthand how the adult world operates in a way that was once a normal part of growing up, but is now no longer available to the vast majority of modern children.
That said, many homeschoolers still find their lives increasingly dominated by schedules and goals, especially as children grow older. If a tribal experience is truly your ideal, you might find yourself drawn to at least partial unschooling.
The School Conundrum
If homeschooling is not an option for your family’s situation, what then? If you are brave and resourceful, you might consider organizing your own school or other institution.
This is what Natalie Cronin did. She started her home daycare, Under the Tinker Tree, out of a desire to provide her own children with an experience more closely resembling her ideals than would otherwise be possible. Luckily, her vision resonated with others in her community.
“I share my home with a dozen families a day, and we have a saying that ‘We’re all in it together.’ It was an interesting process…
I was very upfront about [all my beliefs about childrearing], and people would come, and they were looking for people like me and I was looking for people like them…. [I’d tell them] we aren’t caring for just the child, we’re here for the whole family, and that’s really what it’s become.
Our community has become so close. The parents contact each other after daycare, and we all live within a few blocks of each other - I have six families who live in the same apartment building as I do. So we really do have our own little community and we’re very supportive of each other.”
Pioneering a “tribal” style school for older children is more of a challenge than starting a daycare, but is certainly within the realm of possibility if enough parents in a given community are willing to devote time and resources to making it happen.
Institutional Tribalism?
If starting a school is not an option, you still may be able to integrate some semblances of a tribal existence into the fabric of your family’s life by carefully choosing amongst the schools, churches and other organizations in your area, and/or by advocating for more Continuum-friendly practices within the organizations you already belong to.
Keep in mind that it is extremely difficult to change already existing conventions.
“If you can’t homeschool, the first thing is to seek out alternative schools that have age mixing and aren’t so set on separating and segregating people,” advises parenting coach Scott Noelle, who corresponded extensively with Liedloff while she was alive, and now operates the Liedloff Continuum Network website.
“You can also look for a school that doesn’t grade children; that’s another way to separate people, by ‘good kids’ and ‘bad kids’ and A students and B students and so forth.”
Noelle adds that there are things you can do to protect your child from the less Continuum-friendly aspects of school life.
“I encourage parents to let (their children) know that the school culture is like a game that they play, and there are parts of the game that are good to play, like learning and meeting new friends, but that we’ll have to tolerate other parts of the game that are not as aligned with our true nature, like grading for example.
You can assure your children that the grading is just a game and we don’t have to take it too seriously. They do take it seriously - they forget that it’s just a game. So tell them, ‘I’m not too worried about [the game]. If what you’re ready for doesn’t align perfectly with their game then you may get low marks in their game, but I know you’ll blossom in your own time.’”
You may find yourself in the position of wanting to introduce elements of modern tribalism into an existing organization. This is challenging, but not impossible. If you want to do this, it’s usually a good idea to become an active, participating member of the group first, before attempting change.
Then, frame your suggestions in a way that helps them meet existing wants and needs. For instance, you might volunteer to set up a program to help your organization’s single-parent families network with and support each other.
Intentional Communities
To some, the ultimate in modern tribe building may well be to start an intentional community based on Continuum and other natural living concepts. However, a quick search reveals very few existing intentional communities that openly base their values on Continuum ideals. (Heart-Culture Farm near Eugene, Oregon, is one.)
Why is this? Surely, there are enough families interested in following an attachment parenting lifestyle to warrant a larger number of communities specifically designed to support it?
Could it be that the very concept of an “intentional” community (at least, as most of us are likely to think of it) is alien to a Continuum worldview? After all, Liedloff herself noted that the Yekuana people were highly reluctant to sway anyone else’s opinion or influence their behavior. Yet most intentional communities are very specific as to what is and is not acceptable behavior.
Noelle recounts a personal intentional community experience which may shed some light on this question:
“The Internet was making people more aware, and some people began discussing the idea of having a community of people… where the values were aligned with the Continuum Concept, which all of us were very passionate about.
So I wrote up a long and passionate post to this online community - right around the year 2000 - “let’s go for it!” Somehow a lot of people got impassioned about it and we did start organizing. It led to a fairly sizable group of people from all over the world getting together for an organizational meeting.
We accidentally experienced tribe for about two days. We had this gathering in my hometown, Portland, Oregon. People had different travel schedules, and a number of people got there a few days before the big meeting.
They camped out in our yard and we kind of had this village we created in our yard, and we were all just waiting and very optimistic.
So we actually had this tribal experience, and I can only say it was glorious.
It was just wonderful, the feeling of this expanded social circle where everyone is just sort of flowing together. The children had all these choices [of playmates].
They could play with one and when they were done they could play with another and if a child’s mom needed a break there was someone there to attend to the child. And we were living that way for a couple of days while we were waiting for this meeting.”
Then the meeting happened and everyone brought their agendas with them, and their particular attachments that things had to be a certain way, and we started to lose some of that being in the moment with each other. Now it had to be right vs wrong…
We might have weathered that, but I think ultimately a lot of us were recovering our humanity. The thing about community movements, is that people are attracted to communities because they’re failing in some way. I don’t mean that as a criticism.
If people are succeeding at the whole separation game in society, they’re succeeding within the rules of that game, and they’re not motivated to change. It’s the ones who are failing who are like, “This doesn’t work for me, so I’m open to trying something new.” And they come across this idea of communitarianism, and they’re willing to try.
But then you have a whole bunch of wounded people who are trying to lift each other up. And I could see that in this particular project, including myself and my wife—we definitely lacked the skill set to do that."
Noelle suspects that being well funded could help such a project overcome this issue by allowing participants the security to work out their differences. “When you’re just in survival mode you get defensive, feeling like someone else’s needs may encroach on your own.”
Given this experience and others, it seems that this elusive tribal experience is not something to be sought as a goal, but something experienced naturally when people come together without goals or expectations, simply in the enjoyment of being together.
What about the Internet?
Many people these days are spending increasing amounts of time and energy on the Internet in hopes of connecting to like-minded souls. Without denigrating the very real value many find in their online relationships (this author included), it’s important to note that virtual reality is in many ways antithetical to a Continuum experience.
The Continuum concept is about more than the sequence of human development. It’s about the continuum of humanity across many lifespans, and the play of matter and consciousness amongst and between humans, other species, Mother Earth and the universe itself.
Children, especially, need to experience the world holistically through their senses - the real world with all their senses, not just a pared-down, wired-up virtual semblance with no taste or touch or smell. And believe it or not, we adults need this too.
There is no virtual substitute for the connection one feels when one’s eyes meet another’s, or the sensation of a warm slice of homemade bread passing from one hand to another, or the volumes spoken in minute variations in a loved one’s smile.
Seeking Your Own Tribe
Cronin, Noelle and Pitman all offer excellent suggestions for developing the kind of comfort with ourselves and others that appears to be a prerequisite for a Continuum lifestyle.
Be honest about your feelings and needs, both to yourself and to others - if your children just aren’t up to participating in a play date on a particular day, it’s better to stay home than to force the issue.
Remember to breathe - you won’t connect well with others until you are comfortable and relaxed in your own space.
Reconnect with the natural world - even if you live in a city, just going for a walk and passing a tree is connecting and centering.
Spend a lot of time together.
Choose options that lead to partnership rather than separation and control.
Be open to relationships with people who are in different stages of parenthood or life, or whose habits or beliefs differ from yours.
Focus more strongly on how you’re connected with people than on how you’re different.
Unplug.
Above all, be open about the outcome. Allow your tribe to grow organically, from the inside out. Forget about your goals and focus instead on just the experience of being, right here and right now, with those you happen to be with at the moment. The destination is the journey itself.
Play Again: What Are The Consequences Of A Childhood Removed From Nature?
One generation from now most Westerners will have spent more time in the virtual world than in nature. New media technologies have improved our lives in countless ways. Information now appears with a click. Overseas friends are part of our daily lives. And even grandma loves Wii.
But what are we missing when we are behind screens? And how will this impact our children, our society, and eventually, our planet? At a time when children play more behind screens than outside, PLAY AGAIN explores the changing balance between the virtual and natural worlds. Is our connection to nature disappearing down the digital rabbit hole?
This moving and humorous documentary follows six teenagers who, like the “average American child,” spend five to fifteen hours a day behind screens. PLAY AGAIN unplugs these teens and takes them on their first wilderness adventure – no electricity, no cell phone coverage, no virtual reality.
Through the voices of children and leading experts including journalist Richard Louv, sociologist Juliet Schor, environmental writer Bill McKibben, educators Diane Levin and Nancy Carlsson-Paige, neuroscientist Gary Small, parks advocate Charles Jordan, and geneticist David Suzuki, PLAY AGAIN investigates the consequences of a childhood removed from nature and encourages action for a sustainable future.
Where We are Coming From
Seventy years ago, the first televisions became commercially available. The first desktop computers went on sale 30 years ago, and the first cell phones a mere 15 years ago. During their relatively short tenure these three technologies have changed the way we live. Some of these changes are good.
Television can now rapidly disseminate vital information. Computers turned that flow of information into a two-way street. Cell phones enable unprecedented connectivity with our fellow human beings. And the merging of cell phones and the internet has even allowed protest movements around the world to organize and thrive.
But there’s also a down side. For many people, especially children, screens have become the de facto medium by which the greater world is experienced. A virtual world of digitally transmitted pictures, voices, and scenarios has become more real to this generation than the world of sun, water, air, and living organisms, including fellow humans.
The average American child now spends over eight hours in front of a screen each day. She emails, texts, and updates her status incessantly. He can name hundreds of corporate logos, but less than ten native plants. She aspires to have hundreds of online friends, most she may never meet in person.
He masters complicated situations presented in game after game, but often avoids simple person-to-person conversation. They are almost entirely out of contact with the world that, over millions of years of evolution, shaped human beings - the natural world.
The long-term consequences of this experiment on human development remain to be seen, but the stakes couldn’t be higher. By most accounts, this generation will face multiple crises - environmental, economic and social. Will this screen world - and its bevy of virtual experiences - have adequately prepared these “digital natives” to address the problems they’ll face, problems on whose resolution their own survival may depend?
As we stand at a turning point in our relationship with earth, we find ourselves immersed in the gray area between the natural and virtual worlds. From a global perspective of wonder and hope, PLAY AGAIN examines this unique point in history.
Unconditional Basic Income: Only A Matter Of Time June 13 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview
Over last weekend Switzerland held a referendum on whether to establish an unconditional basic income.
The proposal was rejected; no real surprise given the plan was somewhat ambitious in scale.
However, the really interesting result is the number of people who expect this issue to stick around. Europeans are starting to view a move to an unconditional basic income as only a matter of time.
The Results
With just under half of voters turning out, about 23% voted for the proposal and 77% against. In total, some 569,000 people voted for an unconditional basic income across the country. In some areas the total was much higher – for example 36% voted for the proposal in the canton of Jura.
The failure of the proposal is no surprise given its ambitious nature. The plan was to give all citizens a basic income of 2500 Swiss francs ($NZ3700 a month, $NZ44,400 a year); that is a hell of a lot of money even in the relatively expensive country of Switzerland.
On 4 October 2013 Swiss activists from Generation Grundeinkommen organised a performance in Bern where 8 million coins were dumped on a public square, as a celebration of the successful collection of more than 125,000 signatures, which forced the government to hold a referendum on whether or not to incorporate the concept of basic income in the Federal constitution.
The proposal also contained no consideration of how to pay for the basic income. Clearly, both of these are major issues that needed to be worked through before any such proposal could proceed. These are both issues that we considered in the book, The Big Kahuna, and we even had independent consultants: NZIER check our calculations.
It may sound like a resounding defeat but the referendum has done incredible things for the profile of the unconditional basic income in Europe. In fact, by spending time to debate the pros and cons, it seems that many now believe the unconditional basic income is the way of the future.
Is UBI the Future of Switzerland?
The debate about the unconditional basic income has clearly had some wins. People now understand that about half of the work done in most modern societies is unpaid – something an unconditional basic income can rectify. The UBI is also seen by 72% of the Swiss population as a useful response to automation and the risk to job security in the modern economy.
All in all, the debate has clearly just begun. Some 69% of Swiss voters expect another referendum on the unconditional basic income.
On April 30th, the group "Robots for Basic Income" decided to show their approval of the introduction of a basic income for all humans as jobs will be given to robots in the future. They celebrated the End of Labour Day
That figure rises to 80% if you only count the people under 39 years old. Two-thirds believe an unconditional basic income will be introduced within two decades.
After all this debate and the referendum, 77% of Swiss people want the unconditional basic income to be tested in an area, to see what actually happens. Watch this space.
These sorts of tests are already happening in the rest of Europe Finland and the Netherlands already have plans to test the idea. Even the UK Labour Party is taking a close look at the UBI. The results of these trials will add to the evidence we have from experiments in Canada and the US in the 1970s.
The big concern with an unconditional basic income (other than the cost) is the fear that everyone will stop working. Of course, no one thinks they would stop working with an unconditional basic income; they just think everyone else would.
It is an irrational fear that wasn’t borne out in the trials of the 1970s. Back then, the only people who worked less were young men in training (who went on to earn more as a result) or parents wanting to look after their children. Hardly an employment apocalypse.
In the next few years we will see the results of these new trials emerge and these concerns will be put to bed. After the debate in Switzerland, there is a growing recognition that it is only a matter of time before we have an unconditional basic income. It is increasingly looking like a question of when, not if.
What Is Sovereignty? June 1 2016 | From: WakingTimes
This subject or concept is a hot topic in the alternative community. I recently attended the Anarchapulco conference that featured a wide range of aspects of this important subject regarding our personal awakening and growing financial, legal and spiritual independence and empowerment.
Cryptocurrencies were featured along with our current geopolitical situation and alternative lifestyle choices, while roundly exposing the futility and anachronistic nature of statism, brilliantly done by Larken Rose and many other speakers. Understanding what we’ve been programmed to accept and learning to question every aspect of what the social engineers have indoctrinated us with is paramount to any real truth seeker.
When I approach these subjects touching on sovereignty, whether it be freedom from the binding maritime law-based legal system or questioning all forms of the hierarchical control paradigm, I look at it from a spiritual perspective.
What essentially IS freedom? How do we manifest our true nature more fully and thus naturally break the chains that bind us from whatever quarter? It’s all about the initial question. And our perspective.
Standing Back
Conscious awareness may appear to be something vague and illusive but it’s not. It’s extremely practical. The fundamental step to be taken is to find the vantage point of our higher self. What is it that is observing you, and that speaks to you and even corrects your thoughts and behavior? What is this inner voice?
The fact that it exists at all, as Echhart Tolle so lucidly expounds upon, causes a major shift in awareness and breaks so many chains immediately. What exactly is this awareness observing the experience that is us? How do we develop and utilize that perspective and what implications does this realization the wise sages of the ages have all spoken about have on the course of our lives?
This to me is the deep and wondrous world to be explored, which in its very seemingly esoteric nature has all the so-called answers to life we are seeking. But this awareness needs to mix and gel with our mental and heart awareness at the same time to make sense of this experience we call “life”.
It’s as practical as deciding what to eat or not to eat. Whether to go by impulse and just yield to our surrounding environment and accumulated habits, or learn to make a more conscious decision as to our actions as well as thoughts, this profound realization begs a whole new way of life.
If we let it. And take action on what we’re learning and hearing from this much more pure source of information and awareness. It needs to be developed which is the challenge of this school of higher learning in which we find ourselves.
Beware the Psychopathic Paradigm
Just look at the world today. Unfortunately, while the fact that non-empathic, power-crazed personages is well known to be the case amongst rulers, politicians, bankers, corporate monsters and the Orwellian media, people still take their word, hoping against hope that their empty promises will come true.
What is that? Is it lethargy, apathy, psychotic denial, mind control, or what? Most likely it’s a convergence of many such conditions, but the reality of this form of mass Stockholm syndrome is absolutely pathetic.
Stockholm Syndrome:
Stockholm syndrome, or capture-bonding, is a psychological phenomenon described in 1973 in which hostages express empathy and sympathy and have positive feelings toward their captors, sometimes to the point of defending and identifying with the captors. These feelings are generally considered irrational in light of the danger or risk endured by the victims, who essentially mistake a lack of abuse from their captors for an act of kindness. [Emphasis mine]
Does that sound familiar? That’s society at large. Just the abuse / abuser cycle is rife in society, and designedly so. After all, these so-called rulers have themselves been abused by their handlers, physical and / or interdimensional, and so pass on that same paradigm. Hence the massive propagation of fear as the ultimate controlling signal.
It’s the implanted and socially engineered parasitic mindset, be it archontic, wetiko or some other transdimensional explanation of this energetic vampirism. The dynamic is there and it’s designed to disempower and control through intimidation, fear and ignorance of the truth.
What are they afraid of ultimately? What is it they are trying to suppress? Because underlying this is the empowering reality that we can break from that cycle at any time; first by identifying what is going on and then by making the necessary changes in our thinking, behavior and attitudes while continuing to grow in manifestation of the infinite divine expression within each of us.
But whatever you do, don’t support it by participating in it. Elections are a perfect example. They’re rigged and a total distraction. Just look at the strife they engender, dividing up the populace in yet another way in their effort to divide and conquer. It’s time people fully woke up to what’s really going on and how they’re energy is being siphoned off.
Appealing to a hierarchy that shouldn’t be in the first place only reinforces its grip, and is a form of voluntary self-subjugation. It’s eons old and evidenced not just in politics but religion, learning institutions, scientism, medicine and the entire corporate and monetary state model. It’s time to get conscious and disengage.
Their entire manufactured structure many call the matrix will crumble. It’s the people who fall for the charade that support it. But first people need to see the extent of the lie, as well as discover their own power of spiritual sovereignty.
Taking The Stand
What invariably happens to a sincere truth seeker is a change of lifestyle. It usually happens in increments. It becomes obvious to have the least entanglement possible with any of the world’s systems. They’re essentially toxic and woefully binding, hindering our very being from being truly free in a whole range of ways.
It may mean to change jobs or careers, so called. It may mean, and usually does, finding some creative outlet where this conscious awareness can manifest via our imagination. It also means disengaging from any compromises we can, be it banking or credit card enslavement, poor eating and living habits, choosing the right people to engage with and leaving others and unfruitful relationships behind.
It’s profound, but only goes as far as we’re willing to go. As these changes progress more and more becomes completely obvious. You are not your name, therefore any legal attachments to your paper identity are essentially fraudulent or fundamentally ensnaring. The entire legal and political system becomes almost embarrassingly stupid and obviously built for control purposes.
Therefore, you strive to get free. Only not striving in their sense, fighting the very thing that only seeks affirmation by our unconscious response to it, but by sidestepping the entire matrix. If we think we can combat or dissipate their fabricated low vibrational world on their level we’ve already lost, and will only recreate another system with the same low vibrational construct in some form.
It just doesn’t work that way.
Be Practical, But Stay Spiritual
I’m all for activism, but it needs to be wisely targeted. When it builds community and most of all awareness it’s good, whatever it is. There are definitely times to lay ourselves on the line when it comes to the encroaching machine.
There’s clearly a war on against humanity, one major thing that will become apparent to the seeker, and we cannot lay down and just take it, just as you wouldn’t let the state come in and take your children, never mind vaccinate them or some other such barbaric practice.
The most powerful and impactful effect any of us can have is being who we truly are. To what degree we’re willing to manifest our true self is the challenge we all face, including the apparent nuts and bolts on how we do that in a practical way, one step at a time as we continually raise our levels of consciousness.
Essentially it’s not complicated at all. Being honest, lovingly forthright and sovereign comes naturally to the soul. It’s the rest of our convoluted, conditioned and reflexive self that needs to snap out of the hypnosis and catch up.
Changing our personal environment is a big start. Cut away the hindrances to where you can gather some momentum in manifesting your integral, honest and authentic self. Drop the downers and energy vampires out of your life.
You’re not helping them by continuing on as just another compromised gnome to appease and avoid confrontation.
That’s the matrix working through our horrific psycho-social programming to hold us back at as low of a frequency as possible – and to NOT venture out into our full-on freedom but stay firmly in the yoke of their parasitic grip.
There’s plenty of motivation to do this for anyone even half awake. The exterior world of the system is closing down at a frantic pace, and your life, mine, and those of our loved ones and the many wonderful people worldwide as well as the life of our very planet are at stake.
It may mean doing more to expose the establishment and what’s behind it in a meaningful, awareness-generating and community building way. Whatever we do or refrain from doing, one cannot keep on business as usual once you’ve woken up, that’s for sure.
Whatever path you take, let it be a conscious one, done wisely and circumspectly. There are so many factors and each of us is our own unique expression of Universe and we need to honor that. But respond we must to the call of consciousness.
It’s not airy fairy, it’s not a religious retreat, it’s not some state of blissful ignoring of our circumstances. It’s being fully alive in the eternal here and now. We are communicating in very human bodies with very real restrictions and limitations as well as needs and desires. But at the same time we are primarily and first and foremost spiritual beings inhabiting these incredible bio-machines.
It may appear to be a conundrum but it’s not. It’s what it is, and we need to have that reality check in full and take on our responsibilities with courage and determination. Not judging by what’s going on around us and the actions of others or any kind of social or even alternative norm. But expressing our uniqueness, as living examples of authenticity and freedom in everything we do.
We are sovereign, in the very essence of the word. Now we need to operate from that all permeating knowing. Everything else will become clear.
"The only way to deal with an unfree world is to become so absolutely free that your very existence is an act of rebellion.”
- Albert Camus
The Surprisingly Dramatic Role Of Nutrition In Mental Health May 26 2016 | From: Tedx
In New Zealand, one in seven young people will experience a significant depressive episode before the age of 24. Mental illness doesn’t discriminate against age, gender, ethnicity or social or economic markers such as income or region.
Mental illnesses can range from depression and anxiety through to eating disorders, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder and postpartum illness. For those affected by mental illness and their loved ones, there isn’t a lot you wouldn’t do to provide symptomatic relief from this dark and dangerous place.
This talk was given at a local TEDx event, produced independently of the TED Conferences. In this critically important talk, clinical psychologist Julia Rucklidge explores a range of scientific research, including her own, showing the significant role played by nutrition in mental health or illness.
Rates of all kinds of mental health problems are on the increase. Could something as simple as micronutrients be a useful tool in the prevention and treatment of mental illness in a society fuelled by nutrient-poor processed food, and stressful lifestyles? Could micronutrients help bring balance back into our lives?
The New Zealand Wellness Association asks you to watch this 18 minute TEDx Talk above by Professor Julia Rucklidge from the University of Canterbury. The information contained in this clip has the power to impact the mental health of you and your family.
The research shows significant and lasting results can be achieved using natural health products to treat nutrient deficiencies in those people suffering from mental illness. The research has also documented a superb safety record of the micronutrients. The products being researched are currently under threat.
There is currently a Bill, called the Natural Health and Supplementary Products Bill, in its final reading in Parliament which could halt access to the nutrients used in these trials and seriously compromise the ability to continue with this line of research. Why would MPs who are genuinely interested in the well being of their constituents vote for a Bill like this?
Why would MPs who are genuinely interested in the well being of their constituents vote for a Bill likethis?
ANSWER - They do not understand the Bill or its implications. They do not have the time to understand all the legislation they are asked to vote on. We do not believe they would say yes if they understood.
This Bill is not proportional with the risks therapeutic supplements present, and it prevents integrative and natural medical practitioners from providing adequate care for their patients.
The Bill will place a regulatory ban on many natural products or the maximum dosage of any ingredient currently being used to treat mental illness.
This is because these ingredients aren’t listed on the Permitted Ingredients List. To design a product and apply to have it added to the permitted ingredients list, or be registered as a medicine, would cost significant time and money, neither of which independent researchers and product developers have.
Coupled with the fact there is no patent protection for a new product, this Bill acts to stifle innovation in the field of natural medicine when helping this critical group of people.
The New Zealand Wellness Association is pro responsible, and sensible regulation. We ask you to consider the impact that this Bill will have on the rights of New Zealanders and those around you with mental illness, to have access to nutrients to prevent and treat illness.
Protect your access to safe and therapeutic natural health products in New Zealand: Please sign our Petition
Julia J Rucklidge, PhD is a Professor of Clinical Psychology in the Department of Psychology at the University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand. Originally from Toronto, she did her training in neurobiology (McGill) and Clinical Psychology (University of Calgary).
Her interests in nutrition and mental illness grew out of her own research showing poor outcomes for children with significant psychiatric illness despite receiving conventional treatments for their conditions. For the last 6 years, she has been investigating the role of micronutrients in the expression of mental illness, specifically ADHD, Bipolar Disorder, anxiety and more recently, stress and PTSD associated with the Canterbury earthquakes.
What Would Happen If We Just Gave People Money? May 22 2016 | From: FiveThirtyEight
Daniel Straub remembers the night he got hooked on basic income. He had invited Götz Werner, a billionaire owner of a German drugstore chain, to give an independent talk in Zurich, where Straub was working as a project manager for a think tank.
He had read an article about the radical proposal to unconditionally guarantee citizens an income and spent a few years casually researching the idea.
Straub had heard Werner was a good speaker on the topic, and that night in 2009 he was indeed excellent at connecting with the audience, a sold-out house of 200. “It was a very intense evening; people were paying attention,” Straub recalled.
Werner posed a pair of simple questions to the crowd: What do you really want to do with your life? Are you doing what you really want to do?
Whatever the answers, he suggested basic income was the means to achieve those goals. The idea is as simple as it is radical: Rather than concern itself with managing myriad social welfare and unemployment insurance programs, the government would instead regularly cut a no-strings-attached check to each citizen. No conditions. No questions.
Everyone, rich or poor, employed or out of work would get the same amount of money. This arrangement would provide a path toward a new way of living: If people no longer had to worry about making ends meet, they could pursue the lives they want to live.
Straub had studied business, international policy and psychology at school and spent years working for IBM, the International Red Cross and a Montessori school. Basic income “struck a nerve,” he said.
“People are burned out more than ever. You come to Switzerland and talk to people, they aren’t happy. They fear for their jobs. There is a gap between the economic possibility in this country and the quality of life.”
After Werner’s talk, Straub quit his job at the think tank and began to campaign for a basic income full time. He and a few hundred volunteers gathered 126,000 signatures over two years to force a referendum, now slated for June 5, to amend the Swiss Constitution to guarantee a basic income to all citizens. (The suggested amount is 2,500 Swiss francs per month, or about $1,700 after adjusting for the cost of living.)
Switzerland is one of the world’s richest countries, and compared to the United States, it offers far more generous health care and education to its citizens. But supporters of the referendum think the government can provide even more security.
“We limit ourselves too much,” Straub said. “I’m interested in consciousness, expanding consciousness. And basic income is a wonderful tool for that - it challenges a lot of assumptions we have.”
The entirety of the Swiss government opposes the referendum, citing potential effects on people’s willingness to work and the huge fiscal costs as reasons to vote “no.” Even Straub and his fellow supporters don’t expect it to pass. But he’s excited by the enthusiasm, and media attention, he’s seen for the idea in the past few years. Just getting on the ballot “was a moment of hope, for me and for a lot of other people,” he said. “It was a moment of departure.”
He’s right that interest in basic income is spreading across the world. Finland and the Netherlands are developing plans to study the idea. Canada will likely see an experiment in Ontario, if not on a national level. In France, several members of Parliament have supported running an experiment, and the finance minister is open to it. And in January, Sam Altman, the president of Y Combinator, announced that the San Francisco-based startup fund was organizing a basic income study in the U.S.
“In the last five years we’ve taken on a new respectability. But in the last two years it has become an avalanche,” said Guy Standing, a British economist who co-founded the Basic Income Earth Network in 1986 to promote debate and research on the topic. Initially a small cabal of young economists, philosophers and activists, BIEN has grown into the largest hub for basic income supporters - a global network with national organizations in 23 countries.
Basic income, Standing says, is more than good policy. He calls it “essential,” given that more and more people in developed economies are living “a life of chronic economic insecurity.” He sees this insecurity fueling populist politicians, boosting far-right parties across Europe and the rise of Donald Trump in the U.S. Economic stagnation increases the appeal of extreme politicians, and unless those insecurities are addressed, Standing said, that appeal is only going to get stronger.
The economic uncertainty surrounding basic income is huge, and the politics of bringing such a program about on a large scale are daunting.
But something makes this radical proposal so exciting that people and governments are increasingly willing to try it. Basic income challenges our notions of the social safety net, the relationship between work and income, and how to adapt to technological change.
That makes it one of the most audacious social policy experiments in modern history. It could fail disastrously, or it could change everything for the better. Basic income has attracted a motley crew of supporters, spanning the ideological spectrum. Efficiency-minded libertarians like the idea of streamlining the bureaucracy of the welfare state.
Silicon Valley techies hope a guaranteed income would cushion the blow as automation replaces human jobs.
Those with a more utopian bent, such as the organizers of the Swiss referendum, want to open up more options, to let people create art and free the world of what Straub calls “bullshit jobs.”
Critics of the idea say it’s too expensive, would encourage people to stop working and possibly tank a country’s economy. It’s thought to be a political non-starter, too, especially in countries less wealthy and with less generous welfare states than Switzerland.
And because basic income proposes a radical reform to the existing welfare system - one that many progressives, at least in the United States, have been defending tooth and nail over the last 30 years - it makes anti-poverty advocates nervous. Max Sawicky, a former economist at the Economic Policy Institute, a liberal think tank in the U.S., outlined a progressive case against basic income in 2013, calling it a “distraction” from raising the minimum wage, guaranteeing full employment, rolling back Clinton-era welfare reforms and supporting unions - all policies, he argues, “more in keeping with our current system and our political culture.”
Both lovers and haters of basic income often miss an important point: We don’t have great data on how it would work or what would happen if it did. Similar policies were tested in both Canada and the U.S. in the 1960s and ’70s, but studies of their effects were either flawed or abandoned.
“To be honest, a full long-term universal basic income has never been tried, let alone rigorously evaluated,” said Michael Faye, the co-founder and executive chairman of Give Directly, a nonprofit that has pioneered direct cash transfers to the extreme poor, primarily in Kenya and Uganda.1
Earlier this month, Faye announced Give Directly’s plan to launch a large basic income pilot in Kenya, giving at least 6,000 people a guaranteed income for 10 to 15 years. They hope to find out what happens when everyone in a randomly selected place receives a guaranteed basic income for a long period - something that has never been done before.
Experiments like this are important for our understanding of how basic income would work. But the idea has always been about politics as much as economics. Until we have more evidence, the best thing basic income has going for it is its broad appeal - after all, who doesn’t like free money?
Basic income is not a single idea but a family of closely related ideas, which go by an assortment of names: universal basic income, unconditional basic income, social dividend, guaranteed annual income, citizen’s income, negative income tax, etc. But the core motivation - to address social ills by just giving people money - has a long history.
Thomas Paine, the intellectual founding father and pamphleteer, outlined a plan in his 1797 essay “Agrarian Justice” to create a national fund making payments of 15 pounds sterling to each adult over 21 years old.
In the early 20th century, socialists and labor activists took up the cause, arguing basic income could empower workers and transform economies: British philosopher Bertrand Russell backed it, along with those in the social credit movement in Britain; left-wing Louisiana Gov. Huey Long supported it while pushing to “Share the Wealth.”
But basic income never really caught on. In the U.S., the New Deal - which focused on boosting employment through public works projects, expanded workers’ rights and new forms of social assistance like Social Security - was the approach that won out instead.
In the 1960s, basic income became intertwined with the civil rights movement and the War on Poverty. Martin Luther King, Jr. was a fan. In his 1967 book “Where Do We Go From Here: Chaos or Community?” King wrote:
"I am now convinced that the simplest approach will prove to be the most effective - the solution to poverty is to abolish it directly by a now widely discussed measure: the guaranteed income.”
Around the same time, its appeal expanded rightward. Libertarian economist Milton Friedman began to advocate for a negative income tax, whereby those earning below a certain threshold would get money from the government instead of paying taxes.
At the end of the ’60s, President Richard Nixon’s plan for a partial basic income passed the House of Representatives before stalling in the Senate. No longer a proposal of bleeding-heart lefties, basic income was endorsed by a slew of notable economists (including several who went on to nab Nobel Prizes).
But by the early 1980s, enthusiasm had petered out again. Ronald Reagan and Margaret Thatcher took power in the U.S. and Britain, riding a wave of conservative backlash to expansive government programs. The tenor of debate shifted from improving the welfare state to cutting it.
Those receiving government assistance were called lazy, if not corrupt. “Welfare queen” entered the lexicon and President Bill Clinton promised to end welfare as we know it. Progressives and anti-poverty advocates went on the defensive. Basic income was tabled, if not forgotten.
In the U.S., we’re left with a patchwork benefits system, an indecipherable alphabet soup of programs: SNAP, TANF, CHIP, Section 8, EITC, WIC, SSDI. The U.S. government spends nearly $1 trillion across dozens of separate programs at the state and federal level,2 as this byzantine diagram from the House Ways and Means Committee shows. This all requires enormous administrative oversight on the part of the government, and it requires the ability to navigate multiple agencies on the part of recipients.
The problems with this system go beyond its complicated structure. Because eligibility for most social assistance is based on income (or is “means-tested”), recipients lose their benefits as they earn more income - this is often labeled the “welfare trap” or “poverty trap.” For example: A family of four can’t qualify for food stamps if it earns more than $31,536. These benefit phase-outs, or “cliffs,” essentially create steep marginal tax rates on the poor.
Even welfare advocates are critical of the incentives embedded in this system. “If you’re a dollar over, you can’t get assistance,” said Wessita McKinley, founder and director of Sistas United, a nonprofit working with individuals in poverty around the Washington, D.C., area. “Sometimes it feels like a governmental control; you’re on a leash, and you can only go so far.”
Basic income promises an escape from the welfare trap - all the benefits would be the same, regardless of circumstance. And by cutting a single check for the same amount of money, it could dramatically reduce administrative costs.
“The money we spend on welfare will be better spent - more productive for the kind of ends we want - if we spend it through a basic income,” said Matt Zwolinski, a philosophy professor at the University of San Diego and one of the most prominent libertarian advocates for basic income.
Despite squeamishness at the idea of government “handouts,” some libertarians see basic income as a more efficient replacement for current social programs, one that would streamline the welfare bureaucracy and reduce costs overall.
He also argues that basic income is superior on moral grounds. People could spend their money however they want. No longer would food stamp recipients, for example, be constrained to using their benefits to buy food, or even certain types of food.
“There is something objectionable about paternalism: treating adults as children who need to have their decisions made for them,” Zwolinski said.
A basic income could be any amount, but estimates typically begin with how much is currently spent on social assistance programs (that’s more or less how the Swiss basic income advocates arrived at 2,500 Swiss francs).
This method is practical for both quantitative and political reasons: It’s fairly simple to evaluate existing social spending and to advocate basic income as a replacement. It’s harder, amid government austerity, to argue for more generous benefits, though many supporters of basic income would like to see spending increase.
Welfare spending varies widely from country to country. In 2011, per capita public social spending in the U.S. totaled about $700 per month, according to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, a group composed mostly of rich countries.
This includes some programs commonly thought of as welfare, like food stamps and housing vouchers and bigger expenses like pensions (Social Security) and health care (Medicaid and Medicare). Among 35 OECD countries, the U.S. ranks 11th in this kind of social spending.
These figures are just a floor for a basic income; other economists researching the idea envision something “high enough to ensure a material existence and participation in society,” said Valerija Korosec in an email. Korosec is a sociologist at the Institute of Macroeconomic Analysis and Development in Slovenia, and the author of the first proposal for a basic income in her country.
She suggests a target between the current poverty level and as high as 60 percent of the median income. Yes, that would require a huge increase in government revenues and thus, most likely, a big hike in tax rates to fund the redistribution as basic income.
Replacing existing benefits with a single, universal check also raises eyebrows among advocates for the poor who might otherwise be friendly to the basic income idea. “There are some benefits that could be made universal … but there are some benefits that are targeted to people in need,” said Deborah Weinstein, the executive director of the Coalition on Human Needs, a Washington, D.C.-based anti-poverty alliance. People with disabilities, for example, “have requirements that not everyone has.”
Even if you could agree on an amount, there are other economic costs. The biggest concern among critics is that with a guaranteed basic income, too many people would stop working, or would be deterred from working more than they already do. It’s not clear exactly what work effects would materialize under a basic income scheme. However, over the last 50 years there have been numerous attempts to study this question.
Between 1968 and 1980, the U.S. ran four major negative income tax experiments in which families were assigned into treatment and control groups, given cash and tracked over several years.
The experiments were located all over: in New Jersey and Pennsylvania; Iowa and North Carolina; Gary, Indiana; and, the largest, in Seattle and Denver.
“We learned an enormous amount from those experiments,” said Karl Widerquist, a Georgetown University-Qatar professor who has studied the NIT experiments extensively.
But the results “were a political failure.”
The core question unanswered by either side: What is an acceptable decline in work?
Unsurprisingly, work effort did decline. Some NIT recipients cut back their hours, but the declines were modest: no more than 5 to 7 percent among primary earners, and a bit more for secondary earners.
But participants quitting altogether didn’t happen, and people who did cut back their hours used their newly available time to pursue other goals, including going to school.
“Some of the experimenters said that they were unable to find even a single instance of labor-market withdrawal,” wrote Widerquist in his 2005 paper summarizing the studies.
While the purpose of the NIT pilots was to observe changes in work effort, an unrelated phenomenon caught the eye of critics: divorce. Controversy erupted when data from the Seattle and Denver studies seemed to show an increase in the divorce rate among participants (those findings were later discovered to be the result of a statistical error).
The press spun wild stories, and the political credibility of NIT - and of basic income, for that matter - began to unravel. Sen. Harrison Williams of New Jersey threatened to prosecute families in the experiments with welfare fraud. The experiments were allowed to run their course but the divorce controversy and concerns about work disincentives effectively killed the momentum behind the program.
As time has passed, the interpretation of these experiments has become more positive. While work declined, it fell by a modest amount. That gives hope to advocates, who cite these studies as evidence that basic income can be implemented with few economic side effects. “I don’t worry as much about work disincentives as some other people,” said Zwolinski, the libertarian advocate.
The original seed planted by Friedman’s negative income tax idea eventually blossomed into the Earned Income Tax Credit, thought by both conservative and liberal economists to be one of the more effective anti-poverty programs in the U.S. because it manages to encourage work while avoiding the benefits cliff. The argument for a basic income as an anti-poverty program over something like the EITC is that it would be easier to administer.
What do we know about giving a guaranteed income to everyone? Not much. Negative income tax policies such as the EITC target specific groups, usually the poor. They have been tested. But basic income is often pitched as universal - everyone would get the same amount, regardless of their circumstances.
And that has never been examined in a rigorous way.
The closest research we have to how a universal basic income could work comes from a small town in Canada.
From 1974 to 1979, the Canadian government partnered with the province of Manitoba to run an experiment on the idea of providing a minimum income to residents.
The result was MINCOME, a guaranteed annual income offered to every eligible family in Dauphin, a prairie town of about 10,000, and smaller numbers of residents in Winnipeg and some rural communities throughout the province.3
MINCOME remains one of the most influential studies of basic income in a rich-world country.
Evelyn Forget, now an economist at the University of Manitoba, was a student in Toronto at the time. “I knew this was happening in Manitoba.
I just stopped hearing about it,” she said. When Canada’s governing party changed midway through the MINCOME experiment, funding dried up and the researchers were told to archive their data for later analysis.
No database was created, and the results of MINCOME were not examined.The closest research we have to how a universal basic income could work comes from a small town in Canada.
From 1974 to 1979, the Canadian government partnered with the province of Manitoba to run an experiment on the idea of providing a minimum income to residents. The result was MINCOME, a guaranteed annual income offered to every eligible family in Dauphin, a prairie town of about 10,000, and smaller numbers of residents in Winnipeg and some rural communities throughout the province.3 MINCOME remains one of the most influential studies of basic income in a rich-world country.
Evelyn Forget, now an economist at the University of Manitoba, was a student in Toronto at the time. “I knew this was happening in Manitoba. I just stopped hearing about it,” she said. When Canada’s governing party changed midway through the MINCOME experiment, funding dried up and the researchers were told to archive their data for later analysis. No database was created, and the results of MINCOME were not examined.
Decades later, Forget started digging for the data. She unearthed 1,800 dusty cardboard boxes - with information on each family receiving MINCOME - at Canada’s National Archives. Forget digitized the materials and matched MINCOME records with those in the database of Canada’s universal health insurance program, which was introduced around the same time.
That allowed her to compare the health of those receiving MINCOME to the health of similar people who didn’t. It resulted in a blockbuster research paper, decades in the making: “The Town With No Poverty,” published in 2011.
Families receiving MINCOME had fewer hospitalizations, accidents and injuries, Forget found. Mental health hospitalizations fell dramatically. And the high school completion rate ticked up during the years of the experiment, with 16-to-18-year-old boys, in particular, more likely to finish school. Younger adolescent girls were less likely to give birth before age 25, and when they did, they had fewer kids.
The program brought most recipients above Canada’s poverty line. And the employment effects in Dauphin were modest. “For primary earners - those with full-time jobs - there was virtually no decline” in work, Forget said. “Nobody was quitting their jobs.” Cash from the government eased families’ economic anxiety, allowing them to invest in their health and plan over a longer horizon.
MINCOME is now serving as inspiration for basic income’s comeback in Canada. The Liberal Party, which recently swept to power behind Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, is seriously flirting with the idea. There are severalpopular petitions to add it to the party’s platform, and a Liberal-dominated committee in Parliament is recommending the federal government study the idea. In its 2016 budget, the provincial government of Ontario announced plans to conduct a basic income pilot this year.
The U.S. negative income tax experiments and the Canadian MINCOME pilot, while useful, can only tell us so much about what happens when you give people free money. One reason is that they don’t meet rigorous modern standards for randomized control trials, the gold-standard of experiments. A number of basic income experiments popping up around the world are designed to get better data.
Give Directly, which is launching the basic income pilot in Kenya, has previously run RCTs to examine the effects of giving cash unconditionally; those experiments have shown that cash works wonders, and the peer-reviewed results have won over economists. The children of recipients are healthier and get more education; adults earn more income by using the cash to plan investments over a longer horizon; spending on alcohol and other vices - a worry some critics of cash grants raise - stays flat or even declines.
Give Directly’s work has gained broad acclaim as a more efficient and effective form of charity. “We have learned a lot about the positive impacts of cash transfer programs,” Faye, the group’s executive chairman, said. But taking the next step requires addressing many more questions that haven’t even begun to be answered: “Should the transfer be one-time or recurrent? How long should the transfer last? What is the right amount?”
Give Directly’s analysis of previous basic income experiments finds them coming up short. A bullet-proof experiment on basic income should be universal, randomized, long term and basic (that is, the income should be sufficient to live on). No experiment has met all four: Some are basic, but not randomized; some are randomized, but not universal; and so on.
The MINCOME pilot, for instance, was randomized and basic but lasted less than five years. The U.S. negative income tax experiments were similarly limited. Some highly touted experiments, including in Namibia and India, either weren’t randomized or didn’t provide enough income to be called basic. (Give Directly has a detailed breakdown of why every basic income experiment attempted so far has failed to be rigorous.)
With basic income’s credibility on the line, Faye worries a flimsy study could be worse than none at all. He points to the excitement over microfinance as an instance where evidence later disappointed expectations. Basic income should avoid letting anecdote get ahead of the data.
“There is no empirical evidence on whether basic income works or not,” said Markus Kanerva, the founder of Tänk, a think tank working with the Finnish government’s social security agency to design and prepare the implementation of a basic income pilot. The study has been promised 20 million euros over two years and could provide a partial basic income up to 750 euros per month to more than 1,000 Finnish citizens.
Researchers in the Netherlands have a similar aspiration to run a rigorous randomized controlled trial of basic income in municipalities around the country. Just don’t call it basic income. “For political strategy reasons, they’re staying away from the term ‘basic income,’ ” said Jurgen De Wispelaere, a research fellow at the University of Tampere in Finland, who is in contact with those running the Dutch experiments.
Instead, the pilots are billed as “trust experiments” and the basic income is often called a “citizen’s wage.” The cities of Utrecht, with a population over 300,000, and Tilburg, at over 200,000, are the largest Dutch municipalities planning to conduct an experiment. Two other major municipalities are on board but are waiting to get a green light from the minister of social affairs; and 15 smaller municipalities are hoping to get clearance, too.
It’s not just governments and charities attracted to the idea of basic income. The private sector is curious, too. Silicon Valley in particular. These enthusiasts are motivated less by an interest in improving the welfare state and more by a desire to guard against much bigger economic changes coming down the pike.
In a much-written-about 2013 paper, two Oxford economists estimated that 47 percent of all U.S. jobs were at risk of computerization. Increasingly, technologists envision basic income as a “hack,” or fix, to the system - it offers a way of coping with an economic future dominated by automation, a fallback plan for when most human labor isn’t valued or needed.
“We think there could be a possibility where 95 percent - or a vast majority- of people won’t be able to contribute to the workforce,” said Matt Krisiloff, the manager of Y Combinator’s basic income project.
“We need to start preparing for that transformation.”
Sam Altman, Y Combinator’s president, committed $10 million personally toward YC Research, out of which this experiment will be run. Plans are still in early development but the study will “most likely be a randomized control trial,” said Krisiloff. That means giving cash to randomly selected Americans, hopefully over a long period.
“To really do this well, you’d have to do it on a large swath of the nation,” Krisiloff acknowledged. The ultimate goal, he hinted, will be to inspire some local or state government to launch a basic income pilot of its own.
“Basic income is about wanting to embrace automation,” said Albert Wenger, a partner at the venture capital firm Union Square Ventures. In his forthcoming book “World After Capital,” Wenger argues scarcity has driven epoch shifts: The invention of agriculture changed the scarcity from food to land; the Enlightenment and subsequent industrial developments shifted scarcity from land to capital; but as computers and the internet have transformed us into an information society, capital is no longer scarce.
“We have enough physical capital in the world. but it’s unequally distributed,” Wenger said. The last big scarcity is attention.
“What are we actually spending our time on, both collectively and individually?”
Wenger wants less time spent on tasks that could be automated and more time spent on issues he thinks are insufficiently addressed: fighting climate change, exploring space, preventing the next global pandemic.
Like the backers of basic income in Switzerland, he thinks providing for basic needs will allow innovation to flourish.
With a basic income, he said, “you’re put in charge of your time. You’ll have 100 percent of your time available to you.”
Cameron Ottens wasn’t going to wait on some government or company to run an experiment. “There is some steam behind basic income,” he said, so he wanted to “start the ball rolling.” For some hard-core advocates, basic income is less about pure science than living a lifestyle.
Ottens is a co-founder of My Basic Income, a San Francisco-based, one-year basic income raffle.
Yes, that’s right - anyone can enter, for free, to win a basic income of $1,250 per month for a year. My Basic Income successfully raised $15,000 and plans to raffle it off at the end of April or in early May. The group plans to track the winner as a case study in what a basic income can free us up to do. The idea has already attracted interest from sweepstakes and raffle enthusiasts who may not know much about basic income but like a free shot at $15,000.
Others have crowdfunded their own basic income. About two years ago, Scott Santens, a New Orleans-based writer, discovered Patreon, a Kickstarter-like crowdfunding site with a focus on creative types.
It enables musicians, artists and niche bloggers to raise money directly from their fans. He took as his starting goal to raise enough to live on $1,000 per month; it took about a year to reach that goal, but at the end of last November he hit $12,000 and hasn’t looked back. Since then, he’s been living entirely off his personally crowdfunded basic income.
Popular interest in basic income has exploded, affording him the opportunity to fund a basic income for himself, mostly from fans of his writing - about basic income. Santens sees the rapid change happening in the world as driving this curiosity.
“We have all this technology, and it scares some people. You’re thinking, when is my job going to be eliminated?”
In this context, Santens believes basic income will be “extremely impactful.” “We’re going away from a traditional, 40-hour per week economy… there is going to be a lot more flexibility and variety in what we’re doing,” he said.
From Switzerland to the Netherlands to Kenya to Silicon Valley, a mixture of insecurity and curiosity are driving interest in basic income, but its dominant ideology - and appeal - is utopian. The core existential struggle lurking in the debates over basic income centers on what meaning work holds in our lives.
Straub, the Swiss referendum organizer, remembers his great-grandfather working 10 hours per day, six days per week. That kind of toil is no longer necessary, nor desirable. The dream of a world where we produce more than we need has come true.
Back when he was gathering signatures in 2012, he would joke about the supposedly impending Mayan apocalypse as a way to engage listeners on the core questions of basic income, questions he thinks still resonate: “Well, if the world really was going to end, how would you live this year? Why don’t you live your life like that?
“The market economy is great, but we want to substitute it with another system - take it to the next level,” he said. The big picture is about changing how we live.
“This is a paradigm shift, and we want a referendum on that paradigm shift.”
In this video chat, Andrew Flowers and Ben Casselman discuss basic income and respond to questions and comments raised by readers:
Anonymous Strikes The Heart Of The Empire - Takes Down U.S. Federal Reserve Bank May 21 2016 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
After announcing a global call to arms against the “corrupt global banking cartel,” the hacker collective known as Anonymous, in conjunction with numerous other hacktivist groups, have taken over 20 central banks offline, including striking at the heart of the Western imperialist empire; the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the Bank of England and the Bank of France.
A press release by Anonymous explained in the intentions behind the operation know as #OpIcarus:
"The banks have been getting away with murder, fraud, conspiracy, war profiteering, money laundering for terrorists and drug cartels, have put millions of people out on the street without food or shelter and have successfully bought all our governments to help keep us silenced.
We represent the voice of the voiceless. We are uniting to make a stand. The central banks which were attacked in recent days were attacked to remind people that the biggest threat we face to an open and free society is the banks. The bankers are the problem and #OpIcarus is the solution.”
Operation Icarus was relaunched in conjunction with a video release announcing the beginning of a “30-day campaign against central bank sites across the world.”
Since that time, the scope and magnitude of the attacks have increased exponentially, with Anonymous, Ghost Squad Hackers, a number of Sec groups and BannedOffline coordinating attacks - each focusing on separate financial institutions in an effort to maximize the number of targets hit.
Some individuals have expressed reservations about Anonymous attacking the central banking system – thinking that this will in some way impact their individual accounts held in the banks. In an exclusive interview with The Free Thought Project, an Anonymous member explained that this operation is directed solely at the 1%:
"We would just like to make it very clear that all targets of #OpIcarus have been Rothschild and BIS central owned banks. In fact most of the targets so far such as Guernsey, Cyprus, Panama, Jordan, British Virgin Isles, etc are in the top 10 places of tax havens for the elite.
No on-line consumer accounts were harmed, no ATM’s were blocked and no personal client data was leaked. This has been a protest against the Central Banks and the 1% - no innocent or poor people were harmed.”
The operation began with an initial attack on the Central Bank of Greece and was quickly followed up with a similar DDoS attack on the Central Bank of Cyprus. Last weekend, hackers reportedly targeted the Central Bank of the Dominican Republic, the Dutch Central Bank, the Central Bank of Maldives, and Guernsey Financial Services Commission, according to the official @OpIcarus Twitter account, which has been taken offline - presumably by Twitter. The National Bank of Panama and the Central Bank of Kenya were also reportedly targeted a day later, according to hacking news publication HackRead.
Additionally, reported Ghost Squad Hacker, s1ege also tweeted about taking the Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina offline and provided a screenshot to verify.
The Twitter account @BannedOffline also reported the Central Bank of Mexico had succumbed to a DDoS attack by the hacking collective. The online hacktivist groups have continued to conduct a series of high-powered distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks, which forced the website of Central Bank of Jordan, Central Bank of South Korea, Bank of Compagnie, Monegasque and the Central Bank of Montenegro offline.
On Saturday, hackers conducted a series of 250 Gbps DDoS attacks on the Bank of France, Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, Central Bank of Tunisia, Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago and Philippine National Bank. The recent attack, on Monday morning, took down the Central Bank of Iraq.
In the most high-profile hacks thus far, during OpIcarus, the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, the Bank of England and the Bank of France all fell victim to separate cyber attacks.
In an exclusive interview with The Free Thought Project, an Anonymous representative explained:
"OpIcarus in support of Nuit Debout took the bank of France off line throughout the day as we continue to address the corruption of the banking elite.
We are acting on behalf of the countless victims and the voiceless as the banking cartels continue their agenda of buying the governments while selling out the people they are supposed to govern. This Op in no way is meant to harm or disrupt the common person and their day-to-day activities.
We are you, we may be your neighbors, those you pass in the street and we are the working class. A Filipino hacker within Anonymous was also able to disrupt services in the Philippines as an act of protest against his nation’s corrupt and brutal government.
We will not and cannot sit by idly while the banking systems strip man of his dignity.”
Anonymous has released a list of institutions the collective plans to target, which is divided into four sections; websites associated with the U.S. Federal Reserve, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), sites owned by the World Bank, and over 150 sites associated with national banks around the globe.
In two weeks, OpIcarus hackers have hit dozens of financial institutions listed in their online manifesto.
Any questions about whether the hacktivists would be able to take out some of the more high-profile institutions seem to have been answered with the recent successful attacks on the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank in Boston, the Bank of France and the Bank of England - the central banks of the U.K. and France.
The attack on the Bank of England was unique from the previous attacks, as it reportedly took down the internal email server.
"While the impact on the individual targets of the DDoS attack campaign, ‘OpIcarus’ is unclear; obstructing or eliminating the availability of email servers is significant.
In an online world any type of service outage is barely tolerated, especially in the banking industry where transactions and communications are often time-sensitive, and account security is of utmost importance.”
Make no mistake that this operation has already been extremely effective - evolving and growing rapidly. In the world of high finance time is money, and every minute that a bank is forced offline it is losing potential revenue, which in turn hurts the bottom line of those that support the imperial war machine.
Thus far, all targeted banks have refused to comment on the damage inflicted by the continuous cyber attacks.
13-Year-Old Invents Tesla Inspired Free Energy Device For Under $15 May 21 2016 | From: WakingTimes
Inspired by the geniuses Nikola Tesla and Albert Einstein, teenager Max Loughan loves to invent things, in fact, he says he has known his entire short life that his purpose was to change the world with his inventions. And he may just do it.
Wearing a lab coat while speaking in a televised interview with KTVN Channel 2 in Reno and Tahoe, Nevada, Max explains the free energy device that he made in his parents’ boiler room turned laboratory.
"As cheesy as this sounds, from day one, on this planet that I knew I was put here for a reason,” said Max. “And that reason is to invent, to bring the future.”
His invention looks somewhat reminiscent of Tesla coil, and operates on some of the same principles described by the electric visionary. The device is rather simple, harvesting electromagnetic energy from the atmosphere, then converting it to direct current which can be used to power electrical devices.
What’s even more incredible is that Max built his free energy device out of materials he purchased for less than $15. That’s right, for the price of an average lunch, it appears that anyone can have access to free energy.
"He created an electro magnetic harvester out of a coffee can, some wire, two coils, and a spoon.”
In a demonstration with KTVN, Max uses current created by the machine to power a strip of LED lights that he had wrapped around his twin brother, astonishing to both his own family and the visiting news crew.
The harvester conducts radio waves, thermal, and static energy, and turns it into electricity.
Max’s achievement is impressive, to say the least, and the fact that works of Nikola Tesla are now inspiring the next generation of inventors is quite inspiring, although one has to wonder why Tesla’s ideas have taken some 75 years to reach the mainstream.
The big message here again, though, is that free energy technologies are real, so why is the world still dependent on fossil fuels and extraction based methods of energy production that are destroying our planet? Why can’t we have clean running automobiles that are powered with ambient energy and produce zero emissions?
The suppression of free energy devices and technology by the energy industry and by the government is an established fact of our world. Using many techniques and programs to suppress ideas and inventions like Max’s is finally coming to an end, however, in the information age. Now anyone can participate in the energy revolution.
“My true goal is to help. It is to invent a future where people can be happy, where they can be safe and sound.”
– Max Loughan
Check out Max’s interview with KTVN here, and please share this inspiring story far and wide to help break the silence on the possibility of clean and free energy. Our future depends on it.
8 Signs The World Is Undergoing A Paradigm Shift May 20 2016 | From: WakeUpWorld
Browsing through history, it’s very clear that the world has undergone many monumental shifts that have uprooted our society’s very foundation in place of new seed.
Though it might appear the opposite in the corporate controlled mainstream news, it appears that the entire world is in the very early stages of a paradigm shift.
A paradigm shift is a fundamental change in approach or underlying assumptions. For example, when Pythagoras proposed that the Earth was round instead of flat, the foundation of science and people’s understanding of the world was completely changed.
Similarly, when the Industrial Revolution took place there was a complete shift in manufacturing, lifestyle, and economics. A paradigm shift can literally shake a society to its core, taking it off its current path and putting it on a brand new one. These shifts take place in many of the world’s most basic elements and redefine how life functions.
Here are 8 signs the world is currently undergoing a Paradigm Shift:
1. The Power of the Internet and the Age of Information
The Internet is arguably the greatest invention in the history of man. Never in our known history has man had access to such a broad range of diverse information from all over the world at the tips of his fingers. Many forget that the Internet has only really been commercialized in the west since the early 1990’s and its spread across the world hasn’t even come close to peaking yet.
The Internet is undoubtedly giving rise to the Age of Information as people become more awake to what’s really going on in the world. A multitude of information is now accessible if one knows where to look. People can now learn new skills or hear different versions of the truth in mere minutes.
The Internet is not only giving rise to an open access of information, but communication is almost instantaneous all over the world. It is paramount that the Internet remain an open decentralized system in which everyone can freely add and operate if this paradigm shift is to continue. It feeds almost all other shifts.
2. The Ascent Of the Independent Non-Corporate Online Media
Thanks solely to the Internet, the rise in independent journalism has taken off. Alternative media has become an increasingly popular choice for those wishing to stay truly informed, especially younger generations. People are continually switching off cable news (cable TV all together), and instead resorting to online sources.
While mainstream news is still the number one source of current world events for the masses, the tide is slowly changing as people are awakening to the fact that corporate sponsored media is mostly propaganda and half-truths.
War is becoming much harder to justify as independent journalists have shined the light on what the powers that be never wanted anyone to see. A prime example is the conflict in Syria in which the establishment, despite the lack of popular support, so desperately wanted to start a war that when the rebels they were funding used chemical weapons, it was then blamed on the Assad government to protect their investment and design.
This new faction of journalism will give peace a legitimate chance as all dirty laundry is now being aired and corrupt alliances exposed. This in turn has allowed many people to deprogram from the countless media they have taken in over the years and see the world through a clearer lens in which the truth is more evident.
3. A Global Monetary Reshuffling
Though it will never be broadcast on mainstream news, the real threat of a U.S. dollar collapse as the world reserve currency is very real. The paradigm of central bank controlled economies that can issue credit and zero percent interest rates through nearly unlimited printing of money backed by nothing is an illusion that is beginning to break down.
It’s not just the U.S. dollar that’s under threat, but many other central currencies such as the Euro and Yen. Massive equity bubbles are being blown up by this cheap credit along with massive debt that will be nearly impossible to pay back with the current economies in which only the very elite benefit.
Many countries are waking up to the fact that, like all other bubbles, these bubbles will burst and they are beginning to break away from the dollar.
Not only has there been a shift in the pecking order of fiat paper currencies, but decentralized crypto-currencies like Bitcoin are threatening the very system of fiat money and the centralized control a select few elite have on that system through central banks. This would shift power worldwide.
4. The Rise of the Peer-to-Peer Economy
A Peer-to-Peer (P20) Economy is a de-centralized model whereby two individuals interact to buy or sell goods and services directly with each other, without intermediation by a third-party, or without the use of a company or business. We see this being used by companies like Air BnB, Uber, Craigslist, Sidecar, and Dogvacay among others.
Often referred to as a sharing economy, there is no centralized control of power, allowing people to more directly profit of their goods/services rather than pay unnecessary middlemen along the way.
This is a trend that is sure to grow as technology makes it easier for people to make it on their own and allows for people to own their means of production and finished goods, instead of just being paid in the production process. The peer-to-peer economy is also possible through the abundance of goods already out there, allowing for goods to be shared and recycled rather than thrown away and reproduced.
Not only is the peer-to-peer economy growing, but many young people are ditching the career 9-5 jobs and branching off into independent careers or job hopping. The top down business model in economics has now found a legitimate system in which a decentralized bottom up approach gives the power back to the people.
5. The Shift Towards Renewable Energy
The shift towards renewable energy is a forgone conclusion as renewable energy is the way of the future. In fact, the shift looks to be happening faster than people realize. According to the Global Energy Initiative, “Numerous scenarios projected levels of renewable energy for 2020 that already were surpassed by 2010.”
The IEA states that, “In 2012, the world relied on renewable sources for around 13.2% of its total primary energy supply, and in 2013 renewables accounted for almost 22% of global electricity generation.” With increased technological capabilities along with ever-growing concern over the state of the environment, the world is beginning to not only shift towards renewables, but the power over energy supplies and grids is decentralizing.
For example, home solar panels or the new Tesla Powerwall, would enable people to access their own energy directly from the sun without going through middlemen. Another example is a local city like Burlington, VT being the first city in the U.S. to use 100% renewable energy; even whole countries like Paraguay, Iceland and Norway being 100% renewable. Cheap localized energy is on the horizon along with the very real possibility Nikola Tesla once envisioned, which is a world of free energy.
6. A Return to Organic Food
The reemergence of organic food is not only on the rise, but the use of farmers markets and locally grown food is on the rise as well. According to the Non GMO project;
"In more than 60 countries around the world, including Australia, Japan, and all of the countries in the European Union, there are significant restrictions or outright bans on the production and sale of GMOs.”
The rise is so strong that according to the Organic Trade Association, “Supply shortages [of organics] are one of the greatest challenges facing the industry today. Despite continued growth in production, handlers are not able to keep up with demand.”
Thanks in large part to the Internet and non-corporate sponsored research, people are beginning to understand the importance behind knowing exactly what’s in the food one consumes and how it directly correlates to health. This has put mounting pressure on food businesses to adapt.
The signs are already evident as Chipotle sees their profits increase while operating completely Non-GMO, while sales giants such as McDonalds see profits continue to decrease amidst health concerns over their food. Many are beginning to truly care what goes into their body and the rise of localized non-organic food in this country is a direct result of this health-conscious shift.
7. The Understanding Of a World of Abundance
As Gandhi famously said;
"The world has enough for every man’s needs, but not for every man’s greed.”
People are finally awaking to the fact that there is enough to go around, just not with the current systems in place. No one is saying there is enough for everyone to live at current western consumption rates, however with adoption of renewable energy, new forms of decentralized government and economics, and the increase in the usage of technological capabilities, there is more than enough for everyone in the world to live happily.
For example, the world produces enough food for 10 billion people, yet many go starving as a result of faulty systems of distribution. Another example is water; there is more than enough water on the planet, but it’s the economic systems that get in the way of technology.
The notion of scarcity has long haunted the systems of government and economics, but now a new paradigm of abundance is beginning to take root in the minds of people. The Venus project is a prime example of an alternative resource based economy in which sustainability and resource supply are taken into account.
A world of abundance with zero emission is no longer just a pipe dream, but could very well become a reality as people think in terms of abundance.
8. The Global Consciousness Shift
Finally a consciousness shift is underway in which people are starting to see themselves as more than just individual people operating in an isolated bubble, but instead as a connected piece in the collective consciousness of planet Earth.
The Internet, along with the increased capacity for travel, has allowed people from all over the world to connect. So many parts of the global society have become interconnected and people are beginning to take notice of not only their own country, but countries abroad.
Many are beginning to realize that one group of people suffering means everyone is suffering. This interconnection to everything has given rise to practices such as meditation, yoga, and travel, as well as the continued global acceptance towards mind altering organic substances like marijuana and mushrooms.
People are beginning to emotionally connect to life all over the world and not just their immediate home and surroundings. This new reality is showing people that there is more to life than money, as connection to all living things is equally, if not of more, valuable.
As one can see, the world is very much in the early stages of a shift in consciousness and design. These shifts are leading to a growing decentralization movement in which the power controls of society are taken from the few and given to the many. Obviously, there is a very strong force at play that is fighting against this paradigm shift.
This force is fighting for centralization of power in almost all facets of life. There can be no doubt of the presence of this resistance when one examines the ever increasing wealth and power gap that is out of control in this country. The actions taken by these elite organizations are getting more radical and desperate by the day.
With all that being said, the global paradigm shift has one advantage that I believe will be the game changer, and that’s the will of the people. This is not just the people of a a single country, but internationally, as united global movements such as Occupy Wall street, the Arab Spring, and March Against Monsanto are happening simultaneously all over the world around central causes.
So wake-up and participate, for we are in the early stages of a revolutionary paradigm shift in the consciousness of the masses that can truly change society for the better.
Obama Speech: Does He Hint At His Premature Resignation And Pending Death Penalty?
May 12 2016 | From: Ellaster
May 5th 2016, Neil Keenan placed a statement and video message on his blog with a remarkable message: Obama surrendered, secretly resigned and handed over his power to the General Joseph Dunford.
This information was handed to Keenan through various sources, yet it might be dis-info deliberately disclosed to him, a common Cabal tactic. However given Obama’s speech he gave at the White House Correspondent’s Dinner, a couple of striking remarks makes you wonder what is going on behind the scenes.
At The White House Correspondent’s Dinner (WHCD) is a yearly event for journalists associated with the White House, and is attended by the president and vice president. This dinner traditionally takes place at the Washington Hilton since 1920. It is organised by the White House Correspondents’ Association, an organisation of journalist who cover the White House and the President of the United States.
On April 30th 2016 Obama’s final WHCD took place and traditionally he gave a speech in advance.
The tone of the speech was more like a performance of a stand-up comedian rather than a presidential speech. Most likely the text was not written by Obama himself and it was full of jokes.
Various people within journalism and politics were either taken the piss out of, or put in the spotlight in a comical way. Obama himself looked drugged, although he was still capable to give the speech. All this made the audience euphoric and they began to laugh heartily once Obama started his recitation.
Obama started by saying:
"It is an honor to be here at my last, and perhaps the last White House correspondents’ dinner.”
Is this the first hint at the big changes that are taking place? Why would this be the last WHCD? Why would this yearly tradition not take place with the newly elected president next year?
According to Neil Keenan’s sources prior to the WHCD dinner a back room deal was made in which Obama had handed over his power. Obama was cornered in such a way that he surrendered and handed over the control to General Dunford.
Whether this really took place was contradicted by Drake Bailey, who is however closely involved with The Plan to arrest many political figure heads in the US for high treason, including Obama.
The many insinuations made by Obama during his WHCD speech, do imply that something is going on behind the scenes. Obama continued his speech by saying:
"You all look great. The end of the Republic has never looked better.”
The end of the republic? Which republic? The republic of the United States incorporated? Or is it an implication to the end of another republic?
Obama continued his talk: “I do apologize. I know I was a little late tonight. I was running on CPT” Does he imply he was running on drugs?
Or should we have heard “I was running on Cpt. (Captain)” and what does this mean then? But to exhilarate his speech everything was wrapped up in a joke, and he continued by saying “…CPT… which stands for jokes that white people should not make.” The unsuspecting audience doubled up with laughter.
Around 3:20 minuted in the video below, again Obama made a remarkable comment. He looked back at his 8 years as president and compared his earlier looks with his present looks.
"Eight years ago, I was a young man full of idealism and vigor. And look at me now, I am gray, grizzled and just counting down the days to my death panel.”
Despite this Obama kept his crowd laughing and read the rest of his speech, which was by no doubt prepared by an entire team in the weeks prior to the dinner.
Around 23:45 minutes a funny video in MTV style was shown about the departure of the president. At 24:30 minutes there is a scene where the president makes a phone call in search for a job for after his resignation.
Satanic much?
He calls the Washington Lizards and asked them whether they need a coach. Around 25 minutes there is another peculiar fragment in the video. Obama makes a selfie with Michelle’s phone, using the app Snapchat, which allows you to morph your portrait into another creature.
Interestingly enough Obama is shown as a shape-shifter with a clear resemblance to scenes in the (disclosure) movie "They Live."
At the end of the speech (32:25 minutes in the Youtube-video) Obama says: “With that I just have two more words to say: Obama out.”
He then makes a Freemason hand gesture with two fingers on his lips while he drops the microphone with his other. This Freemason symbol means ‘it is my duty to keep the secret’.
It is also a sign to other members of the secret society to remain silent. I interpret the dropped microphone as a sign ‘I will make no public announcement’.
According to Neil Keenan’s sources Obama had not returned to the White House since and no longer lives there. To keep up appearances he pretends he is still commander-in-chief although he will solely remain the spokesperson.
Allegedly the real person in charge is General Dunford. However, it is the intent to keep things ‘business as usual’ for the outside world, while General Dunford is in charge of the Republic until the presidential elections have taken place.
The claim that Dunford is in charge is contradicted by Thomas Williams, who together with Drake Bailey presents the weekly Cosmic Voice radio show. He says about the alleged take over: “General Dunford is like the Magic Man, he seems to appear in all kinds of events, but nothing ever comes off of it".
On the Cosmic Voice Facebook page Thomas Williams wrote: “keep hearing for over 12 months that Dunford is doing this and that with zero evidence of any of it.”
It is remarkable that Drake Bailey, with his many [supposed] contacts at the Pentagon and American army, cannot confirm Neil Keenan’s claim.
As this is confusing enough in itself, the big question remains why was this information leaked to Neil’s team and not shared by Drake’s sources? Is it deliberate dis-info disclosed to Group-K (Keenan’s team), and if so, what is the hidden agenda?
\
According to Thomas Williams there is raging a fierce inner battle between the various factions of the Illuminati behind the scenes. He thinks that the story that Neil Keenan has brought out is the script of the Asian faction who think they can become the new NWO (New World Order).
It has now become very clear that both Drake Bailey and his assistant Thomas Williams are woefully out of their depth.
Given all the debts that the US has with the Chinese, could it be possible that Obama is put under pressure and might have changed sides, perhaps the side of the Asian Cabal?
Let’s not forget that April 30th is an occult date with great importance to the Satanists, so why was this specific date chosen for the alleged power transfer?
For now, the claims about the power transfer and Obama’s speech raise more questions than it clears things up.
One thing is clear though, things do not quite look like ‘business as usual’ due to another significant fact. Obama has signed a premature Executive Order (Facilitation of a Presidential Transition) on May 6th to transfer his control, something that normally would take place after the presidential elections. So who did he transfer his control to?
The exact meaning of the recent events will get clear as more information will come out. That something is brewing is one thing that is for sure.
Silent Coup Beginning To Overtake America Now May 8 2016 | From: USAwatchdog
Former Clinton insider Larry Nichols has worked with, and now against, the Clintons. Nichols has some of the top political and financial connections on the planet.
Nichols hopes the public is finally realizing the enormous power struggle going on. Nichols explains;
“There is no two-party system in the United States of America. Let’s get that straight. There is no two-party system, there is one. Part of it is a red team and part of it is a blue team.
You think you have a choice, but as you know you only have a choice between the two they give you to vote for, but here comes Trump.
Trump doesn’t need their money . . . he will bust up the system, and he will not only bust up the system for the Republican Party, but he will bust up the system (for both parties).
So, there are many establishment Republicans that have said they would rather vote for Hillary than Trump. . . .
They must maintain status quo of the system for these power elite people to stay where they want to be.”
Nichols goes on to say, “We are at the beginning of a velvet or silent coup. It’s been going on for years. There’s been a slow subtle takeover of our form of government, starting years and years ago, but it is coming to an end. That’s why there is this power play now.
It’s more aggressive than you have seen before. If we don’t stop Hillary, it’s over.
Is Trump the answer to all of our problems? I don’t know. Here’s what I do know about Donald Trump. Donald Trump is not in the system. How do I know that? As hard as they are working to keep him out is a pretty good recommendation for me.
He’s not one of them. He might be a good president. When you mention Hillary or the establishment, there is no ‘might.’ With them, we would get what we have been getting but only worse. There is not a ‘might’ there.”
Nichols says the good news might come in the general election in November. Nichols explains;
“The American voters’ vote counts in the general election.
Remember that.
The play in the system has always been to trick it in the primaries and get both people that are the same but different colors. The general election has always been set up where people do get to vote, and they will get to pick the lessor of two evils.
This time, it’s different. This time, the American voters can make a difference if Trump can stay in and actually get the nomination.”
On the teetering financial system, Nichols says;
“One of the five major banks has way too much of that $72 billion Puerto Rican debt. It might not sink them, but it may cause a problem. If one of the major banks took a hit like that... The FDIC just said it does not have enough liquidity if two major banks went into default.
If one of the major banks falls or if one major bank was getting ready to take a nose dive, people would run on all the banks wouldn’t they? If everybody tried to cash their money out of the banks at one time, they would get about 6 cents on the dollar. You think you got a $100,000 protected in the bank - you don’t.”
Nichols, who is currently undergoing treatments for lung cancer, also says, “I believe President Obama doesn’t really want to leave. Now, how could he stay? It only takes a crisis. If a national crisis is declared . . . FEMA comes in.
Most people don’t even know about the FEMA provisional plan. In case a meteor hits America and we go into a national crisis, FEMA has already got a plan in place ready to go where they will set up a provisional government. So, if the banks were to start collapsing, guess what Obama would do?
He’d go to Congress and get them to vote and boom, in comes the provisional FEMA government, which makes the president . . . king.”
Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with former Clinton insider Larry Nichols.
There is much, much more in the extensive video interview.
Had Enough Of Government Corruption Kiwis? Here Is A Venue For Reporting, Exposing & Taking Action: The “Citizens Government Corruption Watchdog Commission” May 7 2016 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei
By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Those of you who think beyond the mainstream media … or even those who don’t … you’ve probably noticed a few things are not ticking the boxes lately regarding democratic processes.
Local Government
One example would be the way District Councils appear to have minds of their own and increasingly they are failing to consult those who elect them regarding decisions that will be affecting them. Recently the Whaleoil blog featured the growing problem of local government breaking the law and points out that they get away with it because nobody is policing it. Check out the blog as there are many examples cited of things folks are encountering with their DCs.
Here is a recent example in Shannon where locals were consulted by their representing Councillor Ross Campbell on whether they wanted yet another liquor outlet licensed … overwhelmingly more were against than for (309 to 3) … yet the DC has gone right ahead and issued the liquor license anyway.
So who is this council batting for? Their constituents, or the liquor industry? No prizes for guessing. Shannon has also had recent issues with discharge by Council of raw sewage into the local waterways, an ongoing issue with many DCs NZ wide. Cr Campbell was trespassed for two years by HDC for filming the discharge of raw sewage into the town’s waterways. Shutting down dissent!
The street poll by Cr Ross Campbell in the Horowhenua district … the poll overwhelmingly against the issuing of yet another liquor license in Shannon, and the DC has gone and issued the one anyway
The Rangitikei DC was also exposed last year with regard to their long standing non compliance in relation to pollution of its waterways with leachate. They too shut down dissent by failing to accept the recommendation of their own Community Committee!
For further examples of local government corruption see our Local Govt Watch pages.
Health and Related Services
Then we have many services (formerly ‘government’, now ‘corporate’ departments) that blatantly ignore the rules and run rough shod over people. I heard of one for instance just recently. An older woman who was admitted to A & E at a public hospital, left in a cold corridor, no warm blanket, no buzzer, calling for the toilet, left for hours in her own feces then loudly told off! The patient was too sick to respond.
With recent events in our corporatized government departments we need a watch on our health care providers and their protocols, particularly with the elderly and the dying
Also, on the hospital subject, I heard recently of a dying patient on ‘nil by mouth’, without the family’s knowledge. On this horrific subject please google ‘Liverpool Care Pathway’ the thin end of the wedge in my opinion, to euthanasia. Now there’s huge debate as we know about that, however, since when do we administer ‘nil by mouth’ without explaining the rationale to the distressed relatives, whose loved one is crying out for water? And since when has this become the ‘norm’? Dying of thirst? I don’t recall any public discussion around this.
Weather Modification Practices
The other glaring elephant in the room on the topic of flagrancy is the practice of geoengineering… ie spraying us all daily with toxic chemicals then telling us it is only steam or condensation.
Or worse, “nothing doing here please move along you ‘conspiracy theorists'”.
There will be many more issues and other departments that spring to mind that need policing.
Reporting and Taking Action
When these various events happen we’re often left standing, mouth open, grasping for who to tell, or, we’re so deep in grief we’re unable to act. And from my experience, often nobody knows just who to tell anyway. Many have tried for instance in the geoengineering domain to approach the various authorities charged with protecting us from unhealthy toxic environments only to be told there’s nothing doing.
Denial, yet all the while scientific testing is revealing high levels of toxic chemicals in water and soils. These authorities need to be held to account.
So here is a venue for you to report these various incidents. It’s easy to do, simply go to the site (links below) and fill in the appropriate form online (more forms to come).
The reports will be collated to reveal the extent of the respective complaints, all documented in reports and kept for evidence when confronting the department concerned, and/or for timely publishing on this and other websites, and on social media. Since our so called mainstream media is displaying a growing reluctance to fully air the truth, we can become a force to be reckoned with. This is people power!
“By making these reports you are adding to a database of complaints that documents multiple violations. This makes the case for change much stronger and if the department concerned doesn’t act then we can take it to media for publication and to pressure change.
Mainstream media will probably be either forced to print our exposes or lose their place as Mainstream Media and those who DO share it will become the new “Mainstream Media”!
Here are links to both the site and the new Facebook page (head there and ‘like’ the page, and get reporting. You can also report historic incidents).
Homeopathy Officially Recognized By Swiss Government As Legitimate Medicine To Coexist With "Conventional" Medicine May 6 2016 | From: NaturalNews
Broadening their definition of medicine, the Swiss government is announcing a positive shift toward alternative healing and complementary therapies.
For far too long, health insurance has guaranteed a monopoly for a system dominated by synthetic drugs.
The Swiss government is breaking out of that confining mold and allowing patients' health insurance plans to cover five new complementary therapies.
In May 2017, health insurance plans in Switzerland will be covering a variety of healing modalities, including homeopathy, acupuncture, traditional Chinese medicine, herbal medicine and holistic medicine. In this way, Switzerland will be bringing back the many healing arts that were used successfully in the past.
A shift away from the disease management, synthetic drug system
This shift toward integration will allow the Swiss healthcare system to heal, as it moves away from profiting off disease management. With the inclusion of these five eclectic healing modalities, Swiss healthcare will become more affordable. By legitimizing these true healing modalities, healthcare can compete to heal, empowering people instead of leaving them in an expensive cycle of side effects and negative outcomes.
Synthetic pharmaceutical "science" got its start in 1869, as experiments with coal tar were underway. The first drug was a sedative-hypnotic called chloral hydrate. Pharmaceutical companies got their start after experimenting with nasty coal-tar distillations.
Many of the first drugs were modeled after textiles and dyes. The first analgesic and antipyretic drugs, phenacetin and acetanilide, were made from aniline and p-nitrophenol, which are just byproducts of coal tar.
Pharmaceutical "science," for the most part, is an absolute abandonment of the healing modalities that have sustained humans for centuries. The good news is that many herbalists are still around today, passing on the trade of making real medicine using plants. Plants synthesize their own medicine and contain compounds that, when extracted and used correctly, work in conjunction with the human body systems, restoring its healing state.
Swiss people speak out, pressure government to include complementary therapies on list of paid health services
After Swiss health authorities blocked the alternative medicine fields from legitimacy in 2005, the people of Switzerland spoke out. In 2009, two-thirds of the Swiss voted to include these five important healing modalities on the country's constitutional list of paid health services.
When 2012 rolled around, all five complementary healing modalities were included in basic compulsory insurance coverage as part of a six-year trial period. At the end of the trial period, determinations would be made based on the alternative therapies "efficacy, cost–effectiveness and suitability."
Holistic approaches are gauged through observation, in the progress of healing over time
Now the interior ministry has determined what many holistic practitioners already understand about the healing arts. It's "impossible to provide such proof for these disciplines in their entirety." The proof of their efficacy is in the individual's own experience, initiative and commitment.
Holistic therapies are not like synthetic drugs. The whole person is treated, not just a symptom. It's impossible to gauge an "alternative" therapy on paper, in a perfectly controlled environment.
Comment: The whole concept of "Alternative Therapies" and " Alternative Medicine" is madness from the outset.
Natural remedies that have been used successfully for thousands of years were marked as whackery - simply because the establishment could not patent them, profit from them; and nor would actual cures have worked in favour of their depopulation agenda. It's not rocket science once you are aware of the agendas.
The Pharmaceutical nightmare that has been launched upon humanity is the alternative medicine / therapy that is the actual threat for the most part.
And what an utterly horrific, profit-driven monstrosity at that.
The proof is typically in the observation, in the progress of healing over time.
And so, in this understanding, these five healing modalities will continue to be reimbursed by compulsory health insurance plans, as long as they are administered by certified medical professionals. This is an enormous step in the right direction for a healthcare system that is seeking to integrate more than just synthetic manipulations and suppression of the human body.
This shift toward integration of medicine will also allow questionable treatments within these complementary healing systems to face more scrutiny, so that the best holistic approaches can come out and be a success for people.
What Democracy Really Means, According To One Of Its Most Outspoken Champions May 5 2016 | From: HuffingtonPost
It’s not just about the will of the majority, said Yanis Varoufakis.
When Greece’s European creditors cut off emergency assistance to the beleaguered country’s banks last summer, bringing its financial system to the brink of collapse, it was only a matter of weeks before the Greek government capitulated to their demands.
When Greece’s European creditors cut off emergency assistance to the beleaguered country’s banks last summer, bringing its financial system to the brink of collapse, it was only a matter of weeks before the Greek government capitulated to their demands. A band of radical socialist politicians elected to upend the status quo agreed to the most onerous austerity package the country had yet experienced, in exchange for emergency loans it needed to repay mountainous debts to those same official lenders.
Greece’s sympathizers around the world called the result a coup d’état - the result of extortion akin to the “gunboat diplomacy” of the imperial era.
Yanis Varoufakis, a progressive economist, who as finance minister had been the most visible face of Greece’s new government and remains one of the country’s highest-profile political figures, resigned his cabinet post under pressure shortly before the deal was signed.
After leaving public office, he founded the Democracy in Europe Movement 2025. The goal of the pan-European initiative is to democratize the European Union institutions that enabled the financial blackmail against Greece last summer. Absent such change, DiEm25 argues, the united, peaceful and prosperous post-Cold War Europe will “disintegrate” in no more than a decade’s time.
But what exactly is undemocratic about the duly elected governments of the other 18 nations in the euro currency area imposing their will on the duly elected government of Greece? After all, in a democracy, the majority rules.
Varoufakis was in Washington on Wednesday to plug his new book about the European debt crisis, And The Weak Suffer What They Must? Europe’s Crisis And America’s Economic Future, so I asked him just that.
“Let me remind you that democracy is not the same thing as majoritarianism,” Varoufakis responded.
“If the majority decides to have the minority tortured, this is a tyranny of the majority and it has absolutely nothing to do with democracy. Democracy needs to combine majority with due process and with rights.”
Ex-Greek finance minister Yanis Varoufakis appears at an encampment of protesters in Paris opposed to neoliberal labor reforms. He believes the EU is undemocratic in its current form.
In Greece’s case, the analogy to torture is presumably leveraging Greece’s reliance on the European Central Bank to keep its troubled banks afloat to force it to accept painful economic measures rejected by its voters.
To illustrate his point, Varoufakis recounted a story from his first days as finance minister in January 2015. He met with Dutch finance minister Jeroen Dijsselbloem, the president of the Eurogroup, the powerful council of the individual eurozone nations’ finance ministers.
Dijsselbloem, according to Varoufakis, asked Varoufakis what his government’s intentions were for fiscal policy.
Varoufakis claims he gave a “very nuanced answer.”
“I said, ‘Well, we were elected to challenge that and to change that fiscal policy,’” Varoufakis recalled.
In Varoufakis’ mind, even this was a major compromise, since the previous six years of top-down European austerity policies imposed on Greece and other struggling countries on the European periphery had been a “macroeconomic failure greater than that in the history of humankind.”
“Nevertheless, let’s sit down and re-think this and find common ground,” Varoufakis remembered telling him. “I thought this was a very moderate thing to say. And it’s the minimum that respect for Greek democracy required.”
There is much to support Varoufakis’ economic critique of the eurozone’s actions up to that point. The drastic fiscal austerity Germany and other wealthy European nations had demanded from Greece since 2010 in exchange for emergency loans had succeeded in shoring up the German and French banks with Greek debts on their books, but had plunged Greece into a deep depression and state of political crisis. Nearly one in four Greeks is unemployed and its economy has shrunk by roughly one-third since 2008.
“Now the only way of describing this is as a coup d’état, as the dissolution of every democratic principle that has ever been withheld in Western civilization."
Worse still, the money is not even enough to allow it to pay off its creditors. The Mediterranean nation has had to return to the bargaining table on multiple occasions to ask for more cash, only to repeat the same never-ending cycle of re-payment, economic contraction, crisis and begging.
But Djisselbloem, Varoufakis said, was not having it. He reminded Varoufakis right away who held the poker chips, in a preview of the drama that would occur in late June and early July.
“If you insist on re-negotiating the fiscal policy of the previous government, your banks will be closed by the end of the month,” Djisselbloem said, according to Varoufakis.
“Now the only way of describing this is as a coup d’état, as the dissolution of every democratic principle that has ever been withheld in Western civilization,” Varoufakis said.
Greek voters re-elected Syriza, Varoufakis’ former political party, in September. Only this time, prime minister Alexis Tsipras campaigned on the promise of distributing the burden of austerity as equitably as possible, rather than reversing the approach entirely.
And there have been signs in recent months that the Greek government still has some fight left in it. It publicly tussled with the IMF in January over the need to cut pensions to reach its budget targets, rather than raising taxes to do so.
It also took the Fund to task in early April for a leaked conversation in which IMF officials implied that only a crisis-inducing credit event would prod Greece to do what is necessary.
Meanwhile, news outlets reported on Tuesday that talks between Greece and its international creditors had once again reached a standstill over reforms required to unlock a tranche of loans the country needs to make upcoming debt payments. Greece’s compliance with this round of demands is the price of opening up discussion of debt restructuring, according to the lenders.
Varoufakis, however, dismissed the idea that Greece has any say in the matter.
“The Greek government surrendered last July. This is why I resigned,” he said. “The Greek government will do anything that creditors ask it to do. They are just waiting for the creditors to decide what they want to impose upon Greece.”
Instead, the delays are due to a disagreement between Germany and the IMF, according to the former finance chief.
“There is no way they can agree, because the IMF understands that without a sensible debt restructure and a diminution in the primary surplus target, Greece is finished,” Varoufakis said.
In fact, while Greece’s ongoing influence is a matter of debate, the dispute between the IMF and Germany is no secret. The IMF - along with its largest shareholder, the United States - insists that Germany grant Greece debt relief and lower the budget targets it must meet, in order for Greece to regain its financial independence. Germany remains resistant to the idea.
The Greek prime minister’s office did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Varoufakis’ characterization.
Varoufakis argued that German officials had made debt relief politically impossible for themselves by falsely selling the original loans to Greece as a bailout for the Greek people, rather than as a bailout of the German and French banks, which stood to collapse if Greece could not pay up. Now the German parliament, with the backing of a bitter, tax-paying public, has no interest in cutting Greece any additional slack.
“There is no way they can agree, because the IMF understands that without a sensible debt restructure and a diminution in the primary surplus target, Greece is finished,” Varoufakis said.
“The creditors are now in a trap of their own making,” he concluded. “And Greece is fading into oblivion and into its awful, debt-deflationary crisis, while waiting for Washington, D.C., and Berlin to decide what to do.”
We Are All In This Together… May 4 2016 | From: Geopolitics
This has been and still is a long ride. To the weary and all those who are (or might be) losing hope…
“Over The Rainbow”
Somewhere over the rainbow way up high9lou7h6u7e4
There’s a land that I heard of once in a lullaby
Somewhere over the rainbow skies are blue
And the dreams that you dare to dream really do come true
Someday I’ll wish upon a star
And wake up where the clouds are far
Behind me
Where troubles melt like lemon drops
Away above the chimney tops
That’s where you’ll find me
Somewhere over the rainbow bluebirds fly
Birds fly over the rainbow. Why then, oh, why can’t I?
If happy little bluebirds fly
Beyond the rainbow why, oh, why can’t I?
Keep well, everyone.
Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People
April 28 2016 | From: Geopolitics
Government models have not evolved that much since the days of Plato’s Socratic Republic.
Instead, they have all deteriorated, corrupted, and have failed on many occasions to address and mitigate the most fundamental failing of man, i.e. greed for absolute power.
Members of Secret Societies claimed they have been raised and trained to properly handle power and authority, and yet we know how many times this hasn’t been the case.
Power is toxic and absolute power corrupts absolutely.
The only way power be prevented from being misused is when it is distributed to as many as possible. By then, power will cease to be more than just a routine exercise of collective free will.
Until today, the concept of collective free will has been nothing more than illusory at best. We call it democracy, the rule of the mob, or the tyranny of the majority. And rightly so, because we let sheer numbers decide who and what’s best for us, instead of high quality ideas taken and decided directly from each member of our society.
In order to create the illusion of direct participation, the elite minority devised a periodic ritual where we can all choose directly from preselected individuals out of a pool of nominees, i.e. club members, as our potential leaders, neither of whom is committed to serve the people’s interests, but the club.
Preselection is enforced by making each outsider poor enough to barely afford financing a political campaign. The reign of inbred mentally retarded families is thus maintained by default.
The fragile House of Cards is surprisingly, yet effectively sustained just by the mere satisfaction of earthly desires of the few below the pyramid. The entire system is self-sustaining in its corruption of the entire fabric of our miserable existence.
This stupidity cannot go on.
The Solution
We cannot solve any problem by using the same mindset that created it in the first place. That is a Universal Truth.
Hundreds of years ago, this concept would have been impossible, but true democracy is being exercised daily in the realm of Open Software Development for decades now, and the cost is only as high as your monthly ISP bill, something that you are already doing now, as you read this article.
Therefore, it is a huge mistake to abandon this idea as merely Utopian. Labeling, or branding, has gotten us nowhere. It’s time to confront the systemic problem head on.
Open Source Government ensures that only the best solution survives while keeping the cost close to nil as everybody would be willing to volunteer their services as is already done in Open Source Communities.
Goodbye, Mr. Congressman. And that is only the beginning.
The Next OSG Evolution
It is only natural that the next evolution of Open Source Government is the establishment of a direct link between people formulated and approved policies and controls, which serves as the programming instructions into the machines that will do the actual dirty repetitive work of sustaining life on the planet.
By that time, real-time formulated policies will be translated as the macro firmware instructions that sits at the lowest level by which they can override all embedded intelligence, to maintain the superiority of man over machines.
Goodbye, Mr. President.
While possible, it is highly improbable that the majority will give machine instructions to kill themselves. Sustainability and security are therefore inherently built into the system.
Goodbye, FBI and NSA.
Recognizing the fact that money is just a form of control to our access to basic resources, and not a true manifestation of tangible wealth, there will be a time along the way when the majority decide that this Babylonian paper magik, too, could go away. And that’s when slavery is finally defeated.
Goodbye, Goldman Sachs, Federal Reserve, IMF-WB and Rothschild dynasty.
Understandably, government as we know it will lose its meaning and will cease to exist. Goodbye, representative United Nations!
Again, the template for Open Source Government is existing and is being used continuously by Google and Mozilla, to name just a few. We just have to migrate it into governance.
Automation and robotics technology is already being applied to replace humans in the realm of manufacturing. Why not link it with OSG to have a completely responsive government that responds in real-time?
Comment: Okay, so that comment above might sound a bit transhumanist. But the gist of this article is to inspire thinking. We collectively need to figure a way out of this paradigm and to determine what we move on to from here. Sitting around going "well this is shit" is not going to help us move forward in an upward, positively driven fashion.
Open Collaboration is the only feasible system that is already proven to sustainably work. It is the only government model where the highest quality of public services are guaranteed, transparency and peaceful interaction are built-in, all at the lowest cost possible.
What are we waiting for?
Scientist Who Found Gluten Sensitivity Now Says it Doesn’t Exist + Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down April 28 2016 | From: WakingTimes / Geopolitics / Various
Is Monsanto’s glyphosate the true cause of sensitivity to glutenous foods?
Millions of people are said to have some intolerance to gluten, the sticky protein that can be found in breads, barley, and other wheat products. But how scientifically grounded is this sudden wave of large-scale gluten intolerance? As it turns out, it may not be gluten that is triggering health problems, but a reaction to agrochemicals being used in the harvesting of wheat.
In 2011, an Australian scientist named Peter Gibson at Monash University conducted an experiment to determine whether gluten in the diet can cause gastrointestinal distress in people who did not have celiac disease. When experiments confirmed this hypothesis, they named this condition ‘non-celiac gluten sensitivity‘ or NCGS, thus beginning the gluten-free trend, which has resulted in an estimated $15 billion industry by 2016.
Gibson was not satisfied with his findings, however, and because of how common gluten is in the diets of so many people, both modern and historically, he wanted to know why and how gluten could be causing this reaction in people who were not suffering from celiac disease. Consequently, he decided to take his research to a new level and conduct an experiment more rigorous than anything typically found in nutritional studies.
For this new experiment, Gibson sought out 37 self-identified gluten sensitive patients. The study was done double-blind with subjects that had NCGS and irritable bowel syndrome, but not celiac disease. For two weeks, the patients were given high-gluten, low-gluten, and no-gluten meals (as the control group), followed by a two-week “washout” period.
The findings of the study showed that although in opposition to the results found in the first experiment, gluten intolerance actually does not exist in people without celiac disease. A third study, also by Gibson, further supports these findings, suggesting perhaps that much of what we see as gluten sensitivity is psychosomatic.
“In contrast to our first study… we could find absolutely no specific response to gluten,”
– Dr. Peter Gibson
It May Not Be The Gluten – But Don’t Eat That Wheat Too Soon
Although gluten is no longer believed to be the culprit of health problems reportedly associated with consuming glutenous wheat, that does not mean that conventionally grown wheat is completely safe to eat. In fact, until 2005, GMO wheat was being tested in 16 states, and is known to have escaped testings grounds, genetically polluting nearby fields via airborne seeds and cross-pollination.
“Further testing by USDA laboratories indicates the presence of the same GE glyphosate-resistant wheat variety that Monsanto was authorized to field test in 16 states from 1998 to 2005.”
In addition, even non-GMO wheat is drenched with Monsanto’s carcinogenic glyphosate Round-up just days before harvest, because, as it turns out, wheat fields produce slightly more seed when sprayed with this poison 7-10 days before harvest, as researched by Dr. Stephanie Seneff of MIT.
“It ‘goes to seed’ as it dies. At its last gasp, it releases the seed.”
This study from 2013 shows that fish exposed to glyphosate develop digestive issues similar to celiac disease.
“If Glyphosate ends up in bread it’s impossible for people to avoid it, unless they are eating organic. On the other hand, farmers could easily choose not to use Glyphosate as a spray on wheat crops – just before they are harvested. This is why the Soil Association is calling for the immediate ending of the use of Glyphosate sprays on wheat destined for use in bread.”
– Peter Melchett of the Soil Association
Conclusion
It is true that not every food fad ends up being true. However, we should still take caution when choosing the foods we feed our families. Although it has been found that gluten itself is not causing an intolerance in people without celiac disease, there are still other issues with wheat production that we need to be aware of.
Get your wheat from local, organic farms when possible and do what you can to avoid Monsanto and other pesticide company’s chemical toxins finding their way into your body.
Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down
The debate over GMO safety and risks stems from the fact that the definition is too generalized, or too ambiguous. The mainstream conversation about its pseudo-science always favors the corporations behind it.
But mere scientific definition is not enough to circumvent the actual disastrous experience, i.e. those glaring facts about its negative effects outside the GMO laboratories.
The long term side effects of consuming genetically modified, processed, or preserved, foods are beginning to unravel. The corporations have billions of reasons not to publicize its methods and why they are moving heaven and hell not to label GMO products.
Whatever you do, don’t ever gamble with the food you eat unless you can afford to pay for your expensive medications later on.
Here are the real scientific reasons why GMO foods are extremely dangerous, and how scientists around the world are being coerced to toe the biotech establishment’s line.
Up to now we are still very skeptical if the reported removal of GMO ingredients from Kraft products is real, or mere publicity stunt.
"Orange you glad you didn’t notice.
Kraft altered its beloved formula for the Day-Glo sheen of its popular Macaroni & Cheese earlier this year — but now the company is rolling out a big bucks ad campaign to tell people.
It’s not as if it were a secret. Kraft announced nearly a year ago it was going to make this change. It started shipping the new recipe in December and has already sold over 50 million boxes.
Its new commercial features Craig Kilborn standing in a supermarket.
“Moms didn’t notice. Kids didn’t notice. Dogs didn’t notice,” Kilborn said. “None of them noticed a thing because this Kraft Mac & Cheese still tastes like Kraft Mac & Cheese. It’s changed but it hasn’t.”
The problem with this claim is that no independent consumer group is certifying that such is the case. Another known fact to remind ourselves is the inherent chemical contamination right at the production lines itself.
If ordinary tampons, or gauze, can be contaminated with glyphosate during production [here], why not food products which were subjected to artificial fertilizers and pesticides from growing to packaging?
"Nitrogen fertilizers are used to prevent nitrogen from becoming depleted from the soil. Unfortunately, the overuse of nitrogen fertilizers isn’t without its long-term consequences. According to a new study published in the journal Environmental Research Letters, nitrogen fertilizers are causing nitrates to build up in the Mississippi Basin, polluting ground and surface water.
Nitrates increase the risk of blue baby syndrome, according to the recent study. The illness replaces a child’s hemoglobin with methemoglobin, which minimizes the ability of blood to carry oxygen throughout the body. Infants are most often affected by the malady, which is marked by a blueness around the mouth. Other symptoms include difficulties breathing, vomiting and diarrhea. In extreme cases, blue baby syndrome can be fatal."
There are so many concerned groups that have taken the cudgels of bringing down abusive food corporations for decades now. Yet, the fight to end these abuses has not achieved its intended outcome.
Then came a covert global effort to neutralize the single crime syndicate that’s been doing all the evils in our society today.
The information we received after the events in 2001 said that there is a global movement to take down the “tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations,” that sought to depopulate and control the world for its own caprices.
This Reformist Collective, the most visible manifestation of which is the BRICS, is said to be employing both hard and soft power to achieve its aims of creating a world of mutual progress by allowing the full and responsible use of suppressed technologies to eliminate scarcity and institute abundance for all, and end all types of geopolitical conflicts.
There is now a growing body of evidence that the genocidal group of the Bushes, Rockefellers, Gates, etc. are being systematically neutralized, i.e. their attempts to start a nuclear war with Iran has been suppressed.
The Rothschild banking dynasty, along with the UK Monarchy and Vatican, are said to have no other choice but cooperate with this group after the Global Collateral Accounts, the massive tranche of historical gold lent by Asian royalties to back up the entire financial system for the last 100 years or so, were frozen prompting the massive resignations of CEO bankers around the globe in 2012.
This bankers’ resignations were punctuated by the resignation of the World Bank president and Vatican Pope Benedict XVI in 2013.
Part of the global reform is to bring down Monsanto, the acknowledged rogue player in the realm of genetically modified food production, of which mass vaccinations advocate Bill Gates is a major stockholder.
Those who have chosen the path to peaceful resolution and have since cooperated with the BRICS and will be paid for handsomely.
Early in February of this year, ChemChina frustrated Monsanto’s attempt to buy off Swiss Syngenta through a $43 billion offer. While western media is saying that China is just trying to feed its more than a billion mouths, we believe there is a much profound objective for the acquisition, among many acquisitions.
“ChemChina became a pesticide powerhouse in 2011 when its subsidiary, China National Agrochemical Corporation, acquired Makhteshim Agan Industries (Israel), the world’s 7th largest pesticide manufacturer, and became ADAMA”, said the Canada-based ETC Group. “With revenues over $3 billion in 2013, ADAMA sells generic pesticide products in more than 120 countries… ADAMA’s largest market is Europe (37%), followed by Latin America (25%).” (Parentheses in original)
ChemChina’s interests go way beyond agrochemicals. Last year it acquired Italy’s Pirelli, one of the world’s leading tire manufacturers, for $7.9 billion. Its other major purchases include French firms Adisseo and Rhodia, Australia’s Qenos, Norwegian silicon maker Elkem, German machinery maker Krauss Maffee, and 12% of Swiss energy trader Mercuria.
…The company is also looking to expand its presence in the domestic market. A merger with Syngenta would turn ChemChina into the country’s top pesticide company. This is no small undertaking, given that China is the world’s third largest pesticide market, after the US and Brazil. If foreign agrochemical companies were to be interested in investing in China’s vast market they would find themselves squeezed into a minor corner by a gigantic Syngenta-ChemChina combination.
ChemChina’s ambitions are part of a larger story. Chinese food and agriculture companies are moving abroad and starting to compete toe to toe with their Western counterparts and even buying them out. In 2013, China’s Shuanghui corporation bought Smithfield, the leading US pork company, for $7.1 billion, the largest ever purchase of a US company by Chinese investors.
Another Chinese company to watch is COFCO, the country’s leading food processor, which acquired a controlling stake in the Netherlands’ agricultural commodity trader Nidera. The majority stake in Nidera would give COFCO greater control over pricing and better access to Latin America and Russia, important grain-growing regions, the Wall Street Journal reported in 2014."
Once the deal is fully consummated, China could dictate where Western companies should proceed from hereon.
Will China continue the regressive direction of the food industry? Or, will it force the positive enhancements of food production drawing the lessons learned at l Loess Plateau, Central China?
It is estimated that even if only 10% of the population of the earth will do permaculture, it’s enough to feed the entire population.
Of course, we can always question China’s real motives, but judging from how the decades of Western control of Africa induces famine, hunger and endless ethnic conflicts, one needs to see only how Ethiopia achieved 11% economic growth after they have allowed China to participate in their economy.
While it’s true that China has been investing billions in Africa in exchange for access to its rich natural resources, it’s also true that the West has been plundering Africa’s resources for centuries just to satisfy its military industrial complex.
In deep contrast and in addition to China’s acquisition of Syngenta, it is also planning to create the largest solar power farm grid around the planet.
How then can we participate in the global effort to defeat the regressive group responsible for our collective misery and moral degradation?
We Need to Step Back
Humanity has reached the apex of its own capacity to inflict pain on itself.
Scientific advancements are all being used to manufacture great weapons of war; genetic engineering is being exploited to create plant and animal species only to increase production and profits rather than make people healthy, drugs and medicines are designed to make people sick, and the school system and mass media are making the people dumber.
The frequency and number of colorful protests against corporate abuses in the realm of education, food production and healthcare, banking and finance, are breaking previous records yet the benefits gained from these mass actions are disproportionately useless.
Corporations will just change the name of their products to circumvent the unfavorable regulations.
The belief that we still own the government we have right now is wasting a lot of time and effort in demanding that policies must be changed and enforcement of these policies must be done. It is time to accept the fact that big corporations own the government, and no matter how much we break our vocal chords shouting on the streets of the world, the government will never listen and will always serve the corporations which truly control it.
In order to make changes happen, we must understand how we arrived here.
First, we have been lured to come to the poorly designed cities where we could not grow our own organic food, and where we need to work in order to have access to the most resources basic for human survival.
Then, they supply us with industrialized processed food, neurotoxic vaccines and chemical drugs, where safer organic competitions from the countryside are deliberately stifled through the use of the police.
Consumerism has made us too vulnerable for totalitarian control later on.
The physical and psychological stresses of home mortgage and junk foods defeat the conveniences of city living. In fact, we cannot afford to describe it as living anymore, but merely surviving. We can’t go on with this same regressive trajectory. We cannot redesign our cities while most of us are still inside any of them.
We need to step back. We need to go back to the countryside and start growing our own food organically. We need to remove the power we’ve given them.
While building our organic permacultured farms, we must take all the bad urban experiences into consideration, and take the necessary measures to avoid them.
By doing so, we will be empowering ourselves, and that’s how we regain our long lost freedoms.
Unprecedented Access
April 26 2016 | From: VeteransToday
Never before in history have the masses had instant access to information about the dark side of the Evil Establishment Hierarchy and the Select Few wrinkled up old mass-murderers and perverts that run it.
For the first time in history deep state secrets and previously hidden information about the secret Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network has been made readily available to the common man.
This has occurred because of the Worldwide Internet and its Alternative Media.
These disclosures are only going to increase and this will be followed by the whole world turning against the evil beasts who secretly control the levers of power, and there will be increasingly powerful mass demands and efforts to bring them to justice.
This is creating pressure on the existing USG and American societal controllers which are run, lock stock and barrel by the Khazarian Mafia (KM).
The KM is best described as the Hierarchy, which is based on a secret Babylonian Talmudic occult network of what most refer to as the Mystery religions.
There is unprecedented access to information about the secret world of the Babylonian Talmudic Occult Network (aka Synagogue of Satan, Illuminati, the Olympiads) that has controlled most human institutions for hundreds of years.
This Occult Network has exerted such control by establishing and repeatedly deploying a well-defined method of infiltration and hijacking, followed by the formation of a pyramidal Hierarchy, which takes parasitical control and runs all authorities in the state and federal governments of nations.
Creating, manufacturing and distributing debt-notes and passing laws which require them to be accepted as real money lent out at pernicious compounding interest to those who should have owned it in the first place is one of the greatest Hierarchy tricks ever conceived. This is referred to by insiders as the black art of Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” or the “Baby”.
Once the Hierarchy has complete control, major asset stripping of the people begins and the fruit of their labors and accrued wealth is stolen by a crafty means, best referred to as Babylonian Money-Magick. This is the ancient art of creating debt notes out of thin air and “renting” them to the user citizens at pernicious usury.
Other key tricks are deployed by the Hierarchy to speed up the asset stripping of not only the nation which is occupied, but such methods are deployed against other nations for asset stripping too, which is usually the gaining of cheap access to steal the nations’ natural resources and minerals.
See the National Debt Clock running in real time for any country here
A favorite trick is to invest money to create monstrous social problems in order to justify an increase in taxes and government spending. This results in rapidly increasing wealth transferred from the people to the Hierarchy.
Thus in America, they had the War on Poverty which created so much more; the War on Drugs, which created the wealthy drug cartels for the Hierarchy; and the War on Terror, which has resulted in so many illegal, unConstitutional wars of acquisition to bring more money and power to the Hierarchy.
Of course mind-kontrolling the people through a completely controlled Major Mass Media run by six Media Corporations that answer to the Hierarchy top Policy-makers (the Hierarchy leaders) has allowed the Hierarchy in America to convince the people that Americans are the good guys and need to be the World’s Policemen.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
This of course is a blatant lie and serves to justify all the illegal, unConstitutional, unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual wars that provide more power and money to the Hierarchy and its associated “bloodline families”, banks and no-bid defense contractors.
These tricks also include the old British trick of “Divide and Conquer”, which is the methodology of paying agitators to create needless conflicts in order to create mass social unrest, terrorist acts or violence.
"The 'Divide and Conquer' principle has been successfully implemented on our planet and is being used very effectively to keep us under control and in a perpetual state of conflict."
- Michael Tellinger
The increasing use of Gladio-style False-flag “inside-job” engineered, staged terror attacks and mass shootings in gun-free zones (some real, some faked using a large number of professional crisis actors) should not be ignored.
Charging the American people interest to use what should have been real money owned by them in the first place is not only unConstitutional, it is illegal, because it constitutes RICO crime and financial fraud. There is no statute of limitations for fraud until it is discovered.
Once the asset stripping of the host being parasitized is complete, usually all that remains is a destroyed nation and a broken, starving and dying people.
This is often followed by a the Hierarchy reconstructing a new host to later completely parasitize. China and Malaysia are the next planned hosts, and this will occur after building them up over many years to provide a fat new source to take over and asset strip, thus repeating the pattern once again; unless of course the Hierarchy is stopped cold by the World.
And right now several powerful groups inside and some nations outside of America are now going after the Hierarchy with a vengeance for all the evil that has been uncovered and linked to their top Policy-makers, who are wrinkled-up old demon-possessed, mass-murders and pedophiles.
This is being done by deploying sophisticated covert operations and psyops to take the Hierarchy apart at the seams by exposing their money fraud and war crimes, and by instituting powerful but subtle rear-guard actions to restore the US Constitution inside America.
Another Hierarchy crafty trick is to infiltrate and hijack all media corporations and consolidate them into a small number of Major Mass Media Corporations which they control together, and actually technically constitute a virtual cartel, that is, an illegal monopoly.
This same crafty practice is done to all other industries through their various corporations. Various crafty tricks, like using the FBI program Infragard to deputize corporate security and mind-kontrol them into a fear-based perspective with shoot to kill authority is also being done.
In this way, the Hierarchy has been able to infiltrate, hijack and take over almost every major corporation and industry in America.
When the Gutenberg Press was finally manufactured and placed into service, it resulted in the wide distribution of bibles and other information never before available.
This was a great blow to the Vatican, which at the time, forbade the commoner from reading the Bible, or of gaining an understanding of church policies that were based on aberrant traditions within the church, rather than what the prophets, Jesus and his disciples taught.
The Gutenberg Press also resulted in the wide distribution of newspapers and books, but nonetheless, it was still easy for the Hierarchy to limit the secret information by which they operated, because they could easily sanction those who came forth and tried to inform the people.
Besides, up until recently most individuals have been so deeply mind-kontrolled by the Hierarchy, that even when told the truth is told, it seems incredible and will not fit into the listeners’ minds.
That is now rapidly changing due to the emergence of the Worldwide Internet, the New Electronic Gutenberg Press, where information is transmitted at the speed of light to millions all around the world. We users have gained instant access to extensive libraries, documents and historical accounts.
Despite the vast amounts of limited hangout misinformation, serious researchers can easily gain access to a great deal of useful background information on any subject.
The advent of the cell phone and iPod-type handheld devices have just added to this instant access to information and have produced the ability to gain and maintain constant communication with others, which was not possible before.
These two major developments have changed the way individuals think about information. They feel it is their right to have instant access to all the facts on any subject, and this has created an expectation for openness by their government in all matters.
This expectation for full disclosure and full access to all government practices and facts is growing by the day and is best described as a powerful spontaneously emerging populism.
The American people are now rejecting the credibility of the Controlled major Mass Media (CMMM), and this rejection of the CMMM is increasing by the day, as so many turn to the Alternative News now available all over the Worldwide Web.
The Hierarchy’s use of Mind-kontrol to convince Americans we are the good guys and the policeman of the World, has actually led to the expectation that our own government should be moral too, and respectful of God-given human rights.
As many in American Intel, the Military and the USG, who have unknowingly served the Hierarchy and its top policy-makers are finding out about the increasing criminality and anti-human acts they have become manipulated into, many are rebelling and going public about what they have learned.
Due to all the recent leaks, high level whistleblower declarations and insider deathbed confessions, many, who were previously ignorant due to strong compartmenting and need-to-know-only access to upper levels of evil Hierarchy practices, are now catching on and secretly turning against the Hierarchy and the policies of the Select Few.
Most of these new secret dissidents are not willing to throw themselves on a sword or speak out and lose their jobs and retirement, but if there were a serious “door to door” attempt by the USG to disarm the American People, they would quickly join the side of We The People and function as extreme warriors with the American People against the Hierarchy.
Certainly, if a serious civil war would break out, there would be an instant military coup d’état; and the top Hierarchy traitors would become instant, serious targets for vigilante justice by some experienced special ops soldiers.
Some of the recent disclosures about Hierarchy evils are not only astounding, but are completely unexpected.
Take General Wesley Clark who went public and disclosed how the Hierarchy plan was to invade seven nations in five years.
Many wondered how General Clark would dare disclose such secret Hierarchy information without fear of termination. The answer is that secret factions inside the American Military and Intel (especially Intel) have emerged that are very powerful because of their role in the secret Alien ET-oriented Majestic Group.
These powerful new factions back such disclosures, and the Hierarchy is afraid to sanction such individuals as General Wesley Clark because they know there would be swift and serious retaliation.
If you doubt this is true, just stop and ask yourself, how in the heck does VT dare to publish the insider facts it does, such as who did 9-11-01, and the fact it involved stolen nukes deployed by Israel and traitors in the US High Command, or how ISIS is a private mercenary army, a secret coalition of Israel Likudists, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and the CIA, or so many more insider facts? Obviously VT has had some serious muscle behind it for these disclosures to occur.
"The big battle now being fought in secret is between the Hierarchy’s leadership which is comprised of the Khazarian Mafia’s top crime Kingpins, the Select Few, and their powerful cutouts, versus these new and powerful secret factions of the US Military and Intel and similar groups in other nations."
These new factions have easy access to these two-faced evil monsters of deceit who are attempting to create hell on Earth in order to get ever increasingly rich at the people’s expense and in order to attain their age-old Globalist Agenda.
Yes, the individuals in these new powerful factions know that some of their international “Cosmic Intel” groups can be picked off upon the orders of the Hierarchy, but they also know that they can quickly follow suit because these Hierarchy Kingpins bleed and die just like they do.
So far this mutually recognized knowledge has produced a checkmate and rules of play have evolved similar to those of the Knights of the Round-table and this battle royal has remained limited to being fought somewhat fair and square through the usual methods involving psyops and strategic geo-economics. And the new factions seem to be winning.
Putin and the Russian Federation are the visible example of this with their complete checkmate of the Hierarchy (Khazarian Mafia) in Syria and Iran.
However, these new factions realize that the Hierarchy murdered the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his Romanov family in on July 16, 1918 in order to eradicate his whole bloodline and to steal all of Russia’s riches, such as gold, silver and jewels (which have never been returned, but probably will be seized some day not too far off by the Russian Federation).
A good bet is that if the Hierarchy made any serious moves to escalate against these powerful new factions, these new factions would quickly adapt the same rules of play the Hierarchy has used for hundreds of years against those it judges weak or unable to defend themselves.
But there is one more big danger lurking for the Hierarchy Kingpins. That is the growing awareness among We The People of the identities of who the Hierarchy Kingpins are, and all the evil they have been doing to take away our God-given Rights. These were the rights that have supposed to have been guaranteed by the US Constitution.
But there is also a growing awareness of We The People that the Hierarchy has set up a fraudulent private central bank that is asset stripping us of the fruits of our labor and accrued wealth using fake money Debt-notes and pernicious usury for renting what should have been our own real money in the first place.
A tipping point appears to now be fast approaching, and it is likely that any more seriously or significantly increased Hierarchy actions against We The People could set off a civil war followed by immediate application of the Hierarchy’s rules of play against the Hierarchy itself.
My guess is that should the Hierarchy persist with their recent new efforts to disarm Americans or continue to tamper with and fake the election process giving us a Potus not wanted, We the People could easily go ballistic and begin to immediate accept the same rules of play that the Hierarchy has used against them and other victims like the Russian Tsar Nicholas II and his family.
The Hierarchy is still energized and empowered by its unlimited access to, and elastic endless supply of US Debt notes, aka the US Petro Dollar; but its value is now waning by the day; and their US Petro Dollar will soon be weakened and dead. So far this battle is being fought using the rules similar to the Knights of the Roundtable, such as do not go after one’s family and play by the “rules”.
Certainly Putin and the Russian Federation have done a great job completely checkmating the Khazarian Mafia’s establishment Hierarchy and its leaderships during its legal defense of Syria, a long term ally.
Russian Federation air power is now the best in the World and has crushed the mercenary forces hired by Israel, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the UK and America who have been pretending they are the official Islamic State Army. In doing this, Putin and the Russian Federation have checkmated the Khazarian Mafia and its Establishment Hierarchy in Syria.
It has been rumored by insiders that ISIS stands for Israeli Secret Intelligence Services mercenary army. ISIS has turned out to be a major massive disposal operation against all the hired mercenaries, including mind-kontrolled Islamic extremists and Blackwater-type mercenaries. Right now thousands of these “ISIS” mercenaries are trapped in a pincer type action in Syria with no way out. Complete defeat is at hand, despite all the secret supply drops by US aircraft for the CIA who has been secretly supplying ISIS.
There have been numerous deathbed confessions of high USG officials and scientists involved in the Alien ET matters. More and more individuals are coming forth by the day and telling about the secret crimes of the USG cutouts who serve the Hierarchy
We are now seeing an unprecedented number of federal whistle-blowers who are disclosing a great deal about USG and Hierarchy crimes.
Because the Hierarchy routinely invokes “National Security” to keep their crimes secret and uses it as a justification to prosecute and harass whistleblowers, many have been imprisoned and lost everything; many are then seriously harassed, gang-stalked by US Intel or military contractors, and then placed on “No Work under any circumstances” lists.
This has been done on a continuing basis to individuals like Mark Novitsky, who is a great American Hero. The FBI is now recognized by many insiders to be a KM-owned and operated RICO crime organization, with no official charter according to the Library of Congress, and thus has no right to exist (having no real jurisdiction outside of DC).
The FBI deploys agents and assets to follow Novitsky around, harass and gang-stalk him with almost continual deployment of advanced psychotronics. All because DHS and the FBI have wrongly labeled him as a so-called “domestic terrorist”, when he has served us all by exposing massive illegal spying and corruption. Novitsky is telling the truth about the harassment; I personally swept his home with advanced German EMF-sensing equipment and the equipment was red-lined.
Yes, many whistle-blowers are great American Heroes and have paid a heavy price, such as Gwenyth Todd and Sibel Edmonds, Scott Bennett, or Susan Lindauer.
Gwenyth Todd is credited with stopping a full-scale aerial attack on Iran by the American Military by providing important disclosures to the right High Command individuals, while going up against malevolent power in doing so.
These important disclosures of criminal acts, which prevented a planned illegal, unConstitutional war, were followed by cancellation of her security clearances, an attempt to illegally capture her, and an attempt by the FBI to arrange her kidnapping and assassination while living in exile in Australia.
Technically, misusing National Security to keep Hierarchy crimes secret is a serious RICO crime, and constitutes sedition and treason. However, the Hierarchy is a foreign-based enemy of America, and is working hard to destroy America’s constitutional republic. The treatment of each of these American Heroes is simply disgusting, not to mention that those responsible should be indicted arrested tried, convicted and hung for treason.
Edward Snowden’s disclosures have raised expectations and have sped up this process of complete disclosure, which cannot be stopped no matter how desperate the Hierarchy becomes or how tyrannically they attempt to oppress We The People using their Homeland Security and Militarized American police.
Any such extreme efforts, like trying to disarm Americans going door to door or using DHS to lock down whole cities would only result in serious backlash.
Once you anger Americans, an incredibly potent sleeping giant, if you are their enemy, they will get you no matter what, and will never give up until you are brought to final judgment.
Despite all the massive CMMM Mind-kontrol and massive Psychotronics that have been deployed to pacify and suppress the awareness of the American masses, it is growing by the day, as more and more Americans learn about the Hierarchy and the Khazarian Mafia mobsters, the World’s largest and most powerful criminals who run it.
Conclusion
Almost everything major that occurs in government and society is a byproduct of the secret policies mandated to be fulfilled by the Hierarchy by the Select Few who occupy the top leadership positions of the Hierarchy.
These are usually wrinkled up old Satan worshipers that have been creating and spreading evil, chaos, disease, suffering and mass death in order to make vast profits for the Hierarchy for many years.
When they set a new policy such as “we must disarm all Americans”, this order is passed down through the whole Hierarchy at each level until it reaches the street level in your neighborhood.
The Hierarchy’s ability to create as many debt-notes as it needs to set up and finance sophisticated Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) to apply massive social pressure to susceptible members of the public to support such efforts gives the Hierarchy massive persuasive power.
Hero Edward Snowden was one of the first who exposed deep criminal acts by the NSA and its private no-bid contractors. His disclosures of major USG, Intel and private defense contractor RICO crime has forever changed the view of average Americans’ view of their own USG and Intel systems as being honest and set up to protect them, to a view that these Agencies have become deeply evil tools of the Hierarchy and are now hard at work to destroy America and spy on, tyrannize and oppress the American People. Many Americans now view these Agencies and private contractors as deeply criminal and in immediate need to be completely broken up and cleaned up.
It is important to understand the various layers of the Hierarchy, which are arranged to be progressively more powerful as one reaches the next higher level. Criminal initiation rites are associated with appointment to any level, and these initiations become increasingly deviant and feloniously criminal as one rises to each higher level by successfully completing the base requirements and the initiation rites, which are videoed to use for later blackmail if ever needed to keep a recruit within their allowed parameters.
Members at each level report to a superior who functions as their handler and they have only been given information about the Hierarchy that is relevant to that specific level; therefore, any secret information given to them about the Hierarchy is always based on need to know.
The extreme compartmenting is similar to all Intel Agencies and keeps many low to mid-level members from observing the evil the Hierarchy produces or the evil the Top Leaders enact at their secret Satanic rituals - rituals which often involve pedophilic sex magic and child sacrifice.
As the Hierarchy is deconstructed and as many of their deep secrets of unimaginable evil are revealed to lower level members, a significant number will side with the populist forces that are emerging and will quickly sell out the Select Few and the top Hierarchy command structure.
In addition, various Hierarchy money fronts and lobbyists are used to funnel vast bribes to Members of Congress to get their intended legislation passed to promote increasingly unConstitutional gun laws in progression, which are intended to eventually lead to complete disarmament.
Of course, new false-flags in gun-free zones will probably be deployed to create mass fear to motivate the masses to support unConstitutional new laws to disarm the American People.
Because these top Hierarchy leaders, the Select Few, are old and losing their reasoning ability, they are falling into a serious trap with efforts to disarm the American people.
This would never be accepted, and if pushed too hard would set off massive rebellion of We The People, a certain civil war, and a major military coup d’etat. If a civil war would erupt, many in the military would defect and join We The People, and the same would go for many American Police and even many who work for the DHS which is really little more than an Israeli secret police occupation army.
The contractors and guards who are supposed to be keeping USG and DHS armories and ammunition supplies secure would open the doors to We The People. Right now, at least 5-10% of all such munitions and armaments are being ripped off and sold for money on the black market.
Numerous shipments exist only on paper and are never shipped but only billed, much like that which occurred in the Korean, Vietnam and Mideast wars. This has made some contractors and the bloodline families that own their stock very wealthy.
Because of the increasing popularity of the alternative media on the Worldwide Internet, the World’s New Gutenberg press, we are seeing an end to secrecy in progressive steps.
This is being orchestrated by the new kid on the block, the Third Force, which could perhaps soon take over and crush the Hierarchy, the Select Few and their Cutouts and the Satanic, pedophilic, child-sacrificing Babylonian Talmudic Khazarian Mafia (Zionists, aka Sionists), of which it is a byproduct.
Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries April 22 2016 | From: WakingTimes We’re living in very challenging times. Our metal is being tested to new and extreme degrees that increase by the day. It’s clearly a time for expanded wisdom, digression and discernment to fully understand what is happening around and within us. As well as determination.
In a time of revelation, which is what the apocalypse is referring to, things come to light that can rock our world.
The word "apocalypse" actually means, "a disclosure of knowledge, i.e., a lifting of the veil or revelation."
Somehow, it has becomne re-translated as being something that spells doom. Go figure.
False idols fall, concepts are cracked, and new understandings and awakenings abound, whether we like them or not.
These are each up to the individual to find out and experience for themselves, but they can be very disconcerting when it comes to the shattering of old paradigms of thinking and our current personal outlook on the world, no matter how seemingly progressive we think we are.
The Fall of False Images and Mass Projections
There are many symptoms of radical change that we can expect. Idolatry, or putting unquestioned faith and misguided “belief” in some human or system, or even supernatural solution-bringer, is completely off course.
As long as humanity looks for a leader they will be sorely disappointed. History attests to this in spades. Projecting our problems, questions and needs for exterior solutions is destined to fail.
Worse yet as it affirms this mass hysteria. Anyone or anything that pretends to fill this vacuum you can be assured are deceived to whatever degree, unfortunately with the strong reinforcement of a sycophantic populace programmed to look for such.
Start by not putting people in that position of temptation. It’s ultimately up to us, similar to not participating in the matrix.
The more perceptive understanding of this has to do with those who accept this predominant role of “solution bringer”.
Once someone agrees to play this part of the projected play being broadcast you have problems, and it usually comes up because of not just the throngs projecting the wrong intent, but that those agreeing to fulfill such a role have grown an inflated ego, together with a plethora of attachments, capable of collecting this group intention, consciously or otherwise.
“A leader is best when people barely know he exists, when his work is done, his aim fulfilled, they will say: we did it ourselves.”
Again, history attests to this. People look for a leader, a panacea, a catch all solution, someone else to do the real work and have all the conviction they’re lacking, and when it appears to be embodied in a particularly charismatic figure who is then emboldened and willing to play this role, we have serious problems.
Every time. Truth by its very nature is a continually acting catalytic iconoclast.
Truthful ideas lead us to more truth and empowerment. Granted, some people can encapsulate and articulate these ideas better than others, but it’s nonetheless the ideas, not the people. When the intention and attention is hypnotically focused on the usually dynamic individual, those accepting such a role are immediately programmed to self destruct.
As truth has it, when something gets in the way of white hot truth it burns up. It may take time but it won’t stand the test.
It’s never clear in the time of transition but always clarifies over time. It’s up to us to be circumspect and wise in our observations and resultant behaviors.
Plato said something very profound in this regard:
“When the tyrant has disposed of foreign enemies by conquest or treaty and there is nothing to fear from them, then he is always stirring up some war or other, in order that the people may require a leader.”
Inside and Outside Attacks
A big part of this revelation we’re in the midst of has to do with knowing not just the truth but the enemies of truth. These contrarian “signal jammers” can be clearly belligerent external foes of freedom, creativity and the like which are relatively easy to spot individuals or socially engineered trends, but there are also inside or internal spiritual attacks on ourselves or others in our midst that can be difficult to identify as well as deal with.
This awareness of spiritual attacks must become an important aspect of our awareness. Whether people call these influences transdimensionals, demons, archons, wetiko or whatever, they are real, and very active and present in this human conflict.
People will be, and already are, seeing personality changes in others around them who are not moving or working with the truth vibrations, if you will. If you haven’t yet experienced this element you soon will, but it usually takes some grounded awareness and spotting ability to see them for what they are, and that awareness can only manifest when there is the ability to see what you are.
Some coming into our midst are people who are clearly outside plants and shills, but I would venture to say that the most present danger is the spiritual element which invariably uses the weakest link available as their doorway in any situation.
These negative, parasitic forces go where there is an opening. A particularly weak individual, someone with a grudge or contrary agenda for whatever reason, or simply a misguided soul laden with pride who is easily influenced and in some cases taken over.
These influences are not just demonically persuasive and extremely intelligent and can win almost any argument on their level if you engage them, but very aggressive.
This is where the fuller overarching paradigm of how to effect change is most blatantly manifest – learning to circumnavigate and ultimately rise above this level of interchange is a proverbial stitch in time and will avoid untold confusion and wasted energy.
This might sound a bit woo woo and out there for some geopolitical pragmatists, but if you’re reading this I’m sure you’ll identify some of these symptoms. Obviously psychopaths are fully charged with these elements, but it’s when it reaches you personally that we can be taken aback and inadvertently steered into futile encounters or courses of action.
The spiritual cannot be ignored. In fact, it is first and foremost amongst factors that need to be under consideration at any and every given time during this transitional process.
Take If from There
This may seem a bit vague to some but you will come to see it manifest in many ways. Much more needs to be explained about these inside and outside attacks but I wanted to touch on the concepts to get the ball rolling.
Idols will fall. Despite any temporary confusion good folks will survive and thrive as they empower. Paradigms will continue to crumble and morph. It’s a spectacular convergence and a time to learn.
Go with the flow but be aware, very aware, of the influences we are being bombarded with. This is a very serious transition we’re in the midst of and we need to remain vigilant and detached in our perspective.
There is no in between when it comes to joining the forces for truth.
Just a heads up. Stay on top of it, not under.
Investigating The Keshe Technologies April 21 2016 | From: VeteransToday Several years ago, one thing became clear - that if Keshe technology was real, the world would change, and hydrocarbons would be a thing of the past as fuel, and that our world economy, an energy slave economy, was dead. It goes further.
Governments, the US, Israel and Britain, have been contacted about “sharing” technology that would, if Keshe is right, make the planes, missiles and even the billion dollar cradle to grave surveillance nightmare useless.
Now we can share what we do know, the basis for Keshe theory, for the Keshe machines, for Keshe’s irritating language of “magravs” and “plasma” is very real. His “crap” actually makes electricity “out of thin air” just like he said and, if that is true, and it is, then the whole thing is going to burn to the ground, the whole sick mess.
As of today, we can categorically state that Keshe tech is very real, that physics we are taught in school, physics the US publicly espouses as valid, is not. We had known that several major aerospace companies were involved in projects, not only outside conventional science but much further, including time travel, thought inducement and deep space exploration, all using capabilities beyond conventional reality.
We now know that though it all may not be true, much of it is now “probably” true and some of the “impossible” is certainly true. We begin:
Iranian nuclear physicist and peace activist, Mehran Keshe, has officially announced that it was his technology that brought down an American RQ170 Sentinel drone over Iran and disabled the AEGIS destroyer, the USS Donald Cook, in the Black Sea. The US has given no plausible explanation for the downing of the RQ 170 drone.
“We have, during the past few weeks, been able to verify that Keshe energy units do actually work. We had test results from other sources, but we did our own."
Veterans Today began investigating Mehran Keshe several years ago. Some of this story we have told before, so please be patient. Keeping it short as possible, I assigned Colonel Hanke, who works with DARPA on energy projects, along with Mike Harris, to work with the Keshe group.
The video shows, the pen writes, then it doesn't... and this changes everything
Then I sent Dr. Riccardo Maggiore of MIT to visit Keshe in Italy. We then went further and there was a good reason. Iran had captured an American RQ170 stealth drone, something impossible.
Moreover, Keshe had two groups of painfully inept detractors, a pair of cabals from the “free energy community,” a group that makes the new “truther” groups seem impressive. For those unaware, there is a huge online community of fraudsters who haunt the anti-vacc and natural medicine websites.
To learn about these folks, simply google “keshe” and you can list them. One in Morocco was picked up and questioned last week about missing children and another, in Belgium (and Netherlands, depending on day of the week) showed up on an INTERPOL notice tied to a “trafficking and slavery” complaint.
Our partnerships with ECIPS, DESI and Center for Counter Terrorism have been very useful. They have given us full access to agencies across Europe. This has been a nasty business with some very nasty people and, quite frankly, dealing with this kind of thing is child’s play for the VT gang.
Where my notice was tweaked was when MI6 started to trip over themselves in their usual delightfully “oh so British” fashion, as Michael Shrimpton puts it. We knew this… Keshe had worked in Iran with a massive budget on projects unrelated to anything arms inspectors have looked at. Keshe doesn’t do missiles or bombs.
We also know that China has taken a strong interest in Keshe. Our concern is how China is volunteering to throw endless funding to move Keshe medical and “other” tech from the “imaginary physics” stage to operation. Either we all trust China, something I am not totally averse to doing, or begin playing with governments we long ago discovered can’t be trusted. There is no easy way out of this.
Let’s move on to something less dark, something more fun to talk about, and I will turn this over toIan Greenhalgh:
We suspect that the Keshe technology is the result of reverse-engineering Alien hardware; we further suspect that the Iranians found this hardware during archaeological exploration and it is millenia old.
Sharing this technology with Russia may have been a case of Iran lacking the resources to reverse-engineer whatever they found and the Russians are the acknowledged experts at reverse-engineering.
Sources indicate that Gordon Duff had been briefed on ancient “technology dumps” in both Iran and Ukraine but he is unwilling to discuss this.
A little over two years ago, Preston James wrote an article that seems almost prescient in light of recent intelligence:
“Unsubstantiated rumors have been seeping out of deep contacts inside Russian Space Command the last few weeks that, not only does the new Putin’s Russia have a well developed Secret Space war Program, but that this Program provides substantial ultra-high-tech back-engineered offensive and defensive weaponry.
And that such advanced weaponry can and will be deployed if Israel is able to once again deploy their hijacked American War Machine to start another Proxy War, this time in the Ukraine against Putin’s New Russia.”
This advanced weaponry appears to have been deployed against the USS Sitting Duck in the Black Sea, an event that sent very real shivers down the spines of American and Israeli military and political leaders (if they possess spines, that is). Preston goes on to ask:
“Do Russians now have access to Space War Weapons based on back-engineered Alien ET technology gained through a new treaty negotiated between Putin and a certain group of Alien ETs who are enemies of the group controlling the World Zionists (WZs) and the International Zionist Crime Syndicate (IZCS)?”
The answer to this appears to be a definite ‘maybe’; it would certainly explain why Russia has stood firm against the Zionists and the criminal operations in Ukraine and Syria, despite wide-ranging sanctions that, despite denials, have undoubtedly damaged their economy and the ruble and an ever-growing belligerence on the part of certain figures in NATO such as Gen. Breedlove.
In short, maybe Putin is standing up to the criminals because someone does have his back. Preston also made a good guess at what some of the offensive weapons that have resulted from back-engineering might be:
“The actual state of back-engineered Alien ET technology for Russian weapons systems is not known by American Intel at this time. But estimates are constructed using advanced algorithms on advanced computers to make estimates.
And the latest version of the Russian Sunburn Missile System is a good example of an advanced weapons system that can be used to project what could be considered a fairly good estimate of the current state of Russian Secret Space war weaponry that has been deployed.
Some military technology experts believe that the Sunburn is based on Alien ET back-engineered technology. Why would they think this? Because the latest versions of the Sunburn are believed to have hiving capability and the ability to travel at speeds up to 7,000 to 9,000 miles per hour. That is a lot more than the officially released figures of Mach 2.1.
Hiving is the ability of these missiles when launched in mass to remain in constant communication with one another on special scrambled frequencies which constantly change.
If one or more Sunburn missile is shot down or interfered with, the rest adjust in response to the threat, re-target, and resort to random defensive maneuvers to make sure every target is still covered and attacked by priority of importance.
Some of these maneuvers are so gravity-defying, it is suspected that anti-gravity technology has been utilized in the latest model of the Sunburn missiles. It is also suspected that new anti-matter light and time warping technologies are used to provide advanced “cloaking” for these Sunburns.
If these rumors are even close to accurate it means that any USN ships within range of these Sunburns (which may be substantially greater than the claimed 1200 miles), could be sunk within mere minutes.
Some experts believe that the USAF (or the USN) has nothing that can adequately respond to the Sunburn, and even the Rail guns and high-powered particle beams which have been secretly deployed on some carriers and destroyers and kept under wraps until needed, or on special Space war orbital platforms, cannot respond fast or accurately enough to stop all of a hive of Sunburns that are launched.
“Now here is the grim truth. No matter how good American Intel has been about the Russian’s Secret Space War Program and the level of advanced back-engineered Alien ET technology, which now has been deployed, it is limited. And it is unlikely that the full story has been gained by American Intel, due to the various levels of secrecy and “need to know” installed around the Russian’s secret Space War Program.
Of course this kind of layered secrecy has been installed around America’s Secret Space War Program. America’s secret Space War program is unfortunately now run by foreign offshore-controlled, private defense Contractors, most of whom are deeply infiltrated by Israeli Intel, some of whom are actually deep cover spies who report directly to Russian Intel, unbeknownst to the Israelis who are cocky and getting quite careless lately.”
What is unique about Keshe’s program is its direction. When he talks about peace, he means it. You know, what has irritated so many about Iran and China is their unwillingness to, despite their burgeoning military spending, threaten neighbors or build offensive capabilities. Yes, Iran has missiles but Israel and Saudi Arabia, not the best neighbors for anyone, have nuclear weapons and a reputation for bad behavior.
If Keshe tech can take down an RQ170, what would it do with an F18 or even an F35 as Keshe reminds us in Video 2?
“The key is going to be, based on the assumption that we are dealing with something real, how we can make this something more than a military game or, worse still and a scenario we are prepared to deal with as best possible, how long do we wait until defense contracting firms and the secret society types move from “trolling” to poisoning or let’s say shooting at Keshe and his wife Carolyn while they are in their car. No, wait…that’s already been done."
I am not “at home” around Keshe people but what are “Keshe people?” There is an article out there accusing me and the CIA (funny?) of running the upcoming Keshe “event” later this month. I did, however, review applicants to attend, a list that was carefully screened based on the requirement of the hosting country, one that has very strong policies on things like terrorism and crime.
I found lots of engineers, world experts on nanotechnology, more than a couple, but curiously, oil and chemical company execs who seem to really want to be there.
What this can be, and maybe what it is, above all things is a way for people to find each other and, without government handouts and permission from the Wizard of Oz, take control of their lives, their future and their way of life.
I don’t see room for what we have learned to recognize as “government” in this scenario. I will cry when the last one is shut down.
The Trillion Dollar Lawsuit April 19 2016 | From: Ellaster Part One: Neil Keenan’s battle Against the World Wide Conspiracy of Bankers
End of 2011 the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan (agent of the Asian Dragon family) filed a claim in the Federal court in New York. [1] Neil Keenan’s lawsuit is not just about the stolen bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollars.
It entails the largest fraud in the financial world. The story behind the claim exposes the corruption within the banking industry. It also uncovers the involvement of world leaders with these corrupt practises and unveils the sinister agenda of the Cabal (secret ruling elite, also called Illuminati). Furthermore it reveals the true motivations behind the Second World War and 9/11.
And if the claimed amount of more than a trillion dollar is not spectacular enough, the list of defendants is at least as impressive: Dal Bosco (financial advisor of the Vatican), the Italian government, Prime Minister Berlosconi, the United Nations, Ban Ki-moon (UN), World Economic Forum and the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. [1]
One would almost think that this is not a serious case, but nothing could be further from the truth. This case is dead serious and everything indicates that this story is the absolute truth. A chilling truth, at least for the Cabal, as this most likely will be the sword of Damocles that hangs over their head.
The Claim
In June 2009 two Japanese men were arrested in the Italian Chiasso, near the Swiss border. The two Japanese, Yamaguchi and Watanabe, carried in the double bottom of their suitcase Federal Reserve Bonds with a face value of 134,500 billion dollar. [2]
The two were accused of having counterfeits in their possession and after the arrest their bonds were confiscated by the Italian police. After they were brought before the court, they were quickly released and there is no police or legal report anywhere to be found, neither in the Italian police record, nor at the Financial Police, nor at Interpol.
However, the confiscated bonds remained in the hands of the Italians and there is proof that they have been redeemed by the Italian government and the Federal Reserve Bank in new York and placed in a financial program of the United Nations.
The History of the Dragon Bonds
In order to understand the origin of these bonds and their astronomical value, one needs to go back to the time of the silk route. For thousands of years the West is engaged in trade with the East and particularly since the era of the East Indian Trading Company this trade intensified.
Merchandise like silk, ceramics, spices and other valuable goods were imported from Asia. The Asians only accepted gold as payment and this is how 85% of the worldwide gold ended up in the East.
This gold belonged to the Dragon family - China’s dynastic rulers before the communists came to power - and is now spread over various Asian countries: Indonesia, Thailand, South-Korean, Japan, the Philippines, Malaysia and Taiwan. [3]
In order to regain this gold, the Cabal in the West made a secret agreement to plunder it from Asia by means of three world wars. This plan dates from 1776, the year that the Illuminati was founded as well.
Later on in 1921, 18 years prior to when World War II would start, another secret agreement was signed by the American, British and French government, the future Japanese Emperor Hirohito and the Chinese communist leaders, to start the Second World War and steal the gold of the Dragon family. A copy of this agreement will be submitted in Neil Keenan’s lawsuit.
Part of the plan was a false flag attack by a Japanese proxy that stole part of the gold in China in the twenties. [5] This convinced the Dragon family to safely put away part of their gold in the Federal Reserve Bank in the US. The first part was shipped in 1934 and in 1938 seven tankers fully loaded with gold-bars left for the US.
Example of Federal Reserve bond with face value of $ 100,000. Bonds with higher values, half a million to 100 million per bond, were also issued
In exchange the Dragon family received Federal Reserve Bonds with gigantic values, varying from a million to 100 million dollar per bond. A condition of this deal was that the gold would be used to finance humanitarian projects to develop and modernize Asia and Africa.
Bretton Woods Agreement
In 1944 the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank were founded as part of the Bretton Woods agreement. [6] This was the start of the current worldwide financial system. The US demanded that from then on the Federal Gold Reserve would form the basis of the monetary system.
The 1944 Bretton Woods Agreement: Power Bloc Coup
At the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference held in Bretton Woods, New Hampshire, from July 1 to July 22, 1944. The agreement included the formation of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and, most importantly, the proposed introduction of an adjustable pegged foreign exchange rate system.
Currencies were pegged to gold and the IMF was given the authority to intervene when an imbalance of payments arose.
The truth is that in 1944, Britain, France and United States were given a fifty-year term of Global Control over the global financial system. The Agreement was supposed to develop and modernize the planet, when in fact, Roosevelt was poisoned (assassinated) and then most of the world’s gold was taken off-market, blacklisted or hidden in caves.
This allowed the fascist coup to finalize their fiat currency system control over the world. The military-industrial complex, instead of developing the planet, would actually start controlling and stealing from the world.
It was a clever ruse to make sure that a large part of the gold in the hands of the Dragon family that was not part of the Federal Reserve, would this way be non-tradable. The gold that was handed over to the Federal Reserve Bank was lent for a period of 60 years. When this term ended in 1994 for the 1934 bonds the Dragon Family demanded their gold back.
Because the promises made by the West to modernize the third world by humanitarian projects were not kept and furthermore the funds were used to finance various wars.
9/11 Was Related to 200,000 Tons of Gold
Because the Federal Reserve Bank did not want to return the gold, the Dragon family filed a lawsuit at the International World Court in The Hague. The trial took place behind closed doors and when the Dragon family won the case the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return 200,000 tons of gold.
The deadline when this gold had to be sent back was September 12 2001, the day after 9/11. The gold was stored in the vaults in the basement of the World Trade Centre, and has disappeared ever since the attacks. Cantor Fitzgerald Securities the shipping company that was in the possession of the insurance and transportation documents was located in WTC 1.
During the 9/11 attacks all 600 employees were killed and all documents vanished. The Treasury Police was located in WTC 7 and when this building came down, their documents disappeared as well.
The message to the Dragon family was loud and clear; the Fed did not have the intention to return the gold. [3]
The gold that had to be sent back was stored in the vault below the WTC. The shipping and insurance documents were destroyed after WTC 1 and WTC 7 came down after the 9/11 attacks
The Chiasso Incident
In 2009 the Dragon family appointed the Irish-American businessman Neil Keenan to help them with the bonds. This successful international businessman was experienced with negotiating with top diplomats and heads of state and was known for his integrity. Keenan was also granted a mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments).
Yamaguchi and Keenan
reviewing bonds and notes
According to Neil Keenan, also spokesperson for the Dragon family, another lawsuit took place after 9/11. Again the Federal Reserve Bank was obligated to return the gold. Thereon the US sent false gold bars back to China, made of a worthless tungsten covered by a layer of gold. [7]
In the meantime the Federal Reserve Bank neglected to pay the (full) interest over the bonds since the sixties. The yearly interest is significantly higher than the value of the bonds when redeemed, where just a small part of the face value would be paid out. Despite this, Keenan and the Dragon Family decided to redeem part of their bonds on a trial basis.
With the first part of bonds, just a very small amount, all the required authorisations were provided, a procedure that could take a number of weeks. Then two representatives of the Dragon Family, the Japanese Yamaguchi and Watanabe travelled to Italy with 134,500 billion dollar bonds in their possession.
After the arrest of the Japanese and the confiscation of their bonds a news paper article was published in an Italian newspaper that the two had carried counterfeits. However, these bonds have never been formally declared false.
Furthermore, Neil Keenan has proof that Prime Minister Berlosconi redeemed these bonds and shared half of the loot with the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. The redeemed bonds are placed in a program of the United Nations. This program had a revenue of 20-30% and this profit went directly to the defendants.
Italian police with confiscated bonds. After Yamaguchi’s and Watanabe’s arrest an article in the Italian press claimed that the two were taken into custody because they carried counterfeits.
Lies and Deceit at the Highest Level
That the bonds were secretly and illegitimately redeemed [8] would be discovered by Neil Keenan much later in the game. After the arrest of Yamaguchi and Watanabe, Neil Keenan travelled to Italy and Switzerland to mediate with representatives of the Italian government.
There he also met Dal Bosco that promised to help him to redeem the bonds through the Italian Treasury Police. Dal Bosco was a financial advisor of the Vatican and treasurer of the P2 lodge in Rome. [9]
As part of the negotiations Keenan always took his own stack of bonds with him, a set comparable with Yamaguchi’s confiscated set of bonds and with a face value of 145,500 billion dollars.
To make sure they would not be stolen when traveling he entrusted them with Dal Bosco, also knowing they could not be redeemed without the required signature of Yamaguchi. At least, that is what he thought…
However, a dirty game was played and Dal Bosco offered Neil Keenan a 100 million dollar bribe in return for transferring the mandate of the DFFI (Dragon Family Financial Instruments) to them. The DFFI have an actual value of several trillions. Dal Bosco assured Neil Keenan that it was safe to go along with the proposed deal and implied that the Italian government, Vatican and P2 lodge agreed with the deal.
Dal Bosco:
“So you see there is no possible way we can have a problem. We can cloak ourselves with the immunity shield and everyone will go away. Just another day in the UN!
Ban Ki-moon of the UN had stated: “From the very top we’re protected.” “There is no reason for anyone, including Keenan, to worry about any sort of repercussions.” The Federal Reserve Bank “had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.”" [10]
Implications of Neil Keenan’s Lawsuit
The above story became the basis of Neil Keenan’s claim against the Federal Reserve Bank in New York and the other defendants.
This will by no doubt become one of the most outstanding lawsuit of all times and the implications of this lawsuit are enormous.
It will irrevocably lead to the Federal Reserve Bank’s bankruptcy. Many whistle-blowers have stated that the Federal Reserve no longer has the gold and by no means can return it.
Furthermore, through the submitted evidence a network of large scale financial fraud will be exposed, a criminal cartel at the highest level. A team of experts around Keenan, who call themselves Group K, prepares the final death blow. Group K claims to have truck loads of evidence that irrefutably prove their claims. There are documents, audio recordings, bank statements, etc.
Beginning of 2012 Neil Keenan redrew the lawsuit after the first judge was replaced by a corrupt judge with close connections to Washington DC.
Moreover there was a jurisdiction problem, because part of the claim was addressed to several Italian parties and the International United Nations, but filed in the US. Meanwhile Keenan now has collected enough evidence to undoubtedly prove the complicity of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York.
He expects to refile the case this year, first in New York, later in Europe. Hopefully the case will lead to many arrests and will end the era of financial tyranny, the financial system as we know it today. [11]
BAN KI-moon stating: (i) “from the very top we were protected”; (ii) “there is no reason for anyone, including KEENAN, to worry about any sort of repercussions”
Powers that be in New York had no problems with the actions about to be taken so long as some candy was tossed to them.”
11 Interview of Neil Keenan and Group-K by Pete Santilli
Part Two:
The End of Financial Tyranny is the Beginning of the Golden Age
Neil Keenan’s lawsuit was initially a claim and request for compensation for the stolen bonds. Now it has become a case about the future of the world. There is something fundamentally wrong and that needs to be rectified. Team-K, a team of experts like: former bankers, financial and legal advisors, assist Keenan in his mission to expose the Cabal (secret ruling elite) and cut off their funds.
Keenan:
“The Cabal has built the financial system and we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time.” [1]
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist and spokesperson for the White Dragon Society (an Asian secret society) verified this. Members of the White Dragon Society eavesdropped on one of the conversations at the Bohemian Grove conference and heard about their plans to start World War III and reduce the world population through a created pandemic (by means of the SARS or Ebola virus). [2]
Subsequently Benjamin Fulford suggested that the Asians could stop this insane plan by cutting off their funds, because it could not be executed without Chinese and Japanese money.
Keith Scott (former member of Group K) confirms this:
“If you take the money away from them, you take away their chance to do anything. […] This lawsuit is the key to doing that.” It’s like a key to Pandora’s box that we are going to open.
The world is then going to see what is really going on. Then people will see that the entire system is corrupt.” [3]
Chris Bosnahan (former top banker and now assisting Team-K) about the banking industry: “The amount of corruption… it’s absolutely completely and utterly rotten with corruption. It’s a dangerous machine to stop.” [4]
Black Book of Codes
How corrupt the financial system really is becomes evident now Team-K gained access to the black banking system. Since they got hold of a copy of the Black Book (also called the Book of Codes) they can get access to this black shadow economy, which in size is at least as big as the official world economy.
Group K has a certified copy of the JP Morgan Blue Book with an overview of the Cabal families that illegally controlled the black shadow economy.
Chris Bosnahan:
“The Black Books got the codes to open the ‘black screens’. […] You have to be a government level or royal family to open up a black screen.”
With the codes from the Black Book heads of state and royal families have access to add millions, even billions to their own bank account. The black screens are a high-tech network where all the black money is been kept hidden.
Bosnahan: “The Black Books have the full history of every government that has been using leased gold [through the Federal Reserve]from 1934 to today. The Black Book is the key to open everything that can not be argued with and Neil has those books secured." [5]
95% of the money is nothing more than numbers in the computer. Just 5% of the money is physical money. Digital codes provide access to this money and bankers do not want to give up these codes.
Through the codes in the Black Book and opening the ‘black screens’ bankers have added ridiculous amounts of trillions of dollars to their accounts; 33 times more than is present as capital in the total world economy. This happened especially when the US went off the gold standard. According to Chris Bosnahan the current monetary system is rotten to the core and can not be repaired.
With the codes to open these black screens, Group K can demonstrate that the gold of the Dragon family that was lent to the Federal Reserve Bank and meant for humanitarian purposes, in reality was used for military and industrial purposes. With the Black Book Keenan has a powerful weapon in his possession to prove the corruption of the Cabal.
An Indictment Against the Bilderberg Group and Other Secret Societies
The Cabal is not one group, but a number of various factions like the Illuminati, the Nazis, the Zionists and Jesuits, that gather in secret societies used to roll out their world agenda.
These secret societies are also guilty of stealing large sums of money as becomes evident in an additional claim by Team-K that was filed against all 12 Federal Reserve Banks in the US. [6] Quote:
“All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets - making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefiting from the illegal use of these accounts.
Key among these are members of (but not limited to):
The Committee of 300
Skull and Bones Society
The Bilderberg Society
The Trilateral Commission
Council on Foreign Relations"
The hidden agenda of these secret societies like the Bilderberg Group, is to create a world government and total control of their own banking system. Dismantling the current socio-economic structures and destruction of the society as we now know it, are part of this occult agenda.
The Dutch Royal family founded the Bilderberg Group. In an additional claim that Neil Keenan filed against the 12 Federal Banks in the US, the Bilderberg Group is mentioned to be one of the secret societies that through the black screens large sums of money were credited to their own bank accounts.
Murder and Bribes
As to no ones surprise, there were several murder attempt on Neil Keenan’s life and his team members. At least one person from Team-K got killed, another survived a staged car accident.5 Additionally large sums of bribes were offered to Keenan again and again to withdraw himself from the case or sell the Black Book of codes.
Amounts of 15 to 20 trillion were offered, even though it’s a mystery how one thinks to pay these amounts. But it doesn’t matter, as Keenan is not interested. This is a battle between good and evil.
He will not give up until the Federal Reserve Bank is brought down. After that he will target the European Union & the European Central Bank. Neil Keenan:
“We have a bunch of counterfeit notes and we want to be compensated for them. We’re not talking a trillion or two, we’re talking tons. And if they can’t do it, we’ll throw them into bankruptcy. End of European Union, bye bye.” [7]
Neil Keenan
It is evident that something is at stake in the financial world. This is also illustrated by the large number of suicided bankers since 2013. ‘Suicided’ is a term used for people forced to commit suicide when put under enormous psychological pressure, or being killed where their death appears the be the result of either suicide or a tragic accident.
This faith happened to at least 72 bankers. [8] Whether these people had to be eliminated as potential witnesses or if these bankers are in any way related to Neil Keenan’s case is not clear, but it is an indication of major changes in the financial world.
A Financial Reset and Mass-Arrests
Neil Keenan’s case will irrevocably lead to a reset of the world wide financial system. Besides this case there are other initiatives to remove the power from the Cabal. Much of the world capital, placed in a Central World Fund, has been used for their own benefit by the Cabal. They played Money Magick by means of computer games and created money based on a gold reserve they in fact had no access to.
In the past years these financial institutes have been heavily infiltrated by White Hats (opponent of the Cabal), whereby certain transactions by the Cabal could no longer go through the system and had their funds confiscated.
Thereby the Cabal has lost their access to the Central World Fund. This has caused huge panic among the Cabal. This was also a reason for the 3/11 Fukushima attack and had everything to do with a confiscated banking transaction. [9]
When all secrets will be revealed through the trillion dollar lawsuit: the actual gold reserve, the fraud with the bonds, the financing of wars, the truth behind 9/11, the fraud with the black screens, then the entire system comes crashing down. That’s why a plan for a financial reset was developed.
This plan for the reset goes hand in hand with the plan of the freedom movement in the US and other countries to overthrow the government and restore justice. There is a concrete mass arrest plan that includes hundred thousands of bankers and politicians to be arrested.
According to Drake bailey - contact of whistle-blowers within the American military, the Pentagon, CIA and other government agencies, as well as the US Militias - there are sufficient legal grounds to arrest (former) political leaders like Bush and Obama. Neil Keenan is well connected with Drake Bailey to prepare this final death blow. [10]
Benjamin Fulford, investigative journalist, broke the story about the stolen bonds and the pending lawsuit.
Reason for Optimism: A New Golden Age
During the financial reset the banks will close down for a while. During this time the Cabal’s bank accounts will be frozen. That will also be the end of the debt crisis. According to Benjamin Fulford (former bureau chief of Forbes’ Asia Pacific edition) a financial reset will lead to the blossoming of the economy. He states that there is enough capital to completely solve world poverty and environmental pollution.
Besides the capital in the current world economy, Asia is perched on top of a gold mine. [11] The amount of gold present in Asia is not even closely related to the official gold standard. Most of the gold was never made part of the Federal Reserve and has been deliberately kept off the books.
The exact amount of gold is up for debate, some claim it is 10 times larger, some even claim it is 100 time larger than the official gold reserve.
The Dragon family who are the guardians over a large part of this gold reserve, wish to use it through the Global Collateral Accounts for humanitarian purposes, but only after the Cabal is arrested.
It will be a big shock to many people when they realize how much gold there really exist and how this has been systematically plundered from mankind. There is so much gold. And when this gold is being put into the system in a dosed and responsibly fashion, there is enough capital to have 7 billion people live in prosperity.
That will be a major paradigm shift. There is no scarcity. And that is perhaps the Cabal’s biggest secret. Because once that sinks into the people’s mind, they will demand their piece of the pie.
Neil Keenan: “Well you know Drake, they do own the system. They still got all the money. But the bottom line is the money is fake, most of it nowadays. At one time it used to be real. They built the system. And we’re trying to tear it down because it’s just no damn good. Because they wanted to kill 5-6 billion people, out of 7 billion people. We woke up in time. That lawsuit that I filed opened up a lot of eyes and caused a lot of trouble. Wait ’til they see the one we’re going to refile.”
Quote from this claim: “All persons from several organizations of persons who consider themselves to be the global elite have illegally used these assets — making fortunes for themselves, or otherwise benefitting from the illegal use of these accounts. Key among these are members of (but not limited to) :
The Committee of 300 Skull and Bones Society The Bilderberg Society The Trilateral Commission Council on Foreign Relations
Top Quotes From Putin’s 2016 Q&A April 17 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience Russian President Vladimir Putin answers questions during the annual Direct Line with Vladimir Putin broadcast live by Russian TV channels and radio stations.
From Turkish reluctance to fight jihadist militants to ‘saving’ Poroshenko or Erdogan, President Vladimir Putin’s annual Q&A session was anything but a dull affair. Over three million people wanted to ask the Russian leader questions.
Hostile Neighbours?
The Russian president categorically denied that Russia is “encircled by enemies,” saying it would be impossible for such a thing to happen. Putin pointed out that Russia maintains good relations with the vast majority of countries around the globe.
Unacceptable Behavior
Turkey is doing more to collaborate with jihadist extremists than it is doing to combat them, according to Putin. He mentioned that he did not think that Turkey was safe for Russian holidaymakers, though said he had no problem with the Turkish people. "We have problems with a few politicians whose behavior we consider inadequate."
Heroic Kurds Fight Terror
Putin called the Kurds “courageous” and “selfless” people who have shown great strength in trying to combat jihadist militants. “The Kurds fight incredibly selflessly and don’t think about themselves,” he said, adding that they are an important force in the fight against terrorism in the Middle East and in particular in Syria.
Obama: A Decent Man
Putin called US President Barack Obama a “decent man” for admitting that what followed military intervention in Libya was the “greatest mistake” of his presidency. The Russian leader said he was speaking sincerely without any irony because to make such admissions is not easy, while adding that “only a strong-minded person” such as Obama could take such steps.
Oligarchs in Ukraine
The Russian leader said the crisis in Ukraine was “manmade,” while it was obvious it was “an instrument to change power” in the country. The president added that little had changed with “oligarchs still remaining in power.” Citing rising costs faced by the general public, Putin mentioned that “they did not think about the people.”
Sanctions Here toStay?
Despite Russia by and large upholding their end of the Minsk agreement, Putin does not believe the West will look to end sanctions placed against Russia. “I don’t think our partners will lift their sanctions or restrictions they placed on Russia any time soon,” he said. In news that is likely to be met with delight from Russian farmers and dairy producers, Putin said “this will mean that we will maintain our sanctions against their products.”
Erdogan or Poroshenko?
Twelve-year-old Varya Kuznetsova posed President Putin a rather challenging question, asking: “Who would you rescue first if they were drowning, Erdogan or Poroshenko?” Putin opted not to pick a ‘favorite,’ but in a barb to both the Turkish and the Ukrainian leaders said, “If someone is determined to drown, you can’t save them, but we are willing to extend a hand to anyone, as long as they want that.”
Russian Economy: ‘Grey Streak’
Answering the question on the state of the Russian economy – whether it is in a “run of good or bad luck” (‘white or black streak’ in Russian), Putin said the economy is in a transitional phase, stressing it is slowly improving. He added that he considers it necessary to return the economy to a path of sustainable growth through balanced macroeconomic and budgetary policies, and ensure the country’s budget deficit does not exceed three percent GDP.
The Truth Is Coming And It Cannot Be Stopped April 16 2016 | From: TheSpiritScience Shortly after Edward Snowden went public with his findings on the NSA’s surveillance program, he uttered some very powerful words: “All I can say right now is the US Government is not going to be able to cover this up by jailing or murdering me. Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.”
Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped.Exciting words for most of the general population, but troubling for a select few in Washington, New York, London and Brussels.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
What he is describing, believe it or not, is the true definition of “Apocalypse” – The “Lifting of the Veil”, when all truths become known and public… Hidden information revealed, including, that pertaining to the purposeful use and abuse of the common people of earth.
From Snowden’s testimony, he covertly said from the very beginning that there was and is an end-game in play. Who’s? That is not yet made known.
Graffiti that is sympathetic to NSA leaker Edward Snowden is seen stenciled on the sidewalk on June 11, 2013 in San Francisco
In other words, there are white hats (good guys) within “the matrix” aimed at taking down the banking / political cabalists.
Though it may be difficult for many to believe that such powerful forces will see the darkness and corruption of their actions and rituals exposed, the world is already seeing the beginning of such things come to light…and with much more to come.
For those who are interested, here is some key ingredients in the current drama’s are unfolding.
Putin
In middle November of 2015 at the G-20 Summit in Antalya, Turkey, Vladimir Putin surprised most of the world when he announced that Russia’s collected data showed that ISIL was (and probably still is at the time of this writing) being financed by 40 countries and that some of those countries were G-20 members.
In other words, he stated at the G-20 Summit that members present at the gathering were helping to fund ISIL.
This call-out is of extreme magnitude.
What is most important to evaluate from this disclosure is that this situation is also still in play. Since that time, Russia has publicly presented evidence that Turkey is one of those countries, but has not listed the other 39. Are we really to believe Putin and Russia will just forget about this and not reveal the other 39 countries?
It seems much more likely that a chess game is being played behind the geopolitical scenes of the world and that Putin may be simply waiting for the “right time” to reveal such things.
Imagine the ramifications, especially in the United States and Europe, when this high-level disclosure takes place. It is truly not difficult to see why we are seeing the elite panic in so many different directions right now, as well as continue to unsuccessfully attempt to propagandize Putin as the “bad guy.”
In reality, Putin could have several aces up his sleeves and the global elite know it.
In early January 2016, former US attorney Joe Digenova stated that the FBI is coming to a “critical mass” point in its investigation of Hillary Clinton. He followed that by saying that if the Department of Justice does not indict, the FBI is in a position to “basically revolt.”
More easily put, the global elite are in a very difficult spot. Let the DoJ indict their preferred choice for president (Hillary), or do not allow an indiction and watch the FBI and other intelligence agencies begin coming forth to the public en masse with their evidence on this case and most likely evidence of even deeper stories.
Since January, much more has come to light as over 30,000 emails have been released. Just a few of the biggest stories within these emails, as Wikileaks has revealed, include Hillary’s extremist role in Libya, her push to privatize oil Mexico, claiming a Sunni-Shiite war would be good for the West and Israel.
They also included her suggestion to overthrow a sovereign government in Syria and remove Assad.
Though some people believe all of this will lead to nothing and to her getting off the hook, that scenario is becoming increasingly less likely as the Washington Post just a few days ago reported that at least 147 FBI agents are investigating this case. Even if the DoJ would choose not to indict, do you really believe these 147+ FBI agents (and probably many other intelligence agency members) would simply stay quiet? Or would they indeed revolt as Joe Digenova stated earlier?
The Dam Is About To Break
As we can see, there are huge stories all still in play and all affecting each other in different ways. What is clear is that we are indeed in the “quickening” of this entire scheme and that the truth is continuing to come out at an ever-increasing rate.
In fact, we may already be at the “critical mass” point in relation to disclosures of truth occurring.
"The notion of critical mass-that comes out of physics is a very powerful model. Adding success factors so that a bigger combination drives success, often in a non-linear fashion, as one is reminded by the concept of breakpoint and the concept of critical mass in physics. You get a little bit more mass and you get a lollapalooza result.”
Pillow talk these nights in Washington, New York, London, Brussels and elsewhere must be getting very interesting.
These stories are all incredibly important and deserves questioning and investigation, though one must ask what Snowden, Wikileaks and Anonymous know on an even bigger story most media outlets have yet to touch:
China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project Muted By Panama Papers April 13 2016 | From: Geopolitics We have been following how the BRICS would implement their ambitious free energy transition from fossil fuels: China announced that it is planning to interconnect all existing and soon to be constructed solar farms for continuous power supply throughout the globe.
Yet, only NBC out of many in the mainstream media published it with prominence. Those same media which flooded the world with “global warming” hoax, or the more generalized “climate change” narrative, the so-called environment loving institutions are either so silent about it, or have buried it out of sight, or calling it crazy outright.
But one could only wonder how extensive their coverage was, and still is, when only 3 days after that very significant China’s $50 Trillion Global Clean Energy Project announcement, Soros’ ordered the release of Panama Papers which turned out to be a cheap shot at Putin, and Xi Jinping.
While Putin is handling the matter with cool, Xi takes a more proactive stance, i.e. censorship as usual. How else could the Nazionist propaganda be neutralized in China?
They are far smarter that those who are crying “suppression of free speech” who are themselves guilty of doing the same. Keeping a large country intact is far more important to China than free speech, at this very crucial time in our history.
Of course, Xi Jinping is expected to take measures on the leaked offshore companies of his comrades as he is proven to be a reformist in running after government corruption since coming to power.
Through this ambitious, yet feasible $50 trillion clean energy plan, approximately 80% of the Earthlings’ power requirement could be satisfied.
"China has unveiled a proposal for a $50 trillion global electricity network that would help fight pollution and the effects of climate change.
The plan envisions linking existing and future solar farms, wind turbines and electricity plants in Asia, Europe, Africa and the Americas, according to the head of State Grid Corporation of China.
The proposal is in its initial stages and would require huge investment from around the world. If it goes ahead, it would be the world’s largest infrastructure project. It could be operational by 2050, according to backers."
The logic being that solar power could be used round the clock even at sundown since on the other side of the planet the sun is already rising.
Realistically, the year 2050 is so far away, so why should we be optimistic about this?
This announcement is only meant to inform the world, especially Big Oiligarchs, that the East is very serious about moving away from oil. This is to give all countries enough time to divest from oil and retool their industries to cleaner sources of energy, which is what some Western oil drilling companies are already doing.
But the real plan is to unleash hydrogen and nuclear fusion-based energy sources, not 34 years from now, but much sooner, as every government had been sitting on these technologies for decades now.
Another way to see this is to foster global cooperation to heal the planet from all destructive geopolitical maneuvers, not just in terms of physical infrastructures, but psychological.
Oil country like Saudi Arabia is also on board with its $2.6 trillion megafund, as they call it:
Saudi Arabia Plans $2.6 Trillion Megafund for Life After Oil
Man with a plan: Mohammed Bin Salman, Saudi Arabia’s Deputy Crown Prince.
Saudi Arabia is getting ready for the twilight of the oil age by creating the world’s largest sovereign wealth fund for the kingdom’s most prized assets.
Over a five-hour conversation, Deputy Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman laid out his vision for the Public Investment Fund, which will eventually control more than $US2 trillion ($2.6 trillion) and help wean the kingdom off oil.
As part of that strategy, the prince said, Saudi will sell shares in Aramco’s parent company and transform the oil giant into an industrial conglomerate. The initial public offering could happen as soon as next year, with the country currently planning to sell less than 5 per cent.
"IPOing Aramco and transferring its shares to PIF [the Public Investment Fund] will technically make investments the source of Saudi government revenue, not oil,” the prince said in an interview at the royal compound in Riyadh that ended at 4 am Thursday.
“What is left now is to diversify investments. So within 20 years, we will be an economy or state that doesn’t depend mainly on oil.”
That’s another reason why Saudi Arabia is flooding the world with cheap oil.
Iran is also developing its post-sanction economy away from oil.
Iran has no problem with U.S. companies investing in its economy and creating joint ventures, President Hassan Rouhani said on Tuesday, and he called for foreign investment and diversification away from oil.
The president said the lifting of sanctions last month under a nuclear deal with world powers would see foreign investment turn Iran into an exporter of manufactured goods and ease the economy’s reliance on oil exports.
What these divestments illustrate is that the world is tired of wars for oil. It’s time for humanity to grow up.
The only concern we might have with regards to linking all power grids into one is it could be used to facilitate technocratic dictatorship. But, that could only happen if we will allow it to happen.
China itself is saying that the power grid setup would be much more like the internet where anyone can go offline anytime he wishes to.
In the end, the economic system itself must be upgraded to do away with money itself. That’s why the enemy is doing everything it can to sustain mass vaccinations, chemtrails and genetic manipulations.
Vigilance is still paramount, and only a perpetual revolution could set us free.
This Is Why Putin Is The Most Unpredictable Politician In The World April 7 2016 | From: Sputnik / Geopolitics Almost one month has passed since President Vladimir Putin's surprise announcement that Russia would begin withdrawing the main part of its military forces from Syria.
Volumes of analyses have already been written on the subject, but there's one important thing most of them seem to miss.
Putin announced that the Russian air operation in Syria had largely achieved its objectives, and that Russia would begin a withdrawal of its main forces from the country.
"With the participation of the Russian military…the Syrian military and patriotic Syrian forces have been able to achieve a fundamental turnaround in the fight against international terrorism, and have taken the initiative in nearly all areas to create the conditions for the start of a peace process," Putin said, in a working meeting with Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu.
Since then, volumes of analysis have been written, both in Russian and foreign media, on what the move really means.
For his part, Russian television journalist Vladimir Solovyov suggested that what many analysts have missed, and what they should go back and review, is the promise Putin made at the very beginning of Russia's air campaign.
In an interview with Solovyov recorded on October 10, Putin, asked how long the operation would last, offered an answer which some will find eerily prescient today.
"The success of the Syrian army offensive, Putin said, "depends above all on the Syrian army itself and on the Syrian authorities. We cannot commit ourselves to more than is reasonable and have never done so.
I said from the start that the active phase of our operations on Syrian soil will be limited in time to the Syrian army's offensive. Coming back to your earlier question, our task is to stabilize the legitimate government and establish conditions that will make it possible to look for political compromise."
With a Moscow-Washington brokered ceasefire in place, Syria's government stabilized and Daesh and Nusra Front terrorists on the run, it becomes instantly clear what the president meant when he said that Russia's objectives have been "generally fulfilled."
In other words, Solovyov wryly noted, "it's not by accident that Putin is called the most unpredictable politician in the world, because he constantly does what he says he is going to do."
Just Being Putin Being Just
Putin’s leadership is unequaled around the world. He deals in black and white whether in domestic front, as well as in international affairs.
Giving people back Russians’ livelihood while their employers play the usual businessman’s dirty excuses is not so difficult as Putin threatens a government takeover in front of the corporate owners.
Corporations are given no preferential treatment…
In international scene, he doesn’t take a back seat when his “partners from the West” forgot the decency to avoid interfering other countries’ affairs.
“Who gave coalition forces in Libya the right to eliminate Gaddafi? That’s the question Vladimir Putin’s been asking, during an official visit to Denmark. The Russian Premier also said NATO’s effectively joined one of the warring sides in the conflict. And more responsible action should be taken instead.”
His advice is pretty short and simple…
Not used to peaceful resolution to conflicts they themselves started, the West were unprepared for Russia’s withdrawal in Syria.
They are now busy formulating stories and “real reasons” behind Russia’s decision to fly fighter planes home after successfully destroying Daesh Islamic State. oil smuggling enterprise, the most blatant Khazarian Crime Mafia plunder on natural resources of a sovereign state so far.
But, is Putin’s agenda in Syria not black and white enough?
Fifteen years ago, on March 26, 2000 Vladimir Putin was first elected to the post of the President of Russia. After coming to power in difficult times, he not only managed to keep the country united. 15 years later we can say: we have again become a superpower with a developed economy, industry, a powerful army and navy.
And may be not everything is smooth today. But then, 15 years ago, many people actually thought that the country was finished. However, Putin has managed to prove to the Russians and the whole world that we can not be easily defeated.
In fifteen years, thanks to the “swift tiger,” as President Vladmir Putin is called by Chinese journalists, our country is once again referred to with respect.
We have decided to make our own rating of achievements of Vladimir Putin and his team in the last 15 years, helped by experts from “Nightly Moscow”:
1. The Salvation of Russia from Disintegration
Alexei Mukhin, political scientist, Director of the Center for Political Information:
Putin’s role in preserving the unity of Russian Federation is primary. The change in the territorial-administrative division of Russia, the creation of seven federal districts allowed to first slow down and then reverse the processes that were leading to a direct collapse of Russia into several pseudo-state entities.
Fortunately, Boris Yeltsin timely sensed what was happening, and resigned as President. And Vladimir Putin in time identified existing threats and took a number of preventive measures.
2. The End of the War in Chechnya
Viktor Murakhovsky, chief editor of the journal “Arsenal of the Fatherland”:
Remember Putin’s famous phrase: “Will smash in the toilet” [“If we find them in a toilet, we will smash them in the toilet” – KR] .
As we remember, he was referring to the terrorists in North Caucasus. And Putin has played a huge role in that the First Chechen campaign, culminating with the Khasavyurt capitulation, was forgotten.
But the Russian army regenerated and played a decisive role in the defeat of terrorists. The key factor was not only the effectiveness of the armed and internal forces, but that the leadership of the country expressed a political will.
3. Strengthening the Role of Russia in the International Arena
Mikhail Panchenko, political scientist:
Over the last fifteen years from a country ranking in the twenties-thirties by the degree of influence on world politics, we confidently moved into the top three – along with the US and China.
To watch this historical speech click here
The first ideological imperatives were laid down in the Munich speech of Vladimir Putin in 2007. But the first “applied” case when we showed iron will took place in August 2008 in South Ossetia. In essence Russia then stood up and said: “Tomorrow we will live by new rules!”
4. The Creation of a Socially Orientated Budget
Maxim Safonov, Doctor of Economic Sciences, professor:
Over the past 15 years serious steps were made and the budget of our country has become truly socially oriented. But there is no limit for improvement, and I think we should not stop there. A good example is the joy of the inhabitants of Crimea after becoming a part of Russia.
Because the level of pensions and social benefits there instantly rose to nationwide levels. Yesterday I was at a general meeting of the Russian Academy of Sciences, where Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev was speaking. And he clearly said that the social obligations will be fulfilled, despite the economic difficulties.
5. Early Repayment of State Debts
Vladislav Ginko, economist, Professor of the Russian Academy of National Economy and State Service:
Under Vladimir Putin, Russia has managed to significantly reduce the arrears to international financial institutions. Currently Russia, of course borrows in the foreign market, but in relation to the gross domestic product, this amount is small. First of all, it gives us the opportunity to pursue an independent policy.
Because loans from international organizations are very often accompanied by certain encumbrances. Which are often hidden behind vague wording. But often, after such “reforms” the standard of living of the population drops – we see it today in Ukraine. And, of course, if our debts were higher, the sanctions would hurt us more.
6. The Creation of the Stabilisation Fund and the National Welfare Fund
Boris Shmelev, Professor, head of the Center of Russian Foreign Policy Institute of Economy, RAN:
The creation of these financial institutions was largely initiated by Vladimir Putin himself. Huge amounts of money was directed there – about two trillion dollars that the country made from the sale of oil and gas in favorable market conditions.
And this money allows us now in the situation of economic crisis to mitigate its effects. In many respects the Stabilization Fund will be focused on supplementing government’s social obligations.
7. Reform of the Army and the Military-Industrial Complex
Igor Korotchenko, chief editor of “National Defense” magazine:
Today we have qualitatively new armed forces. It is no exaggeration to say that today our army is one of the best in the world. It is recognized by all, including our opponents. It is under Putin, that our armed forces again became respected.
Over the past 15 years we’ve been through a restructuring of the military-industrial complex. On the initiative of the President powerful vertically integrated holding companies were created, each of which brings together the entire chain of developers and manufacturers. As a result, Russia ranks second in the world in the export of weapons.
8. Creation of Integration Associations in the Framework of the Union of Independent States
Sergei Markov, director of the Institute for Policy Studies, a member of the Public Chamber of Russia:
The creation of such associations is a key to sustainable economic development. Here is the emergence of new markets, and the possibility of joint development of technologies. But generally speaking, it is in fact the will of our people.
The Russians want to stay close to those peoples who lived with us in the framework of the Russian Empire and the Soviet Union. And, very importantly, we see a positive response from our partner countries. The initiators of integration associations are, without a doubt, the President of Russia, Vladimir Putin and the President of Kazakhstan, Nursultan Nazarbayev.
9. The 2014 Winter Olympics in Sochi
Yelena Isinbayeva, two-time Olympic champion in the pole vault, the mayor of the coastal Olympic village-2014:
A major achievement is not only that we had a great Olympics from the point of view of organization, but that people from all over the world have discovered a new Russia: strong, modern and victorious. I worked with people, saw it from the inside and noticed how their mood changed from suspicion to amazement.
But how many were skeptics at first! Remember how in 2007 thanks to the personal speech of Vladimir Putin at the meeting of the organizing Committee in Guatemala, we were able to tip the scales in our favor to host the games.
10. Reintegration of Crimea Into Russia
Dmitry Orlov, political scientist, Director of the Agency for Political and Economic Communications:
Reintegration of Crimea into Russia was of great importance for the whole country. From a political point of view, it helped to create and expand a new coalition supporting the government.
Emerged the phenomenon of patriotic mobilization of public opinion, which continues to this day. It is also called the “Russian Spring”. Today, according to research centers, this effect has not been yet exhausted. Of course, reintegration of Crimea was a very significant step, but, importantly, this is just one of the episodes of the era of Vladimir Putin.
Are You Awake? Or Just Informed March 28 2016 | From: ZenGardner This is a very interesting question, and perhaps a provocative one. With the information explosion drastically influencing so many lives there appear to be many strata of awakening levels arising.
Once people start connecting the dots of now available facts and formerly unavailable research, whole new paradigms through which to perceive our changing reality emerge.
What we do with this new information, and how far we keep pursing deeper and deeper levels of perception, determines our outlook at any given time.
This is why constant change and continual learning are integral to progressing toward a full on awakening. As we continue to evolve in perception we begin to see that underlying this deluge of surface information there are amazing consistent truths to grasp and implement that will truly transform not only ourselves, but the world around us.
We Are Our Perception
Even quantum physics has confirmed what the sages have taught through the ages. What we perceive and apply our intention to determines our individual reality. That we are in fact fully in charge of how we perceive the world around us is the underlying truth that is being masked from humanity. Completely contrary to the deterministic model we’ve been taught, our very being is not the result of set factors we can do very little about, but the exact opposite.
We literally are a projection of our own consciousness. The rest is up to us as to how much we let the illusory projection laid before us determine our reality.
When we grow to more fully grasp the enormity of the significance of that fact things really start to kick into gear. This will not be taught nor even implied by matrix scientism, the educational and media web of lies, nor blinding, binding religious dogma.
But once this truth is discovered, in fact experienced as it must be, the majesty of existence opens up to such glorious vistas of empowerment and possibility the very grip of any and all external influences and limiting mind conceptions falls away as if it never existed in the first place.
Because it essentially didn’t. It was only real from a deliberately manipulated limited perception that created a feedback loop of illusion, giving the appearance that there were no other possibilities outside that manufactured realm.
Information is a Tool, Not an Answer
Knowing what’s really going on around us is just the beginning. Realizing that in fact this is an imposed psycho-spiritual prison built on deliberate deceit is simply the gateway. We don’t need to spend of the rest of our lives describing how they do what they do and how bad it is in an almost neurotically hysterical state.
That’s simply another level of containment if we don’t keep on progressing towards a full awakening way beyond the confines and influences of their entrapping infectious system.
It’s surpassing those first orbits as we clear the pull of the dense gravitational nucleus we’re born into that things really start to get interesting. And extremely empowering. We cannot begin to know the deep, essential solutions our souls long for by operating within the externally imposed density as we’ll only reinforce the strength of the spider’s web by our futile struggling. The spider is much wiser than we when we operate within its parameters.
We have to first safely transcend and then operate from a clearly distanced perspective.
Until Then…Don’t Be Intimidated or Enthralled by Shadowland
The beautiful so-called secret key to conscious awakening is that you’ll know it when you’ve found it. If you’re still not sure, your not there yet. No worries, that’s the path we all have to take. Seek in sincerity and you will find. Until then all is grist to mill. We gain strength, wisdom, determination and shed the mechanisms that have held us back as they are revealed to us.
It’s all part of the process.
And definitely, at whatever stage of our awakening, we need to keep exposing the trickery and deceit to help others along the way and out of the net, but we mustn’t dwell there or let it get under our skin, even in our sacred anger and outrage. There’s a time for everything, but if we’re going to realize the true solutions for our planet and its inhabitants we need to first get to where we know from whence we are operating, with a crystal clear vision of what needs to be done from a firm foundation in loving truth.
Even more so, we need to rediscover and realize the true spiritual power tools at our disposal. As we do, and is already happening, our weaponry of truth outmatches their foolish artificial 3-D hardware to such an extent they will be exposed to be the imposters they are – nothing but dark shadows trying to usurp the sun.
Absolute futility, and not a game worth getting caught up in.
It’s only our lower levels of perception that give their illusion any form of reality. Once we transcend and live in the realization of who we truly are this lower level projection we can call shadowland has nowhere to cast its illusion…and it is gone.
Indescribable Truth
The truth is indescribable in mental terms. This is why we are so awed by the ideas of nature, fractals, sacred geometry and this magnificent physical design as the handiwork of something we know is much more spectacular that lies behind it.
Left brained science, even when it’s well meaning, cannot begin to fathom this richness as it seeks to contain this living energy in a form of mental and even scientific egoic dominance. As hard as they try to crack the code with these motives they’ll never do it. They may make a mess in the process, which they are, but trying to understand from that limited mind set is like trying to empty the ocean with a spoon.
It’s a complete exercise in futility all based on the reinforcement of self.
Unless there’s some tangible, “provable” answer, some substantive, explainable, logical something they can see, taste, touch, smell and feel they won’t accept it. Again the self-reinforcing feedback loop that will never be broken. To find real truth you have to find it and experience it for yourself, one hungry heart at a time. When you want it bad enough you’ll find it, or at least the next clue to keep you on your way towards greater truth.
Sure there are many types and levels of truth, but the ultimate truth is fundamentally an ongoing interactive experience with our interconnected consciously aware universe within which we are all magnificently woven. It’s that same creative source we can only barely sense at times, but that we see in the magnificent world around us and the fertile imagination of our sentient hearts and intuitive souls.
Truth Can Only Point the Way – Ours Is to Pursue
These are just hints at what lies beneath these layers of illusion, the lowest of which is this synthetic matrix of deceit that has been deliberately laid to ensnare the hearts of humanity.
Even the physical world is an almost crude five sense manifestation of the intricate workings of creation but what a joy to experience! To realize these are barely fleeting glimpses of much more amazing realities is beyond belief…and that’s good, belief is a limiting containment system. Experience is what we’re shooting for.
Just don’t give up. There are plenty of pitfalls on the way as that’s what this learning and growing experience is all about, so get used to it. Just learn from it and keep on. There are many levels of awakening but each one is more amazing than the last.
What should propel us though is not just the path of wondrous personal discovery, although that’s a big part of it, but to access the resources we need to further dissolve the snare laid for those still unaware of their plight within this lower world of control and deceit.
There’s no greater driving force than the unstoppable power of empathic compassion. We share the pain of all those still trapped and blinded by the the great deception, and by our very connectivity we are love-bound to awaken to our most empowered state possible to help bring about the transformation we are all longing for.
Much love and do keep on, we’re all integral to this process…
Labour Leader Andrew Little Promises Debate On Universal Basic Income March 28 2016 | From: Stuff The Labour Party is considering a universal basic income as part of its Future of Work project.
Leader Andrew Little confirmed his party was exploring the concept during a visit to Trevor Mallard's Hutt South electorate last week.
Little said significant changes to the way New Zealanders worked were unavoidable.
"The possibility of higher structural unemployment is actually what's driving us," he said.
Pure universal basic income (UBI) systems, in theory, would give adults a regular income from the government regardless of their income or assets.
They would replace other forms of welfare, such as pensions, benefits and student allowances.
Although only trialled on small scale overseas, the idea is that a UBI would be set at a level which people could subsist on, but not at a high enough level to serve as a significant disincentive to work.
Little said a UBI would be discussed at Labour's Future of Work conference at the end of March.
"We expect that in the future world of work there will be at least a portion of the workforce that will rapidly move in and out of work," he said.
"The question is whether you have an income support system that means every time you stop work you have to go through the palaver of stand-down periods, more bureaucracy, more form filling at the same time as you're trying to get into your next job."
He said it was time for a debate on a UBI.
"We expect that in the future world of work there will be at least a portion of the workforce that will rapidly move in and out of work," he said.
"The question is whether you have an income support system that means every time you stop work you have to go through the palaver of stand-down periods, more bureaucracy, more form filling at the same time as you're trying to get into your next job."
"We are keen to have that debate about whether the time has arrived for us to have a system that is seamless, easy to pass through, [with a] guaranteed basic income and [where] you can move in and out of work on a regular basis."
Little said advances in technology and changes in personal preferences would affect how people chose to work.
"They're going to move rapidly in and out of multiple jobs over a period of time but there could be some weeks where they get little or no income.
"But they need a basis on which they can go through the down periods as well as enjoy the up periods."
Little said a UBI would make navigating such a work pattern "much easier".
Seized Hager Material Destroyed, Attention Turns To Westpac
March 22 2016 | From: NationalBusinessReview
Nicky Hager’s attention is turning towards Westpac Bank’s handing over of his bank records after watching police smash 213 times a hard drive containing his material.
About 17 months after police raided the Dirty Politics author’s home, Mr Hager and one of his lawyers, Steven Price, watched a hard drive and memory card containing copies of seized data get destroyed in the High Court at Auckland.
The pair also collected a computer and other equipment taken by police during what Mr Hager called a “Rambo” raid, after it was last year ruled unlawful.
Mr Hager fought for two months to get permission for the media to watch the copies being destroyed, without success.
But afterwards, he said it was an “amazing day” and he felt like he was “watching history.”
“We went down to the basement of the High Court building here, into this little narrow room, without lights on, and the police held torches around while one of the detectives, in fact the detective who was in charge of removing stuff from my house was there, while he destroyed the materials they had copied from the house.”
Mr Hager says the detective took to the hard drive 213 times with a hammer, before cutting holes in it with a bolt-colter.
But while he is “absolutely confident” the material was not tampered with while sitting at court, his attention now turns to other areas where he says the police were “tricky.”
Mr Price says there will likely be a further hearing later this year regarding further aspects of the case.
“The main thing that’s going on is the question whether it’s lawful for the police to go to banks and get them to turn over someone’s bank records, as they did with Nicky, without a court order.
That’s something that might affect thousands of people.”
The End Of Anglo-American Hegemony March 22 2016 | From: HendersonLeftHook
Not long ago, Chocolate Oligarchs and their fascist gendarmes seized Ukraine’s fertile wheat and barley fields, whilst bankster-funded Islamist rebels took Mosul & the adjacent Kirkuk oilfield – one of the world’s largest – for Exxon Mobil.
BRIC nations saw imperial over-reach and, led by Putin, busied themselves preparing for the slow-motion unraveling of the Anglo-American financial empire.
The Rothschild / Rockefeller / banking / energy / arms / drugs oligopoly that has enslaved humankind and decimated planet earth for the last few centuries is coming apart at the seams. The arrogance and stupidity of the self-proclaimed “illuminated ones”, who operate their matrix from the city of London, is being writ large for all to see.
Their Mideast gendarmes Israel & Saudi Arabia now falter.
A while back, troops from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) entered Bahrain to help the al-Khalifa petro-monarchy put down pro-democracy protests. This intervention – condoned by Western powers – represented a last-ditch effort at salvaging the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) – the chief neocolonial modus operandi which underwrites the London eurodollar money laundering scheme while propping up both the pound and the dollar.
But heads of monarchs will soon roll. The people of the GCC nations remain restless, particularly in Saudi Arabia and Bahrain. It was no coincidence that the unstable House of Saud financed Syrian rebels, sent them to destabilize Iraq, then launched a ruthless bombing campaign in Yemen.
Things on the Saudi domestic front are a bit dicey for the embattled and divided royals. It is important to know how we got here:
The six GCC nations- Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, UAE, Qatar and Oman- sit atop 42% of the world’s oil.
The single-family monarchies that control them were hand-picked by the British Empire. They work in tandem with Israel to steal crude oil from the Arab people. They, not China or Japan, are the biggest purchasers of US Treasuries. Their interests lie not with their people, but with the City of London and Wall Street.
The bloodline elite of the six GCC nations are heavily invested in Western economies. High volume crude oil production keeps this investment capital flowing to Wall Street and the City of London while allowing the GCC elites to live opulent lifestyles. As Saudi Oil Minister Hisham Nazer put it, “We now have a mutual bond of self-interest and reciprocal security interests.”
As Western dependence on Third World resources has increased, it has become increasingly necessary for the international bankers and their corporations to include local elite cliques in their capital accumulation schemes, making a small group of local people extremely wealthy so that this group will cooperate in selling local resources cheaply to the West.
An example of this utilization of local elites as surrogates can be seen through the case of the richest man in the world. He is Sultan Hassanal Bolkiah- Sultan of Brunei- a tiny oil enclave on the island of Borneo, where Royal Dutch/Shell holds a virtual monopoly over the oil industry and has paid the Sultan well to keep it that way. The Sultan of Brunei is worth over $60 billion and lives in a 1,778-room palace.
These local elite, in turn, hand over their wealth to Western bankers for protection from devaluation and bank failure. This robs their home country of much-needed capital and often precipitates devaluation and debt crises. The US has itself become a debtor nation and owes its debts, in part, to these same Third World elites, who own trillions on deposit at large US banks, while their fellow countrymen live in abject poverty.
Egyptian elites, for example, hold $60 billion in deposits in foreign banks, while the average Egyptian earns $650/year. In the case of the GCC, the amount of recycled petrodollars flowing back into Western investments is truly staggering.
The Saudis have over $600 billion invested abroad. Citigroup owns 33% of the Saudi American Bank but is itself now controlled by members of the House of Saud. In 1993 Saudi Prince al-Waleed bin Talal, owner of Saudi Commercial Bank, plunged $590 million into Citibank.
Bin Talal now owns 17.34% of Citigroup, while Crown Prince Abdullah owns a 5.4% share, making them the bank’s two largest shareholders. Bin Talal is also the 2nd largest shareholder in Rupert Murdoch’s Newscorp, parent of both Fox News and the Wall Street Journal.
The Saudi Citigroup share purchases were facilitated by the Washington-based Carlyle Group, which is 20%-owned by the Mellon family that owned Gulf Oil and now owns a large chunk of Chevron Texaco.
Carlyle is led by former Reagan and Bush Defense Secretary and Reagan NSC Chairman Frank Carlucci. George Bush Sr., James Baker III and former British Prime Minister John Major are senior advisers and board members at Carlyle. Bush Sr. served as Carlyle investment advisor to the bin Laden family until November 2001.
In 1995 Prince bin Talal teamed up with Canadian developer Paul Reichmann, Loews chairman Larry Tisch and Lebanese financier Edmund J. Safra- a close friend of war-criminal Henry Kissinger- to buy London’s Canary Wharf complex for $1.04 billion.
UAE ruling Sheik Zayed runs the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority. Much of its money is handled by private investment and equity firms like Carlyle Group and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette- which is 18% owned by the Saudi Olayan Group. Olayan also owns big chunks of JP Morgan Chase and CS First Boston. The director of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority serves as Carlyle Group’s Asian adviser.
Bahrain plays a role in this petrodollar recycling, serving as the key unregulated offshore banking center for both the GCC sheiks and their international mega-bank partners. Bahrain is also home to the US Fifth Fleet and a large number of refineries, which process Saudi crude.
Lebanon had been the premier banking center of the Middle East in earlier days, but with Beirut reduced to rubble by Israeli shelling, merchant banking has moved to the duty-free port of Dubai in the UAE, now the biggest gold market on the planet. Investment banking is centered in Kuwait.
But it is Bahrain which is home to the vast multi-billion dollar pool of money market funds derived from GCC/Four Horsemen petrodollar revenues. Most banks in Bahrain are foreign-owned and all US mega-banks have operations there. Many of Bahrain’s banks are owned by GCC elite and serve as a major conduit in the petrodollar recycling process.
The Kuwait Burgan Bank, for example, owns a 28% stake in one of Bahrain’s largest banks- the Middle Eastern Bank.
The most powerful firm in Bahrain is Investcorp, which took big stakes in Saks Fifth Avenue, BAT, Tiffany, Gucci, Color Tile, Carvel Ice Cream, Dellwood Foods, New York Department Store of Puerto Rico, Circle K and Chaumet. Investcorp was co-founded in 1983 by Bahrain ruling family scion Sheik Khalifa bin Sulman al-Khalifa- who also owned a big chunk of the infamous BCCI.
The story of the BCCI was told in the thriller movie 'The International'
A recent Investcorp prospectus lists the Bahrain Minister of Finance as an owner.
Investcorp’s chairman is Abdul-Rahman Al-Ateeqi, former Oil and Finance Minister of Kuwait. Its Vice-President is Ahmed Ali Kanoo of the wealthy Saudi Kanoo family, which is worth an estimated $1.5 billion.
Former Saudi Oil Minister Sheik Yamani was one of Investcorp’s founding shareholders, along with seven members of the Saudi royal family.
Investcorp has its eight-story headquarters in Bahrain, along with a Park Avenue New York office and a Mayfair district office in London.
Sheik al-Khalifa’s partner in launching Investcorp was Nemir Kirdar, the bank’s president who was in charge of Chase Manhattan’s Persian Gulf operations. Numerous Investcorp senior executives are Chase alumni as well.
Many Investcorp purchases turned out to be flops and there is a shady side to the bank.
French jeweler Chaumet executive Charles Lefevre said Investcorp fudged Chaumet numbers to entice shareholders while trying to pawn its shares off at a higher price to other Persian Gulf investors.
Another complaint alleged that Investcorp attempted to loot the Saudi European Bank in Paris.
Investcorp board member Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, a reclusive Saudi billionaire, invested heavily in George W. Bush’s Harken Energy.
So did Bahrain’s ruling Sheik al-Khalifa. Bush and co-owner Dick Cheney morphed their Arbusto Energy into Harken when Bush friend James Bath provided them with $50,000 in seed money.
Bath owned Skyway Aircrafts and was under investigation by the DEA for working with GCC sheiks in flying $100 bills to the Cayman Islands. Since Bath often borrowed money from Saudi Sheiks Khalid bin Mahfouz- BCCI’s largest shareholder- and Mohammed bin Laden, these wealthy Saudis likely provided the $50,000 in seed money to launch what became Harken Energy.
Bin Mahfouz and bin Laden helped Harken sign an exclusive offshore oil drilling agreement just prior to the Gulf War. In January 1990 President Bush Sr. had approved preferential trade status for the Iraqi regime. That very same month Harken Energy was awarded the biggest offshore oil concession ever in the Persian Gulf off the coast of Bahrain.
Other notable Harken investors included the Ft. Worth-based Bass brothers, the South African Rupert family, the Harvard Endowment Fund, and Rothschild lieutenant George Soros.
In 1989 the government of Bahrain abruptly cut off talks with Amoco concerning the same oil concession after Emir al-Khalifa decided to grant it instead to Harken Energy at the urging of Mobil’s Middle East operation’s chief Michael Ameen. Financing for the project was arranged by Bush Jr. friend Jackson Stephens, the Arkansas owner of Worthen Bank who was instrumental in bringing BCCI to the US and who donated $100,000 to the Bush Sr. 1988 Presidential Campaign.
New York attorney Allen Quasha and his father William Quasha of Manila helped swing the Harken deal with Bahrain. In 1961 Bill Quasha helped George Bush Sr. secure rights to drill the first oil well in Kuwait via Zapata Offshore Oil Company. Later Quasha served as legal counsel to the CIA drug laundry Nugan Hand Bank in the Philippines.
His son Allen became the biggest stockholder in Harken The Quasha’s own 21% of a Swiss company controlled by the South African Rupert family, who were major backer’s of that country’s former apartheid regime.
Just one month before Iraq invaded Kuwait, George W. Bush sold 66% of his stake in Harken Energy at a 200% profit. While stock analysts like Charlie Andrews of 13D Research were putting out “buy” recommendations on Harken, on June 22, 1990 Bush cashed in $840,000 in Harken stock, later saying he “sold into good news”. Bush knew that Harken had violated the terms of a loan package and was now on the ropes financially. Five weeks later Harken reported a $23 million loss and its stock price crashed.
Bush didn’t report his timely Harken Energy stock sale until March 1991. This was illegal, but Bush claimed the SEC had misplaced the forms and was never prosecuted. In 1993 Bush stepped down from Harken’s board. With heavy financial backing from Enron, he became Governor of Texas.
Bush was defended during the Harken scam by Baker Botts lawyer Robert Jordan, who was paid back in 2000 with an appointment as US Ambassador to Saudi Arabia.
The forgiving SEC chief during the Harken debacle was Richard Breeden, one of Bush Sr.’s biggest political supporters.
SEC counsel was James Doty, another Bush supporter who helped George W. buy the Texas Rangers baseball team.
When George W. Bush merged Harken with Spectrum 7 Energy, he brought in Investcorp insider Abdullah Taha Bakhsh, who bought 17.6% of Harken through a Netherlands Antilles holding company.
Some say Baksch was a front man for Sheik Khalid bin Mahfouz. Baksch was a major investor at the Bahrain-based Investcorp, which was launched by former Chase Manhattan executives. In 1988 he looted an Arab bank in London.
Bakhsh was also accused of looting the Al Saudi Banque of Paris when it collapsed in 1988 just ahead of the strikingly similar collapse of BCCI. Bakhsh is a shareholder in First Commercial Financial Group, a Chicago-based commodity futures trading firm which was sanctioned by US regulators for check-kiting and fraud. Just before the Gulf War broke out, Investcorp sold a 25.8% share to an Iraqi company, despite a Bahrain law prohibiting such transactions.
The Saudis and Kuwaitis are the clear leaders in GCC overseas investments. The Kuwaiti Investment Authority has over $250 billion invested abroad and is the biggest foreign investor in Japan and Spain. Citigroup and JP Morgan Chase handle Kuwaiti investments in the US, where the al-Sabah clan owns stock in each of the 70 largest firms listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Their US holdings include 100% of Occidental Geothermal, 29.8% of Great Western Resources, 100% of the Atlanta Hilton Hotel, 45% of the Phoenician Hotel and 11% of Hogg Robinson.
In Germany they own 14% of Daimler-Chrysler, 25% of Hoechst (the Nazi IG Farben spin-off and the world’s 2nd largest pharmaceutical company), 20% of Metallgesellschaft and part of German retailer Asko. In Italy they own 6.7% of Afil, the Agnelli family holding company which owns Fiat and several other endeavors.
In the UK Kuwait owns St. Martin’s Properties and 5.4% of Sime Darby. In Malaysia their K-10 company owns the biggest newspaper- the New Straits Times Press. In neighboring Singapore, the Kuwaitis own 10.6% of Singapore Petroleum, 37% of Dao Heng Holdings and 49% of the securities firm J. M. Sassoon.
Kuwait Oil Company (KOC), was technically nationalized in the early 1980’s, but remains close to its former parents- Chevron Texaco and BP Amoco- selling these two Horsemen oil at a discount. KOC made wealthy the al-Sabah emirs and the al-Ghanim family, who acted as the company’s agent for decades.
By 1966 KOC bought a Danish subsidiary and became the first Middle Eastern oil company to retail gasoline in Europe.
KOC has been the most aggressive GCC firm in its overseas downstream investments. In 1982 it bought hundreds of Q8 gas stations across Europe. By 1987 it owned over 5,000 gasoline retailers in Europe and South Asia. Just last week KOC was awarded a contract to build oil refineries in South Korea.
The Kuwaitis even bought into one of the Four Horsemen- BP Amoco. As of 1988 they owned a 22% share. They have since reduced their share to 9.85%, still a controlling interest. They purchased the Naples, Italy refining operations of Mobil, own nearly 4% of ARCO (now part of BP Amoco), and 2.39% of Phillips Petroleum (now merged with Conoco). In Spain the Kuwaitis operate the Torras Hostenchchemical firm. In Japan they operate Arabian Oil.
All told GCC investments in Western banks and corporations total in the trillions. The bulk of this is invested in long-term US and Japanese government bonds. The GCC sheiks are crucial to floating the entire house of cards that is the global economy.
Their guaranteed purchases of US debt, which has largely been accrued through defense spending in the Persian Gulf region, keep the US dollar strong and prevent the international financial architecture from crumbling.
The emirs and their elite friends also bankroll CIA covert operations, while re-balancing their trade surpluses with the West through the purchase of US weaponry to protect their oil fiefdoms.
Events in Ukraine and the Middle East have exposed the desperate position of the Rockefeller/Rothschild energy oligopoly.
Putin has just begun playing his extremely good hand of cards.
The GCC puppets remain embattled and circling the wagons. The end of the petroleum standard can only be staved off by permanent war. Strange days indeed.
DARK Act Defeated In U.S. Senate As Lawmakers Receive Tidal Wave Of Calls From Angry Food Consumers Who Are Tired Of Being LIED To About GMO In Their Food March 19 2016 | From: NaturalNews
The DARK Act has beendefeated in the U.S. Senate, achieving a massive victory for consumers and also for the Environmental Working Group, which helped organize large-scale opposition to the bill.
The DARK Act would have outlawed state-level GMO labeling laws nationwide, condemning American food consumers to remaining completely in the dark over the genetically engineered content of their food. This outcome is also somewhat of a harbinger for countries in the rest of the world...
Natural News thanks all our readers who took action to help defeat the DARK Act. We are fighting for your right to know what you're eating, and with your help, we really can defeat Monsanto and its minions like Ted Cruz. ("Monsatan's Preacher.")
Tidal Wave of Calls Slammed Senators Nationwide
I spoke to industry insiders this morning who confirmed that the offices of many U.S. Senators were hit hard with a "tidal wave of calls" from concerned Americans. Even many Republican senators are starting to come around on this issue, and GMO labeling continues to gain steam across the country as food consumers increase their demand for honest food labels and overall food transparency.
“In a major win for consumers, Sen. Pat Roberts (R-Kan.) failed to earn the votes he needed to stop debate on a bill known to opponents as the Deny Americans the Right to Know Act, or DARK Act.
According to EWG, the defeat of the DARK Act offers Congress the opportunity to find a compromise for a national mandatory GMO labeling measure that consumers and industry can support.
Scott Faber, senior vice president for government affairs, said:
"Consumers have made their voices heard to their elected representatives in the Senate and they said clearly, 'We want the right to know more about our food.' We are pleased that the Senate made the right decision to stop the DARK Act, and we remain hopeful that Congressional leaders can craft a national mandatory compromise that works for consumers and the food industry. We applaud Senators Debbie Stabenow, Jeff Merkley, Jon Tester, Barbara Boxer and Pat Leahy for their efforts to defeat the DARK Act.""
Scott Faber Vindicated After Mini Civil War Inside the Labeling Movement
The defeat of the DARK Act vindicates Scott Faber, who was previously accused by several pro-labeling industry insiders as siphoning money away from state ballot measures (Natural News covered this story and quoted three industry sources). However, it is clear from today's victory that Scott Faber is working hard for labeling at the national level, and he deserves tremendous credit for today's victory, regardless of the previous disagreements among labeling advocates in the "states vs. federal" debate.
It's clear that the Environmental Working Group and the Just Label It campaign are both on the right track so far, and the EWG now tells Natural News that they fully support the Merkley bill created by Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-Ore) which creates a national mandatory standard for GMO labeling.
“Consumers Union, the policy and advocacy arm of Consumer Reports, today praised the introduction of the Biotechnology Food Labeling Uniformity Act. The legislation, sponsored by Senator Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), would create a national standard for GMO labeling and require food manufacturers to label products with GMO ingredients via one of several options on the ingredients list section of the Nutrition Facts Panel.
Another option would give FDA the authority to develop a symbol, in consultation with food manufacturers, which would disclose the presence of GM ingredients on packaging.
Jean Halloran, director of food policy initiatives for Consumers Union, said, "This is what real disclosure looks like. This bill finds a way to set a national standard and avoid a patchwork of state labeling laws while still giving consumers the information they want and deserve about what's in their food.
This compromise offers food companies different labeling options and ensures that all consumers – no matter where they are in the country or whether they own a smartphone – have the information they overwhelmingly say they want. We urge Senators to support this proposal as they move forward on GMO labeling legislation."
Merkley's bill comes the day after the Senate Agriculture Committee voted to move forward an anti-consumer bill that would preempt state GMO labeling laws and direct USDA to develop duplicative standards for voluntary labeling and promote biotechnology.
The legislation, which is supported by biotech giants and some of the country's largest food companies, is the latest attempt to block a Vermont law requiring labeling on the package of genetically engineered food sold in the state before it goes in to effect July 1.
Consumers Union is urging consumers to call on their lawmakers to oppose preemption of state GMO labeling laws, and to support meaningful, mandatory on-package labeling for GMO foods, including engineered animals like salmon and engineered produce and processed food. To learn more, visit: ConsumersUnion.org/RightToKnow
World’s Poorest President Urges Public To Kick The Wealthy Out Of Politics March 9 2016 | From: YourNewsWire
The Uruguayan President Jose “Pepe” Mujica, known as the world’s poorest President, has urged members of the public worldwide to kick out rich people from politics.
Mujica, often described as the “world’s most humble president”, retired from office in 2015 with an approval rating of 70 percent.
In an interview with CNN en Español this week the former Uruguay leader criticised world leaders for not truly representing the people.
“We invented this thing called representative democracy, where we say the majority is who decides,” Mujica told CNN.
“So it seems to me that we [heads of state] should live like the majority and not like the minority.”
Mujica reportedly donates 90 percent of his salary to charity. Mujica’s example offers a strong contrast to the United States, where in politics the median member of Congress is worth more than $1 millionand corporations have many of the same rights as individuals when it comes to donating to political campaigns.
“The red carpet, people who play - those things,” Mujica said, mimicking a person playing a cornet.
“All those things are feudal leftovers. And the staff that surrounds the president are like the old court.”
Mujica explained that he didn’t have anything against rich people, per se, but he doesn’t think they do a good job representing the interests of the majority of people who aren’t rich.
“I’m not against people who have money, who like money, who go crazy for money,” Mujica said.
“But in politics we have to separate them. We have to run people who love money too much out of politics, they’re a danger in politics… People who love money should dedicate themselves to industry, to commerce, to multiply wealth. But politics is the struggle for the happiness of all.”
Asked why rich people make bad representatives of poor people, Mujica said:
“They tend to view the world through their perspective, which is the perspective of money. Even when operating with good intentions, the perspective they have of the world, of life, of their decisions, is informed by wealth. If we live in a world where the majority is supposed to govern, we have to try to root our perspective in that of the majority, not the minority.”
Mujica has become well known for rejecting the symbols of wealth. In an interview in May, he lashed out against neckties in comments on Spanish television that went viral.
“The tie is a useless rag that constrains your neck,” Mujica said during the interview.
“I’m an enemy of consumerism. Because of this hyperconsumerism, we’re forgetting about fundamental things and wasting human strength on frivolities that have little to do with human happiness.”
He lives on a small farm on the outskirts of the capital of Montevideo with his wife, Uruguayan Sen. Lucia Topolansky and their three-legged dog Manuela. He says he rejects materialism because it would rob him of the time he uses to enjoy his passions, like tending to his flower farm and working outside.
“I don’t have the hands of a president,” Mujica told CNN. “They’re kind of mangled.”
Huckabee: Trump Phenomenon Is A ‘Peaceful Overthrow Of The Government’ + What The 'Trump Phenomenon' Actually Represents March 7 2016 | From: DCclothesline / Infowars
Former Governor of Arkansas Mike Huckabee told Fox News this morning that Donald Trump’s success represents a peaceful “overthrow of the government” and that the Republican establishment should be glad it’s being achieved with “ballots not bullets”.
Huckabee, who has not officially endorsed Trump, told Fox & Friends that “people in Washington need to recognize the reason that Trump is winning is because they (his supporters) feel like people in Washington have helped them lose and they’re sick of it.”
Discussing Mitt Romney’s anti-Trump speech yesterday, Gingrich said it represented “the panic of the establishment wing of the (Republican) Party,” and that the prospect of Trump becoming the nominee “absolutely drives them crazy”.
When asked why, Gingrich responded, “Well because he’s an outsider, he’s not them, he’s not part of the club, he’s uncontrollable, he hasn’t been through the initiation rites, he didn’t belong to the secret society.”
Gingrich is in a perfect position to know about “secret societies” given his affiliation with Bohemian Grove, an annual encampment that takes place every year in Monte Rio, California and is attended by some of the most powerful people in the world.
“The donor class runs the political environment in this country and people are waking up to that and they are tired of it,” added the former presidential candidate.
“That’s what this election is largely about, it’s an overthrow of the government….we ought to be glad that it is a peaceful revolution with ballots rather than one with bullets,” said Huckabee, adding that the Trump phenomenon was a “political revolution in the Republican Party and in the country.”
Huckabee accused the Republican establishment of “bed-wetting” over Trump by treating his voters as stupid while trying to select a presidential candidate rather than let the American people elect one.
The former Governor said that Trump’s supporters were coming out in droves to support him because “they’re angry at the very establishment who is going nuts because Donald Trump is doing so well – and they don’t get it that they are the problem.”
The People Want the Truth: What The 'Trump Phenomenon' Represents
Self-Fulfilling Prophecies, And The Laws Of Appreciation And Attraction March 5 2016 | From: HumansAeFree
Learn how to create self-fulfilling prophecies using the law of appreciation and attraction.
The universe is full of mysteries. Over the centuries, people have tried to unravel them by delving into themselves, or taking a personal spiritual journey to discover the hidden wonders and gain wisdom.
Whereas others have delved outwards, using science and language to reflect on the mysteries and gain knowledge about the working of the universe.
However, as we know, science and engineering both have their limits set by what the human mind is willing to perceive as factual and so does not cater to laws that are observed only intuitively.
The famous inventor Nikola Tesla understood these shortcomings when he said:
“The day science begins to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence."
So, today, we will introduce you to three mystical and powerful laws. These are:
Law of Appreciation
Law of Self-Fulfilling Prophecies
Law of Attraction
The Law of Appreciation
All of us have experienced this in our lives: that appreciation builds, expands, and eventually happily spills into every area of our lives. Appreciation creates harmony whereas lack of appreciation simply directs us inwards towards self-consciousness, self-depreciation, and eventually self-abandonment and destruction.
In simple words, the Law of Appreciation is this: appreciation is an attractive force; indifference, and depreciation of what you have is a repulsive force. So, the question is, how grateful are you for what you have in life?
Let’s rephrase that: “Do you know what you should be and can be grateful for in your life?”
Generally, most of us have allowed ourselves to be so consumed by daily events and we forget to realize, acknowledge, and appreciate the things that we should be grateful for.
As a result, we often miss the positive things in our lives, allowing negativity to cloud our thoughts and perceptions.
However, by being grateful for something, and by showing our appreciation for what we have, we open up the space where we experience it in abundance. We feel content and happy with what we have, and hence become synced with the abundance the universe has to offer.
Hence, the more you appreciate something, the more you will start to have of it.
Self-Fulfilling Prophecies
Your beliefs and perceptions about yourself and the world around you, create your reality.
Think of all the things you say and communicate about yourself and about your life either directly to yourself or indirectly with the people around you.
These thoughts affect your behavior and how others perceive you, which in turn causes them to respond to you in a certain manner, which in turn reinforces your belief about yourself, your present life, and future.
This insight is summated under the Law of Self-Fulfilling Prophecy - that the simple expectation of events or behavior that you want to materialize, can actually cause them to happen!
Although it will not be true at that time, nor come to materialize immediately, your beliefs initiate the processes and create the opportunities that make your beliefs come true.
Hence, your beliefs, when consistently communicated, become self-fulfilling prophecies. BUT REMEMBER, self-fulfilling prophecies work both ways.
Positive beliefs will initiate and create a positive reality, whereas beliefs stemming from a negative mind will cause your life to revolve around negative events.
The Law of Attraction
According to the law of self-fulfilling prophecies, your thoughts and beliefs about yourself are already creating your future. Hence, just by rethinking the stories you are telling yourself about yourself, you can directly affect your future.
The Law of Appreciation, on the other hand, informs us of the simplest method of breaking out of the cycle of negative thoughts and consequent actions: start appreciating the small stuff in life.
This is the law that states that when you direct your thoughts towards anything positive and constructive, you tap into the unlimited positive energy present in the universe.
And that when those thoughts are not cluttered or drained by wandering and negative thoughts, they become focused, powerful, and capable of attracting the goodness you seek in life.
The Ultimate Life Hack, 30 Incredibly Easy Steps To Truth And Freedom March 3 2016 | From: Awaresy
Occupying, protesting, complaining, whining, shouting, screaming and blaming is futile at best and self destructive at worst.
If you want to promote absolute truth and attain genuine freedom, you might like to consider looking at these 30 suggested steps:
1. Find alternative TV channels that have no agenda to hide the truth and then compare with dozens of alternative news outlets.
2. Choose a bank that is small, local and approachable. Close any bank account with the big corporate, global, multinational mega-banks.
3. Stop investing in the stock market and other virtual investments worlds. Instead use your purchasing power and your savings to promote local and regional businesses and ventures.
4. Don’t visit big mainstream news websites to find out about current affairs. Instead use internet search engines to find out the truth. Build a list of alternative news sources and support them.
5. Instead of using social networking websites to foster relationships, turn off the virtual world and get real. Go visit a friend, invite a friend over, and organize a real-life get-together.
Divorce your hundreds of fake and worthless virtual friends and start living real friendships and relationships.
6. Don’t join any mass protests or mass gatherings. Instead organize yourself in small groups of friends and colleagues to spread the message of truth and change.
7. Stop following existing ideologies and existing mainstream opinions. Start asking questions. Be fair and honest while doing so and never fear the truth or your own condemnation.
8. Understand that political correctness, human rights, equality and other socially accepted terms have been hijacked and abused. Begin to delve deeper into the meaning of words and never let yourself be cornered with keywords, definitions and fallacies.
9. Quit any childish rebellious streaks and expressions (tattoos, dreadlocks, piercings, alternative clothing, etc.). These “alternatives” do not serve you or the cause. Instead groom yourself, discipline yourself and become genuinely yourself.
10. Be very careful with any superficial demands or promises from politicians, society, bankers or global networks. Instead learn to dedicate yourself for your own goals and demand the framework for truthful and honest aims.
11. The solution to all global problems is the truth and can only be implemented by humans. Stop following religion, ideology, mass opinion and mass media. Instead find the truth within yourself and promote it on a micro-level.
12. Accept that you are 99% brainwashed and already dehumanized, a programmed robot. Start to learn about yourself, how you became who you are and begin a process of renewal.
13. Spend your money wisely. In the capitalistic world, your money is worth more than your vote. Supporting a local butcher by buying his burgers is more powerful than eating at a fast-food restaurant.
14. Love is not just amazing but it is also precious. Instead of playing with it, learn to foster it, to promote it and once you find it cherish it and care for it (with intelligence and not obsession).
15. Beware of the mainstream notions about male and female equality. Instead of fighting your opposite gender or making your own into something that it is not, learn to understand and live what it means to be a man or a woman. While both are equally human, a man is never a woman and a woman is never a man.
16. Stop wasting your money on worthless products and services. Watching the latest film at your local cinema won’t get you further in life.
Instead go and purchase a new book every month on a topic that interests you. Educate yourself!
17. Go back to basics with everything you do. Instead of inviting a friend to an event via a social networking website, go to their house and invite them in person.
18. Stop wanting everything for free. One of the biggest reasons why we have the status quo today is because individuals are too greedy to pay for value, thus promoting low quality or giving away valuable information to corporations for free. Learn to differentiate and be prepared to pay for real value.
19. A boycott against one brand is not going to solve the problems of globalization. Solutions lie in lifestyle and in the choices you make in your everyday life and in the understanding of the bigger picture of how corporations operate. Don’t hate the player, hate the game! Stop playing the game and become a player of the truth!
20. Refrain from taking pharmaceutics and other mainstream drugs. Instead of taking cocaine to feel like you are on top of the world, learn to build up your personality.
Instead of popping a pill to fight (e.g.) your depression or anxiety, learn about yourself and what caused it in the first place.
21. Don’t get caught up in daily events. Learn to build up a network of knowledge. What happens today in country A is much more linked to what happens in country B tomorrow than you can imagine. Build up your network of knowledge and begin to try and understand the connections.
22. Quit admiring the biggest, the best, the fastest, and the strongest. Instead focus on value, quality, truth, integrity and genuine human values. Don’t copy others! Live authentically yourself!
23. Work for an employer that values what you value. Instead of focusing on the pay and the prestige of an employer, learn to choose a workplace that promotes what you value. Don’t sell your soul for a nice salary. Don’t forego a career opportunity due to limited initial pay.
24. Don’t underestimate the long-term effects.
Nothing can create change from one day to the next. Instead of ego-centered short-term goals, learn to focus on long-term effects, causes and implications of your actions.
25. Don’t put your judgment ahead of your analysis and conclusion. Instead of making assumptions, try and analyze the facts, the reality, the implications, and the true value.
26. Stop living like an animal. Quit reproducing your deficits. Break-free from your unconscious ties and biographical burdens. Learn to dissect your behavior and life patterns. Study history; History always repeats itself! Both individually as well as collectively.
27. Free yourself from any obsession with celebrities, public figures and drama queens. Instead dig up your history books and learn about the thinkers and pioneers from the past. Once you identify those from the past, seek new ones. Once you find them, promote them, support them and most importantly of all learn from them.
28. Rid yourself of prejudice and brainwashed ideals. Instead start to understand people as humans. Humans are a product of their society, biography and education and more often than not what they are fed by mass media and politics. Once you grasp that you will find new paths, real solutions and true hope.
29. Stop promoting beliefs on an ideological and dogmatic level. Islam versus Christianity is a failure. Capitalism versus Socialism is a failure. The only way forward is promoting the truth and removing the lies. Learn to differentiate between the essence and the dogmatic possessive details.
God exists; religion has only failed to show the path. Economics and politics are undisputable required entities, the theories and realities are based on details not ideologies. Learn to understand, implement and promote the realities not the ideological differences.
30. Accept that the majority of the population is brainwashed, fanatic, dogmatic, impulsive, unconsciously driven, and ultimately on a path to apocalyptic destruction. Learn to break free and teach others to do the same.
So You’ve Woken Up… Now What? February 27 2016 | From: ZenGardner
Many people ask about this or something similar so here’s some thoughts on the subject.
I don’t mean to tell anyone what to do, as that’s completely contrary to consciousness and conscious development, but I will share my understandings at this point and my passion for Truth and you can do what you like with it.
Question:
“What do you say to people who have woken up but can’t leave the system because of family and friends?”
This and those like it pose a very broad question since we’re all different and need to be led of our own convictions. However, the answer is fundamentally similar in every case.
Do what consciousness tells you.
There’s really no time for fiddling around once you’ve found what you know to be the Truth, which is always something clearly outside the realm of what you’ve been indoctrinated with. It’s always life altering. And if it isn’t, you didn’t hear correctly or it fell on deaf ears. I don’t want to be counted amongst the deaf or unresponsive. Do you?
Especially when you found out that that’s exactly what perpetrates the big lie you found out about–a compliant, non-awake populace.
System Dependence is the Name of the Game
That’s the trouble with the “system”, it teaches dependency, hierarchy, and rote knowledge, where your choices are carefully narrowed down to “acceptable” alternatives within carefully confined parameters.
That’s why people feel like fish out of water when they wake up. They never learned how to truly think freely, nor did they have the knowledge tools. Instead, most everything was reversed, scrambled, confused and filed away in seeming useless obscurity.
The result is not just a marginalization of empowering Truths into the catch-all dustbins of “conspiracy theory” or wing nut stuff, but worse yet, the system does not cultivate original thought or true personal freedom or responsibility.
The real Truth is not an option in such a controlled environment. Oh, you get smatterings of truths, but drawing awake and aware conclusions is not an option to humanity’s would be Controllers.
The Wake Up Starts with a Bang – But You Have to Keep It Going
When someone awakens to the true nature of the manipulated world we live in, as well as the vast resources at our immediate conscious fingertips, it takes some doing to fully realize what that information means, as well as the vast implications on your personal life.
It can hit hard and may need some time to be digested. How it affects each of us individually is really a question of simply putting what we’ve learned into action and trusting the Universe for the consequences.
I don’t think there’s time for much else. In fact, there never has been. If you know the Truth, what are you waiting for?
While many are hoping for some kind of soft-pedaling of any kind of action call, it’s not a set formula. You just find out, and you react. And just that takes some doing, breaking off the rust of your True Self to animate and start to call the shots that were previously hindered by life long programming.
Stages of Development
For me the full wake up took on many stages of development, but the full blown realization of the vast extent of the manipulated lie and its fleshed out intricacies was a head splitting explosion that blew me past the pull of convention’s gravity so fast I’m still grinning from ear to ear as I zip through the universe..ha!
The point there being, the wake up takes on many forms and evolves. What gives the wake up traction is commitment, putting feet to your realizations.
You think TV’s bad? Turn it off. Banks are a rip off? Get out except for perhaps necessary operating funds if need be. Trapped by the ownership of housing, “might needs”, and all kinds of dumb stuff?
Dump everything you can, if that’s your understanding. Knowing “stuff owns you” is fundamental to consciousness. We all get there, but it depends on our enthusiasm…or “spirit in us”.
How many respond to just that?
Do What You Know or Face Confusion
Until people put into action what they already know, there isn’t gonna be much more to follow for them. Just a lot of flailing about in frustration because we don’t do what we already know we should do and are looking for excuses or compromised solutions to assuage our guilty conscience and hopefully preserve our personal status quo.
Sad, but true. That also includes getting right with people, making relationships honest, and disengaging from situations of compromise. It takes courage.
Know You Are Nobody - Yet Everybody
All this is a whole lot easier when you realize you are nobody. There’s nothing to defend.
Your old senses of self were the very strings the lying matrix played upon. Get conscious and the sirens of the system don’t affect you except peripherally.
That’s a biggie. Conscious awareness is number one realizing and seeing through the higher level of awareness that is detached from this life’s experiences, and thus free to discern and identify without attachment what your life experience is.
Seeing through those eyes will bring tremendous peace and understanding.
Get Along But Don’t Compromise
Don’t fret the next steps. The universe is so vast and full of infinite possibilities there’s something for everybody. Our job is to find it for ourselves and when we find it, act on it. No, it’s not the “safe” way, or the “accepted” way.
At all. We do have to break free.
In reality the parasitic system has been sucking you dry and lying to you and everyone you love. You now no longer owe it any allegiance and can and should disengage any and every way you can. No guilt trip necessary. You are doing what is right.
Period. And that is not contingent on relationships, financial security, self image concerns, or what have you.
So get any and all attachments possible out of play. Happily. You are freeing yourself from the spider’s tentacles.
There’s Real Peace in Commitment
When you’ve resolved to go ahead and “make the break” with convention and stand up for what you know is right, it leads to a new lifestyle. How do you think these wonderful websites were formed of like-minded people who found each other and decided to make an impact with videos, interviews, articles, participation in events, etc?
How were Gandhi, Martin Luther King or other world truth bearers including the present day alternative luminaries birthed from their previous lives?
Something gelled, made total sense, resonated, and they just committed. These truth enthusiasts on the internet also somehow found each other and it clicked. It’s all about responding to the need and call and openly networking…true response-ability.
The Truth Glasses
I read this fantastic analogy and it’s never escaped me.
Finding out the whole truth is like putting on these amazing truth glasses, much like the movie “They Live”.
Here’s how they work:
1. You gotta want to put them on.
2. You can’t force someone else to put them on.
3. Once they’re on, you can’t take them off.
If you’ve found and put on the glasses, that will make total sense. If you haven’t, keep searching.
Let your heart lead you. In the words of Lao Tsu:
"At the center of your being you have the answer; you know who you are and you know what you want."
– Lao Tsu
*And now for Patrick Willis’ amazing rendition of an excerpt from the above article:
CURRENT AFFAIRS
The Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate
The Secret Space Program Alliance
You left office about a year ago – any regrets? 
Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program
The Inevitability of Peaceful Revolution
Successful St. Petersburg International Economic Conference which is forcing progressive industrial entities to form a coherent scientific and technological collaboration to create a better future free of wars and conflicts;
1 
Chinese Discovered Fake Gold Bars of Tungsten in 2009
The Committee of 300
